PG 128Euthymius Zigabeno
Commentary on the Psalter
Printed pages · scan text
diplomatic · critical ed.
Diplomatic text · Euthymius Zigabenus, critical edition — clean Greek + English facing translation — PG column chips mark the printed columns.

The ‘way of injustice’ is the unjust act, the way that leads to injustice on which the unjust walk. Drive this from me, and by the law of your benevolence have mercy on me, for the law of this benevolence is to have mercy on the one who prays from his heart. 30 I have chosen the way of truth; I have not forgotten your judgements. The way of truth is the true doctrines through which one makes one’s way rightly. Or since Christ is truth, for he says, I am the truth, and his way is the gospel path that he opened up for the faithful, [David] is saying to love this way which was foreknown to him. Similarly, he is calling judgements the gospel commandments, of which, he says, I was not ignorant. 31 I have clung fast to your testimonies, O Lord, do not put me to shame. It is hard to tear me away from them, in a way I have become riveted to them, hence do not put me to shame, by allowing me to be defeated by my enemies. 32 I ran in the way of your commandments when you gave expanse to my heart. When you freed my soul from the constraint of temptations, then I ran in the way of your commandments, that is, I walked with eager haste, walking in them and living in your law. 33 Ordain for me by law, O Lord, the way of your statutes, and I shall seek out this way for ever. This way indeed was ordained by law, so that ‘ordain by law’, is in the sense of, ‘teach’. And Symmachus indeed rendered this as ‘show to me’. For the one who teaches ordains by law as it were, urging towards what is good and deterring from what is evil; and indeed he said earlier, Teach me your statutes. Or else, reveal to me the way of your statutes and I shall seek out this way for ever, for it remains hidden to the many, appearing obscure to them. 34 Give me understanding and I shall search out your law and will keep it with all my heart. I shall search out attentively, and having understood exactly, I shall keep it. We have said elsewhere, moreover, that keeping the law is doing the things of the law and Pss 16.4β, fulfilling it. 18.12α 35 Guide me on the worn track of your commandments, for this is the path I have desired.

PG 128:1145Ὁδήγησόν με, ἄγων εἰς αὐτήν· τοὺς γὰρ προθυμουμένους ὁδηγεῖ ὁ Θεός. Τρίβον δὲ, τὴν ὁδὸν ταύτην ὠνόμασεν, ὡς οὐ ξένην, ἀλλὰ συνήθη καὶ τετριμμένην ὑπὸ τῶν προοδευσάντων αὐτὴν δικαίων. 36 Κλῖνον τὴν καρδίαν μου εἰς τὰ μαρτύριά σου, καὶ μὴ εἰς πλεονεξίαν. Τρέψον αὐτὴν εἰς ἀγάπην τῶν μαρτυρίων σου, βοηθήσας τῇ προθυμίᾳ αὐτῆς· καὶ μὴ εἰς πλεονεξίαν τραπῆναι ἐάσῃς, ἡττωμένην ἴσως τῶν βιωτικῶν. Ἐκ Θεοῦ δὲ πάντα αἰτεῖ, διδάσκων ὅτι τὸ πᾶν αὐτὸς κατορθοῖ· Χωρὶς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐμοῦ, οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν. Τοῦτο καθολικὸς ἔστω σοι κανὼν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐφεξῆς ὁμοίων. Βοηθεῖ δὲ, οὐ πᾶσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀξίοις, καὶ τὸ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ἅπαν εἰσενεγκοῦσιν. α Ἀπόστρεψον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν ματαιότητα. Ἀπόστρεψον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν βλαβερῶν θεαμάτων, ὥστε μὴ ἰδεῖν ματαίαν θεωρίαν. Ὀφθαλμοὺς δὲ νόει, | καὶ τοὺς σωματικοὺς καὶ τοὺς ψυχικούς. β Ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ σου ζῆσόν με. Ἐν τῷ νόμῳ σου ζωοποίησόν με· οὗτος μὲν γὰρ ζωὴν ἀληθῆ προξενεῖ τοῖς ἐμπολιτευομένοις, ὁ δὲ παρὼν βίος, θάνατον. 38 Στῆσον τῷ δούλῳ σου τὸ λόγιόν σου εἰς τὸν φόβον σου. Στήριξον ἐν ἐμοὶ τῷ δούλῳ σου τὸ πρόσταγμά σου τὸ δεσποτικὸν εἰς τὸν φόβον σου· λόγιον λέγων, τὸν νόμον, τουτέστιν, ἑδραίωσον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ λόγιόν σου, εἰς τὸν φόβον σου, ἵνα γένηταί μοι τοῦτο λόγιον ἔμφοβον. α Περίελε τὸν ὀνειδισμόν μου, ὃν ὑπώπτευσα. Τὸν προστριβέντα μοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὃν ἐφοβήθην, προσαγόμενόν μοι παρὰ τῶν δαιμόνων· ἢ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων μοι, ὃν ὑπώπτευσα, αἰσθανόμενος ἐμαυτοῦ ταλαιπωροῦντος. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω δὲ εἴρηκε, Περίελε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ ὄνειδος καὶ ἐξουδένωσιν. β Ὅτι τὰ κρίματά σου χρηστά. Ὅτι κρίνεις δίκαια, γινώσκων ὅπως μετενόησα καὶ ὅπως ἐπὶ σοὶ, Κύριε, ἤλπισα, σοὶ ὅλον ἐμαυτὸν ἀναθείς. 365 καὶ ἐπὶ MP : ἐπὶ AS2CBFHV. β Ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ σου : leg. Ἐν τῷ νόμῳ σου cf.

Guide me, leading me to it, for God guides those who show ardent desire. He called this way a ‘worn track’, as one that is not strange, but habituated and well-worn by the just who have walked on it previously. 36 Incline my heart to your testimonies and not to avarice. Turn my heart to love for your testimonies, having helped its eager desire, and do not allow it to be diverted to avarice, being defeated perhaps by concerns of daily life. He asks all things from God, teaching that he accomplishes everything, for it is writ- ten, Apart from me you can do nothing. Let this be a general rule for you for all the similar things that follow. For he helps not all, but those who are worthy and who have contributed everything that is in their power. 37α Avert my eyes so as not to see vanity. Avert them from harmful spectacles, so as not to see any vain sight. Understand ‘eyes’ as those of the body and of the soul. 37β Make me live in your way. Reanimate me in your law, for the law brings true life to those who live therein, while the present life brings death. 38 Establish your oracle in your servant to instil your fear. Set fast in me your servant your lordly ordinance to instil your fear, calling the law an ‘oracle’, that is, establish your oracle in me to instil your fear, so that this may become for me a fearful oracle. 39α Remove my reproach, that which I have suspected. The reproach inflicted on me by sin, that which I have feared, being brought on me by the demons. Or the reproach from those plotting against me, that I suspected, sensing myself suffering distress. And above he said, Remove from me reproach and disparagement. 39β For your judgements are good. For you judge justly, knowing that I have repented and that in you, O Lord, I have hoped, having dedicated my whole self to you.

40 ᾽Ιδοὺ ἐπεθύμησα τὰς ἐντολάς σου, ἐν τῇ δικαιωσύνῃ σου ζῆσόν με. Πεινῶ καὶ διψῶ τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Ἐν τῇ δικαιωσύνῃ σου ζῆσόν με· ἴσον δὲ τοῦτο τῷ, Ἐν τῷ νόμῳ σου ζῆσόν με, ὅπερ εἴρηκεν ἀνωτέρω. [Ps 118.β]

40 See, I have desired your commandments, make me live in your justice. I hunger and thirst for your commandments. Make me live in your justice. This is the same as, Make me live in your law, which he said above. [Ps 118.37β]

41 Καὶ ἔλθοι ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὸ ἔλεός σου, Κύριε, τὸ σωτήριόν σου κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου. Ἵνα ἐλεηθῶ καὶ σωθῶ· τέλος γὰρ τοῦ ἐλέους, ἡ σωτηρία. Ἔλθοι δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσίν σου· ἐπηγγείλω γὰρ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ἐλεεῖν καὶ σῴζειν τοὺς φυλάττοντας τὰ προστάγματά σου.

41 And may your mercy, O Lord, come upon me, your salvation according to your word. So that I may find mercy and be saved, for the goal of mercy is salvation. May it come according to your promise, for you promised in the law to have mercy on and to save those who keep your commands.

α Καὶ ἀποκριθήσομαι τοῖς ὀνειδίζουσί μοι λόγον. Τοῖς ὀνειδίζουσί μοι τὴν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς κακοπάθειαν ἀποκριθήσομαι λόγον.

42α And I shall give a word of answer to those who reproach me. To those who reproach me for my suffering for virtue I shall give a word of answer.

β Ὅτι ἤλπισα ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις σου. Τοῦτο αὐτοῖς ἀποκριθήσομαι, ὅτι ἤλπισα ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὑποσχομένου πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ τοῖς φυλάττουσι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κακοπαθῶ, τρεφόμενος ἀγαθαῖς ἐλπίσι.

42β For I have hoped in your words. I shall answer them this, that I have hoped in the words of God who has promised many good things to those who keep his commandments, and on this account I suffer, being nour- ished by good hopes.

α Καὶ μὴ περιέλῃς ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου λόγον ἀληθείας ἕως σφόδρα. Mὴ περιέλῃς ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ προφητικὸν χάρισμα ἐπὶ πολύ· ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ κατ’ οἰκονομίαν ἐπισχεθῇ, πάλιν ἀποκαταστήτω μοι. Ἢ μὴ περιαιρεθῆναι παραχωρήσῃς ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου τὸ ἀληθεύειν, εἰκὸς γὰρ ψεύσασθαί μέ ποτε· ἢ μὴ περιέλῃς ἐπὶ πολὺ, τουτέστι, μηδέποτε.

43α And do not remove from my mouth the word of truth till greatly. Do not remove from me the gift of prophecy for long, but if it be held in check by divine dispensation, restore it to me again. Or else, do not allow truthfulness to be taken away for long from my mouth, for it is likely that I shall at times speak falsely; or else, do not remove for long, that is, never.

PG 128:1147β Ὅτι ἐπὶ τοῖς κρίμασί σου ἐπήλπισα. Ὅτι ἐπὶ τῷ νόμῳ σου σφόδρα ἤλπισα, θαῤῥῶν ὅτι συντηρηθήσεταί μοι τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας χάρισμα, φυλάττοντι τοῦτον.

43β For I have hoped strongly in your judgements. For I have hoped greatly in your law, trusting that the gift of truth will be preserved for me by my keeping it.

44 Καὶ φυλάξω τὸν νόμον σου διὰ παντὸς, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. Διὰ παντὸς, ἤγουν ἐν παντὶ πράγματι. Tὸ δὲ, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, ἐπίτασίς ἐστι τοῦ, ἀεί· ἢ ὁμοῦ πάντα τὸ, ἀεὶ, σημαίνουσιν, ὡς εἶναι τὸ μὲν, διὰ παντὸς, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἀεὶ, τὰ δὲ ἐφεξῆς, ἐφερμηνευτικὰ τοῦ, ἀεί. Ἢ καὶ ὅτι φυλάξω τοῦτον, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι,

44 And I shall keep your law throughout, to the age and to the age of the age. ‘Throughout’, namely, in everything, and ‘to the age and to the age of the age’ is an inten- sification of ‘always’; or else all of the expressions together mean ‘always’, with ‘throughout’ in the sense of ‘always’ and the rest being an explication of ‘always’. Or else that I shall keep the law not only in the present age, but also in the age to come, which is the age of this age as more precious, through which he indicates his great eagerness about his keeping of the law.

ὅς ἐστιν αἰὼν τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, ὡς τιμιώτερος· δι’ οὐ ἐμφαίνει τὸ σφόδρα πρόθυμον τῆς περὶ τὸν νόμον φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ. 45 Καὶ ἐπορευόμην ἐν πλατυσμῷ, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἐξεζήτησα. Εὐωδούμην εἰς πάντα· αἴτιον δὲ, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἠγάπησα. Ἢ καὶ θλιβόμενος, οὐκ ἐστενοχωρούμην· τὸ γὰρ συνειδέναι ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἐξεζήτησα ἐν θλίψει ἐπλάτυνέ με· παρηγορεῖ γὰρ τὸ ἀγαθὸν συνειδός. 46 Καὶ ἐλάλουν ἐν τοῖς μαρτυρίοις σου ἐναντίον βασιλέων καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχυνόμην. Ἐλάλουν τὸν νόμον σου ἐνώπιον βασιλέων | καὶ ηὐδοκίμουν· ἐπαῤῥησιαζόμην ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου καὶ οὐχ ὑπεστελλόμην. Ἁρμόζει δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ μαρτυροῦσι. 47- Καὶ ἐμελέτων ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου, αἷς ἠγάπησα σφόδρα· καὶ ἦρα τὰς χεῖράς μου α πρὸς τὰς ἐντολάς σου, ἃς ἠγάπησα. Ἐμελέτων μὲν ἐν αὐταῖς, ἀναγινώσκων αὐτάς· ἦρα δὲ τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς αὐτὰς, πράττων αὐτάς. Ἀδιάφορον δὲ τὸ, αἷς ἠγάπησα, καὶ τὸ, ἃς ἠγάπησα· τὸ μὲν, κατὰ τὸ, ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου, ἀποδοθὲν, τὸ δὲ, κατὰ τὸ, πρὸς τὰς ἐντολάς σου. β Καὶ ἠδολέσχουν ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασί σου. Εἴρηται καὶ ἀνωτέρω περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀδολεσχίας. 49 Μνήσθητι τὸν λόγον σου τῷ δούλῳ σου, ὃν ἐπήλπισάς με. Ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ τῷ δούλῳ σου, μνήσθητι τὸν λόγον σου, ἐφ’ ὃν λόγον ἐλπίζειν με ἐποίησας. Τίς δὲ ὁ λόγος σου; ὅτι ἐλεήσεις καὶ σώσεις τοὺς φυλάττοντας τὰ προστάγματά σου, καθὼς καὶ ἀνωτέρω δεδήλωται· Μνήσθητί μοι τῷ δούλῳ σου τὸν λόγον σου. Θεοπρεπῶς δὲ νοητέον ἐπὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ, μνήσθητι, ἀντὶ τοῦ, περάτωσον. Ἀδιάφορος δὲ καὶ νῦν ἡ σύνταξις τοῦ, μνήσθητι. α Αὕτη με παρεκάλεσεν ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει μου. Αὕτη· τίς; Ἡ ἐλπὶς δηλονότι. Αὕτη με παρηγόρησεν, αὕτη με ἀνεκτήσατο ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει μου τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν πειρασμῶν, ἐν τῇ κακοπαθείᾳ μου. β Ὅτι τὸ λόγιόν σου ἔζησέ με. 475 καὶ τὸ, ἃς ἠγάπησα PCABFHV : om. MS2.

45 And I would make my path in expansiveness because I have sought out your command- ments. I would have free passage in everything for the reason that I have loved your command- ments. Or else, even when afflicted I would not be straitened, for the awareness that I had sought out your commandments would expand me in affliction, for a good conscience gives comfort. 46 And I would speak of your testimonies before kings and would not be ashamed. I would speak of your law before kings and I would be held in honour; I would speak openly of your commandments and would not inhibit myself. This is also fitting for those bearing witness as martyrs for Christ. 47- And I would meditate on your commandments that I have loved greatly; and I have raised 48α up my hands to your commandments that I have loved. I would meditate on them, reading them; and I have raised up my hands to them, enacting them. The use of the conjunction ‘that’ first in the dative and then in the accusative is indifferent, the one answering to ‘on your commandments’ and the other to ‘to your commandments’. 48β And I would ruminate on your statutes. Such rumination was also spoken about above. 49 Remember your word to your servant with which you made me hope strongly. In regard to me your servant, remember your word, by which word you made me hope. What is the word of yours? That you will have mercy on and will save those who keep your ordinances, as was stated also above. Remember your word for me your servant. ‘Remember’ in relation to God is to be understood in a manner befitting God, in the sense of, ‘bring to fulfilment’. The syntax of the verb ‘to remember’ here is indifferent [accusative instead of genitive]. 50α This has comforted me in my humiliation. ‘This’, what? This hope, that is to say. This has comforted me, this has restored me in my humiliation from temptations, in my suffering. 50β For your oracle has made me live.

PG 128:1149Ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἀνωτέρω λόγος σου· οὗτος ἐζωοποίησέ με, σχεδὸν ἀπονεκρωθέντα τῇ Ps 118.41, 49 ἀγχόνῃ τῶν θλίψεων. 51 Ὑπερήφανοι παρηνόμουν ἕως σφόδρα, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ νόμου σου οὐκ ἐξέκλινα. Ἐκεῖνοι μὲν παρέβαινον τὸν νόμον σου ἐπὶ πολὺ, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ συναπήχθην αὐτοῖς. Ἢ παρηνόμουν, διαγελῶντές με, τῷ νόμῳ σου πάντοτε προσκείμενον· ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἀπέστην τῆς μελέτης αὐτοῦ. Ὑπερηφάνους δὲ λέγει, τοὺς ὑπερόπτας τοῦ νόμου, ὡς προδεδηλώκαμεν· τοιοῦτοι δὲ πάντες οἱ ἐπηρμένοι. 52 Ἐμνήσθην τῶν κριμάτων σου ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος, Κύριε, καὶ παρεκλήθην. Τῶν κριμάτων σου τῶν ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, τῶν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς καὶ εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς· ὅπως τοὺς μὲν ἀρετῇ κακοπαθοῦντας δοξάζεις, τοὺς δὲ κακίᾳ εὐημεροῦντας ἀτιμάζεις. 53 Ἀθυμία κατέσχε με ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν τῶν ἐγκαταλιμπανόντων τὸν νόμον σου. ᾽Ηθύμησα δι’ αὐτούς· τοῦτο μὲν ὀργιζόμενος, ὅτι ἀθετοῦσι τὸν νόμον σου, τοῦτο δὲ λυπούμενος, ὅτι ἀπόλλυνται. 54 Ψαλτὰ ἦσάν μοι τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐν τόπῳ παροικίας μου. Ψαλλόμενα, τουτέστι, μελετώμενά μοι ἔνθα παρῴκουν, ἐν οἵῳ ἂν τόπῳ διῆγον. Ἢ καὶ ἄλλως, ἐν ψαλμοῖς ἦσάν μοι· ψαλμοὺς αὐτὰ ἐποιούμην, καὶ ψάλλων αὐτὰ ηὐφραινόμην. 55 Ἐμνήσθην ἐν νυκτὶ τοῦ ὀνόματός σου, Κύριε, καὶ ἐφύλαξα τὸν νόμον σου. Ἐν νυκτὶ, ὅτε μᾶλλον οἱ δαίμονες τῆς ἀκαθαρσίας ἐνοχλοῦσι, διὰ μνήμης σε ποιούμενος, ἐσωφρόνουν τῷ φόβῳ σου· ἢ ἐν νυκτὶ τῶν παθῶν, ὅτε ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἐζοφούμην. 56 Αὕτη ἐγενήθη μοι, ὅτι τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐξεζήτησα. Αὕτη ἡ μνήμη· εἴωθε γὰρ πολλάκις εἰς ὄνομα τὸ ῥῆμα μεταλαμβάνειν, ὡς καὶ τὸ, Αὕτη με παρεκάλεσεν ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει μου. Λέγει γοῦν, ὅτι αὕτη ἡ μνήμη γέγονέ μοι ἀπὸ τοῦ σφόδρα ζητεῖν τὰ δικαιώματά σου. Ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ τὸν φόβον ἔλαβον. 57 Μερίς μου εἶ, Κύριε· εἶπα τοῦ φυλάξασθαι τὸν νόμον σου. 523 ἀρετῇ PSCFV : ἐν ἀρετῇ MB.

The word of yours mentioned above; this has given me life, having been virtually brought Ps 118.41, 49 to death on the gallows of affliction. 51 Proud men would transgress the law till greatly, but I have not strayed from your law. They would transgress your law very much, but I was not carried away with them. Or else they would transgress the law by mocking me who am ever devoted to the law, but I did not desist from its study. ‘Proud men’ is what he calls those who show contempt for the law, as we stated before. All the self-important are such. 52 I remembered your judgements from the age, O Lord, and was comforted. Your eternal judgements, from the beginning and henceforward; how you glorify those who suffer for virtue and dishonour those who prosper in wickedness. 53 Despondency took hold of me from sinners who abandon your law. I became despondent on account of them, being on the one hand enraged that they are rejecting your law, and on the other hand grieved that they are being utterly destroyed. 54 Your statutes for me were words to be sung in the place of my sojourn. Words that were sung, that is, meditated on by me, wherever I was sojourning, in what- ever place I would be living. Or otherwise, they became psalms for me; I made them into psalms, and singing them I would be glad. 55 I remembered your name in the night, O Lord, and I kept your law. In the night when most especially the demons of impurity give trouble, by bringing you to mind I would remain chaste in your fear; or in the night of sufferings when I was being darkened by them. 56 This came to pass for me because I sought out your statutes. This memory; for he is accustomed often to take the verb as a noun, as also in the verse, This has comforted me in my humiliation. He is saying accordingly that this memory came to me from my fervent seeking for your statutes. For from thence he received the fear. 57 You are my portion, O Lord; I have said to keep your law.

PG 128:1151Μερίς μου εἶ, κληρονομία, πλοῦτος, καταφρονήσαντι τῆς ἐπὶ γῆς μερίδος· | διὰ τοῦτο λοιπὸν εἶπα, συνεθέμην, ἐπηγγειλάμην, περὶ τοῦ φυλάξασθαι τὸν νόμον σου ἀπαράβατον. 58 Ἐδεήθην τοῦ προσώπου σου ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ μου, ἐλέησόν με κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου. Ἐδεήθην σου ὁλοκαρδίως περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου, Ἐλέησόν με κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου· γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ἐλεεῖσθαι τοὺς μετανοοῦντας. Ἢ κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσίν σου, ἢ κατὰ τὴν διάκρισίν σου. Τοῦ προσώπου σου δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, σοῦ, κατὰ περίφρασιν. 59 Διελογισάμην τὰς ὁδούς σου, καὶ ἐπέστρεψα τοὺς πόδας μου εἰς τὰ μαρτύριά σου. Διελογιζόμην τὸν νόμον σου, καὶ ηὔθυνον τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς πολιτείας μου πρὸς τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων, διελογισάμην τὰς ὁδούς μου, γράφουσι, τουτέστι, πρῶτον διεσκεπτόμην καὶ τὸ πρακτέον μοι καὶ τὸ λαλητέον, διὸ καὶ εἴσω ἐβάδιζον τῶν ἐντολῶν σου. 60 Ἡτοιμάσθην καὶ οὐκ ἐταράχθην τοῦ φυλάξασθαι τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Ἡτοιμάσθην εἰς τὸ φυλάξασθαι τὰς ἐντολάς σου, διὸ οὐκ ἐταράχθην ὑπὸ τῆς τραχύτητος καὶ βαρύτητος αὐτῶν· τὸ γὰρ μελετηθὲν καὶ προσδοκηθὲν, εὐμεταχειριστότερον. Ἢ οὐκ ἐταράχθην, ἐπιθεμένων μοι τῶν δαιμόνων ἢ τῶν πειρασμῶν, εἰδὼς ὅτι προσβαλοῦσι, καὶ παρασκευασθεὶς εἰς ὑπομονήν. 61 Σχοινία ἁμαρτωλῶν περιεπλάκησάν μοι, καὶ τοῦ νόμου σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην. Σχοινία τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν δαιμόνων, οἱ πονηροὶ λογισμοὶ, δι’ ὧν δεσμεύειν ἐπιχειροῦσι τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους. Ταῦτα, φησὶ, τὰ σχοινία περιεπλάκησάν μοι, καὶ οὐδ’ οὕτως ἐπελαθόμην τοῦ νόμου σου. Tῷ φόβῳ δὲ τούτου, καθάπερ τινὶ ξίφει διακόψας αὐτὰ, διέφυγον. 62 Μεσονύκτιον ἐξηγειρόμην τοῦ ἐξομολογεῖσθαί σοι ἐπὶ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Μεσονύκτιον, ὅτε μᾶλλον οἱ δαίμονες ἐπιτίθενται, τοὺς μὲν εἰς πονηρὰν μελέτην, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν ἀλείφοντες. 572 καταφρονήσαντι MPAS2CBFH : καταφρονήσαντος V. 614 καθάπερ τινί PCABFHV : καθάπερ τι M.

You are my portion, my inheritance, my wealth, having disdained every portion on earth; on this account therefore I have said, I have covenanted, I have promised about keeping your law inviolable. 58 I have entreated your face with all my heart; have mercy on me according to your oracle. I have entreated you wholeheartedly about my sin, Have mercy on me according to your oracle. For it is written in the law that you have mercy on the penitent. Or else, according to your promise, or according to your discrimination. ‘Your face’, in the sense of, ‘you’, by way of circumlocution. 59 I have considered your ways and have turned back my feet to your testimonies. I would consider your law and would direct the way of my life towards your command- ments. A number of copies write, ‘I have considered my ways’, that is, first of all I would examine what I was to do and to say, and hence I would walk within your commandments. 60 I have prepared myself and have not been troubled so as to keep your commandments. I have prepared myself for the keeping of your commandments, and hence I have not been unsettled by their harshness and heaviness; for what has been studied and anticipated is easier to deal with. Or else, I have not been troubled when demons or temptations have attacked me, know- ing that they will strike against me and having readied myself to endure with patience. 61 Ropes of sinners have tangled themselves around me, and your law I have not forgotten. The ropes of the sinful demons are wicked thoughts through which they attempt to bind those engaged in struggle. These ropes, he says, have tangled themselves around me, and not even thus have I forgotten your law. Having severed them by the fear of the law as if by some sword, I made my escape. 62 At midnight I would arise so as to confess to you for the judgements of your justice. At midnight when the demons make attack most especially, the ones inciting to wicked reflection, and the others to sin. Or else when sleep is flowing more sweetly, then, he says, I would arise from my bed to confess to you, to give thanks to you on account of the judgements of your justice, for these,

Ἢ καὶ ὅτε γλυκύτερον ὁ ὕπνος ἐπιῤῥεῖ, τότε, φησὶν, ἐξηγειρόμην τῆς κοίτης ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξομολογεῖσθαί σοι, ἐπὶ τῷ εὐχαριστεῖν σοι διὰ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου, ὅτι ταῦτα, φειδόμενος ἡμῶν, ἐνομοθέτησας, ἵνα φοβούμενοι σωφρονῶμεν, καὶ μὴ ἀκολασταίνοντες κολασθῶμεν. Ἢ ἐξηγειρόμην ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξαγορεύειν σοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου, διὰ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου, τουτέστι, φοβούμενος δι’ αὐτά.

out of consideration for us, you have ordained by law, so that in fear we may remain chaste and not be punished by giving ourselves over to licentiousness. Or else I would arise so as to confess my sins on account of the judgements of your justice, that is, fearing on account of those judgements.

63 Μέτοχος ἐγὼ εἰμι πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων σε, καὶ τῶν φυλασσόντων τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Μέτοχος, ἤτοι κοινωνὸς τοῦ ἴσου φόβου καὶ τῆς ὁμοίας φυλακῆς, ἤγουν εἷς αὐτῶν.

63 I am partner with all who fear you and who keep your commandments. Partner, that is, I share in the same fear and the same keeping, namely, I am one of them.

64 Τοῦ ἐλέους σου, Κύριε, πλήρης ἡ γῆ, τὰ δικαιώματά σου δίδαξόν με. Πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐλεεῖς, τρέφων πάντας, προνοούμενος πάντων, μακροθυμῶν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν· ἐλέησον κἀμὲ, καὶ δίδαξόν με τὰ δικαιώματά σου ὑψηλότερον καὶ τελεώτερον. Καὶ μὴν καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ πάντων ἠλεεῖτο, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο δυσωπητικώτερον εἴρηκεν.

64 The earth, O Lord, is full of your mercy, teach me your statutes. You have mercy on the whole earth, feeding all, having providence for all, displaying long-suffering towards all; have mercy also on me and teach me your statutes more sublimely and more perfectly. And certainly he, too, was receiving mercy along with all else, but he said this in more fervent entreaty.

65 Χρηστότητα ἐποίησας μετὰ τοῦ δούλου σου, Κύριε, κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου. Εὐηργέτησας τὸν δοῦλόν σου· οὕτω γὰρ ὁ Σύμμαχος ἐξέδωκε. Κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου δὲ, τὸν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένον περὶ τοῦ εὐεργετεῖσθαι τοὺς εὐαρεστοῦντας. Ἢ κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου, ἀντὶ τοῦ, κατὰ τὸ πρέπον σοι· εὐχαριστεῖ δὲ, ἐφ’ οἷς εὐηργέτηται.

65 You have done good with your servant, O Lord, according to your word. You have shown kindness to your servant, for thus Symmachus rendered it. And according to your word written in the law about those who are well-pleasing receiv- ing benefaction. Or else according to your word, in the sense of, as befits you; he gives thanks for the ben- efactions he has received.

PG 128:115366 Χρηστότητα καὶ παιδείαν καὶ γνῶσιν δίδαξόν με, ὅτι ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου ἐπίστευσα. Χρηστότητα μὲν πρὸς τοὺς ὁμογενεῖς, παιδείαν δὲ | τὴν ἐν τῇ πρακτικῇ, γνῶσιν δὲ τὴν ἐν τῇ θεωρητικῇ. Συνέτισόν με, φησὶ, πρὸς ταύτας, ἀνθ’ ὧν ἐπείσθην ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου· ἢ διότι ἐπίστευσα αὐταῖς ὅτι συνετίσουσί με.

66 Teach me goodness and learning and knowledge, for I have believed in your command- ments. Goodness towards those of the same kind, and learning, namely, that of practical virtue, and knowledge, that of contemplative virtue. Give me understanding in these, he says, in return for my having obeyed your commandments, or else because I believed in them that they will give me understanding.

67 Πρὸ τοῦ με ταπεινωθῆναι ἐγὼ ἐπλημμέλησα, διὰ τοῦτο τὸ λόγιόν σου ἐφύλαξα. Πρὸ τοῦ κακοπαθῆσαί με, ἥμαρτον· ἁμαρτήσας πρότερον, εἶτα ἐπαιδεύθην. Διὰ τοῦτο τὸν νόμον σου ἐφύλαξα, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν ἁμαρτήσας, πειρασθῶ. Ἕπεται γὰρ τῇ πλημμελείᾳ ταπείνωσις ἐκ πειρασμοῦ. Ἢ καὶ ταπείνωσιν ὑποληπτέον, τὴν ἐνάρετον, τὴν ἐκ συναισθήσεως ἁμαρτίας τοῖς προσέχουσιν ἐπιγινομένην, ἵνα καὶ νοήσωμεν ὅτι ἡ πλημμέλεια γέγονεν αὐτῷ πρόξενος ταπεινοφροσύνης.

67 Before I was humbled I transgressed, on this account I have kept your oracle. Before I suffered ills I sinned; having sinned earlier, I was then chastised. On this account I have kept your law, lest, having sinned again, I be subject again to trial. For humiliation from trial follows on transgression. Or else one is to understand humiliation as that proceeding from virtue, that which comes to those who are vigilant from an awareness of sin, so that we may also understand that his transgression became for him an occasion for humility.

68 Χρηστὸς εἶ σὺ, Κύριε, καὶ ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου δίδαξόν με τὰ δικαιώματά σου. Ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος καὶ φιλάγαθος, δίδαξόν με τρανότερον, ἵνα κἀγὼ τοῦτο γένωμαι. Tὸ αὐτὸ δὲ λέγει πολλάκις, ἐπιτείνων τε τὴν δέησιν καὶ σφόδρα τῆς παρὰ Θεοῦ διδασκαλίας ὀρεγόμενος.

68 You are good, O Lord, and in your goodness teach me your statutes. As good and benevolent and a lover of goodness, teach me more distinctly so that I also may become good. He says the same very often both intensifying his entreaty and yearning fervently for instruction from God.

69 Ἐπληθύνθη ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ἀδικία ὑπερηφάνων, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ μου ἐξερευνήσω τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Ἐκεῖνοι μὲν πολλὰ ἀδικοῦσί με, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδ’ οὕτως ἀποστήσομαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου, οὐδὲ μιμήσομαι τούτους, ἀλλ’ ἐξερευνήσω ταύτας, καὶ τὴν παραμυθίαν ἐκεῖθεν ἀρύσομαι. Ὑπερηφάνους δὲ νόησον, καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας καὶ τοὺς ὑπερόπτας τοῦ νόμου.

69 The injustice of the proud has been multiplied on me, but with all my heart I shallll search out your commandments. They are wronging me in many ways, but not even so shall I deviate from your command- ments, nor shall I imitate them, but I shall search out your commandments and shall draw consolation for myself from thence. Understand ‘the proud’ both as the demons and as those who have contempt for the law.

70 Ἐτυρώθη ὡς γάλα ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν, ἐγὼ δὲ τὸν νόμον σου ἐμελέτησα. Ἐσκληρύνθη κατ’ ἐμοῦ· τὸ γάλα γὰρ εἰς τυρὸν πησσόμενον, σκληρύνεται. Ἢ ἐλιπάνθη, ἐνευθηνουμένη ταῖς ἀδικίαις· τὸ γάλα γὰρ εἰς τυρὸν πησσόμενον, λιπωδέστερον γίνεται.

70 Their heart has curdled like milk, but I have meditated on your law. It has hardened against me, for milk curdling into cheese is hardened. Or else it has become fat abounding in injustices, for milk when curdling into cheese become fattier.

71 Ἀγαθόν μοι ὅτι ἐταπείνωσάς με, ὅπως ἂν μάθω τὰ δικαιώματά σου. Συμφέρον, ὠφέλιμόν μοι γέγονεν, ὅτι ἐπαίδευσάς με πειρασμοῖς, ἵνα μάθω τὸ δίκαιόν σου, ὅτι κολάζεις τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, καὶ ὅτι εἰ ἐνταῦθα κολάζεις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖ.

71 It is good for me that you have humbled me, so that I may learn your statutes. It was profitable, beneficial for me that you chastised me with trials so that I may learn your justice, because you punish those who sin and because if you punish here, you will do so much more there.

72 Ἀγαθός μοι ὁ νόμος τοῦ στόματός σου ὑπὲρ χιλιάδας χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου. Ὁ νόμος ὃν ὑπηγόρευσας τῷ Μωυσῇ, ἀγαθός μοι, ὡς παιδαγωγῶν τὸ σῶμα, καὶ ῥυθμίζων τὰ ἤθη, καὶ συνετίζων τὴν ψυχήν.

72 The law of your mouth is good for me above thousands of gold and silver. The law that you dictated to Moses is good for me as training the body and regulating the character and bringing understand to the soul.

73 Aἱ χεῖρές σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ἔπλασάν με, συνέτισόν με καὶ μαθήσομαι τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Σύ με ἔπλασας, σύ με συνέτισον, σύ με δίδαξον, καὶ μαθήσομαι κατορθοῦν τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Τινὲς δὲ χεῖρας τοῦ Πατρὸς νοοῦσι, τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, δι’ ὧν τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν, ὡς ἐν ἄλλοις εἰρήκαμεν.

73 Your hands have made me and fashioned me, give me understanding and I shall learn your commandments. You have fashioned me, so let you give me understanding and let you teach me, and I shall learn to effect your commandments. Some understand the hands of the Father as the Son and the holy Spirit, through whom he made all things, as we have said elsewhere.

PG 128:115574 Oἱ φοβούμενοί σε ὄψονταί με καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται, ὅτι εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου ἐπήλπισα.

74 Those who fear you will see me and be glad, for I have hoped strongly in your words.

Ὄψονταί με προκόπτοντα, εἰ συνετίσεις με, καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται, ὅτι εἰς τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἐπήλπισα καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἄλλο τι βιωτικόν.

They will see me prospering if you will give me understanding and they will be glad be- cause I have hoped strongly in your commandments and not in any other earthly thing.

75 Ἔγνων, Κύριε, ὅτι δικαιοσύνη τὰ κρίματά σου, καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἐταπείνωσάς με. Ἔγνων τῇ πείρᾳ ὅτι δίκαιαι αἱ κρίσεις σου, καὶ εὐλόγως καὶ δικαίως ἐταπείνωσάς με πειρασμοῖς, ἵνα σωφρονισθῶ· ἥμαρτον γάρ.

75 I have come to know, O Lord, that your judgements are justice, and in truth you have humbled me. I have come to know through experience that your judgements are just and that for good reason and justly you have humbled me through trials so that I might be brought to my senses, for I have sinned.

76 Γενηθήτω δὴ τὸ ἔλεός σου τοῦ παρακαλέσαι με κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου τῷ δούλῳ σου. Γενηθήτω μοι τῷ δούλῳ σου τὸ ἔλεός σου, ἐπὶ τῷ ψυχαγωγῆσαί με κακωθέντα. Γενηθήτω δὲ τοῦτο κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου, κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσίν σου· ἐπηγγείλω γὰρ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν μετανοούντων. |

76 Let your mercy then come to comfort me according to your oracle to your servant. Let your mercy be upon me your servant for the purpose of bringing me relief in my dis- tress. Let this be according to your oracle, according to your promise, for you have promised in the law to succour those who are repenting.

α Ἐλθέτωσάν μοι οἱ οἰκτιρμοί σου, καὶ ζήσομαι. Ἤδη ταῖς λύπαις ἀποπνιγόμενος.

77α Let your compassion come upon me and I shall live. Being now choked by sorrows.

β Ὅτι ὁ νόμος σου μελέτη μού ἐστιν. Ἐλθέτωσάν μοι, διότι ὁ νόμος σου λοιπὸν μελέτη μού ἐστιν, ὡς οὐδὲν ἕτερον.

77β For your law is my meditation. Let it come upon me because your law is my meditation as nothing else.

α Αἰσχυνθήτωσαν ὑπερήφανοι, ὅτι ἀδίκως ἠνόμησαν εἰς ἐμέ. Αἰσχυνθήτωσαν, τῷ μηδὲν ἀνύσαι, τῷ ἡττηθῆναι· λέγει δὲ, τοὺς ἀνωτέρω δηλωθέντας. Ἀδίκως δὲ ἠνόμησαν εἰς ἐμὲ, διὰ μόνον φθόνον ἐπιθέμενοι.

78α Let the proud be shamed, for unjustly they have acted lawlessly against me. Let them be shamed by achieving nothing, by being defeated. He is speaking of those mentioned above. Unjustly they have acted lawlessly against me, having attacked me out of envy alone.

β Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀδολεσχήσω ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς σου. Περὶ τῆς ἀδολεσχίας ταύτης προείρηται.

78β But I shall ruminate on your commandments. This rumination has been spoken about earlier.

79 Ἐπιστρεψάτωσάν με οἱ φοβούμενοί σε καὶ οἱ γινώσκοντες τὰ μαρτύριά σου. Ἐπιστρεψάτωσάν με οἱ τοιοῦτοι, εἴποτε ἀποπλανηθῶ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου.

79 Let those who fear you and those who know your testimonies make me turn back. Let such ones make me turn back if ever I should stray from your commandments.

80 Γενηθήτω ἡ καρδία μου ἄμωμος ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασί σου, ὅπως ἂν μὴ αἰσχυνθῶ. Γενηθήτω ἄμωμος, ἐμμελετῶσα τοῖς δικαιώμασί σου καὶ τῷ φόβῳ τούτων καθαιρομένη, ὅπως ἂν μὴ αἰσχυνθῶ, πράξας ἔργον αἰσχύνης.

80 Let my heart become blameless in your statutes, so that I may not be shamed. Let it become blameless meditating on your statutes and being cleansed by fear of them, so that I may not be shamed, having committed an act of shame.

α Ἐκλείπει εἰς τὸ σωτήριόν σου ἡ ψυχή μου.

81α My soul is fainting for your salvation.

Ἀποδημεῖ τρόπον τινὰ, ἢ ἐκλύεται, μὴ φέρουσα τὴν σφοδρότητα τοῦ πόθου. Σωτήριον δὲ λέγει, τὴν σωτήριον ἐνανθρώπησιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Φησὶν οὖν, ὅτι σφόδρα ποθῶ τὸ σωτήριόν σου τοῦτο.

It is taking leave of me in a way, or is dissolving, being unable to bear the intensity of desire. Salvation is what he is calling the saving incarnation of Christ. He says accordingly that I yearn intensely for this your salvation.

PG 128:1157β Εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου ἐπήλπισα. Τοῖς λόγοις σου θαῤῥῶ, ὅτι γενήσεται, τοῖς λόγοις σου τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ. Τινὲς δὲ νοοῦσι περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίας ταῦτα λέγειν αὐτὸν, ὅτι ποθῶ τὴν παρὰ σοῦ σωτηρίαν, καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐντολάς σου θαῤῥῶ, ὅτι σωθήσομαι φυλάττων αὐτάς. Ἀδιάφορον δὲ εἴτε λόγους εἴπῃς, εἴτε λόγον, ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἐμφέρεται τοῖς ἀντιγράφοις.

81β I have hoped strongly in your words. I have confidence in your words, for this salvation will come about, namely, I trust in your words written in the law about this. Some understand him to be saying these things about his own salvation, namely, that I yearn for the salvation from you and I have confidence in your commandments that I shall be saved keeping them. It is indifferent whether you say ‘words’ or ‘word’, for both are found in the copies.

82 Ἐξέλιπον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου εἰς τὸ λόγιόν σου, λέγοντες, Πότε παρακαλέσεις με; Ἐξελύθησαν, ἠτόνησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῆς ψυχῆς μου, εἰς τὸν νόμον σου ἀτενίζοντες. Ἐξέλιπον δὲ, ζητοῦντες πότε ψυχαγωγήσεις με, συνετίσας καὶ τὸν ἐγκεκρυμμένον πλοῦτον ἀνακαλύψας.

82 My eyes have fainted for your oracle, saying, ‘When will you comfort me?’ The eyes of my soul have failed, they have become weak, from straining towards your law. And they have fainted seeking when you will bring me relief, having given understanding and revealed the hidden wealth.

83 Ὅτι ἐγενήθην ὡς ἀσκὸς ἐν πάχνῃ, τὰ δικαιώματά σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην. Φασὶ τὸν ἀσκὸν ἐν πάχνῃ ψυχόμενον συσφίγγεσθαι· τοιοῦτος ἐγένετο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς, συσταλεὶς καὶ σωφρονισθεὶς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ λοιποῦ τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ Θεοῦ μὴ ἐπιλαθόμενος, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν περιπέσῃ πειρασμοῖς. Ἕτεροι δὲ λέγουσι τὸν ἀσκὸν ἐν πάχνῃ συρόμενον μαλακίζεσθαι καὶ χαυνοῦσθαι· τοιοῦτος, φησὶ, γέγονα, τοῖς πειρασμοῖς γὰρ ἐνσυρόμενος· ἠτόνησα καὶ ἐξελύθην, ἀλλ’ ὅμως τὰ δικαιώματά σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην, ὥστε καὶ ποιῆσαί τι παράνομον. Ἢ καὶ ἑτέρως· ἐγενήθην ὡς ἀσκὸς, νεκρὸς μὲν πρὸς τὰ πάθη, χωρητικὸς δὲ τῶν θείων λογίων· ἐγενήθην δὲ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ πάχνῃ τῆς θείας χάριτος, τῇ ἄνωθεν κατελθούσῃ καὶ ψυχρανάσῃ τὴν φλόγα τῶν παθῶν· διὸ καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστην τοῦ νόμου σου, γινώσκων ὅτι δι’ αὐτοῦ ταύτης τετύχηκα τῆς χάριτος.

83 For I have become like a wineskin in frost, I have not forgotten your statutes. They say that a wineskin cooled in frost contracts; he also became such in his trials, having been reduced and chastened, and for this reason not forgetting henceforth the statutes of God lest he fall again into trials. Others say that when a wineskin is trailed in frost it becomes soft and flaccid; such, he says, I became, being dragged in trials; I became weak and limp, but I did not, however, forget your statutes so as to do anything unlawful. Or else in a different way; I have become like a wineskin, dead to passions and able to contain divine oracles, and I became this in the hoar frost of divine grace, descending from above and cooling the flame of the passions, and hence I have not departed from your law, knowing that through it I have attained this grace.

84 Πόσαι εἰσὶν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ δούλου σου; πότε ποιήσεις μοι ἐκ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με κρίσιν; Πόσαι εἰσί; πάντως ὀλίγαι. Πότε οὖν ποιήσεις μοι δικαίωσιν ἐκ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με ἀοράτων καὶ ὁρατῶν ἐχθρῶν; Ποιήσεις δὲ ταύτην, ἀποστρέψας αὐτοὺς καὶ πόῤῥω διώξας. |

84 How many are the days of your servant? When will you give judgement to me from my persecutors? How many are they? At all events they are few. So when will you give me justification from the invisible and visible enemies persecuting me? You will do this when you have turned them back and driven them far off.

85 Διηγήσαντό μοι παράνομοι ἀδολεσχίας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὡς ὁ νόμος σου, Κύριε. β-7 ἀμφότερα γὰρ... ἀντιγράφοις. om. HVL. β ἐμφέρεται PΑCB : ἐμφαίνεται F : ἐμφένεται MS2.

85 Transgressors have rehearsed ruminations to me, but not as your law, O Lord.

Διηγήσαντό μοι φλυαρίας δογμάτων, ἀλλὰ ἐναντίας τῷ νόμῳ σου· ἢ διηγήσαντό μοι ληρωδίας, ἑρμηνεύοντες δῆθεν τὸν νόμον σου, ἀλλ’ οὐ συνεφθέγγοντο τούτῳ. Λέγοιτο δ’ ἂν τοῦτο περὶ πάντων ὁμοῦ τῶν αἱρετικῶν. 86 Πᾶσαι αἱ ἐντολαί σου ἀλήθεια· ἀδίκως κατεδίωξάν με, βοήθησόν μοι. Πᾶσαι ἀληθεῖς, ἐν αἷς ἐκέλευσας μὴ ἀδικεῖν· ἀδικουμένῳ οὖν, βοήθησόν μοι, τοὺς σοὺς μάλιστα νόμους ἐκδικῶν παραβαινομένους. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐχθρῶν ὁ λόγος. 87 Παρὰ βραχὺ συνετέλεσάν με ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἐγκατέλιπον τὰς ἐντολάς σου. Παρ’ ὀλίγον ἀνεῖλόν με. Συντέλεια γὰρ λέγεται καὶ ἡ συμπλήρωσις τῆς ζωῆς· συνετέλεσαν οὖν, ἀντὶ τοῦ, συντελέσαι τὴν ζωὴν παρεσκεύασαν. Ἢ συνέκλεισάν με ἐν τῇ γῇ, ἢ κατέστρεψάν με εἰς τὴν γῆν. Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδ’ οὕτως ἀπέστην τῆς μελέτης καὶ φυλακῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν σου. 88 Κατὰ τὸ ἔλεός σου ζῆσόν με, καὶ φυλάξω τὰ μαρτύρια τοῦ στόματός σου. Ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου ζῆσόν με, ὡς ἐλεήμων. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ, ζῆσόν με, προείρηται Ps 118.25, ἀνωτέρω. Tὰ μαρτύρια δὲ τοῦ στόματός σου, ἃ ὑπηγόρευσας τῷ Μωυσῇ. β, 40 89 Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, Κύριε, ὁ λόγος σου διαμένει ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Ἀεὶ τὸ πρόσταγμά σου ἀσάλευτον διαμένει ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, τὸ περὶ τῆς τάξεως αὐτοῦ, συνέχον αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῇ. α Εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν ἡ ἀλήθειά σου. Ἀεὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ τοιούτου προστάγματός σου· διὰ πάσης γενεᾶς ἀληθεύει, μὴ μετακινουμένης τῆς ὁρισθείσης τάξεως. β Ἐθεμελίωσας τὴν γῆν, καὶ διαμένει τῇ διατάξει σου. Διαμένει καὶ αὕτη ἐν τῇ διατάξει σου, ὡς διετάγη. 91 Διαμένει ἡ ἡμέρα, ὅτι τὰ σύμπαντα δοῦλα σά. Διαμένει ἡ ἡμέρα, ὡς προσέταξας, τηροῦσα τὴν ἰδίαν τάξιν. Αἴτιον δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης διαμονῆς, ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ὁμοῦ τὰ πάντα, δοῦλα σά. Διὸ καὶ πείθονται τῷ προστάγματι τοῦ Δεσπότου, καθάπερ τινὲς δοῦλοι. 913 τὰ πάντα PAS2CBFH : πάντα MV.

They have rehearsed to me idle nonsense about doctrines, but contrary to your law. Or else they have rehearsed frivolities to me, allegedly interpreting your law, but they were not in agreement with it. This may be said about all the heretics at once. 86 All your commandments are truth; unjustly they have persecuted me; help me. All are true in which you commanded not to commit injustice; therefore, help me who am being wronged, avenging indeed your own laws which are being transgressed. Here he is speaking about the visible enemies. 87 They have all but brought an end to me in the earth, but I have not abandoned your com- mandments. They have very nearly slain me, for the completion of life is called its consummation or its being brought to an end; ‘they have brought an end to me’ therefore is in the sense of, ‘they prepared to finish off my life’. Or else they have trapped me in the earth, or have trampled me into the earth. But not even thus have I departed from the meditation on and keeping of your commandments. 88 According to your mercy make me live and I shall keep the testimonies of your mouth. In your mercy make me live since you are merciful. The expression ‘make me live’ was Ps 118.25, spoken about earlier. The testimonies of your mouth which you dictated to Moses. 37β, 40 89 To the age, O Lord, your word remains in heaven. Your decree about its order ever remains unshaken in heaven, maintaining the heaven in this order. 90α Your truth to generation and generation. The truth of your decree of this kind is everlasting; it holds true through every generation, the ordained order never being altered. 90β You have founded the earth and it remains in your decree. The earth also remains in your decree, as it was appointed. 91 The day remains, for all things are your servants. The day remains as you have appointed, maintaining its own order. The reason for this remaining is that these things and with them all things are your servants, and hence they obey the decree of their Master just as certain servants.

PG 128:1159Κατὰ δὲ ὑψηλοτέραν θεωρίαν, ἀεὶ διαμένει ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ παρὰ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ὁ λόγος σου· Ποιοῦντες γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. Ἐν γενεᾷ δὲ καὶ γενεᾷ, τῇ τε τοῦ παλαιοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τῇ τοῦ νέου, ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἡ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ· παρ’ ἀμφοτέραις γὰρ ἀληθὴς οὗτος ὁμολογεῖται. Ἐθεμελίωσας δὲ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν καὶ ἡδραίωσας αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ πίστει τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, γῆν πρότερον οὖσαν, καὶ γήϊνα φρονοῦσαν, καὶ περὶ τὰ γήϊνα συρομένην· διὸ καὶ διαμένει, ὡς διετάξω, πολλῶν μὲν πειρασμῶν αὐτῇ προσρηξάντων, οὐδενὸς δὲ ταύτης κατισχύσαντος. Διαμένει δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα, τουτέστι, τὸ φῶς τῆς εὐσεβείας, ὅπερ ἀνέτειλε διὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος, μὴ τεμνόμενον ἢ σβεννύμενον ὑπὸ τῆς ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως. Προφητικῶς δὲ ταῦτα.

According to a more exalted interpretation, your word ever remains in heaven among the angels, for they, it is written, are Doing your word. Your truth in the law is to generation and generation, namely, to that of the old people and that of the new, for it is confessed as true by both. You have founded the Church and established her in the faith of the Gospel, which Church was formerly earth and earthly-minded and dragged along by earthly concerns. And hence the Church remains as you have appointed, many trials having dashed against her, but nothing having prevailed against her. The day remains, that is, the light of piety which dawned through the preaching, neither being cut off nor extinguished by the opposing power. These things are spoken prophetically.

92 Εἰ μὴ ὅτι ὁ νόμος σου μελέτη μού ἐστι, τότε ἂν ἀπωλόμην ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει μου. Εἰ μὴ διότι ὁ νόμος σου μελέτη μού ἐστιν ἀπηλλάγην, τότε ἂν ἀπέθανον ἐν τῇ κακοπαθείᾳ μου, σφοδρότερον ἐπιθεμένων μοι τῶν πειρασμῶν.

92 Were it not that your law is my meditation, then I would have perished in my humiliation. Had I not been delivered because the law is my meditation, then I would have died in my sufferings, with trials having assailed me more violently.

93 Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οὐ μὴ ἐπιλάθωμαι τῶν δικαιωμάτων σου, ὅτι ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔζησάς με. Παρ’ ὅλον τὸν αἰῶνα οὐ μὴ ἐπιλάθωμαι αὐτῶν, ὅτι δι’ αὐτὰ ἐζωοποίησάς με, ἀποπνιγόμενον, ὡς προείρηται· διότι γὰρ μελέτην εἶχον τὸν νόμον σου, διὰ τοῦτο ἀπηλλάγην, ὡς δεδήλωται.

93 To the age I shall not forget your statutes, for in them you have made me live. Throughout all the age I shall not forget them for on their account you endowed me with life when I was being choked, as was said previously; for because I had your law as my medi- tation, on this account I was delivered, as was stated.

94 Σός εἰμι ἐγὼ, σῶσόν με, ὅτι τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐξεζήτησα. | Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς. Ἐπεὶ οὖν σὸς ἐγὼ, ὡς τὰ σὰ δικαιώματα ἐκζητῶν, σῶσόν με ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων μοι.

94 I am yours; save me for I have sought out your statutes. For it is written in the law that The man who has done these things will have life in them. Since therefore I am yours as seeking out your statutes, save me from those who are assailing me.

PG 128:1161α Ἐμὲ ὑπέμειναν ἁμαρτωλοὶ τοῦ ἀπολέσαι με. Ἐμὲ ἐνήδρευσαν· ὁ γὰρ ἐνεδρεύων περιμένει τὸν ἐνεδρευόμενον.

95α Sinners have awaited me so as to destroy me. They have set an ambush for me, for the one who sets an ambush awaits the one being ambushed.

β Tὰ μαρτύριά σου συνῆκα. Συνετισθεὶς παρὰ σοῦ· διὸ τούτοις ψυχαγωγοῦμαι.

95β I have understood your testimonies. Having been given understanding by you, hence I find relief in these.

96 Πάσης συντελείας εἶδον πέρας, πλατεῖα ἡ ἐντολή σου σφόδρα. Πάσης σπουδῆς, καὶ ἀνθρωπίνης καὶ δαιμονικῆς, ἔγνων πέρας. Πλατεῖα γὰρ ἡ ἐντολή σου σφόδρα, μὴ στενοχωροῦσα τὸν νοῦν, ἀλλὰ πλατύνουσα πρὸς γνῶσιν· ὑφ’ ἧς κἀγὼ πλατυνθεὶς, ἔγνων ἑκάστης συντελείας πέρας.

96 Of every consummation I have seen the end, your commandment is exceedingly expansive. I have known the end of every effort, both human and demonic, for your commandment is exceedingly expansive, not constraining the mind but expanding it towards knowledge, by which knowledge I, too, having been expanded, have come to know the end of each consummation.

Ἢ καὶ ἑτέρως· πάσης καταστροφῆς ἔγνων πέρας· ὁποῖον μέν ἐστι τὸ πέρας τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ δικαίου, ὁποῖον δὲ τὸ τῆς τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ. Εἶτα τὸ ἑξῆς· πλατεῖα ἡ ἐντολή σου σφόδρα, πλατύνουσα ἐν στενοχωρίᾳ θλίψεως τὸν ἐμπολιτευόμενον. Νόμον δὲ νόει, τὰς ἐντολάς. Ἢ πλατεῖα, τῷ μὴ στενοχωρεῖν, μηδὲ ταλαιπωρίαν ἐπάγειν, εἰ καὶ δοκεῖ τοῖς ῥᾳθυμοτέροις ἐπίπονος. 97 Ὡς ἠγάπησα τὸν νόμον σου, Κύριε, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν μελέτη μού ἐστι. Λίαν ἠγάπησα τὸν νόμον σου, διὸ καὶ ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐμμελετῶ αὐτῷ, δηλονότι καθ’ ἑκάστην· ποτὲ μὲν ἀναγινώσκων αὐτὸν, ποτὲ δὲ πράττων, ποτὲ δὲ διανοούμενος. 98 Ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐσόφισάς με τὴν ἐντολήν σου, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐμή ἐστιν. Ἐχθροὶ τῶν φυλασσόντων τὸν νόμον, οἱ μὴ τοῦτον φυλάσσοντες. Ὑπὲρ τούτους, φησὶ, σοφώτερον ἐδίδαξάς με τὴν ἐντολήν σου· διότι ἀεὶ ἠγαπημένη μοί ἐστιν. Ὅθεν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἀδικοῦσί με· ἐγὼ δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἀνταδικῶ, σοφώτερον ἐκείνων δεδιδαγμένος. 99 Ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς διδάσκοντάς με συνῆκα, ὅτι τὰ μαρτύριά σου μελέτη μού ἐστι. Καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν διδασκάλων μου γέγονα συνετώτερος, διότι μελέτην ἔχω συνεχῆ τὸν νόμον σου, ὃς φωτίζειν οἶδε καὶ σοφίζειν τὸν νοῦν. 100 Ὑπὲρ πρεσβυτέρους συνῆκα, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἐξεζήτησα. Ὑπὲρ τοὺς παλαιοτέρους μου καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ προειληφότας· ὑποδηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὸν Σαούλ. Τοιοῦτος γέγονε καὶ ὁ Δανιὴλ, συνεὶς τὴν κρίσιν τῆς Σωσάννης ὑπὲρ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τοῦ λαοῦ. Sus 41-59 Αἴτιον δὲ τῆς πλείονος συνέσεως, ἡ ἐκζήτησις τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, ἡ ἀκριβὴς ἔρευνα καὶ φυλακή. Δύνανται δὲ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ νέου λαοῦ. Τούτου γὰρ ἐχθροὶ μὲν, οἱ ᾽Ιουδαῖοι, ὡς διὰ παντὸς ἐχθραίνοντες· διδάσκαλοι δὲ, ὡς αὐτοὶ πρῶτοι τὰ ἔθνη περὶ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ διδάξαντες καὶ τὰς βίβλους παρασχόμενοι· πρεσβύτεροι δὲ, ὡς πρῶτος λαός· Υἱὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, πρωτότοκός μου ᾽Ισραήλ. Ὑπὲρ τούτους οὖν ἐσοφίσθημεν τὸν νόμον, σοφώτερον αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸ κεκρυμμένον νοοῦντες, διότι καὶ πλεῖον ἀγαπῶμεν αὐτόν· τά τε ἄλλα, καὶ ὡς τὰ περὶ Χριστοῦ προμηνύοντα. 101 Ἐκ πάσης ὁδοῦ πονηρᾶς ἐκώλυσα τοὺς πόδας μου, ὅπως ἂν φυλάξω τοὺς λόγους σου. 1009 διδάξαντες MAS2CBFV : διδάσκοντες P.

Or else in another way: I have come to know the end of every life’s conclusion, namely, what is the end at the death of the just man and what at the death of the sinner. Then the rest: your commandment is exceedingly expansive, expanding the one who lives by it when in the straits of affliction. Understand the commandments as the law. Or else it is expansive in not constricting nor bringing distress even if it appears toilsome to the more indolent. 97 How I have loved your law, O Lord, all day long it is my meditation. I have loved your law exceedingly, hence all day long I meditate on it, that is, every day, now reading it, now enacting it, now thinking about it. 98 You have made me wise above my enemies by your commandment, for it is mine to the age. The enemies of those who keep the law are those who do not keep it. Above those, he says, you have taught me your commandment more wisely, for it is ever beloved to me. Hence they act unjustly towards me, but I do retaliate against them, being taught more wisely than they. 99 I have understood above all who instruct me, for your testimonies are my meditation. And I have become more sagacious than even my teachers, because I have your law as my constant meditation and it is able to illuminate and make wise the mind. 100 I have understood above elders, for I have sought out your commandments. Above those who are older than me and who have gone before me in time; he is alluding also to Saul. Daniel also became such, having understood the judgement respecting Susanna better than the elders of the people. Sus 41-59 The reason for the better understanding is the seeking out of the divine commandments, the precise searching and keeping of them. These things can also be said about the new people. Enemies of this new people are the Jews as being continually hostile; they are instructors, as having been the first to teach the nations about the one God and as having provided the books; they are also elders as the first people, for it is written, Israel is my first-born son. Above those accordingly we have been made wise in the law, understanding it more wisely than they according to its hidden content, and because we love it more; for the other things also, and as predicting the things about Christ. 101 I have held back my feet from every evil way, so that I might keep your words.

PG 128:1163Ἐποίησα τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἀθετήσω τὰς ἐντολάς σου, τοῦτο κελευούσας. 102 Ἀπὸ τῶν κριμάτων σου οὐκ ἐξέκλινα, ὅτι σὺ ἐνομοθέτησάς με. Οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ’ ὁ Θεὸς, ὃν φοβούμενος οὐκ ἐξέκλινα. Ἀδιάφορος δὲ ἡ σύνταξις τοῦ, ἐνομοθέτησας. 103 Ὡς γλυκέα τῷ λάρυγγί μου τὰ λόγιά σου, ὑπὲρ μέλι τῷ στόματί μου. | Tῷ μὲν τοῦ σώματος λάρυγγι καὶ στόματι, λαλούμενα, τῷ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς, νοούμενα. Ἐμφαίνει δὲ τὴν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ἡδονὴν, ἥτις ἐγγίνεται τοῖς ἐῤῥωμένοις τὰ αἰσθητήρια· τοῖς γὰρ κακοσίτοις, φασὶ, καὶ τὸ μέλι πικρόν. 104 Ἀπὸ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου συνῆκα, διὰ τοῦτο ἐμίσησα πᾶσαν ὁδὸν ἀδικίας. Ἀπὸ τούτων ἐσοφίσθην καὶ συνετώτερος ἐγενόμην, διὸ καὶ ἀπεστράφην τὰ πονηρά. 105 Λύχνος τοῖς ποσί μου ὁ νόμος σου, καὶ φῶς ταῖς τρίβοις μου. Οὗτός με ὁδηγεῖ πρὸς τὰ καλὰ δίκην λύχνου καὶ φωτὸς, ὑποδεικνύων ἐν νυκτὶ τοῦ βίου καὶ σκότει τῶν παθῶν τὴν εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν, καὶ οὐ συγχωρῶν προσκόπτειν εἰς ἁμαρτίαν. Πόδας δὲ καὶ τρίβους λέγει, τὴν πορείαν τῆς πολιτείας. 106 Ὤμοσα καὶ ἔστησα τοῦ φυλάξασθαι τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Πεῖραν λαβὼν τῆς ὠφελείας τῶν ἐντολῶν σου, ὤμοσα, τουτέστιν, ἀληθῶς ὑπεσχόμην, καὶ ἔστησα τὸν ὅρκον τοῦτον ἀμετακίνητον, περὶ τοῦ τηρῆσαι αὐτάς. Στάσιν γὰρ λέγει, τὴν ἑδραίωσιν τοῦ τοιούτου ὅρκου. 107 Ἐταπεινώθην ἕως σφόδρα, Κύριε, ζῆσόν με κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου. Ἐταπεινώθην ἐπὶ πολὺ, εἴτε ὑπὸ τῆς ἀκουσίου ταλαιπωρίας, εἴτε ὑπὸ τῆς ἑκουσίου κακοπαθείας. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ, ζῆσόν με κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου, εἴρηται ἀνωτέρω, ἔνθα τὸ, Ἐκολλήθη τῷ ἐδάφει ἡ ψυχή μου. α Tὰ ἑκούσια τοῦ στόματός μου εὐδόκησον δὴ, Κύριε. Τὰς ἑκουσίους ὑποσχέσεις, τὰς οὐ κατ’ ἀνάγκην, ἀλλὰ κατ’ εὐγνωμοσύνην ἐπαγγελίας, ἀπόδεξαι, κατεύθυνον· οἷον ἦν ὁ ὅρκος τοῦ φυλάξασθαι τὰς ἐντολάς σου. 105 Add. [MF in marg.]PABV: Ὁ διὰ Μωυσέως νόμος, σωματικῶς μὲν λαμβανόμενος, λύχνος ἐστὶ τοῖς διὰ τῆς πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς βαδίζουσι· πνευματικῶς δὲ νοούμενος, φῶς ἐστι τοῖς διὰ τῆς θεωρητικῆς γνώσεως ἀναγομένοις. : om. S2CH.

I have done this so that I might not break your commandments which enjoin this. 102 I have not deviated from your judgements, for you have ordained a law for me. Not a man, but God, fearing whom I did not deviate. The syntax of the verb ‘to ordain a law’ is indifferent [using the accusative instead of the dative]. 103 How sweet to my throat are your oracles, above honey to my mouth. To the throat and mouth of the body, when uttered, to those of the soul when under- stood. He indicates the pleasure in them that is felt by those with healthy senses, for to those who have a poor appetite they say that even honey is bitter. 104 From your commandments I have come to understanding, on this account I have hated every way of injustice. From these I have been made wise and have become more understanding, and hence I have repudiated evil things. 105 Your law is a lamp to my feet and a light to my tracks. This law guides me to what is good like a lamp and a light, showing the straight way in the night of life and darkness of the passions and not allowing to stumble on sin. ‘Feet’ and ‘tracks’ are what he calls his way of life. 106 I have sworn and set firm so as to keep the judgements of your justice. Having gained experience of the profit from your commandments I have sworn, that is, I have promised truly and have set firm and immoveable this oath about keeping them, for ‘setting’ is what he calls the establishing of this oath. 107 I have been humbled till greatly, O Lord, make me live according to your word. I have been humbled very much, either by involuntary hardships or voluntary sufferings. ‘Make me live according to your word’ was spoken about above at the verse, My soul has been stuck fast to the ground. 108α Accept then favourably, O Lord, the freely-spoken words of my mouth. Accept and make prosper my freely-spoken promises, the pledges not made under con- straint, but out of gratitude, such as was the oath to keep your commandments. 105: The law given through Moses, understood in bodily terms, is a lamp for those walking the way of practical virtue, and, conceived in spiritual terms, is a light to those being led up through contemplative knowledge.

PG 128:1165β Καὶ τὰ κρίματά σου δίδαξόν με. Δυσκατάληπτα ὄντα· Τὰ κρίματα γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἄβυσσος πολλή. Ἢ δίδαξόν με ταῦτα βαθύτερον. 109 Ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου διὰ παντὸς, καὶ τοῦ νόμου σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην. Τὴν ψυχήν μού σοι ἐγχειρίζω πάντοτε, σὲ φρουρὸν ποιοῦμαι καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴν καὶ κυβερνήτην αὐτῆς· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ νόμου σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην, ἵνα μὴ ἀποπέσω. 110 Ἔθεντο ἁμαρτωλοὶ παγίδα μοι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου οὐκ ἐπλανήθην. Ἔθεντο παγίδα μοι, θηρεῦσαί με σπεύδοντες, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεπλανήθην τῶν ἐντολῶν σου, δεδιὼς μὴ ἐκπέσω ταύταις. Ὁ γὰρ βαδίζων ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πάγαις οὐκ ἐμπίπτει. Ἁμαρτωλοὺς δὲ λέγει, τοὺς δαίμονας ἢ καὶ τοὺς παρανόμους ἀνθρώπους. 111 Ἐκληρονόμησα τὰ μαρτύριά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ὅτι ἀγαλλίαμα τῆς καρδίας μού εἰσι. Κληρονομίαν ταῦτα ἐθέμην διηνεκῆ, καὶ ἀναφαίρετον κέρδος. Ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὁ λόγος τὴν περὶ αὐτὰ διάθεσιν αὐτοῦ. 112 Ἔκλινα τὴν καρδίαν μου τοῦ ποιῆσαι τὰ δικαιώματά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα δι᾽ ἀντάμειψιν. Ἔπεισα αὐτὴν, μετέστρεψα πρὸς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἀεὶ διὰ τὴν ἀποκειμένην ἀμοιβὴν τοῖς εὐαρεστοῦσί σοι. 113- Παρανόμους ἐμίσησα, τὸν δὲ νόμον σου ἠγάπησα· βοηθός μου καὶ ἀντιλήπτωρ μου 114 εἶ σὺ, εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου ἐπήλπισα. Εἰς τὸν νόμον σου τεθάῤῥηκα, τὸν δικαιοῦντα τοὺς πληροῦντας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀγαθὰ τούτοις ἐπαγγελλόμενον. 115 Ἐκκλίνατε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, πονηρευόμενοι, καὶ ἐξερευνήσω τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ μου. Oἱ πονηροὶ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι καὶ δαίμονες, ἐνοχλοῦντες, παρεμποδίζουσιν εἰς τοῦτο. 1103 ἐκπέσω MH : ἐμπέσω AS2CFBV.

108β And teach me your judgements. Being difficult to understand, for it is written, the judgements of God are a mighty abyss. Or else, teach me them more profoundly. 109 My soul is ever in your hands, and I have not forgotten your law. I hand my soul over to you at all times, I make you its guard and defender and guide, and for this reason I have not forgotten your law so that I may not fall away from you. 110 Sinners have set a snare for me, and from your commandments I have not strayed. They have set a snare for me, eager to catch me, and I have not strayed away from your commandments, fearful lest I fall away from them. For the one who walks in the law of God not not fall into traps. ‘Sinners’ is what he calls the demons or lawless men. 111 I have inherited your testimonies to the age, for they are the surpassing joy of my heart. I have set them as a continuous inheritance and inalienable gain. The verse indicates his disposition towards them. 112 I have inclined my heart to do your statutes to the age by reason of the recompense. I have persuaded my heart; I have turned it to perform your commandments always on account of the reward laid in store for those who are well-pleasing to you. 113- I have hated transgressors, but have loved your law; you are my helper and protector, I have 114 hoped strongly in your words. I have taken courage in your law which justifies those who fulfil it and promises them blessings. 115 Turn away from me, you evil-doers, and I shall search out the commandments of my God. For wicked men and demons, by causing annoyance, hamper this.

α Ἀντιλαβοῦ μου κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου. Κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσίν σου· ἐπηγγείλω | γὰρ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑπερασπίζειν τῶν φυλασσόντων αὐτὸν, ὡς καὶ ἀνωτέρω δεδήλωται· ἢ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἁπλῶς σου ὑπόσχεσιν.

116α Come to my aid according to your oracle. According to your promise, for you have promised in the law to defend those who are keeping it, as was stated above; or else, simply according to your promise.

β Καὶ ζῆσόν με. Εἴρηται περὶ τούτου διαφόρως ἤδη.

116β And make me live. This has already been spoken about variously.

γ Καὶ μὴ καταισχύνῃς με ἀπὸ τῆς προσδοκίας μου. Mὴ καταισχυνθῆναί με ποιήσῃς, ἀποτυχόντα τῆς ἐπὶ σοὶ ἐλπίδος μου.

116γ And do not shame me of my expectation. Do not make me be ashamed, having failed in my hope in you.

117 Βοήθησόν μοι καὶ σωθήσομαι, καὶ μελετήσω ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασί σου διὰ παντός. Σωθήσομαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς τῶν ἐχθρῶν.

117 Help me and I shall be saved, and I shall meditate on your statutes continually. I shall be saved from the scheming of my enemies.

118 Ἐξουδένωσας πάντας τοὺς ἀποστατοῦντας ἀπὸ τῶν δικαιωμάτων σου, ὅτι ἄδικον τὸ ἐνθύμημα αὐτῶν. Ἐφαύλισας, ἀπώσω ὡς ἀχρήστους. Ἐνθυμούμενοι γὰρ παρανομεῖν, ἀποστατοῦσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου σου.

118 You have brought to nothing all who fall away from your statutes, for their desire is unjust. You have demeaned, you have rejected as worthless, for in desiring to transgress, they are falling away from your law.

119 Παραβαίνοντας ἐλογισάμην πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς, διὰ τοῦτο ἠγάπησα τὰ μαρτύριά σου. Παραβάτας τοῦ νόμου ἡγησάμην πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, διὸ ἠγάπησα τὸν νόμον σου, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς παραβάτης λογισθῶ. Τῆς γῆς δὲ εἶπεν, ὡς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ὄντας, ἢ ὡς ἐν τῇ γῇ ἁμαρτάνοντας.

119 I have reckoned all the sinners of the earth as transgressors, on this account I have loved your testimonies. I have regarded all those who are sinning as transgressors of the law, hence I have loved your law lest I myself be reckoned as a transgressor. He said ‘of the earth’ as being from the earth or as sinning on the earth.

120 Καθήλωσον ἐκ τοῦ φόβου σου τὰς σάρκας μου, ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν κριμάτων σου ἐφοβήθην. Ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀναγινώσκειν τὰ κρίματά σου ἐφοβήθην μὲν κατὰ ψυχὴν, οὐκ ἔχω δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα τῷ τοιούτῳ φόβῳ συστελλόμενον· καθήλωσον οὖν καὶ αὐτὸ τῷ φόβῳ σου τούτῳ, πρὸς τὸ μὴ κινεῖσθαι εἰς ἀτάκτους ὁρμὰς καὶ πράξεις ἀτόπους.

120 Nail down my flesh from your fear, for I have been seized with fear at your judgements. From reading your judgements I have become afraid in soul, but I do not also have my body being restrained by such fear, therefore nail it also down with this your fear, so as not to move to disorderly impulses and unfitting actions.

121 Ἐποίησα κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην, μὴ παραδῷς με τοῖς ἀδικοῦσί με. Ἐποίησα κρίσιν δικαίαν· τὸ αὐτὸ γὰρ εἶπεν ἐκ παραλλήλου. Διὸ μὴ παραδῷς με,

121 I have meted out judgement and justice, do not surrender me to those wronging me. I have given just judgement (for he said the same thing in parallel). Hence do not

PG 128:1167δίκαια κρίνοντα, τοῖς ἀδίκως ἐπιβουλεύουσι, μηδὲ κατακυριευσάτωσαν τοῦ ἐννόμου οἱ παράνομοι.

surrender me, who am judging justly, to those unjustly assailing me, nor let the lawless gain dominion over the law-abiding.

122 Ἔκδεξαι τὸν δοῦλόν σου εἰς ἀγαθόν· μὴ συκοφαντησάτωσάν με ὑπερήφανοι. Μακροθύμησον τῷ δούλῳ σου ὑπὲρ ἀγαθοῦ, ὥστε διὰ μετανοίας εἰλικρινοῦς ἀπολούσασθαι τὸν ἐπιγενόμενόν μοι μολυσμὸν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. Mὴ συκοφαντησάτωσάν με ὑπερήφανοι, τουτέστιν, ὑπερόπται τοῦ νόμου, ὡς καθ’ εἱμαρμένην πειρασμοῖς ταλαιπωρούμενον, καὶ οὐ διὰ τὴν πλημμεληθεῖσαν ἁμαρτίαν, ἢ ὡς εἰκῇ μεταμελόμενον, ἢ ὡς μάτην ἐλπίζοντα σωτηρίαν.

122 Await your servant for good; let not the proud slander me. Show forbearance with your servant for the sake of good, so as to be cleansed through genuine repentance of the taint of sin that has come upon me. Let not proud men, that is, those with contempt for the law, slander me, as being fraught by trials by reason of fate and not on account of the sin whereby I offended, or as repenting to no purpose, or as vainly hoping in salvation.

123 Oἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου ἐξέλιπον εἰς τὸ σωτήριόν σου, καὶ εἰς τὸ λόγιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Ἐξελύθησαν, ἠτόνησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῆς ψυχῆς μου, εἰς τὴν παρὰ σοῦ σωτηρίαν ἀτενίζοντες, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἀνωτέρω, Ἐξέλιπον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου εἰς τὸ λόγιόν σου.

123 My eyes have fainted for your salvation and for the oracle of your justice. The eyes of my soul have failed, they have become weak, from straining towards your salvation and towards the promise of your justice. It was said above also, My eyes have fainted for your oracle.

124 Ποίησον μετὰ τοῦ δούλου σου κατὰ τὸ ἔλεός σου, καὶ τὰ δικαιώματά σου δίδαξόν με. Ποίησον εἰς τὸν δοῦλόν σου ἔλεος, ὡς ἐλεήμων· ἢ ποίησον εὐποιΐαν ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου, καὶ ἐλεήσας με, δίδαξόν με τὰ δικαιώματά σου, καθὼς καὶ προλαβὼν εἴρηκε.

124 Do with your servant according to your mercy and teach me your statutes. Show mercy on your servant as merciful; or show beneficence in your mercy, and having had mercy on me, teach me your statutes, as he said earlier also.

125 Δοῦλός σού εἰμι ἐγώ· συνέτισόν με καὶ γνώσομαι τὰ μαρτύριά σου. Καὶ εἰ συνετίσεις με, γνώσομαι ταῦτα.

125 I am your servant; bring me to understanding and I shall come to know your testimonies. And if you will bring me to understanding I shall come to know them.

126 Καιρὸς τοῦ ποιῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ, διεσκέδασαν τὸν νόμον σου. Καιρός σοι τῷ Κυρίῳ τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐκδίκησιν δηλονότι. Κατέλυσαν, ἠθέτησαν τὸν νόμον σου οἱ παράνομοι.

126 It is time for the Lord to act, they have scattered your law to the winds. It is time for you the Lord to act - vengeance that is. The transgressors have abolished, they have rejected, your law.

127 Διὰ τοῦτο ἠγάπησα | τὰς ἐντολάς σου ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ τοπάζιον. Διότι διεσκέδασαν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνοι, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον ἠγάπησα τοῦτον· ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον, ὑπὲρ πλοῦτον πολύν.

127 On this account I have loved your commandments above gold and topaz. Because they have scattered it to the winds, I have loved it even more; above gold and a precious stone, namely, above much wealth.

PG 128:1169α Διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς πάσας τὰς ἐντολάς σου κατωρθούμην. Οὐ πρὸς ταύτην ἢ ἐκείνην, ἀλλὰ πρὸς πάσας· τοῦτο γὰρ τελειότητος.

128α On this account I would set my purpose towards all your commandments. Not towards this one or that, but towards all, for this is a mark of perfection. I would direct myself towards all, so that I, for my part, may serve you who have com- manded them, while they are provoking you to anger.

᾽Ιθυνόμην δὲ πρὸς πάσας, ἵνα αὐτὸς θεραπεύσω σε τὸν ἐντειλάμενον ταύτας, ἐκείνων παροργιζόντων. β Πᾶσαν ὁδὸν ἄδικον ἐμίσησα. Ὁ γὰρ τὰς ἐντολὰς ἀγαπῶν μισεῖ πᾶσαν κακίαν, ὡς ἀντικειμένην αὐταῖς· ἀσύμβατον γὰρ ἀρετὴ καὶ κακία, φῶς καὶ σκότος, ὑγεία καὶ νόσος. 129 Θαυμαστὰ τὰ μαρτύριά σου, διὰ τοῦτο ἐξηρεύνησεν αὐτὰ ἡ ψυχή μου. Θαυμαστὰ, πᾶν εἶδος ἀρετῆς παιδεύοντα, πᾶσαν κακίαν ἐλαύνοντα. Διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἠρεύνησεν, ἀλλ’ ἐξηρεύνησεν ἀκριβῶς αὐτὰ ἡ ψυχή μου ὅλη. 130 Ἡ δήλωσις τῶν λόγων σου φωτιεῖ καὶ συνετιεῖ νηπίους. Καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς νηπίους τῇ ἡλικίᾳ, μήτι γε τοὺς ἄνδρας· ἢ τοὺς νηπίους ταῖς φρεσίν· ἢ τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν πιστεύσαντας, ὡς ἀρτιπαγεῖς εἰς θεογνωσίαν· ἢ ἁπλῶς τὸν νέον λαόν. 131 Tὸ στόμα μου ἤνοιξα καὶ εἵλκυσα πνεῦμα, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἐπεπόθουν. Tὸ στόμα τῆς ψυχῆς μου, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ διάνοια. Κλείσας τοῦτο τοῖς πονηροῖς λογισμοῖς, ἤνοιξα αὐτὸ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, καὶ εἵλκυσα πνεῦμα συνέσεως, χάρισμα σοφίας. Tὸ δὲ, ἐπεπόθουν, καὶ, ἐξηρεύνησα, καὶ, ἐπήλπισα, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἐμφαντικά εἰσιν ἐπιτάσεως. 132 Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ καὶ ἐλέησόν με κατὰ τὸ κρίμα τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸ ὄνομά σου. Ἀεὶ ἐλέους Θεοῦ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος δεῖται. Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ’ ἐμὲ πειραζόμενον. Κατὰ τὸ κρίμα δὲ, ἤτοι κατὰ τὸν ὅρον ὃν ἔθου τοῖς ἀγαπῶσί σε, κρίνας ἐλεεῖν αὐτοὺς, καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν πειρασμοῖς ὄντας, καὶ βοηθεῖν. 133 Tὰ διαβήματά μου κατεύθυνον κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου, καὶ μὴ κατακυριευσάτω μου πᾶσα ἀνομία. Τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ βίου κατεύθυνον κατὰ τὸν νόμον σου, καὶ μὴ καταδουλωσάτω με πᾶσα ἀνομία, ὥστε ποιῆσαι αὐτήν· Πᾶς γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας· ἢ ἄνομος ἄνθρωπος, ὥστε λαβεῖν ὑποχείριον. Πᾶσα ἀνομία, οἵα ἂν καὶ εἴη, τουτέστι, μηδεμία. 134 Λύτρωσαί με ἀπὸ συκοφαντίας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ φυλάξω τὰς ἐντολάς σου.

128β I have hated every unjust way. For the one who loves the commandments hates all evil as opposed to them, for virtue and vice, light and darkness, health and sickness are irreconcilable. 129 Your testimonies are wonderful; on this account my soul has searched them out. They are wonderful, nurturing every kind of virtue, driving away every evil. For this rea- son, my whole soul did not simply search, but searched them out exactly. 130 The disclosing of your words illumines infants and brings them to understanding. And even those who are infants in age, let alone those who are grown men; or else those who are infants in mind; or those who have believed from the nations as recently brought to knowledge of God; or simply the new people. 131 I have opened my mouth and drawn in spirit, for I would yearn fervently for your com- mandments. The mouth of my soul, which is the mind. Having closed my mind to evil thoughts, I have opened it to good thoughts, and have drawn in a spirit of understanding, a gift of wisdom. The verbs ‘I would yearn fervently’, ‘I have searched out’, ‘I have hoped strongly’, and suchlike are indicative of increase in intensity. 132 Look upon me and have mercy on me according to the judgement of those who love your name. Everyone is always in need of God’s mercy. Look upon me who am being afflicted. Ac- cording to the judgement, namely, according to the verdict that you have given for those who love you, having judged that you will have mercy on them, especially when in afflictions, and help them. 133 Direct my steps according to your oracle, and let not every lawlessness gain dominion over me. Direct the way of my life according to your law, and let not every lawlessness enslave me so as to commit lawless acts, for it is written, Every one who commits sin is a slave to sin, or let not any lawless man enslave me so as to take me under his control. Every lawlessness, whatever it may be, that is, no lawlessness whatsoever. 134 Redeem me from the slander of men and I shall keep your commandments.

Ἵνα μήτε ἐκεῖνοι ἐμὲ συκοφαντήσωσι, μήτε ἐγὼ αὐτούς· βαρὺ γὰρ ἡ συκοφαντία, ἀπόγνωσιν πολλάκις ἐμποιοῦσα τῆς ἄνωθεν προνοίας τοῖς μικροψυχοτέροις. Ἀμοιβὴν δὲ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὑπισχνεῖται τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν. Ἢ καὶ ἑτέρως· λύτρωσαί με καὶ φυλάξω, μὴ ἐνοχλούμενος ὑπ’ αὐτῆς, εἰωθυίας ἐμποδίζειν εἰς τοῦτο.

So that neither may they slander me, nor I them, for slander is grievous, often producing despair about divine providence in the more faint-hearted. In exchange for his freedom he promises the keeping of the commandments. Or else in a different way, redeem me and I shall keep, not being troubled by slander which is accustomed to hamper the keeping of the commandments.

135 Tὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπίφανον ἐπὶ τὸν δοῦλόν σου, καὶ δίδαξόν με τὰ δικαιώματά σου. Τὴν ἐποπτικήν σου δύναμιν ἐπίφανόν μοι, τουτέστιν, ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ’ ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἴρηται. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἑξῆς προείρηται. Ἢ καὶ ἄλλως· πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρὸς, ὁ Υἱός· Ὁ ἑωρακὼς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν Πατέρα· ἐπεὶ καὶ χαρακτὴρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται. Δυσωπεῖ τοίνυν ἐμφανίσαι αὐτῷ τὸν Υἱὸν σεσαρκωμένον, οἷος ἐνανθρωπῆσαι μέλλει, καὶ διδάξαι αὐτὸν τὰ δικαιώματα | τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου αὐτοῦ, ὁποῖα ταῦτα μέλλει νομοθετῆσαι. Ἢ καὶ προσώπῳ τοῦ νέου λαοῦ ποιεῖται τὴν δέησιν, ἱκετεύων ἀποστεῖλαι αὐτῷ τοῦτον, καὶ διδάξαι τὰ εὐαγγελικὰ δικαιώματα.

135 Shine your face upon your servant and teach me your statutes. Shine your overseeing power on me, that is, Look upon me, as was said. About the rest of the verse we have spoken previously. Or in a different way, the face of the Father is the Son, for it is written, He who has seen me has seen the Father, and since he is called his ‘express image’. He is entreating accordingly to manifest to him the Son incarnate, as destined become man, and to teach him the statutes of his Gospel, which he will lay down as law. Or else he is making the entreaty in the person of the new people, praying to send him to them and to teach the Gospel statutes.

PG 128:1171136 Διεξόδους ὑδάτων κατέδυσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐφύλαξαν τὸν νόμον σου. Διέξοδοι ὑδάτων, αἱ χαράδραι καὶ τὰ κοιλώματα. Φησὶν οὖν, ὅτι κοιλώματα ἐκοιλάνθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου δακρύοντες, ἤγουν ἐτάκησαν, πλῆθος δακρύων ἀποῤῥέοντες, διότι οὐκ ἐφύλαξαν τὸν νόμον σου οἱ παρανομοῦντες· πάνυ γὰρ ἀπεκλαιόμην τοὺς ἀθλίους. Νοεῖται δὲ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων, οἳ παρανομοῦντες, ἀνεῖλον τὸν Χριστόν· ἐδάκρυε γὰρ τούτους, ὡς ὁμογενεῖς.

136 My eyes have sunk with passagings of waters since they have not kept your law. Passagings of waters are the gullies and cavities. He is saying therefore that my eyes have become hollow with cavities through shedding tears, namely, they have melted away, flowing with a multitude of tears because the transgressors have not kept your law; for I would deeply bewail those wretched people. This can also be understood about the Jews, who, transgressing, slew Christ; for he would shed tears for them, as being of the same race.

137 Δίκαιος εἶ, Κύριε, καὶ εὐθεῖς αἱ κρίσεις σου. Τοῦτο καὶ νοεῖν καὶ λέγειν ἀεὶ, καλὸν, καὶ πιστεύειν καὶ ὁμολογεῖν.

137 You are just, O Lord, and your judgements are straight. It is good to understand and say this always and to believe and confess it.

138 Ἐνετείλω δικαιοσύνην τὰ μαρτύριά σου καὶ ἀλήθειαν σφόδρα. Ἐνετείλω αὐτὰ, δικαιοσύνην αὐτόχρημα καὶ ἀλήθειαν πάνυ. Ἢ ἐνετείλω αὐτὰ, δίκαια καὶ ἀληθῆ πάνυ. Ὁ νόμος σου γὰρ δικαίως ἀμείβεται καὶ τὸν κατορθοῦντα καὶ τὸν σφαλλόμενον, καὶ ἀληθεύει ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις.

138 You have commanded your testimonies justice and truth exceedingly. You have commanded them, [as being] justice in very deed and truth exceedingly. Or else, you have commanded them, [as being] just and exceedingly true. For your law rewards justly both the one who succeeds and the one who fails, and is true in its promises.

139 Ἐξέτηξέ με ὁ ζῆλός σου, ὅτι ἐπελάθοντο τῶν λόγων σου οἱ ἐχθροί μου. Ὁ ὑπὲρ σοῦ ζῆλος, καταφρονουμένου, ἡ ὑπὲρ σοῦ δικαία ὀργή· διότι ἐπελάθοντο τῶν ἐντολῶν σου οἱ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχθροί μου, ἀποστάντες τῆς μελέτης αὐτῶν.

139 Your zeal has melted me away, for my enemies have forgotten your words. My zeal on your behalf when you are being despised, or my just anger on your behalf; because those who for this very reason are my enemies have forgotten your commandments, having desisted from the study of them.

140 Πεπυρωμένον τὸ λόγιόν σου σφόδρα, καὶ ὁ δοῦλός σου ἠγάπησεν αὐτό. Καθαρώτατος, ἄμεμπτος ὁ νόμος σου· τοιοῦτον γὰρ τὸ πεπυρωμένον χρυσίον. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ια΄ ψαλμῷ, Tὰ λόγια Κυρίου, λόγια ἁγνὰ, ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον. Καὶ ἠγάπησεν αὐτὸ μόνος ὁ δοῦλός σου, εἴ τίς ἐστι θεράπων σου, εἴ τις μετὰ φόβου λατρεύει.

140 Your oracle is tried in fire most mightily, and your servant has loved it. Your law is exceedingly pure and untainted, for such is gold tried in fire. And in the eleventh psalm it was said, The oracles of the Lord are pure oracles, silver tried in the fire. And your servant alone has loved this oracle, namely, whoever is your devotee, whoever worships with fear.

141 Νεώτερός εἰμι ἐγὼ καὶ ἐξουδενωμένος, τὰ δικαιώματά σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην. Καθ’ ἱστορίαν, ὁ Δαυὶδ νεώτερος ἦν τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουδενώθη παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ τὴν βραχύτητα τῆς ἡλικίας, ὅτε ὁ Σαμουὴλ παρεγένετο χρίσων αὐτὸν εἰς βασιλείαν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ Σαοὺλ νεώτερος ἦν, καὶ ἐξουδενοῦτο παρ’ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐδιώκετο. Καὶ ὅμως ὑπὲρ πάντας τούτους ἐμνημόνευε τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Νοεῖται δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ προσώπῳ τοῦ νέου λαοῦ, ἐξουδενωμένου μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ παλαιοῦ, τὸν δὲ νόμον ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνον καὶ νοοῦντος καὶ φυλάττοντος.

141 I am younger and disparaged; I have not forgotten your statutes. In terms of history, David was the youngest of his brothers and was disparaged by his fa- ther on account of his shortness of stature when Samuel appeared to anoint him to kingship. But he was also younger that Saul and was disparaged and persecuted by him. And neverthe- less he would remember God’s commandments above all of these. The verse can also be understood in the person of the new people, being disparaged by the old people, but understanding and keeping the law more than them.

α Ἡ δικαιοσύνη σου δικαιοσύνη εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Δικαιοσύνη αἰώνιος, δικαιοσύνη κυρίως· ὃν ἂν δικαιοῖς, αἰωνίως καὶ δικαίως δικαιοῖς· ἡ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐ τοιαύτη, πρόσκαιρός τε οὖσα καὶ σφαλλομένη τὰ πολλά.

142α Your justice is justice to the age. Eternal justice, justice most eminently; whomsoever you justify you justify eternally and justly. The justice of men is not such, being both temporary and in error for the most part.

PG 128:1173β Καὶ ὁ νόμος σου ἀλήθεια. Αὐτόχρημα ἀλήθεια· σφόδρα ἀληθεύων ἐν πᾶσι. Νοεῖται δὲ ἀλήθεια, καὶ ἡ ὀρθότης, κατὰ τὸ, Δίκαιος εἶ, Κύριε, καὶ εὐθεῖς αἱ κρίσεις σου. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ιη΄ ψαλμῷ, Tὰ κρίματα Κυρίου ἀληθινὰ, δεδικαιωμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό.

142β And your law is truth. Truth in very deed; proving true exceedingly in everything. Truth may be understood also as correctness, in accordance with, You are just, O Lord, and your judgements are straight. And it was said in the eighteenth psalm, The Lord’s judge- ments are true, and proven just altogether.

143 Θλίψεις καὶ ἀνάγκαι εὕροσάν με, αἱ ἐντολαί σου μελέτη μου. Ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν αἱ ἐντολαί σου μελέτη μου ἦσαν, παρηγοροῦσαι καὶ τὸ ἄλγος ἐπικουφίζουσαι.

143 Afflictions and constraints have found me; your commandments are my meditation. In my afflictions your commandments were my meditation, consoling me and easing the pain.

α Δικαιοσύνη τὰ μαρτύριά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Δικαιοσύνη αἰώνιος, ὡς προείρηται· ἐνδιατρίβει γὰρ τῇ ὑμνολογίᾳ τοῦ νόμου.

144α Your testimonies are justice to the age. Eternal justice as was said previously, for he dwells fondly on the praise of the law.

β Συνέτισόν με καὶ ζήσομαι. α τὰ πολλά PSACFBHV : πολλά M.

144β Bring me to understanding and I shall live.

Καὶ ζήσομαι ὄντως· οἱ γὰρ μὴ συνετισθέντες οὐκ ὄντως ζῶσιν, ὡς φαύλως ζῶντες.

And I shall live truly, for those who have not been brought to understanding do not live truly as living in an ill-thought manner.

145 Ἐκέκραξα ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ μου· ἐπάκουσόν μου, Κύριε, | τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐκζητήσω. Ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαί με ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σὲ, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ μου· διὰ τοῦτο ἐπάκουσόν μου· τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐκζητήσω, εἰ ἐπακούσεις μου.

145 I have cried with my whole heart; hear me, O Lord; I shall seek out your statutes. Even as I was being afflicted I cried to you, and not simply, but with my whole heart; for this reason, hear me; I shall seek out your statutes if you will hear me.

146 Ἐκέκραξά σοι, σῶσόν με, καὶ φυλάξω τὰ μαρτύριά σου. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει καὶ νῦν, ἐπιτείνων τὴν δέησιν καὶ βεβαιῶν τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν. Σῶσόν με κινδυνεύοντα.

146 I have cried to you, save me, and I shall keep your testimonies. He says the same here also, intensifying the entreaty and confirming his promise. Save me who am in danger.

147 Προέφθασα ἐν ἀωρίᾳ καὶ ἐκέκραξα, εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου ἐπήλπισα. Προέλαβον τὸν ὄρθρον, ἐν ἀωρίᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς, μήπω τῆς ὥρας ἐπιστάσης καθ’ ἣν ἀνίστανται οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σέ· εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου τεθάῤῥηκα, οὓς ἐνήχησάς μοι διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ― Κεκράξεται πρός με, καὶ ἐπακούσομαι αὐτοῦ.

147 I awoke early in the dead of night and cried out, in your words I have hoped strongly. I anticipated the hours before dawn in the dead of night, before the hour had come at which people rise, and I cried out to you; I have trusted in those words, which you have made resonant in me through the holy Spirit: He will cry out to me and I shall hear him.

148 Προέφθασαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου πρὸς ὄρθρον τοῦ μελετᾶν τὰ λόγιά σου. Προέλαβον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου τὴν ἡμέραν, πρὸς καιρὸν ὄρθρου, ὥστε μελετᾶν τὸν νόμον σου. Ἐν ἀωρίᾳ μὲν γὰρ προσηύχετο, κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον δὲ ἐμελέτα τὸν νόμον.

148 My eyes opened early at the time near dawn to meditate on your oracles. My eyes anticipated the day near the time of dawn so as to meditate on your law. For at dead of night he would pray, and at dawn he would meditate on the law.

α Τῆς φωνῆς μου ἄκουσον, Κύριε, κατὰ τὸ ἔλεός σου. Ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου, ὡς ἐλεήμων.

149α Hear my voice, O Lord, in accordance with your mercy. In your mercy, as merciful.

β Κατὰ τὸ κρίμα σου ζῆσόν με. Κατὰ τὸν νόμον σου ζῆν με ποίησον, ἐννόμως βιοῦν.

149β In accordance with your judgement make me live. In accordance with your law make me live, living lawfully.

150 Προσήγγισαν οἱ καταδιώκοντές με ἀνομίᾳ, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ νόμου σου ἐμακρύνθησαν. Ὅσον γὰρ ἐγγίζουσι τῇ ἀνομίᾳ, τοσοῦτον μακρύνουσι τοῦ νόμου. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων, ἀνομίαν γράφουσιν, ὡς νοεῖσθαι ὅτι προσεπέλασάν μοι ἀνομίαν· ἐγγύς μου ἤγαγον τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν· παρ’ ὀλίγον ἐθήρευσάν με· ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ νόμου σου ἐμακρύνθησαν, τοιαῦτα σκαιωροῦντες.

150 Those pursuing me have drawn near to lawlessness, but from your law they have distanced themselves far. The nearer they come to lawlessness, they further they go from the law. Some copies write ‘lawlessness’ in the accusative rather than in the dative, which is to be understood as they have brought lawlessness close to me, they have brought their lawlessness near to me, they have very nearly entrapped me, but in scheming such things, they have dis- tanced themselves far from your law.

PG 128:1175α Ἐγγὺς εἶ σὺ, Κύριε. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν, Ἐγγὺς Κύριος πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις αὐτόν· καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ γέγραπται, Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ οὐ Θεὸς πόῤῥωθεν, κατὰ τὸ, Οὐχὶ τὸν Jer 23.23, 24 οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ, λέγει Κύριος; καὶ πάλιν, Ἔτι λαλοῦντός σου, ἐρῶ, ᾽Ιδοὺ πάρειμι. Ἐγγίζει μὲν οὖν ὁ Θεὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐγγίζουσιν. Oἱ μὲν γὰρ δίκαιοι ἐγγίζουσιν αὐτῷ διὰ προκοπῆς καὶ ἀναβάσεως· οἱ δὲ ἁμαρτωλοὶ μακρύνουσιν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται, ᾽Ιδοὺ οἱ μακρύνοντες ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ σοῦ ἀπολοῦνται. β Καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοί σου ἀλήθεια. Πάντα τὰ σὰ, ἀληθινὰ καὶ βέβαια· ἢ πᾶσαι αἱ πρόνοιαί σου, καθ’ ἃς διοικεῖς τὸν κόσμον, ἀληθεῖς, ὡς ὄντως πρόνοιαι· ἢ πᾶσαι αἱ κρίσεις σου ἀληθεῖς, ὡς ἀσφαλεῖς καὶ ὀρθαί. 152 Κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς ἔγνων ἐκ τῶν μαρτυρίων σου, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐθεμελίωσας αὐτά. Ἐν προοιμίοις ἔγνων ἐκ τῶν μαρτυρίων σου, ὅτι αἰωνίως ἥδρασας αὐτά. Ἀρξάμενος συνιέναι ταῦτα, ἔγνων ὅτι ἀσάλευτα πεποίηκας αὐτὰ, καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταλύσει. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ δοκοῦσι τὰ πλείω καταλυθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, ἀλλ’ οὐ κατὰ τὸν ἐγκεκρυμμένον νοῦν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ φαινόμενον καὶ σκιῶδες, ὡς προδιείληπται. 153 Ἴδε τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου καὶ ἐξελοῦ με, ὅτι τοῦ νόμου σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην. Ἴδε τὴν κακοπάθειάν μου, καὶ ἐξελοῦ με τῶν πειρασμῶν, ὅτι διὰ τὸν νόμον σου κακοπαθὼν, οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην αὐτοῦ, οὐδ’ ἠνεσχόμην παρανομῆσαι, οὐδὲ μιμήσασθαι τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας. Ἢ, ἴδε τὴν ἐνάρετον ταπείνωσίν μου, καὶ ἐξελοῦ με, ὅτι τοῦ νόμου σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην, τοῦ κελεύοντος ταπεινοφρονεῖν. | α Κρῖνον τὴν κρίσιν μου καὶ λύτρωσαί με. Τὴν κρίσιν μου, μετὰ τῶν πολεμούντων μοι. Καὶ ἐν τῷ μβ΄ ψαλμῷ, φησὶ, Δίκασον τὴν δίκην μου, καὶ ἐν τῷ λδ΄, Πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με. β Διὰ τὸν λόγον σου ζῆσόν με. Διὰ τὸν νόμον σου ζωοποίησόν με, δι’ ὃν ἀποθανεῖν κινδυνεύω ἤδη, καταπονούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν. 155 Μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν σωτηρία, ὅτι τὰ δικαιώματά σου οὐκ ἐξεζήτησαν.

151α You, O Lord, are near. And elsewhere he says, The Lord is near all those who call upon him, and in another place it is written, I am a God who draws near and not a God who is afar off, in accordance with, Do Jer 23.23, 24 I not fill the heaven and the earth? says the Lord, and again, While you are still speaking I shall say, See, here I am. God therefore draws near, but to those who are approaching him. For the just are ap- proaching him through advancement and ascent, while the sinners are distancing themselves from him, about whom it was said, See, those who distance themselves from you will perish. 151β And all your ways are truth. All things that are yours are true and certain; or all your works of providence according to which you control the world are true, as truly works of foresight; or all your judgements are true, as unerring and correct. 152 From the beginning I have known from your testimonies, for you have founded them to the age. At the outset I have known from your testimonies that you have established them eternal- ly. Having begun to understand them, I have come to know that you made them unshakeable, and no one will abolish them. For even if most seem to have been abolished by the Gospel, but not according to their hidden meaning, but according to their outward appearance and foreshadowing, as has been discussed previously. 153 See my humiliation and deliver me, for I have not forgotten your law. See my grievous suffering and deliver me from my trials, for having suffered on account of your law, I have not forgotten it, nor could I bear to transgress the law nor to emulate those scheming against me. Or else, see my humiliation in virtue and deliver me, for I have not forgotten your law which bids to be humbled minded. 154α Judge my judgement and redeem me. The judgement of my case with those who are waging war on me. And in the forty-second psalm he says, Give judgement on my case, and in the thirty-fourth psalm, Wage war on those who are warring against me. On account of your word make me live. On account of your law revive me, for on account of it I am now in danger of dying, being oppressed by my enemies. 155 Salvation is far from sinners, for they have not sought out your statutes.

Μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῶν παρανόμων ἡ σωτηρία· κινδυνεύουσι γὰρ, ὅτι τῶν ἐντολῶν σου κατεφρόνησαν. Ἐγγὺς δὲ ἐμοῦ· ῥυσθήσομαι γὰρ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῶν, ὅτι αὐτὰς ἐξεζήτησα. Ἢ καὶ διδασκαλικὸς ὁ λόγος, ὅτι οὐ σωθήσονται οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ, κἂν εὐροῶσιν ἐνταῦθα· ἢ ὅτι οὐχ ἕξουσι παρὰ Θεοῦ βοήθειαν, ὡς ὑπερόπται τῶν δικαιωμάτων αὐτοῦ. 156 Oἱ οἰκτιρμοί σου πολλοὶ, Κύριε, κατὰ τὸ κρίμα σου ζῆσόν με. Πολυέλεος εἶ. Κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν σου τὴν παγκόσμιον ζῆν με ποίησον τὴν μακαρίαν ζωὴν, ὅτε ἀπελεύσονται οἱ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον· ἢ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ζῆν με ποίησον κατὰ τὸν νόμον σου, συνεργῶν μοι, προθυμουμένῳ. 157 Πολλοὶ οἱ ἐκδιώκοντές με καὶ θλίβοντές με, ἐκ τῶν μαρτυρίων σου οὐκ ἐξέκλινα. Πολλοὶ ὁρατοὶ καὶ ἀόρατοι οἱ ζητοῦντες ἑλεῖν με, καὶ πᾶν εἶδος ἐπεγείροντες πειρασμοῦ· ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ σοὶ μόνῳ θαῤῥῶν, ἐκ τῶν μαρτυρίων σου οὐκ ἐξετράπην. Διαφόρως δὲ λέγει τὰ προῤῥηθέντα, ἃ καὶ κατὰ διαφόρους ἔλεγε καιρούς. 158 Εἶδον ἀσυνετοῦντας καὶ ἐξετηκόμην, ὅτι τὰ λόγιά σου οὐκ ἐφυλάξαντο. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω εἴρηκεν, Ἐξέτηξέ με ὁ ζῆλός σου, ὅτι ἐπελάθοντο τῶν λόγων σου οἱ ἐχθροί μου. 159 Ἴδε ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἠγάπησα, Κύριε, ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου ζῆσόν με. Ποτὲ μὲν ἱκετεύει ζωοποιηθῆναι διὰ τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν, ποτὲ δὲ, διὰ τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἐκεῖνο μὲν, δικαιολογούμενος, τοῦτο δὲ, μετριοφρονῶν· τελειοτέρων δὲ, τὸ δεύτερον. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου δικαιοῦται. Ζήτησον καὶ ἐν τῷ ρβ΄ ψαλμῷ τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῦ, Τὸν στεφανοῦντά σε ἐν ἐλέει καὶ οἰκτιρμοῖς. α Ἀρχὴ τῶν λόγων σου ἀλήθεια. Βούλεται λέγειν, ὅτι οἱ λόγοι σου, ἀληθεῖς. Εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτῶν ἀλήθεια, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς πάντως ἀλήθεια, ἑπόμενα τῇ ἀρχῇ. Ἴσως δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου λόγου λέγει τοῦ λαληθέντος πρὸς τὸν Ἀδάμ· Ἀπὸ παντὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φαγῇ, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρὸν, οὐ φάγεσθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ· ᾗ δ’ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ φάγητε, θανάτῳ ἀποθανεῖσθε. Ἀρχή τε γὰρ οὗτος ὁ λόγος πάντων τῶν πρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον λόγων τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀληθὴς, ὅτι καὶ παντὸς τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐκράτησεν ὁ θάνατος. 1573 πειρασμοῦ MAS2CBFH : πειρασμῶν PV. α φαγῇ (φαγοῦμαι) MPASCBF [Holmes] : φάγῃ (φάγομαι) H [Ra].

Salvation is far from transgressors of the law, for they are in danger because they have shown contempt for your commandments. But to me it is near, for I shall be delivered from their treachery, because I have sought out your commandments. Or else the verse is didactic, namely, that the sinners will not be saved, even if things are flowing well for them here; or that they will not have help from God, as despisers of his statutes. 156 Your mercies, O Lord, are many, make me live according to your judgement. You are full of mercy. At your final judgement of the world make me live the blessed life when the just will depart to eternal life; or else make me life here according to your law, work- ing together with my eager desire. 157 Many are those persecuting and afflicting me, I have not deviated from your testimonies. Many both visible and invisible are those who are seeking to lay hold on me, and who are stirring up every kind of trial; but I trusting in you alone, have not been diverted from your testimonies. In various ways he formulates these words, which he would say on various occasions. 158 I have seen those devoid of understanding and would be melted away, for they have not kept your oracles. And above he said, Your zeal has melted me away, for my enemies have forgotten your words. 159 See that I have loved your commandments, O Lord, make me live in your mercy. At times he entreats to be given life on account of his keeping of the commandments, and at times on account of God’s mercy, in the former case justifying himself, and in the latter displaying modesty; the second is a mark of the more perfect, for as is written, No one is jus- tified by works of the law. Seek also in the one hundred and second psalm the explanation of the verse, Who crowns you with mercy and compassion. 160α The beginning of your words is truth. He wishes to say that your words are true, for if their beginning is truth, then what ensues is certainly truth, following on the beginning. And perhaps he is also speaking about the first word spoken to Adam, You shall eat for food of every tree that is in paradise, but of the tree of knowing good and evil, of it you shall not eat; on the day that you eat of it you shall die by death. For this word is the beginning of all God’s words to man, and so true that death has prevailed over all our race in succession.

PG 128:1177β Καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα πάντα τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Αἰώνια, ἀσάλευτα. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω γὰρ εἶπεν, Ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐθεμελίωσας αὐτά.

160β And all the judgements of your justice are to the age. Eternal, unshakeable. And above he said indeed, For you have founded them to the age.

161 Ἄρχοντες κατεδίωξάν με δωρεὰν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων σου ἐδειλίασεν ἡ καρδία μου. Οὐκ ἐδειλίασεν ἀπ’ ἐκείνων τῶν ἀποκτενόντων τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων σου, τοῦ δυναμένου καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ· τουτέστι, τὰς σὰς ἐντολὰς πλέον ἐφοβήθην ἢ ἐκείνους, καὶ οὐ διὰ τὸν φόβον ἐκείνων ἔπραξά τι | παρὰ ταύτας. Νοοῦνται δὲ ἄρχοντες, καὶ οἱ περὶ τὸν Σαοὺλ, ὃν πολλάκις δυνάμενος ἀνελεῖν, ἐφείσατο, εὐλαβηθεὶς τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἄρχοντα γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς. Εἰ δ’ οὐ κακολογήσεις, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖς.

161 Rulers have persecuted me without cause, and my heart has shrunk in fear at your words. It has not shrunk in fear at those who kill the body, but at the word spoken by you, who can destroy both soul and body in Gehenna, that is, I feared your commandments more than I did them, and it is not on account of fear for them that I did nothing contrary to the com- mandments. ‘Rulers’ may also be understood as those around Saul, whom, though often having it in his power to kill him, he spared out of reverence for God’s commandments, for it is written, You will not speak evil of a ruler of your people. And if you will not speak evil of him, much more you will not kill him.

PG 128:1179162 Ἀγαλλιάσομαι ἐγὼ ἐπὶ τὰ λόγιά σου, ὡς ὁ εὑρίσκων σκῦλα πολλά. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον τὰ λάφυρα ἐκεῖνα πλουτίζουσιν, οὕτω κἀμὲ τὰ λόγιά σου, φωτίζοντά μου τὸν νοῦν, καὶ θησαυρὸν γνώσεως χαριζόμενα.

162 I shall rejoice in your oracles like one who finds great spoils. Just as those spoils enrich him, so your oracles enrich me, illumining my mind and be- stowing a treasure of knowledge.

163 Ἀδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην, τὸν δὲ νόμον σου ἠγάπησα. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐμίσησα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην· ἐπίτασις δὲ τοῦτο τοῦ μίσους. Καὶ ἀνωτέρω δὲ εἴρηκε, Παρανόμους ἐμίσησα, τὸν δὲ νόμον σου ἠγάπησα.

163 I have hated and abominated injustice, but I have loved your law. Not only have I hated it, but I have abominated it; this is an intensification of hatred. And above he said, I have hated transgressors, but have loved your law.

164 Ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ᾔνεσά σε ἐπὶ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου. Tὸ ἑπτάκις ἔστιν ὅτε παρ’ Ἑβραίοις τὸ πολλάκις δηλοῖ. Πολλάκις, φησὶ, τῆς ἡμέρας, ὕμνησά σε διὰ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου, διὰ τὸν νόμον σου, ἢ διὰ τὰς μετὰ διακρίσεως οἰκονομίας σου, τοῦ δικαίως πάντα καὶ πρεπόντως ποιοῦντος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ κατ’ ἀριθμὸν τὸ ἑπτάκις λαβοιμεν, ἡμέραν μὲν νόησον, τὸ ἡμερονύκτιον. Ἀριθμεῖ δὲ μεσονύκτιον, καὶ ὄρθρον, καὶ πρωῒ, καὶ τρίτην ὥραν, καὶ ἕκτην, καὶ ἐνάτην καὶ ἑσπέραν.

164 Seven times a day I have praised you for the judgements of your justice. Among the Hebrews ‘seven times’ on occasion signifies ‘many times’. Many times a day, he says, I hymned you on account of your justice, on account of your law, or else on account of your discriminating guiding of things, doing everything justly and and fittingly. If we take ‘seven times’ as a number, however, then understand ‘day’ as the day and night cycle, and he counts Midnight, Before dawn, Daybreak, Third Hour, Sixth Hour, Ninth Hour and Evening.

165 Εἰρήνη πολλὴ τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι τὸν νόμον σου, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς σκάνδαλον. Εἰρήνη, οὐ πρὸς τοὺς ἀοράτους ἐχθροὺς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς πρόσκρουσμα. Ἐξομαλίζει γὰρ τούτοις ὁ νόμος τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς, πᾶν σκῶλον ἁμαρτίας ἐξαίρων. Ἢ εἰρήνη πρὸς τοὺς τῆς αὐτῆς πίστεως· εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι πολλάκις εἰρηνεύειν πρὸς τούτους οὐ βούλονται.

165 There is much peace for those who love your law, and to them it is not a stumbling-block. Peace, not towards their invisible enemies, but towards God; and it is not an obstacle on which they trip, for the law smooths out the way of virtue for them, removing every hin- drance of sin. Or else peace towards those of the same faith, even if they often do not want to make peace with them.

166 Προσεδόκων τὸ σωτήριόν σου, Κύριε, καὶ τὰς ἐντολάς σου ἠγάπησα. Καὶ ἠγάπησα ταύτας, ἵνα ἔλθῃ μοι τὸ προσδοκώμενον.

166 I would look expectantly for your salvation, O Lord, and I have loved your commandments. And I have loved your commandments so that what I expect may come to me.

167 Ἐφύλαξεν ἡ ψυχή μου τὰ μαρτύριά σου, καὶ ἠγάπησεν αὐτὰ σφόδρα. Οὐ μόνον ἐφύλαξεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἠγάπησε, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἠγάπησεν, ἀλλὰ σφόδρα.

167 My soul has kept your testimonies and has loved them greatly. Not only has it kept them, but has loved them, and not only loved, but greatly.

α Ἐφύλαξα τὰς ἐντολάς σου καὶ τὰ μαρτύριά σου. Ἃ διεῖλε, νῦν ἥνωσεν.

168α I have kept your commandments and your testimonies. What he separated he now unites.

β Ὅτι πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοί μου ἐναντίον σου, Κύριε. Αἴτιον δὲ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτῶν, ὅτι πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ τῆς πολιτείας μου, καὶ πᾶσα μου πρᾶξις, ἐνώπιόν σου τελεῖται, καὶ ὑπὸ σοὶ μάρτυρι ὁδεύω τὸν βίον· Προωρώμην γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός. Ὅθεν καὶ φοβούμενός σε, τὸν τὰ ἐμὰ βλέποντα, φυλάττω τὰς ἐντολάς σου καὶ τὰ μαρτύριά σου.

168β For all my ways are before you, O Lord. The reason for my keeping of them is that all the ways of my life and my every action is performed before you and I walk my way with you as witness, for it is written, I would see the Lord before me at all times. Hence fearing you who look on my whole being, I keep your commandments and your testimonies.

α Ἐγγισάτω ἡ δέησίς μου ἐνώπιόν σου, Κύριε. Mὴ ἀποστραφείη, ὡς ἀπρόσδεκτος. Τίς δὲ αὕτη;

169α Let my entreaty approach before you, O Lord. May it not be turned away as unacceptable. What is this entreaty?

β Κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου συνέτισόν με. Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ δέησις, ὅτι συνέτισόν με, μὴ κατὰ τέχνην ἀνθρωπίνην ἢ ἐπιστήμην βιωτικὴν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν λόγον σου, ἵνα συνῶ τοὺς λόγους σου, ἵνα γνῶ ἀκριβῶς τὸν νόμον σου.

169β Bring me to understanding according to your oracle. This is the entreaty, namely, bring me to understanding, not by human art or worldly knowledge, but in accordance with your word, so that I may come to understand your words, so that I may come to know your law exactly.

α Εἰσέλθοι τὸ ἀξίωμά μου ἐνώπιόν σου, Κύριε. Tὸ ἀξίωμα, ὁ μὲν Ἀκύλας, δέησιν, ἐξέδωκεν, ὁ δὲ Σύμμαχος, ἱκεσίαν. Ἀνωτέρω μὲν οὖν εἶπεν, ἐγγισάτω, ἐνταῦθα δὲ, εἰσέλθοι· εἰ γὰρ ἐγγίσει, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται.

170α May my request enter before you, O Lord. For ‘request’ Aquila wrote ‘prayer’ and Symmachus ‘supplication’. Above he said ‘let it approach’ and here ‘may it enter’, for if it will approach it will also enter.

PG 128:1181β Κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου ῥῦσαί με. Κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν σου | ῥῦσαί με τῶν πειρασμῶν. Ἢ κατὰ τὴν ὑπόσχεσίν σου, καθὼς καὶ ἀνωτέρω διαφόρως εἴρηται· καὶ εἰδικῶς γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς ἐπηγγείλατο βοήθειαν.

170β Deliver me according to your oracle. According to your wisdom deliver me from trials. Or else according to your promise, as has been said variously above, and indeed God promised help to him particularly.

171 Ἐξερεύξαιντο τὰ χείλη μου ὕμνον, ὅταν διδάξῃς με τὰ δικαιώματά σου. Ἐξενέγκοιεν ὕμνον εὐχαριστήριον, ὅταν διδάξῃς με τὰ δικαιώματά σου συνετώτερον· ὕμνον εἰδικῶς εὐχαριστήριον, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ταύτης. Εὔχεται δὲ τοῦτο, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐμφαίνων.

171 May my lips break forth with a hymn when you teach me your statutes. May they bring forth a hymn of thanksgiving when you teach me your statutes more saga- ciously. A hymn of thanksgiving particularly for this benefaction. He prays this indicating his desire.

α Φθέγξαιτο ἡ γλῶσσά μου τὰ λόγιά σου. Ἀεὶ αὐτὰ φθέγξαιτο, τοῦτο μὲν, μελετῶσα, τοῦτο δὲ, ἑτέρους διδάσκουσα, καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ἕτερον ἀσχολουμένη.

172α May my tongue utter your oracles. May it utter them constantly, now meditating on them, now teaching others, and occu- pying itself with nothing else.

β Ὅτι πᾶσαι αἱ ἐντολαί σου δικαιοσύνη. Εὐθύτης, εὐθύνουσαι τὸν βίον καὶ ῥυθμίζουσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Καὶ προλαβὼν δὲ εἶπε, Δικαιοσύνη τὰ μαρτύριά σου.

172β For all your commandments are justice. Directness, directing the life and regulating the person. And earlier he said, Your testimo- nies are justice.

173 Γενέσθω ἡ χείρ σου τοῦ σῶσαί με, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου ᾑρετισάμην. Γενέσθω εἰς τὸ σῶσαί με· παραγενέσθω ἐπὶ τῷ σῶσαί με. Τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τοῦτο, οἷον καὶ τὸ, Γενοῦ μοι εἰς Θεὸν ὑπερασπιστήν.

173 Let your hand be so as to save me, for I have chosen your commandments. Let it be so as to save me; let it come for the purpose of saving me. This is such as is the expression, Become for me as a God who defends.

174 Ἐπεπόθησα τὸ σωτήριόν σου, Κύριε, καὶ ὁ νόμος σου μελέτη μού ἐστιν. Ἐπεπόθησα τὴν παρὰ σοῦ σωτηρίαν, οὐ τὴν παρ’ ἀνθρώπων βοήθειαν· διὸ καὶ ὁ νόμος σου μελέτη μού ἐστιν, ἵνα διὰ ταύτην ῥύσῃ με τῶν ἐχθρῶν. Ἴσως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τοῦ Σωτῆρος λέγει· αὕτη γὰρ σωτήριον τοῦ κόσμου παρ’ αὐτοῦ. Ἐτέχθη γὰρ, φησὶν, ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅπερ σωτήριον ἐπεπόθησεν ἰδεῖν, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις εἰρήκαμεν. Καὶ ὁ νόμος σου, φησὶ, μελέτη μού ἐστιν, ὡς τὰ περὶ τοῦ σωτηρίου τούτου σκιαγραφῶν καὶ ὑπαινιττόμενος.

174 I have yearned fervently for your salvation, O Lord, and your law is my meditation. I have yearned fervently for the salvation from you, not for help from men, and hence your law is my meditation so that on account of this meditation you may deliver me from my enemies. And perhaps he is also speaking about the incarnation of the Saviour, for the incarnation is salvation of the world from him, for it is written, For to you is born this day a Saviour, which salvation he he longed fervently to see, as we have also said elsewhere. And your law, he says, is my meditation, inasmuch as the law foreshadows and alludes darkly to the things about this salvation.

175 Ζήσεται ἡ ψυχή μου καὶ αἰνέσει σε, καὶ τὰ κρίματά σου βοηθήσει μοι. Ζήσεται τὴν ὄντως ζωὴν, ὅτε ἀπελεύσονται οἱ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ αἰνέσει σε τότε ὑψηλότερόν τε καὶ τελεώτερον. Καὶ τὰ κρίματά σου τὰ νομικὰ βοηθήσει μοι, φυλάξαντι ταῦτα, καὶ παῤῥησίαν προξενήσει. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων, ζήσαιτο, γράφουσι, καὶ βοηθήσαι, εὐχομένου τοῦ προφήτου ζῆσαι ζωὴν ἐνάρετον ― αὕτη γὰρ κυρίως ζωὴ ― καὶ βοηθηθῆναι εἰς τοῦτο παρὰ τοῦ νόμου, ἰθύνοντος καὶ ῥυθμίζοντος αὐτὸν, ὡς προείρηται.

175 My soul will live and will praise you, and your judgements will help me. It will live the true life, when Those who have done good will depart to eternal life, and he will praise then more sublimely and more perfectly. And your judgements in the law will help me when I have kept them and will procure for me confidence of address. A number of copies have the [future] optative, ‘may my soul come to live’ and ‘may they come to help me’, with the prophet praying to live a virtuous life – for this is life in the em- inent sense – and to be helped in this by the law, directing and regulating him, as was said before.

PG 128:1183176 Ἐπλανήθην ὡς πρόβατον ἀπολωλός· ζήτησον τὸν δοῦλόν σου, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολάς σου οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην.

176 I have strayed like a lost sheep; seek your servant, for I have not forgotten your command- ments.

Ἐπλανήθην, οὐκ ἀπολέσας τὴν ὁδὸν τῶν ἐντολῶν σου, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι διαιτώμενος, καὶ τῇδε κἀκεῖσε μεταβαίνων, ἐν τῷ καταδιώκεσθαι. Ζήτησόν με, καὶ ἐπανάγαγε εἰς τὴν προτέραν κατοικίαν, φιμώσας τοὺς καταδιώκοντας, ὅτι οὐκ ἠμέλησα τῶν ἐντολῶν σου. Ἢ καὶ προσώπῳ τοῦ νέου λαοῦ ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον. Ἐπλανήθην ὡς πρόβατον ἀπολωλὸς, μὴ τὴν ὀρθὴν τρίβον τῆς εὐσεβείας βαδίζων, ἀλλὰ σκολιάς τινας καὶ πολυσχιδεῖς καὶ φερούσας εἰς ὄλεθρον ἐμαυτῷ τεμόμενος. Ζήτησον τὸν δοῦλόν σου· Τὰ σύμπαντα γὰρ, φησὶ, δοῦλα σά. Ζήτησον, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς, ὁ τιθεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, κατὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις παραβολὴν τοῦ ἀπολωλότος προβάτου, καὶ συνάγαγε εἰς τὴν μάνδραν σου. Tὸ δὲ ἐφεξῆς ἀντίκειται· ἐπιλανθάνεται γὰρ, οὐχ ὁ μήπω μαθὼν τὰς ἐντολὰς, ἀλλ’ ὁ πάλαι ταύτας μεμαθηκὼς, εἰ μή τις ἀντιχρονικῶς | ἑρμηνεύσοι τὸ ῥητόν· οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην, ἀντὶ τοῦ, οὐκ ἐπιλήσομαι. 119 ριθ΄ α ᾨδὴ τῶν ἀναβάθμων. Πεντεκαίδεκα μὲν αὗται αἱ ᾠδαὶ, μίαν δὲ πᾶσαι τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ἔχουσιν· ᾨδὴ τῶν ἀναβάθμων, ἢ καθ’ ἕτερον ἑρμηνευτὴν, ᾨδὴ τῶν ἀναβάσεων. Τινὲς δὲ, τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν, ἀναγινώσκουσι, περισπῶντες. Ἔλαχον δὲ τοιαύτην ἐπιγραφὴν, ὅτι περὶ τῆς ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος πρὸς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ἀναβάσεως τῶν ἐκεῖ κατασχεθέντων αἰχμαλώτων προφητεύουσι· πῶς ἐν θλίψει ὄντες, ἱκέτευσαν τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ εἰσακουσθέντες, ἀπέλαβον τὴν ἑαυτῶν πατρίδα. Καὶ ἄρχονται μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαι κραυγῆς καὶ δεήσεως πρὸς Θεὸν, συμπερατοῦνται δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν τελείαν εἰς τὴν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ἀποκατάστασιν. Καὶ οὕτω μὲν καθ’ ἱστορίαν. Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, ἔσχον τοιαύτην ἐπιγραφὴν, ὡς μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων ψαλμῶν ἀνάγουσαι τὸν λαὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Βαβυλῶνος, ἤτοι τῆς τοῦ παρόντος βίου συγχύσεως, αἰχμάλωτον εἰς δουλείαν τῶν παθῶν ἐνταῦθα κατεχόμενον, πρὸς τὴν ἄνω ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Ἀναγινώσκων γὰρ ταύτας καὶ διαγινώσκων οἷον εἶχεν ἐκεῖνος ὁ λαὸς ἔρωτα τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ὅπως ἐθρήνει, καὶ οἵας ἠφίει πρὸς Θεὸν φωνὰς, καὶ οἷα ἔλεγεν ἀναγόμενος, καὶ ὅσα τῶν ᾠδῶν τούτων, διαθερμαίνεται καὶ αὐτὸς πρὸς ἔρωτα σφοδρὸν τῆς ἄνω ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. β Πρὸς Κύριον ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαί με ἐκέκραξα, καὶ εἰσήκουσέ μου. Ἐν τῇ θλίψει τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖθεν κακοπαθείας· κραυγὴν δὲ λέγει, τὴν ἐκ κατωδύνου ψυχῆς καὶ συντετριμμένης, καὶ τεταμένης πρὸς μόνον τὸν δυνάμενον ῥύεσθαι, ἧς εὐθέως ἐπακούει Θεός. Προσώπῳ δὲ τοῦ εὐσεβεστέρου μέρους, οἱ λόγοι. 2 Κύριε, ῥῦσαι τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπὸ χειλέων ἀδίκων καὶ ἀπὸ γλώσσης δολίας. 17614 ἑρμηνεύσοι PSCAF : ἑρμηνεύσει MH. α ἔχουσιν PSCABFHV : ἔχουσαι M.

I have strayed, not having lost the way of your commandments, but living on the mountains and moving from one place to another while being pursued. Seek me and lead me back to my former dwelling, having silenced my pursuers, for I have not neglected your commandments. Or else he is speaking in the person of the new people. I have strayed like a lost sheep, not walking on the right well-worn track of piety, but cutting out for myself certain tracks that wind with tortuous branchings and lead to destruction. Seek your servant, for it is written, All things are your servants. ‘Seek’, you who are the good shepherd, who lays down his life for the sheep, according to the parable in the Gospel about the lost sheep, and gather me into your fold. The following phrase, however, contradicts this interpretation, for the person who has not yet learned the commandments does not forget them, but rather the one who has learned them of old - unless one were to interpret the verse as one tense standing for another, namely, ‘I have not forgotten’ in the sense of, ‘I shall not forget’. 119 Psalm 119 1α An ode of degrees. These odes are fifteen in number, all having the one superscription. An ode of degrees, or according to another translator, An ode of ascents. Some accent the word on the last syllable rather than on the penult. They were allotted this superscription because they prophesy about the ascent from Bab- ylon to Jerusalem of those who had been held there as captives, how when in affliction they made supplication to God and, having been heard, received back their own fatherland. And the odes begin with their cry and supplication to God in affliction and conclude with their complete restoration to Jerusalem. And such it is according to history. According to anagogical interpretation, however, they had this superscription since, more than the other psalms, they lead the people of God from Babylon, namely, from the confusion of the present life, being held here captive to the slavery of the passions, to the heavenly Jerusalem. For the people of God, on reading them and discerning what passionate love that people had for Jerusalem and how they would lament and what cries they would let fly to God, and what they would say while being led up, and all the things of these odes, this people also is warmed to a strong and passionate love for the heavenly Jerusalem. 1β To the Lord I cried when in affliction, and he heard me. In the affliction of captivity and of the suffering therefrom. ‘Cry’ is what he calls that which comes from a soul crushed and in great pain and straining towards the one alone able to deliver it, a cry which God hears at once. The words are spoken in the person of the more pious portion of the the people. 2 O Lord, deliver my soul from unjust lips and from a deceitful tongue.

Psalmus CXLVIPsalmus CXLVIIPsalmus CXLVIIIPsalmus CXLIXPsalmus CL
PG 128:1355Ψαλμός 119 — Psalm 119
PG 128:1185Κράζων, τοῦτο ηὔξατο· ἢ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τοῦτο. Χείλη δὲ ἄδικα, τὰ ἀδικίαν εἰς τὸ ὕψος λαλοῦντα, ὡς ἐν τῷ οβ΄ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται, ἔνθα τὸ, Ἀδικίαν εἰς τὸ ὕψος ἐλάλησαν, καὶ τὰ τῶν συκοφαντῶν, καὶ ἁπλῶς, τὰ τῶν παρανόμων πάντων. Γλῶσσα δὲ δολία, ἡ αὐτῶν τε τούτων, καὶ εἰδικῶς τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων. 3 Tί δοθείη σοι καὶ τί προστεθείη σοι πρὸς γλῶσσαν δολίαν; Ἕτερος δέ φησιν ἑρμηνευτὴς, Τί δοθήσεταί σοι καὶ τί προστεθήσεταί σοι πρὸς γλῶσσαν δολίαν; Πρὸς γὰρ τὸν ἱκετεύοντα ὁ προφήτης ἀποκρίνεται, πυνθανόμενος τί δοθήσεταί σοι καὶ τί προστεθήσεται ἀμυντήριον πρὸς γλῶσσαν δολίαν. Ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὁ λόγος, ἢ ὅτι δυσκαταγώνιστος αὕτη διὰ πονηρίας ὑπερβολὴν, ἢ ὅτι οὐ χρεία σοι ἀμυντηρίου, αὐτὴ γὰρ ἡ δολιότης, ἀρκοῦσα τοῦ δολίου τιμωρία. 4 Tὰ βέλη τοῦ δυνατοῦ ἠκονημένα σὺν τοῖς ἄνθραξι τοῖς ἐρημικοῖς. Καὶ τοῦτο, πρὸς παρηγορίαν τοῦ ἱκετεύοντος, μὴ ἀθυμεῖν ὑποτιθέμενον. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ βέλη τοῦ δυνατοῦ Θεοῦ ἠκόνηται κατὰ τῶν παρανόμων καὶ δολίων, μετὰ καὶ ἀνθράκων ἐρημοποιῶν, ὥστε τέμνειν καὶ καίειν καὶ ἀφανίζειν αὐτούς. Βέλη δὲ καὶ ἄνθρακας, τὰς διαφόρους τιμωρίας ὠνόμασεν. Ἐνόησαν δέ τινες, δυνατὸν μὲν τὸν διάβολον, ὡς κατισχύοντα τῶν ῥᾳθυμούντων· βέλη δὲ αὐτοῦ ἠκονημένα μετ’ ἀνθράκων ἀφανιστικῶν, τοὺς ἐμπαθεῖς λογισμοὺς, ὀξέως εἰσδύνοντας | καὶ ἐμπιπρῶντας καὶ ἀφανίζοντας τὴν ἀρετὴν, οὓς καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος βέλη πεπυρωμένα ἐκάλεσεν. Εἶτα πάλιν ὁ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱκετεύοντος. α Οἴμοι, ὅτι ἡ παροικία μου ἐμακρύνθη. Ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι, ἡ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ· ἀποδύρεται γὰρ τὸ πολυετὲς αὐτῆς. β Κατεσκήνωσα μετὰ τῶν σκηνωμάτων Κηδάρ. Μέσον τῶν σκηνωμάτων Κηδάρ· ἀποκλαίεται γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο. Κηδὰρ δὲ, χώρα τίς ἐστι παρακειμένη Βαβυλωνίοις, οἰκήτορας ἔχουσα βδελυροὺς, ἐν οἷς καὶ αὐτοὺς οἱ Βαβυλώνιοι σκηνοῦν ἔταξαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Κηδὰρ σκοτασμὸς ἑρμηνεύεται, εἰκότως θρηνοῦσιν οἱ κατασκηνοῦντες ἐν τοῖς σκηνώμασι τοῦ σκοτασμοῦ. Σκηνώματα δὲ σκοτασμοῦ, ἡ ἐν τοῖς πάθεσι διατριβὴ, τοῖς σκοτίζουσι τὸν νοῦν. 6 Πολλὰ παρῴκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου. 36 αὐτὴ MPASF : αὕτη CBHV.

Crying out, he prayed this, or else along with the other things, he prayed this also. ‘Unjust lips’, those speaking injustice to the height, as was written in the seventy-second psalm at the verse, They have spoken injustice to the height, and those of slanderers, and simply those of transgressors. ‘A deceitful tongue’, namely, that of those very same people and in particular of those plotting treachery. 3 What might be given you and what added to you against a deceitful tongue? Another translator says, What will be given to you and what added to you against a deceitful tongue? The prophet is responding to the suppliant, asking what will be given and what added as a means of defence against a deceitful tongue. The verse indicates either that this is hard to overcome on account of the excess of evil, or else that you have no need of any defence, for his deceitfulness itself is sufficient punishment for the deceitful man. 4 The arrows of the powerful one are sharpened along with waste-laying fiery coals. And this is for the consolation of the supplicant enjoining him not to lose heart. And in- deed the arrows of the powerful God have been sharpened against the transgressors and the deceitful along with waste-laying fiery coals, so as to cut down and burn and eradicate them. Arrows and coals are what he called the various punishments. Some have understood the ‘powerful one’ as the devil, as overpowering those who are negligent, and his sharpened arrows along with his destroying fiery coals are the passionate thoughts that penetrate sharply and burn up and eradicate virtue, which the Apostle called flaming darts. Then the words are again spoken by the suppliant. 5α Alas, for my sojourning has been prolonged. My sojourning in Babylon, in captivity; for he laments bitterly its lasting for many years. 5β I have encamped with the tent-dwellings of Kedar. Amid the tent-dwellings of Kedar; for he bewails this also. Kedar is a land lying next to the Babylonians having loathsome inhabitants among whom the Babylonians ordered them to settle. And since Kedar translates as ‘benightment’, it is very reasonable for those who are camping in the tent-dwellings of benightment to lament. And the tent-dwellings of benightment is a dwelling in the passions that benight the mind. 6 My soul has sojourned long.

PG 128:1187Πολλὰ ἔτη, πολὺν καιρὸν παρῴκησεν ἐν τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ. α Μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην ἤμην εἰρηνικός. Μετὰ τῶν φιλονείκων ἐκείνων, τῶν τῆς Κηδὰρ, εἰρήνευον, οὐκ ἀνθιστάμενος αὐτοῖς περὶ βιωτικοῦ τινος πράγματος, ἀλλὰ παραχωρῶν, ὡς αἰχμάλωτος. Παιδεύει δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος, τοιούτους γίνεσθαι, καὶ μετὰ πάντων εἰρηνεύειν· εἰ γὰρ μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην, πολλῷ μᾶλλον, μετὰ τῶν ἀγαπώντων αὐτήν. Ἐσόμεθα δὲ τοιοῦτοι, ἐὰν ὡς ξένοι διατρίβωμεν, ἐὰν ὡς πάροικοι πολιτευώμεθα, μὴ σφόδρα τῶν παρόντων ἀντεχόμενοι, μηδ’ ὡς παραμένουσι προσέχοντες τούτοις. β Ὅταν ἐλάλουν αὐτοῖς, ἐπολέμουν με δωρεάν. Ὅταν ἐλάλουν αὐτοῖς εἰρηνικὰ, ἐπολέμουν με μάτην, μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν ἔχοντες, καὶ οὐδὲ τότε ἐφείδοντο· ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ οὕτως εἰρήνευον. 120 ρκ΄ α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως. β Ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου εἰς τὰ ὄρη, ὅθεν ἥξει ἡ βοήθειά μου. Αὕτη ἡ ᾠδὴ προφητεύει ἃ ἔλεγον, ἀρξάμενοι ἀναβαίνειν. Ὄρη δὲ λέγει, τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, διὰ τὸ ὕψος. Ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἤλπιζον ἐλθεῖν αὐτοῖς τὴν συνήθη βοήθειαν, παραπέμπουσαν ἀβλαβεῖς. Εἶτα καὶ σαφηνίζει τὸν λόγον. 2 Ἡ βοήθειά μου παρὰ Κυρίου τοῦ ποιήσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Τοῦ ἀληθῶς Κυρίου· ἴδιον γὰρ Θεοῦ, τὸ δημιουργικόν. Καὶ ἡμῖν οὖν, ἐὰν ἄρωμεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἀποστήσαντες αὐτοὺς τῶν γηΐνων πραγμάτων, ἡ βοήθεια παρὰ Κυρίου ἔσται. 3 Mὴ δῴης εἰς σάλον τὸν πόδα σου, μηδὲ νυστάξαι ὁ φυλάσσων σε. Τοῦτο, φιλαδελφίας· ἕκαστον ἑκάστου ὑπερεύχεσθαι. Mὴ δῴης εἰς παρατροπὴν τὸν πόδα σου, μηδὲ παρατραπείη τῆς εὐθείας, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ ἐνάρετος ὁδός· μηδὲ διὰ τοῦτο νυστάξαι ὁ φυλάσσων σε Θεὸς, μὴ διὰ τοῦτο ῥᾳθυμήσαι περὶ τὴν φυλακήν σου, ὡς ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας ὀλισθήσαντος. Ἢ μὴ δῴης εἰς σαλευόμενα καὶ ὀλισθηρὰ πράγματα τὴν πορείαν σου, ἀλλ’ ἐπιβαίνοις τρίβου ἀσφαλοῦς, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ ἔννομος, εὐθυπορεῖν σε παρασκευάζουσα. 31 νυστάξαι PS[Acorr.]BF : νυστάξει MC[A]Η : νυστάξῃ V[TRa].

Long years, it has sojourned a long time in captivity. 7α With those who hate peace I was peaceful. With those lovers of strife of Kedar I would be peaceable, not opposing them about any worldly matter, but giving way as a captive. The verse instructs us to become such and to make peace with everyone, for if he would make peace with those who hate peace, very much more so would he do so with those who love it. We shall be such if we dwell as strangers, if we live as sojourners, not clinging exces- sively to things of the present, nor giving attention to these things as if enduring. 7β When I would speak with them they would make war on me without cause. When I would speak peaceably to them, they would make war on me for no reason, at no instigation at all, and not even then would they spare me, but I even so would be peaceable. 120 Psalm 120 1α An ode, similarly. 1β I have raised my eyes to the mountains from whence my aid will come. This ode prophesies what they would say when having begun to ascend. ‘Mountains’ is what he calls the heavens on account of their height, for from there they hoped that their customary help would come, escorting them unharmed. Then he clarifies the meaning. 2 My help is from the Lord who made both heaven and earth. From the one who is truly Lord, for creation is a characteristic of God. And for us therefore, if we raise the eyes of our souls to heaven, removing them from earthly things, our help will be from the Lord. 3 May you not give your foot to wavering, and may he who guards you never slumber. This is an expression of brotherly concern, with each praying for each other. May you not give your foot to aberration, nor may it deviate from the straight way which is the way of virtue; neither may God who guards you slumber on this account, nor may he on this account become neglectful about keeping you, as having slipped by reason of care- lessness. Or else may you not give your path to wavery and slippery things, but may you walk on a secure well-worn track, which is the track of the law, preparing you to walk straight.

PG 128:1355Ψαλμός 120 — Psalm 120
PG 128:11894 ᾽Ιδοὺ οὐ νυστάξει οὐδὲ ὑπνώσει ὁ φυλάσσων τὸν ᾽Ισραήλ. Εἰ ἀπέχεται δηλονότι τῶν ὀλισθηρῶν, εἰ ἀσφαλῶς βαίνει, οὔτε ῥᾳθυμήσει, οὔτε ἀμελήσει· ᾽Ισραὴλ δὲ, καὶ ἡμεῖς, νέος, ὡς πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν. Ζήτησον δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ μγ΄ ψαλμῷ τὸ, Ἐξεγέρθητι, ἵνα τί ὑπνοῖς, Κύριε; 5 Κύριος φυλάξει σε, | Κύριος σκέπη σοι ἐπὶ χεῖρα δεξιάν σου. Κύριος φυλάξει σε, οὕτως βαδίζοντα· Κύριος σκέπη σοι παρὰ τὴν δεξιάν σου χεῖρα, τουτέστι, παραστάτης, σκεπαστής ― παρὰ ταύτην γὰρ ὁ ὑπερασπίζων ἵσταται· ἢ σκέπη σοι ἐπὶ πράξεις δεξιάς σου, σκέπων σε, πράττοντα ἀγαθά· ἢ σκέπη σοι, διὰ πράξεις σου δεξιάς. 6 Ἡμέρας ὁ ἥλιος οὐ συγκαύσει σε, οὐδὲ ἡ σελήνη τὴν νύκτα. Τοσαύτην σου ποιήσεται πρόνοιαν, ὡς μηδὲ ταῦτα ἐᾶσαι παρενοχλῆσαί σοι. Πρὸς ἔμφασιν δὲ τοῦτο τῆς ἄκρας εἶπεν ἐπιμελείας· εἰκὸς δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ τοιαύτης ἀπολαῦσαι χάριτος. Συγκαίειν δὲ λέγουσι καὶ τὴν σελήνην τὰ σώματα, οὐ μόνον ὑγρὰν οὖσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ θερμήν· ἢ ὁ ἥλιος οὐ συγκαύσει σε, οὐδὲ ἡ σελήνη βλάψει δηλονότι. 7 Κύριος φυλάξει σε ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ, φυλάξει τὴν ψυχήν σου ὁ Κύριος. Πολλάκις τοῦτο λέγει, βεβαιῶν τὸν λόγον καὶ προτρεπόμενος εἰς τὸ βαίνειν ὀρθῶς, πόθῳ τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ φυλακῆς· ἢ φυλάξει τὸ σῶμά σου ἀπὸ παντὸς κινδύνου, καὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου. α Κύριος φυλάξει τὴν εἴσοδόν σου καὶ τὴν ἔξοδόν σου. Τὴν ἀναστροφήν σου, τὴν πολιτείαν σου, τὸν βίον σου. β Ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος. Καὶ εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς· ἢ καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος τῆς ζωῆς σου. 121 ρκα΄ α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως. β Ηὐφράνθην ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρηκόσι μοι, Εἰς οἶκον Κυρίου πορευσώμεθα. Τοῦτο ἔλεγον, ὁδεύοντες καὶ προκόπτοντες μετὰ περιχαρείας. α Add. [MPF in marg.]ABΗV: Ἤτοι τήν τε εἰς τὸν βίον τοῦτον εἴσοδον, καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔξοδον· ἢ καὶ πάντα τὸν βίον· ἐν εἰσόδοις γὰρ οὗτος καὶ ἐξόδοις καθορᾶται. : om. SC. β ηὐφράνθην MPΑCBF : εὐφράνθην SΗV[TRa]. β πορευσώμεθα ΜPSCAF : πορευσόμεθα ΗV[TRa].

4 See, he who guards Israel will neither slumber nor sleep. If, that is, Israel keeps away from slippery things, if Israel walks steadily and will neither be careless nor neglectful. We also are Israel, the new Israel, as we often have said. And seek also in the forty-third psalm, Awake, why are you sleeping, O Lord? 5 The Lord will guard you, the Lord is a shelter for you at your right hand. The Lord will guard you when walking in this way; the Lord is a shelter for you at your right hand, that is, a comrade on your flank, a protector – for the defender stands at this side. Or else a shelter for you in your right-handed actions, sheltering you when doing good; or a shelter for you on account of your right-handed actions. 6 By day the sun will not scorch you, nor the moon by night. So great is the providence he will have for you, not allowing even these things to trouble you. He said this in indication of his extreme care; it is likely that they enjoyed such grace. They say the moon also scorches bodies, being not only moist but also warm; or else the sun will not scorch you, nor will the moon harm you that is to say. 7 The Lord will guard you from every evil, the Lord will guard your soul. He says this many times, confirming the word and urging to walk uprightly, by desire for guardianship from God; or else he will guard your body from every danger, and your soul. 8α The Lord will guard your coming in and your going out. Your deportment, your way of life, your mode of life. 8β From now and till the age. And henceforward; or and till the age of your life. 121 Psalm 121 1α An ode, similarly. 1β I was glad at those who said to me, ‘Let us go to the house of the Lord’. They would say this as they were walking and advancing with rejoicing. 8α: That is to say, the entrance into this life and the exit therefrom, or else the entire life, for life is perceived in entrances and exits.

PG 128:1359Ψαλμός 121 — Psalm 121
PG 128:11892 Ἑστῶτες ἦσαν οἱ πόδες ἡμῶν ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς σου, ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Ἀκουσάντων ἡμῶν, εὐθὺς ἑστῶτες ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς σου τῇ δοκήσει· ἐδόξαμεν γὰρ ἑστάναι ἐν αὐταῖς, οὕτω τῆς σφοδρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας φαντασθῆναι παρασκευασάσης.

2 Our feet were standing in your enclosures, O Jerusalem. When we heard this, our feet were, as it seemed, standing at once in your enclosures, for we imagined we were already standing in them, our fervent desire having made us imagine so.

α ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ οἰκοδομουμένη ὡς πόλις. Ὦ ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, ἡ οἰκοδομουμένη πάλαι, ὡς πόλις κυρίως.

3α Jerusalem being built as a city. O Jerusalem, built of old as a city most eminently.

β Ἧς ἡ μετοχὴ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. Καθ’ ἕτερον δὲ ἑρμηνευτὴν, ἧς ἡ συνάφεια ὁμοῦ, τουτέστιν, ἧς τὰ μετόχια, τὰ συναφῆ οἰκοδομήματα, ὁμοῦ, διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐνοικούντων.

3β The comparting of which is altogether. According to another translator: ‘the conjoinedness of which is in one place’, that is, the buildings belonging to which, the contiguous buildings, are together, on account of the mul- titude of the inhabitants.

α Ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἀνέβησαν αἱ φυλαὶ, φυλαὶ Κυρίου. Τοῦτο, μέγιστον ἐγκώμιον αὐτῆς ποιεῖται. Οὐχ οὕτω γὰρ ἐκοσμεῖτο τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τοῖς οἰκοδομήμασιν, ὡς τῷ πάσας τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐκεῖ συλλέγεσθαι τρὶς ἑκάστου ἔτους, ἐν ταῖς δημοτελέσι πανηγύρεσιν, ἐν τῷ Πάσχα, ἐν τῇ Πεντηκοστῇ, καὶ ἐν τῇ Σκηνοπηγίᾳ. Ἐκεῖ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀνέβησαν πάλαι πρὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, ἐκεῖ συνελέγοντο. Φυλὰς δὲ Κυρίου ταύτας ὠνόμασεν, ὡς λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τεταγμένας.

4α For there the tribes went up, the tribes of the Lord. This he deems its greatest encomium, for it was embellished not so much by its splendour and its buildings as by the fact that all the tribes of Israel would gather there three times each year at the great public festivals, at Pascha, at Pentecost and at the Feast of the Tents. For there, he says, in the past before the captivity they went up, they would gather there. He called the tribes ‘of the Lord’, as his people, as arrayed under him.

PG 128:1191β Μαρτύριον τῷ ᾽Ισραήλ. Ἀπόδειξις τῷ λαῷ τῆς περατωθείσης ὑποσχέσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι καὶ ἐπληθύνθη τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἐκληρονόμησεν. Ἢ διαμαρτυρία τῷ λαῷ· διεμαρτύρατο γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, ἐκεῖ συλλέγεσθαι κατὰ τοὺς εἰρημένους καιρούς. Ἡ δὲ σύνταξις οὕτως· ἐκεῖ ἀνέβησαν φυλαὶ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, περιττεύοντος τοῦ, γάρ· ἀνέβησαν φησὶ, διαμαρτυρία καὶ κέλευσις, ἤγουν κατὰ κέλευσιν θείαν.

4β A testimony for Israel. A proof to the people of the fulfilled promise of God that the seed of Abraham had been multiplied and had inherited the promised land. Or else a conjuration to the people, for God conjured them to gather there at the times mentioned. The syntax is thus: ‘There the tribes went up’ and so on, with the ‘for’ being re- dundant; they went up, he says, as conjuration and command, namely, at divine command.

γ Τοῦ ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι Κυρίου. Ἐπὶ τῷ εὐχαριστῆσαι διὰ τῆς νενομοθετημένης λατρείας.

4γ To confess to the name of the Lord. So as to give thanks through the worship laid down in the law.

α Ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐκάθισαν θρόνοι εἰς κρίσιν. ᾽Ιδοὺ καὶ ἄλλο τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ἐγκώμιον. Ἐκεῖ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἱδρύθησαν θρόνοι βασιλείας εἰς τὸ κρίνειν τὸν λαόν. | β διαμαρτυρία καὶ κέλευσις MPΑSCBF : διὰ μαρτύρια καὶ κέλευσιν V.

5α For there thrones were set in judgement. See yet another encomium of Jerusalem. For there, he says, thrones of kingly office were established to judge the people.

β Θρόνοι ἐπὶ οἶκον Δαυίδ. Ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυὶδ, ἐν τοῖς ἀνακτόροις Δαυίδ. Ἢ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν, θρόνοι ἱερέων, τὸ δεύτερον δὲ, θρόνοι βασιλέων. α Ἐρωτήσατε δὴ τὰ εἰς εἰρήνην τὴν ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Προσαγορεύσατε αὐτὴν εἰρηνικὰ, ὅτι εἰρήνη σοι, εἰρήνη τῷ λαῷ σου· τοῦ λοιποῦ γὰρ εἰρήνην ἕξει βαθεῖαν καὶ χαράν. Ἕτερος γὰρ ἑρμηνεὺς, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτὴν, εἶπε. β Καὶ εὐθηνία τοῖς ἀγαπῶσί σε. Καὶ εὐθηνήσουσιν οὐχ οἱ πολῖταί σου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πέριξ ἐθνῶν οἱ ἀγαπῶντές σε. Προφητεία δὲ καὶ τοῦτο. α Γενέσθω δὴ εἰρήνη ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου. Καθ’ ἕτερον δὲ ἑρμηνευτὴν, γένοιτο ἢ γενήσεται. Δύναμιν δὲ αὐτῆς λέγει, τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτῆς, ὧν εἰρήνη, τὸ μὴ μάχεσθαι, μηδ’ ἔχειν πολέμιον. β Καὶ εὐθηνία ἐν ταῖς πυργοβάρεσί σου. Ἕτερος δέ φησι, Καὶ πλοῦτος ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις σου· ἄλλος δὲ, Ἐν τοῖς περιβόλοις σου. Πυργόβαρις γὰρ, τὸ ὀχυρώτατον τείχισμα. 8 Ἕνεκα τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου καὶ τῶν πλησίον μου ἐλάλουν δὴ εἰρήνην περὶ σοῦ. Τοῦτο πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ προφήτης φησίν· ὅτι διὰ τοὺς συγγενεῖς μου τοὺς ᾽Ισραηλίτας, διὰ τὰς φυλὰς τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ, ηὐχόμην εἰρήνην ὑπὲρ σοῦ, ἵνα, ἐν εἰρήνῃ διάγοντες, λατρεύωσι καὶ εὐχαριστῶσι Θεῷ. 9 Ἕνεκα τοῦ οἴκου Κυρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐξεζήτησα ἀγαθά σοι. Διὰ τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν ἐν σοὶ ἐξῃτησάμην σοι γαλήνην καὶ εὐετηρίαν, ἵνα τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπολάβῃς εὐπρέπειαν, καὶ τὴν νενομισμένην λατρείαν. 122 ρκβ΄ α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως. β Πρὸς σὲ ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου τὸν κατοικοῦντα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. 84 Θεῷ MPAS2BF : τῷ Θεῷ CHV.

5β Thrones over the house of David. In the house of David, in the palaces of David. Or else the first is thrones of priests and the second thrones of kings. 6α Entreat Jerusalem truly with the things for peace. Address her with peaceful words, namely, ‘peace be with you’, ‘peace be with your people’. For henceforth she will have deep peace and joy. Another translator said ‘give greeting to her’. 6β And prosperity will come to those who love you. And not only will your citizens prosper, but also those of the surrounding nations that love you. This also is a prophecy. 7α Let peace truly be in your power. According to another translator, ‘may there be’ or ‘there will be’. Her ‘power’ is what he calls her soldiers, for whom peace is not fighting nor having any enemy. 7β And prosperity in your citadels. Another says, ‘And wealth in your palaces’, while another says, ‘in your enclosures’. A cita- del is a very secure fortification. 8 For the sake of my brothers and my neighbours I would truly speak peace about you. This the prophet says to her, namely, for the sake of my relatives the Israelites, for the tribes of Israel, I would wish peace for you, so that living in peace, they may worship and give thanks to God. 9 For the sake of the house of the Lord our God I have sought out good things for you. For the sake of the temple of God in you I have asked for calm and prosperity for you, so that you may receive back your own dignity and accustomed worship. 122 Psalm 122 1α An ode, similarly. 1β To you who dwell in heaven I have raised my eyes.

PG 128:1361Ψαλμός 122 — Psalm 122
PG 128:1193Καὶ οὗτοι, ἔτι ὁδευόντων οἱ λόγοι. Κατοικεῖν δὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγεται, ὡς ταῖς ἐκεῖ καθαραῖς καὶ ἁγίαις δυνάμεσιν ἐπαναπαυόμενος· καὶ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁγίων εἴρηκεν, Ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐμπεριπατήσω. 2 ᾽Ιδοὺ, ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ δούλων εἰς χεῖρας τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν, ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ παιδίσκης εἰς χεῖρας τῆς κυρίας αὐτῆς· οὕτως οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν ἡμῶν, ἕως οὗ οἰκτειρήσαι ἡμᾶς. Διὰ τοῦ τοιούτου παραδείγματος τῶν δούλων καὶ τῆς δούλης, τοῦτο δηλοῦσιν, ὅτι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁρῶσι καὶ διηνεκῶς, καὶ οὐδαμόθεν ἑτέρωθεν ἔχουσιν ἀντιλήψεως ἐλπίδα, καὶ οὐκ ἀποστήσονται ἕως οἰκτειρηθῶσι. Tὸ δὲ, οἰκτειρήσαι, εὐκτικὸν μὲν ἔχει σχῆμα, σημασίαν δὲ μέλλοντος, ἀντὶ τοῦ, οἰκτειρήσῃ. Τινὲς δέ φασι προσπαρειλῆφθαι τὸ παράδειγμα τῆς δούλης εἰς ἐπίτασιν διαθέσεως· πλέον γὰρ τῶν δούλων αἱ δοῦλαι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, ὡς ἀσθενέστεραι. 3 Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, Κύριε, ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, ὅτι ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐπλήσθημεν ἐξουδενώσεως. Φαυλισμοῦ, ὀνειδισμοῦ, παρά τε τῶν αἰχμαλωτευσάντων καὶ τῶν γειτονούντων ἡμῖν πονηρῶν, ἐφηδομένων ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἡμῶν, ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν, δι’ ὧν ἐβάδιζον. Θερμότητος δὲ, ὁ διπλασιασμὸς τοῦ, ἐλέησον. Ἱκετεύουσιν οὖν ἐλεηθῆναι διὰ τοῦτο, καὶ τάχιον ἀποκαταστῆναι εἰς τὴν πατρίδα. α Ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐπλήσθη ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν. Τῆς εἰρημένης ἐξουδενώσεως. β Tὸ ὄνειδος τοῖς εὐθηνοῦσι, καὶ ἡ ἐξουδένωσις τοῖς ὑπερηφάνοις. Ἀντιστραφείη δηλονότι εἰς ταπείνωσιν καὶ παίδευσιν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ διὰ τὸ εὐπραγεῖν καὶ ὑπερη | φανεύεσθαι κατεπαίρωνται τῶν δυσπραγούντων καὶ τεταπεινωμένων. Ἁρμόζει δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς καὶ τοῖς ὁδεύουσι πρὸς τὴν ἄνω ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, καὶ ἐπηρεαζομένοις ὑπὸ ὁρατῶν καὶ ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν. 123 ρκγ΄ α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως. β-α Εἰ μὴ ὅτι Κύριος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν, εἰπάτω δὴ ᾽Ισραὴλ, εἰ μὴ ὅτι Κύριος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐν τῷ ἐπαναστῆναι ἀνθρώπους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, ἄρα ζῶντας ἂν κατέπιον ἡμᾶς. 27 οἰκτειρήσῃ MΑS2CBFV : οἰκτειρήσει P.

And these are words of those still making their way. God is said to dwell in heaven as rest- ing on the pure and holy powers there, and indeed he said also about the saints on the earth, I shall live in them and move among them. 2 See, as the eyes of servants are toward the hands of their masters, as the eyes of a handmaid are toward the hands of her mistress, so are our eyes toward the Lord our God, till he [may] have compassion on us. Through such example of the servants and of the handmaid, they indicate both that they are looking towards him continually and have no hope of help from anywhere else and that they will not desist until they receive mercy. ‘May have compassion’ is optative in form but has a future meaning, in the sense of, ‘will have compassion’. Some say that the example of of the handmaid was adduced in addition to indicate an intensification of disposition, because handmaids, being weaker, do this more than servants. 3 Have mercy on us, O Lord, have mercy on us, for we have for long been filled with dispar- agement. With slighting, with reproach, both from those who had taken us captive and from the evil people neighbouring us, exulting over our misfortunes; or from the other nations through which they were walking. The repetition of ‘have mercy’ is an indication of fervour. They are entreating accordingly to be shown mercy on this account and to be swiftly restored to their fatherland. 4α Our soul has been filled to surfeit. With the disparagement mentioned. 4β May the reproach come on the prosperous and the disparagement on the proud. May it be turned back, namely, to their humiliation and chastisement, lest on account of their prospering and being proud they raise themselves arrogantly over the unfortunate and humbled. The psalm is also fitting for those who are making their way to the heavenly Jerusalem and are being assailed by visible and invisible enemies. 123 Psalm 123 1α An ode, similarly. 1β-3α If not that the Lord was among us, let Israel truly say, if not that the Lord was among us, when people rose up against us they would then have swallowed us alive.

PG 128:1361Ψαλμός 123 — Psalm 123
PG 128:1195Ταῦτα ἤδη ἐπανελθόντων εἰς τὴν πατρίδα τὰ ῥήματα. Εὐχαριστοῦντες γὰρ, παρακελεύονται τῷ λαῷ λέγειν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἐπαναστῆναί τινας καθ’ ἡμῶν ἐπανελθόντων ― τὰ πλησιόχωρα γὰρ ἔθνη τούτοις ἐπεστράτευσαν, μήπω τειχισθείσης τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ― εἰ μὴ διότι Κύριος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐῤῥύσθημεν, ἄρα ζῶντας ἂν κατέπιον ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ φθόνου. Ἐμφαίνει δὲ ὁ λόγος τὴν ἄγαν ταχυτῆτα τῆς πανωλεθρίας. Τινὲς δὲ τὸ, ὅτι, παρέλκον ἑρμηνεύουσιν. β-α Ἐν τῷ ὀργισθῆναι τὸν θυμὸν αὐτῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, ἄρα τὸ ὕδωρ ἂν κατεπόντισεν ἡμᾶς. Ὕδωρ λέγει, τὴν ῥύμην αὐτῶν καὶ σφοδρὰν κίνησιν, ὀργισθέντων διότι πάλιν ἀπέλαβον τὴν πατρίδα. Tὸ δὲ, ἄρα, συλλογιστικὸν, ἀντὶ τοῦ, λοιπὸν ἢ ὄντως.

These are the words of those have now returned to their fatherland, for in giving thanks they enjoin the people to say that when some rose up against us as we were returning – for the neighbouring nations made war on them before Jerusalem had been fortified – if we were not delivered because the Lord was among us, then they would have swallowed us alive out of envy. The word indicates the extreme speed of the destruction. Some take the word ‘that’ as redundant. 3β-4α When their rage was swollen in anger against us, then the water would have drowned us. ‘Water’ is what he calls their impetuous force and vehement movement, having swollen with anger because they had regained their fatherland. The ‘then’ is inferential, in the sense of, ‘then certainly’ or ‘truly’.

β Χείμαῤῥον διῆλθεν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν. Χειμάῤῥῷ παρεικάζει τὴν ὀξεῖαν καὶ ἄτακτον καὶ πᾶν τὸ προστυχὸν παρασύρουσαν καὶ πρόσκαιρον φορὰν αὐτῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἀνωτέρω, ὕδατι. Διῆλθε δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, διεπέρασε· διέφυγεν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν, ἤγουν ἡμεῖς, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον.

4β Our soul passed through a winter torrent. He likens their rapid, disorderly and temporary onrush, sweeping away anything in their path, to a winter torrent, just as above to water. ‘Passed through’, in the sense of, ‘crossed over’; our soul, that is, we (the part standing for the whole), escaped.

5 Ἄρα διῆλθεν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἀνυπόστατον. Ὄντως διεπεράσαμεν· ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ γεγόναμεν.

5 Our soul passed then through the irresistible flood. We truly crossed over, we reached safety.

6 Εὐλογητὸς Κύριος, ὃς οὐκ ἔδωκεν ἡμᾶς εἰς θήραν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν αὐτῶν. Διὰ τῶν ὀδόντων, τὴν θηριωδίαν καὶ δύναμιν αὐτῶν ἐνέφηνε, μονονουχὶ καταπιεῖν ζῶντας γλιχομένων.

6 The Lord is to be blessed who did not surrender us as prey to their teeth. Through the teeth he indicated their ferocity and power, desiring as it were to swallow them alive.

7 Ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὡς στρουθίον ἐῤῥύσθη ἐκ τῆς παγίδος τῶν θηρευόντων· ἡ παγὶς συνετρίβη, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐῤῥύσθημεν. Ὥσπερ ἐκείνων ἐνέφηνε τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ θηριωδίαν, θυμῷ καὶ δυνάμει καθωπλισμένων, οὕτω καὶ τὴν τούτων ἀσθένειαν. Ἀσθενὲς γὰρ καὶ εὐάλωτον τὸ στρουθίον. Παγίδα δὲ λέγει, τὰς ἐνέδρας καὶ τὰς μηχανὰς, αἳ συνετρίβησαν καὶ διελύθησαν.

7 Our soul was delivered like a sparrow from the hunters’ snare; the snare was crushed and we were delivered. Just as he showed the strength and ferocity, armed with rage and power, of the enemies, so also he indicated the weakness of the Israelites, for the sparrow is weak and vulnerable. ‘Snare’ is what he calls the treacheries and ploys that were crushed and dissolved.

8 Ἡ βοήθεια ἡμῶν ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου τοῦ ποιήσαντος τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Οὐκ ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις καὶ τοιαύτῃ δυνάμει, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ιθ΄ ψαλμῷ προείρηται, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Θεοῦ, τοῦ ὄντως Θεοῦ, ἐν τῷ ὀνομάζειν καὶ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτόν· ἢ ἐν τῷ Κυρίῳ, κατὰ περίφρασιν. [β] τούτοις ἐπεστράτευσαν PSCF : τούτων ἐπεστράτευσαν MΑBΗV.

8 Our help is in the name of the Lord who made both heaven and earth. Not in chariots and horses and such power, as was also said earlier in the nineteenth psalm, but in the name of God, of the true God, in naming and calling on him; or else ‘in the Lord’, by way of circumlocution.

PG 128:1197Ἁρμόζει δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ θείαν πρόνοιαν ἐλευθερουμένοις πειρασμοῦ. 124 ρκδ΄ α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως. β Oἱ πεποιθότες ἐπὶ Κύριον ὡς ὄρος Σιών. Ἀκόλουθα τοῖς προλαβοῦσι τὰ τοῦ παρόντος ψαλμοῦ, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς τῶν πολεμίων εὐχαριστήρια. Ὡς τὸ ὄρος τὸ Σιὼν, ἀπερίτρεπτοι, ἀκαθαίρετοι, ἀσφαλεῖς. γ Οὐ σαλευθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ κατοικῶν ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Οὐ περιτραπήσονται, οὐκ ἐκπεσοῦνται οἱ κατοικοῦντες ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ· εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀντὶ τοῦ, παρ’ ὅλον τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν ἀφωρισμένον. Κυρίως δὲ λέγει περὶ τῶν κατοικούντων τὴν ἄνω ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οὐδέποτε σαλευθήσονται. 2 Ὄρη κύκλῳ αὐτῆς, καὶ ὁ Κύριος κύκλῳ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ἔχει μὲν, φησὶ, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν πέριξ ὀρέων ἀσφάλειαν, ἔχει δὲ, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου φυλακὴν, | καὶ μάλιστα ταύτην. Διὸ καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες αὐτὴν οὐ σαλευθήσονται· ἕως δὲ τοῦ αἰῶνος, τοῦ ὁρισθέντος, ὡς εἴρηται, εἰς σωτηρίαν αὐτῆς. α Ὅτι οὐκ ἀφήσει Κύριος τὴν ῥάβδον τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐπὶ τὸν κλῆρον τῶν δικαίων. Αἰτίαν λέγει τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ φυλακῆς. Ἁμαρτωλοὺς δὲ λέγει, τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς καὶ παρανόμους, ὁποῖοί εἰσι καὶ οἱ δαίμονες· ῥάβδον δὲ αὐτῶν, τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα· δικαίους δὲ, τοὺς ἐννόμως βιοῦντας. β Ὅπως ἂν μὴ ἐκτείνωσιν οἱ δίκαιοι ἐν ἀνομίαις χεῖρας αὐτῶν. Ἵνα, τοιαύτης ἀπολαύοντες παρὰ Θεοῦ φυλακῆς, μὴ ἅψωνται παρανομίας, ἀλλὰ θεραπεύωσι τὸν εὐεργέτην. 4 Ἀγάθυνον, Κύριε, τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ τοῖς εὐθέσι τῇ καρδίᾳ. Εἰς εὐχὴν τὸν λόγον ὁ προφήτης κατέκλεισε, λέγων, Ἀγαθὰ ποίησον, Κύριε, ἀγαθὰ δὸς τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τοῖς ἀδιαστρόφοις τὴν καρδίαν, τοῖς ἀδόλοις καὶ ἀπονήροις. 42 ἀγαθὰ ποίησον MPASBFHV : ἀγαθοποίησον C.

The psalm is also fitting for all those who by divine providence are being freed of some trial. 124 Psalm 124 1α An ode, similarly. 1β Those who trust in the Lord are like mount Zion. The words of the present psalm follow on those of the previous ones and are words of thanksgiving for deliverance from their enemies. ‘Like mount Zion’ they are not to be moved, indestructible, steadfast. 1γ The one who dwells in Jerusalem will not be shaken to the age. Those who dwell in Jerusalem will not be overthrown, they will not fall away. ‘To the age’, in the sense of, ‘throughout the entire age ordained’. Primarily, however, he is speaking about those who dwell in the heavenly Jerusalem, for they will never be shaken. 2 Mountains encircle her, and the Lord encircles his people, from now and till the age. She has, he says, security from the surrounding mountains, but she also has protection from the Lord, and most especially the latter. Hence also those who dwell in her will not be shaken. ‘Till the age’, namely, till the age that has been ordained, as was said, for her salvation. 3α For the Lord will not sanction the rod of sinners on the inheritance of the just. He tells the reason for the protection from God. ‘Sinners’ is what he calls the impious and transgressors (and such also are the demons), and their ‘rod’, their rule or their weapons, and the ‘just’ those living according to the law. 3β Lest the just stretch out their hands in lawless deeds. So that enjoying such protection from God, they may not engage in lawless activity, but worship their benefactor. 4 Do good, O Lord, to the good and the straight in heart. The prophet concluded his words with a prayer, saying, Do good things, O Lord, give good things to the good people and to those who are unwavering in heart, to the guileless and ingenuous.

PG 128:1363Ψαλμός 124 — Psalm 124
PG 128:1197α Τοὺς δὲ ἐκκλίνοντας εἰς τὰς στραγγαλιὰς ἀπάξει Κύριος μετὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν. Εἰς διεστραμμένα, εἰς σκολιότητας· τοὺς τοιούτους ἀπάξει εἰς κόλασιν, παραδώσει τιμωρίᾳ, ἢ ἀπώσεται, ὡς ἴσους τοῖς παρανόμοις.

5α But the Lord will carry off those who turn aside to twisted knots along with those who engage in lawlessness. To perverted things, to crookednesses. Such people he will carry off to chastisement, he will surrender them to punishment, or else he will reject them as being the same as the transgressors.

β Εἰρήνη ἐπὶ τὸν ᾽Ισραήλ. Εἴη δηλονότι. Ἁρμόζει δὲ καὶ οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς τοῖς κατοικοῦσι τὴν ὑψηλὴν καὶ ἀκαθαίρετον Ἐκκλησίαν, ἧς κύκλῳ, οἱ ὑψηλοὶ διδάσκαλοι, τειχίζοντες αὐτὴν καὶ φυλάττοντες, καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς κύκλῳ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

5β Peace upon Israel. May there be, that is. This psalm is also fitting for those who dwell in the high and indestructible Church en- circling which are the exalted teachers, fortifying and guarding her, and Christ encircles his people.

PG 128:1363125 ρκε΄

125 Psalm 125

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1197β Ἐν τῷ ἐπιστρέψαι Κύριον τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν Σιὼν, ἐγενήθημεν ὡσεὶ παρακεκλημένοι. Καὶ οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς, ἀκόλουθα τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ φθέγγεται, ἐπιστροφὴν μὲν λέγων, τὴν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα Σιὼν ἀποκατάστασιν τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς· οὗτοι γὰρ ἡ αἰχμαλωσία αὐτῆς· παράκλησιν δὲ, τὴν ἀνάκτησιν καὶ ψυχαγωγίαν. Ἐπιστραφέντες, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν πατρίδα, ἐγενόμεθα λίαν παρακεκλημένοι. Tὸ γὰρ, ὡσεὶ, ἐπίτασίς ἐστι τῆς παρακλήσεως, ὡς τὸ, Ὡς ἀγαθὸς ὁ Θεὸς τῷ ᾽Ισραήλ· ἢ ἐγενήθημεν ὥσπερ οἱ παρακεκλημένοι, τουτέστιν, ἐν εὐθυμίᾳ.

1β When the Lord turned back the captivity of Zion, we became even as those who have been comforted. And this psalm speaks in conformity with the previous one, calling ‘turning back’ the restoration of its children to Zion the fatherland, for they are its ‘captivity’, and ‘comfort’ is what he calls the recovery and relief. Having been turned back to our fatherland, he says, we became exceedingly comforted. For the ‘as’ may be read as an intensification of the comforting [‘how comforted we be- came’] as in, How good is God to Israel; or else we became even as are those who have been comforted, that is, in good spirits.

α Τότε ἐπλήσθη χαρᾶς τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν. Χαρμοσύνων ῥημάτων, δηλούντων τὴν χαρὰν τῆς ψυχῆς.

2α Then our mouth was filled with joy. With joyous words manifesting the joy of the soul.

β Καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα ἡμῶν ἀγαλλιάσεως. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει. Προαγορεύει δὲ τὰ μέλλοντα, ὡς ἤδη γενόμενα.

2β And our tongue with rejoicing. He says the same. He foretells the things of the future as having already occurred.

γ Τότε ἐροῦσιν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Ἐροῦσιν οἱ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἢ ἁπλῶς ἐροῦσι τὰ ἔθνη, ἑωρακότα τὴν παράδοξον ἀποκατάστασιν ἡμῶν καὶ θαυμάσαντα.

2γ Then they will say among the nations. Those among the nations will say, or simply the nations will say, having seen our strange restoration and having been amazed.

δ Ἐμεγάλυνε Κύριος τοῦ ποιῆσαι μετ᾽ αὐτῶν.

2δ The Lord has magnified himself to do with them.

PG 128:1365Ψαλμός 125 — Psalm 125
PG 128:1197Ἐροῦσιν ὅτι ἐμεγαλούργησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἔλεος ἐν αὐτοῖς, περὶ ἡμῶν ταῦτα λέγοντες. Εἶτα τρέπει τὸν λόγον προσώπῳ τῶν τὰ προῤῥηθέντα λεγόντων.

They will say that God has done great deeds by ‘doing’ or showing mercy among them - saying these things about us. Then he changes the voice in the person of those who spoke the previous words.

α Ἐμεγάλυνε Κύριος τοῦ ποιῆσαι μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν. Ὄντως ἐμεγαλούργησεν, ὡς εἰρήκατε. ᾽Ιδίωμα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς Ἑβραΐδος, τὸ λέγειν, ἐποίησε μετὰ τοῦ δεῖνος· λείπει γὰρ τὸ, ἔλεος.

3α The Lord has magnified himself to do with us. Truly he has done great deeds as you said. This also is an idiom of the Hebrew tongue, to say, ‘he has done with someone’; the word ‘mercy’ is missing.

β Ἐγενήθημεν εὐφραινόμενοι. Ὅτι τε ἀπεκατέστημεν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ ὅτι ἐγνώσθη τοῖς πέριξ ἔθνεσιν ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν δύναμις.

3β We were filled with gladness. Both because we were restored to our fatherland and because the power of God was made known among the surrounding nations.

PG 128:11994 Ἐπίστρεψον, Κύριε, τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἡμῶν, ὡς χειμάῤῥους ἐν τῷ νότῳ. Περὶ τῶν ἐναπομεινάντων τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ λοιπὸν ἡ δέησις· πολλοὶ γὰρ ὑπελείφθησαν, οὓς καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐπανελθεῖν ἱκετεύουσιν. Ἐπίστρεψον, Κύριε, τὴν ὑπολειφθεῖσαν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἡμῶν, οὕτως ὠθῶν καὶ κατεπείγων αὐτὴν, ὡς τοὺς χειμάῤῥους | διὰ τοῦ Νότου· οὗτος γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος, τήκων τὰς παχύτητας τῶν νεφῶν καὶ ὑετοὺς κατάγων, κινεῖ τοὺς χειμάῤῥους μετὰ πολλῆς ῥύμης καὶ σφοδρότητος. Ἢ ὡς χειμάῤῥους εἶπεν, εὐχόμενος χειμάῤῥοις αὐτὴν φέρεσθαι παραπλησίως, ἵνα καὶ ταχέως παυθῇ, πᾶσα ἐκκενωθεῖσα, μηδενὸς ἔτι ὑπολειφθέντος ἐν Βαβυλῶνι· ταχέως γὰρ οἱ χείμαῤῥοι ξηραίνονται. Ἢ Νότον λέγει, τὴν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, οὕτω πολλάκις ὑπὸ προφητῶν καλουμένην, ὡς ἐν τῷ Νότῳ κειμένην. Ἐπίστρεψον αὐτὴν, φησὶν, ἐν τῷ Νότῳ, ἤγουν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα.

4 Turn back our captivity, O Lord, like winter torrents in the south. The entreaty is about those who had still remained in captivity; for many were left behind, and they make supplication for them also to return. Turn back, O Lord, our captivity that has been left behind, propelling and urging it along as are winter torrents by the South wind, for this wind melting the densities of the clouds and bringing down rains, drives the torrents with great rushing and force. Or else he said ‘winter torrents’ wishing for the ‘captivity’ to be borne along in a manner resembling winter torrents, so that it may swiftly be brought to an end, all having been emp- tied out, and with no one left behind in Babylon, for winter torrents are quickly dried up. Or else the South is what he is calling Jerusalem, often called in this way by the prophets, as lying in the south. Turn it back, he says, to the South, namely, to Jerusalem.

5 Oἱ σπείροντες ἐν δάκρυσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσιν. Oἱ σπείροντες ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας ἐν δάκρυσιν ἱκεσίας, ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσι τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς, ὅστις ἐστὶν ἡ ἀπαλλαγὴ τοῦ πιέζοντος. Καθολικὸς δὲ ὁ λόγος, πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς ἁρμόζων.

5 Those who sow in tears will reap in rejoicing. Those who sow hope of salvation with tears of supplication, will reap its fruit, which is liberation from the oppressor. The statement is universal in character, fitting for all those in trials.

PG 128:1201α Πορευόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἔκλαιον βάλλοντες τὰ σπέρματα αὐτῶν. Ἀπὸ τοῦ καθολικοῦ πρὸς τὸ μερικὸν μετέβη, περὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ λέγων, ὅτι πορευόμενοι εἰς τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν, ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἔκλαιον, σπείροντες, ὡς εἴρηται, τὴν ἐλπίδα.

6α When going, they would walk and weep, spreading their seeds. He moved from the universal to the particular, saying about those in captivity that when making their way into captivity they would walk along and weep, while sowing hope, as was said.

β Ἐρχόμενοι δὲ ἥξουσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει αἴροντες τὰ δράγματα αὐτῶν. Ἐπανερχόμενοι δὲ ἐκεῖθεν, ἥξουσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει, κομιζόμενοι τὸ θέρος, ἤτοι τὸν εἰρημένον καρπὸν τῆς καταβληθείσης ἐλπίδος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ σίτου δεῖται ὑετῶν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ σπέρμα τῆς ἐλπίδος χρῄζει δακρύων εἰς καρπογονίαν. Καὶ καθάπερ ἡ ἄρουρα χρείαν ἔχει τοῦ τέμνεσθαι καὶ ἀναῤῥήγνυσθαι, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ δεῖται πειρασμῶν καὶ θλίψεων, ἵνα μαλαχθῇ τὸ σκληρὸν αὐτῆς, καὶ μὴ βλαστήσῃ ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους καὶ τοιαύτας ἄλλας βλαβερὰς βοτάνας.

6β But when coming, they will come back with rejoicing bearing their sheaves. When coming back from there they will arrive with rejoicing, bringing back the harvest, namely, the fruit mentioned of the sown hope. Just as the seed of grain requires rains, so the seed of hope needs tears to bear fruit. And just as the land needs to be ploughed and broken up, so the soul has need of trials and afflic- tions so that its hardness may be softened and may not bring forth thorns and prickles and other such harmful weeds.

PG 128:1370126 ρκϛ΄

126 Psalm 126

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1201β Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οἶκον, εἰς μάτην ἐκοπίασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες. Ἐπανελθόντες οἱ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖν ἀρξάμενοι τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν, ἐκωλύοντο παρὰ τῶν γειτονούντων ἐθνῶν, φθονούντων ἅμα καὶ δεδοικότων τὴν ἐσαῦθις εὐημερίαν αὐτῶν. Καὶ πολὺς ἐτρίβη χρόνος ἄχρι καὶ τεσσαρακονταετίας, 2Esdr 3.8, τῶν μὲν προθύμως ἐπιχειρούντων κτίζειν, τῶν δὲ πᾶσι τρόποις ἐμποδιζόντων. Οὓς 6.15 παιδεύων ὁ προφήτης ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν καταφεύγειν καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι συνεργὸν, ταῦτα διέξεισιν· Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οἶκον διὰ συνεργίας τῆς παρ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς μάτην ἐκοπίασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες. Ἀνεβάλλετο δὲ ἐν τοσούτοις ἔτεσιν τὴν συνεργίαν, ἵνα κατὰ μικρὸν ἀφυπνίζωνται, καὶ μὴ τῇ ἀνέσει ῥᾳθυμότεροι γένωνται, καὶ πρὸς τὴν προτέραν πάλιν δρομήσωσι πονηρίαν, τῇ ταχίστῃ τῶν κακῶν ἀπαλλαγῇ. Ἔλαβε μὲν οὖν ὁ λόγος οὗτος τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑποθέσεως ταύτης, εἴρηται δὲ καθολικώτερον, ἁρμόζων ἐπὶ πᾶσι λέγεσθαι πράγμασιν.

1β Unless the Lord builds the house, the builders have laboured in vain. Those in captivity having returned and having begun to build their temple and city were hindered by the neighbouring nations, which both envied and also feared their renewed prosperity. And much time passed, as many as forty years, with the ones eagerly trying to 2Esdr 3.8, build and the others impeding them by every means. The prophet, instructing them to have 6.15 resort to God and to call on him as a fellow worker, expounds these things: Unless the Lord builds the house through his co-operation, the builders have laboured in vain. This co-opera- tion was postponed for so many years so that they might be awakened a little and not become more lax on account of their ease and run once again to their former wickedness on account their very swift liberation from evils. The verse accordingly took its starting point from this situation, but is spoken more gen- erally, fitting to be said about all things.

γ Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἰς μάτην ἠγρύπνησεν ὁ φυλάσσων. Καὶ τί λέγω περὶ οἰκοδομῆς; Ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ οἰκοδομηθεῖσαν καὶ ἀπαρτισθεῖσαν πόλιν φυλάξαι δυνήσεταί τις, μὴ συνεργοῦντος ἐκείνου.

1γ Unless the Lord guards the city, the guard has stayed awake in vain. And why do I speak about building? Neither will one even be able to guard a city that has been built and completed without his co-operation.

α Εἰς μάτην ὑμῖν ἐστι τὸ ὀρθρίζειν, ἐγείρεσθαι μετὰ τὸ καθῆσθαι, οἱ ἐσθίοντες ἄρτον ὀδύνης. Λοιπὸν, ὦ οἱ ἐσθίοντες ἄρτον ὀδύνης, οἱ μηδὲ τὸν ἄρτον χωρὶς ὀδύνης ἐσθίοντες, | οἱ ζῶντες ἐν θλίψεσιν, εἰς μάτην ὑμῖν γίνεται τὸ ὀρθρίζειν εἰς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν, καὶ ἐγείρεσθαι εὐθὺς μετὰ τὸ καθῆσθαι, καὶ ταχύνειν εἰς τὸ ἔργον, καὶ μήτε ἐν νυκτὶ ὕπνου κορέννυσθαι, μήτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀπολαύειν ἀνέσεως. Ὀδυνηροὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς εἶπε, διά τε ταῦτα καὶ διότι οὐ μόνον ἐκοπίων οὕτως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐμάχοντο, καὶ ᾠκοδόμουν ὡπλισμένοι, καὶ ἔκτιζον ἅμα καὶ

2α You who are eating the bread of grief, it is in vain that you rise before dawn, that you get up after sitting down. And so, O you who are eating the bread of grief, you who do not even eat bread without grief, you who live in afflictions, it is in vain that you rise before dawn to build, and that you you get up at once after sitting down, and hurry to your work, and neither have your fill of sleep at night, nor enjoy relaxation by day. And he called them distraught by grief on account both of these things and because not only were they labouring thus, but they were also fighting against their enemies and would build armed, and build and fight those impeding them at the same time, and were subject to a double distress.

PG 128:1371Ψαλμός 126 — Psalm 126
PG 128:1203ἐπολέμουν τοῖς διακωλύουσι, καὶ διπλῆν ὑφίσταντο ταλαιπωρίαν. β-α Ὅταν δῷ τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς αὐτοῦ ὕπνον, ἰδοὺ ἡ κληρονομία Κυρίου υἱοί. Ὅταν ὁ Θεὸς δῷ τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς αὐτοῦ ὕπνον ἡδὺν, ὕπνον φροντίδος ἀπηλλαγμένον, ἤγουν ἄνεσιν καὶ ἐλευθερίαν τῶν ἐνοχλούντων ― δίδωσι δὲ ταύτην ὅτε συμφέρει ― τότε οὐ μόνον οἰκοδομηθήσεται καὶ ὁ ναὸς καὶ ἡ πόλις, ἀλλὰ καὶ υἱοὶ ὑμῖν ἔσονται, ὁ κλῆρος Κυρίου· κλῆρος γὰρ αὐτοῦ χρηματίσουσι καὶ λαὸς οἰκεῖος. Ὡς κεφάλαιον δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τοῦτο τέθεικε· περισπούδαστον γὰρ Ἑβραίοις, ἡ παιδοποιΐα. Ἀλλ’ οὕτω μὲν εἰδικῶς περὶ αὐτῶν. Καθολικώτερον δὲ εἰπεῖν, ὅταν δῷ τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς αὐτοῦ ὕπνον, ὡς προειρήκαμεν, τότε οὐ μόνον τὰ σπουδαζόμενα ἀπαρτίζονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀδιάδοχοι προσγίνονται υἱοί — ἡ κληρονομία ἡ παρὰ Κυρίου, κληρονόμοι τῆς σπουδῆς καὶ ἀρετῆς οἱ παρὰ Κυρίου δοθέντες. β Ὁ μισθὸς τοῦ καρποῦ τῆς γαστρός. Ὁ μισθὸς τῆς θεοσεβείας, ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς καρπογονίας τῆς γαστρὸς, ἡ ἀμοιβὴ τῆς ἀρετῆς, ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς πολυτοκίας δοθεῖσα. 4 Ὡσεὶ βέλη ἐν χειρὶ δυνατοῦ, οὕτως οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἐκτετιναγμένων. Ὥσπερ τὰ βέλη ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ δυνατοῦ φαίνονται φοβερὰ διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου ῥώμην, οὕτως ἄρα καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἐκτετιναγμένων ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἔσονται φοβεροὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, διὰ τὴν ἄμαχον ἰσχὺν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τοιοῦτοι δὲ καὶ οἱ κατὰ πνεῦμα υἱοὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῶν δαιμόνων ἐκτετιναγμένων διδασκάλων ἡμῶν, φοβεροὶ τοῖς δαίμοσι. α Μακάριος, ὃς πληρώσει τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ ἐξ αὐτῶν. Ἐξ αὐτῶν· ποίων; Δηλαδὴ, τῶν προειρημένων, ἤγουν ἐκ τοῦ ἀπαρτισθῆναι τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὴν πόλιν, ἐκ τοῦ δοθῆναι ἄνεσιν καὶ ἐλευθερίαν τῶν ἐνοχλούντων, ἐκ τῆς πολυτεκνίας, ἐκ τῆς καλλιτεκνίας, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐκ Θεοῦ χαρίτων. β Οὐ καταισχυνθήσονται, ὅταν λαλῶσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αὐτῶν ἐν πύλαις. Oἱ πληρώσαντες τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν ἐκ τούτων, ὡς εἴρηται, οὐ καταισχυνθήσονται ἐπὶ ἀσθενείᾳ τινι, ὅταν διαλέγωνται τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αὐτῶν ἐν πύλαις τῆς πόλεως, πάντων αὐτοῖς εὖ ἐχόντων. Ἢ οὐ καταισχυνθήσονται ἔτι, ὡς ἀσθενῆ Θεὸν ἔχοντες, ὅπερ ὠνειδίζοντο πρὸ τοῦ ἀπαρτισθῆναι τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς παῤῥησίας διαλεχθήσονται. Ἔθος δὲ ἦν πρὸ τῶν πυλῶν τῆς πόλεως διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀγγελιαφόροις. β Add. [MF in marg.]ΑBHV : Κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν δὲ, οἱ υἱοθετηθέντες τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος τῆς παλιγγενεσίας, μισθὸς ἦσαν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅς ἐστι κυρίως καρπὸς γαστρὸς τῆς Θεομήτορος, ὡς ἐκ μόνης αὐτῆς ἄνευ σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς γεννηθείς. : om. PSC.

2β-3α When he will give sleep to his beloved, see, sons will be the Lord’s inheritance. When God will give to his beloved sweet sleep, a sleep freed of care, namely, remission and freedom from the assailants – and he gives this when it is expedient – then not only will the temple and city be built, but you will have sons, the Lord’s inheritance, for they are his inheritance and his own people. He set this as the crown of blessings, for the procreation of children is something very much desired by Hebrews. But thus it is particularly about the Hebrews. In a more general sense, when he will give his beloved sleep, as we said before, then not only are the things earnestly desired brought to completion, but sons accrue in perpetuity – the inheritance from the Lord, heirs of their earnest effort and virtue, heirs given by the Lord. 3β The reward of the fruit of the womb. The reward of piety, the reward from the fruit-bearing of the womb, the repayment of virtue, the repayment given from the abundance of children. 4 Like arrows in the hand of a powerful man, so will be the sons of those ejected. Just as arrows in the hand of a powerful man appear fearful on account of his strength, so then also the sons of those ejected from the captivity will be fearful to their enemies on account of the irresistible strength of God. So also the sons in spirit of our teachers who were ejected from the captivity of the de- mons are fearful to the demons. 5α Blessed is the one who will fulfil his desire from these. From these, from what? Namely, from the things mentioned earlier, that is, from the com- pletion of the temple and the city, from having been given remission and freedom from as- sailants, from an abundance of offspring, from the possession of beautiful children, and from such gifts of grace from God. 5β They will not be put to shame when they will speak to their enemies in the gates. Those who have fulfilled their desire from these things, as was said, will not be shamed by any weakness when they discuss with their enemies at the gates of the city, all things being well with them. Or else, they will not be shamed any longer as having a weak God, with which they used to be reproached prior to the completion of the city, but they will hold converse with great boldness. It was the custom to hold converse with the messengers from the enemies before the gates of the city. 3β: In an anagogical sense, those adopted by God through baptism were the the reward of the incarnation of Christ, who is eminently the fruit of the womb of the Mother of God, as having been born from her alone without the seed of man.

PG 128:1371Ψαλμός 127 — Psalm 127
PG 128:1373127 ρκζ΄

127 Psalm 127

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1205β Μακάριοι πάντες οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον. Ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ καὶ οὗτος ὁ ψαλμός. Μακαρίσας γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸν πληρώσαντα τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ, ὡς προδεδήλωται, νῦν καθολικώτερον καὶ τελεώτερον ποιεῖται τὸν μακαρισμόν. Μακάριοι γὰρ κυρίως καὶ ἀληθῶς, οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον. Tὸ, πάντες, δὲ προσέθηκεν, | ἐμφαίνων καὶ δούλους καὶ πένητας καὶ ἀναπήρους· τοῖς γὰρ φοβουμένοις τὸν Κύριον, οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων ἐμποδίζει πρὸς μακαρισμόν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ μὴ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον, κἂν πάντα ἔχῃ τὰ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις ζηλωτὰ καὶ μακαριστὰ, πάντων ἐστὶν ἀθλιώτερος· ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν, κἂν πάντα ἔχῃ τὰ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις ἀπευκτὰ καὶ βδελυκτὰ, πάντων ἐστὶ μακαριώτερος. Καὶ ἑτέρως δὲ, κάλλος καὶ ῥώμη καὶ πλοῦτος καὶ δόξα καὶ εὐπαιδία καὶ καλλιτεκνία καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐκ εἰσὶ κυρίως μακαριστὰ διὰ τὸ ἄστατον αὐτῶν καὶ ῥευστόν. Εἶτα σαφηνίζει καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον, λέγων·

1β Blessed are all who fear the Lord. This psalm also follows on the one before. For having called blessed there the one who has fulfilled his desire, as was stated before, he now he makes the beatitude more universal and more perfect. For blessed eminently and truly are those who fear the Lord. He added ‘all’ indicating the inclusion of slaves and the poor and the maimed, because for those who fear the Lord no such thing is an impediment to their being blessed. For the one who does not fear the Lord, even if he has all the things that are enviable and blessed among men, is the most wretched of all, while the one who fears him, even if he has all the things that are deprecable and abominated among men, is the most blessed of all. And in a different way, beauty and strength and wealth and glory and an abundance of fair and beautiful children and such things are not truly to be called blessed on account of their unstable and fluid nature. Then he clarifies who those are who fear the Lord, saying:

γ Oἱ πορευόμενοι ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ. Ταῖς νενομοθετημέναις, ταῖς ὑποδειχθείσαις διὰ τῶν ἐντολῶν.

1γ Those who walk in his ways. In the ways laid down in the law, in the ways indicated by the commandments.

α Τοὺς πόνους τῶν καρπῶν σου φάγεσαι. Διδάξας τίς ἐστι κυρίως μακάριος, καὶ δείξας τίς ἐστιν ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον, κἀντεῦθεν τὸν λαὸν εἰς τὸ πορεύεσθαι ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ προτρεψάμενος, λοιπὸν τείνει τὸν λόγον πρὸς τὸν φοβούμενον τὸν Θεὸν, προφητεύων αὐτῷ ἀγαθά. Τινὲς μὲν οὖν, καρποὺς, τὰς χεῖρας ἐνόησαν, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ πᾶν ― μέρος γὰρ τῆς χειρὸς, ὁ καρπὸς ― ἑρμηνεύοντες, ὅτι τοὺς πόνους τῶν χειρῶν σου δρέψῃ, κερδανεῖς, μηδενὸς κωλύοντος· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ Ἀκύλας καὶ Σύμμαχος ἐκδεδώκασιν. Ἕτεροι δὲ ἀντισημασίαν τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦτο κεκλήκασιν, ὡς τῶν πόνων μὲν ἐνταῦθα τοὺς καρποὺς σημαινόντων, τῶν καρπῶν δὲ, τοὺς πόνους, οἷον τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν πόνων σου φάγεσαι.

2α You will eat the labours of your fruits. Having taught who it is who is truly blessed, and having shown who it is that fears the Lord, and hence having urged the people to walk in God’s ways, he then directs his words to the one who fears God, prophesying blessings for him. Some have understood ‘fruits’ as ‘hands’, the part standing for the whole – for the ‘wrist’ [καρπός] is part of the hand – interpreting the verse that you will reap the labours of your hands, you will reap gain with nothing impeding; this indeed is how Aquila and Symmachus rendered it. Others have called this verse the substitution of one meaning for another, with ‘labours’ here meaning ‘fruits’ and ‘fruits’ meaning ‘labours’, namely, you will eat the fruits of your labours.

β Μακάριος εἶ. Εἰ φοβῇ τὸν Θεόν. Πάλιν δὲ τοῦτο λέγει, βεβαιῶν τὸν λόγον.

2β You are blessed. If you fear God. He says the same again, confirming his word.

γ Καὶ καλῶς σοι ἔσται. Καὶ εὐπραγήσεις. α κεκλήκασιν PCABH : κεκλήσασιν MSF.

2γ And it will be well for you. And you will prosper.

α Ἡ γυνή σου ὡς ἄμπελος εὐθηνοῦσα ἐν τοῖς κλίτεσι τῆς οἰκίας σου. Ὡς ἄμπελος εὐθηνοῦσα βότρυσιν, οὕτως εὐθηνοῦσα τέκνοις. Εὐθηνοῦσα δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, κομῶσα, βρίθουσα. Κλίτη δὲ οἰκίας, τὰ μέρη, τουτέστιν, ἐν τῇ περιοχῇ τῆς οἰκίας σου. Ἄλλος δὲ ἑρμηνεὺς, ἐν τοῖς ἐσωτάτοις τοῦ οἴκου σου, ἐξέδωκεν, ἤγουν ἐν τοῖς θαλάμοις, ἔνθα τὸ κλίνεσθαι πρὸς ἀνάπαυσιν.

3α Your wife like a vine flourishing in the compartments of your house. Like a vine flourishing with grape clusters, so she will flourish with children. ‘Flourishing’, in the sense of, ‘laden’, ‘weighed down’. The ‘compartments’ of the house are its parts, that is, within the precinct of your house. Another translator rendered this, ‘in the inner recesses of your house’, namely, in the inner chambers, where one lies down to rest.

PG 128:1207β Oἱ υἱοί σου ὡς νεόφυτα ἐλαιῶν κύκλῳ τῆς τραπέζης σου. Εὐθαλεῖς, ὡς νεόφυτα ἐλαιῶν.

3β Your sons like young olive shoots around your table. Thriving, like young olive shoots.

4 ᾽Ιδοὺ οὕτως εὐλογηθήσεται ἄνθρωπος ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν Κύριον. Τοιαύτης εὐλογίας ἀπολαύσει παρὰ Θεοῦ. Εὐλογία δὲ νῦν, τὴν χάριν καλεῖ, τὴν εὐεργεσίαν, ὡς εὐφημίας ἀξίαν. Tί λέγεις, τοιαύτης χάριτος ἀπολαύσει; Ναὶ, φησὶ, πρὸς γὰρ ἐρῶντας ἔτι τοιούτων ἀγαθῶν διαλέγομαι. Ἄλλωστε δὲ, καὶ ἐκ περιουσίας ὁ λόγος, ὅτι μετὰ τῶν ἀϊδίων ἀγαθῶν, καὶ ταῦτα δώσει· Ζητεῖτε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, γυνὴ μὲν τοῦ θεοσεβοῦς, ἡ σύζυγος ψυχὴ, κομῶσα ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ἐν τῷ σώματι· υἱοὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ, οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ μιμηταὶ καὶ διάδοχοι τῆς θεοσεβείας, θάλλοντες ἐν αὐξήσει πνευματικῆς ἡλικίας καὶ κυκλοῦντες αὐτὸν, διδάσκοντα καὶ ἑστιῶντα αὐτοὺς ἐδέσμασι λογικοῖς.

4 See, thus the man who fears the Lord will be blessed. He will enjoy such blessing from God. ‘Blessing’ is what he now calls ‘grace’, ‘benefaction’, as worthy of praise. What are you saying? Will he enjoy such grace? Yes, he says, for I am speaking to those still passionately desiring such blessings. Moreover, the word is spoken from abundance, for along with the eternal blessings, he will give these also, for it is written, Seek first the kingdom of heaven and all these things will be added to you. In an anagogical sense, the wife of the pious man is his conjugal soul, heavy laden with the virtues in the body. His sons are his disciples and emulators and successors in piety, flourish- ing in the increase in spiritual stature and encircling him as he teaches them and feasts them on rational foods.

α Εὐλογήσαι σε Κύριος ἐκ Σιών. Ἐπαινέσαι, χαριτώσαι· ὃν γὰρ ἀποδέχεται, ἐπαινεῖ, καὶ ὃν ἐπαινεῖ, χαριτοῖ. Κύριος δὲ, ὁ ἐν Σιὼν οἰκῶν, ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τῷ ἐν Σιών. Ἐκεῖσε γὰρ οἰκεῖν ἐλέγετο διὰ τὸ ὁμιλεῖν ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι.

5α May the Lord bless you from Zion. May he approve you, may he bestow grace on you; for whom he accepts, he approves, and whom he approves, he fills with grace. The Lord who dwells in Zion, in the house in Zion. For in that place he was said to dwell on account of his speaking in the temple to the priests.

β Καὶ ἴδοις τὰ ἀγαθὰ ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς σου. Ἀγαθὰ τῆς μὲν κάτω ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, πλοῦτος | ἐν χρήμασι, δύναμις ἐν στρατεύμασι, νῖκαι κατ’ ἐχθρῶν, δόξα παρὰ πᾶσι, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· τῆς δὲ ἄνω, ἃ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδεν, οὔτε οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὔτε ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη.

5β And may you see the good things of Jerusalem all the days of your life. The good things of earthly Jerusalem are wealth in money, power in military forces, victo- ries over enemies, glory among all, and suchlike. The good things of the heavenly Jerusalem are What eye has not seen, nor ear heard, nor has ascended on the heart of man.

α Καὶ ἴδοις υἱοὺς τῶν υἱῶν σου. Αἰσθητῶς μὲν, διαδοχὰς γένους σου· ἀναγωγικῶς δὲ, διαδοχὰς τῆς εὐσεβείας σου, τούτου ἐκεῖνον διδάσκοντος καὶ πνευματικῶς ἀναγεννῶντος.

6α And may you see the sons of your sons. In a perceptible sense, successions of your race. In an anagogical sense, successions of your piety, the one teaching the other and begetting anew spiritually.

β Εἰρήνη ἐπὶ τὸν ᾽Ισραήλ. Τοῦτο εἶπε καὶ ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ ρκδ΄ ψαλμοῦ. ᾽Ισραὴλ δὲ, οὐ μόνον ὁ παλαιὸς λαὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ νέος, ὡς διαφόρως εἰρήκαμεν. Εἰ δὲ διεκόπη τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν φανέντων ἀναξίων αὐτῆς. Καὶ γὰρ οὔτε ἀπειλοῦντος τοῦ Θεοῦ χρὴ ἀπογινώσκειν, ἀλλὰ διὰ μετανοίας τὴν ὀργὴν ἀποκρούεσθαι, καθάπερ οἱ Νινευῖται· οὔτε ἀγαθὰ ἐπαγγελλομένου προσήκει ἀναπίπτειν καὶ ῥᾳθυμεῖν, ἀλλὰ πλείονι ἐπιμελείᾳ βίου, εἰς ἔργον προκαλεῖσθαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῷ ᾽Ιούδᾳ ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ὅτι καθιεῖται ἐπὶ θρόνου καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων μαθητῶν καὶ κρινεῖ τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς διεκρούσατο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, ἀνάξιον αὐτῆς ἑαυτὸν παρασχόμενος.

6β Peace upon Israel. He said this also at the end of the one hundred and twenty-fourth psalm. ‘Israel’, not only the old people, but also the new, as we have said variously. And if ‘the things of peace’ were interrupted, it was by reason of them having appeared unworthy of it. And indeed one should not despair when God threatens, but beat off his anger through repentance like the Ninevites, nor when he promises blessings is it fitting to lie back and become remiss, but by greater attention to one’s way of life to call forth the promises into execution. And indeed Christ promised to Judas that he also will sit on a throne along with the other disciples and will judge the twelve tribes of Israel, but he drove away the promise, having rendered himself unworthy of it.

PG 128:1379128 ρκη΄

128 Psalm 128

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1209β Πλεονάκις ἐπολέμησάν με ἐκ νεότητός μου. Προσώπῳ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ταῦτα, πολλάκις πολεμηθέντος παρὰ τῶν πλησιοχώρων ἐθνῶν, ὡς προείρηται, κωλυόντων τὴν οἰκοδομήν. Νεότητα δὲ λέγει, τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπανόδου. Εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ τῶν δαιμόνων πολέμου λάβῃς τὸ ῥητὸν, νεότητα νοήσεις, τὴν καθ’ ἡλικίαν, εὐθὺς ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἐπιτιθεμένων ἡμῖν. γ-α Εἰπάτω δὴ ᾽Ισραὴλ, πλεονάκις ἐπολέμησάν με ἐκ νεότητός μου. Εἰπάτω δὴ τοῦτο διαῤῥήδην, ὅπως γνῶσι πάντες ἀφ’ οἵων κινδύνων ἐῤῥύσατο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεός.

1β Time and time again they have waged war on me from my youth. These words also are in the person of the people, having been subject to attack many times by the neighbouring nations, hindering the building, as was said previously. ‘Youth’ is what he calls the beginning of the return from Babylon. And if you take the verse as about the war of the demons, you will understand ‘youth’ in terms of age, the demons attacking us immediately from our earliest age. 1γ-2α Let Israel truly say, time and time again they have waged war on me from my youth. Let Israel say this very expressly so that all may know from what dangers God has deliv- ered us.

β Καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησάν μοι. Οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν ἐν ἐμοί· οὐ κατίσχυσάν μου τέλεον, τοῦ Θεοῦ μὴ συγχωροῦντος. Διὸ καὶ συνεχέστερον ἐπολέμουν μοι, ἐκτρῖψαί με φιλονεικοῦντες.

2β And indeed they have not proved strong enough against me. They have not proved strong enough with me, they have not prevailed against me com- pletely, God not so permitting. And hence they would would wage war against me continu- ously, eagerly striving to destroy me.

α Ἐπὶ τὸν νῶτόν μου ἐτέκταινον οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί. Ἐπὶ τὸν νῶτόν μου κατεσκεύαζον τὰ κακὰ οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, οἱ πονηροὶ, τουτέστιν, οὐ μόνον ἔμπροσθέν μου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄπισθεν, οὐ μόνον φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφανῶς μηχανώμενοι· ἢ σύνεγγύς μου, ἢ καὶ αὐτῶν ἁπτόμενοι τῶν σαρκῶν μου.

3α On my back sinners would craft their plans. The impious, the wicked would contrive evils on my back, that is, not only in front of me, but also behind my back, making designs not only openly, but also covertly; or else close to me, or touching my very flesh.

β Ἐμάκρυναν τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν.

3β They have prolonged their lawlessness.

PG 128:1381Ψαλμός 128 — Psalm 128
PG 128:1209Ἐπὶ μακρὸν χρὸνον πολεμοῦντές μοι.

Waging war on me for a long time.

α Κύριος δίκαιος. Ὄντως δίκαιος, ἐμὲ μὲν πάσχειν παραχωρῶν, ἵνα σωφρονέστερος γένωμαι, ἐκείνους δὲ κολάζων, ὡς ἀδίκως ἐπιτιθεμένους καὶ φθονερούς.

4α The Lord is just. Truly just, permitting me to suffer so that I may become more prudent, and punishing them as attacking unjustly and as envious.

β Συνέκοψεν αὐχένας ἁμαρτωλῶν. Διέκοψε τὴν ὑψαυχενίαν τῶν πολεμίων, ἀφεῖλε τὴν ἔπαρσιν αὐτῶν, ἐπικρατεστέρους ἡμᾶς ποιήσας.

4β He has beaten down the necks of sinners. He has cut through the haughty-neckedness of the enemies, he has taken away their over- bearing pride, having given us the upper hand.

5 Αἰσχυνθήτωσαν καὶ ἀποστραφήτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω πάντες οἱ μισοῦντες Σιών. Ἢ εὐκτικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ, αἰσχυνθείησαν, ἢ προφητικῶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ, αἰσχυνθήσονται, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ὁμοίως. Ἁρμόζουσι δὲ τὰ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ νοεῖσθαι καὶ λέγεσθαι καὶ περὶ τῆς νέας Σιὼν, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τῶν πιστῶν.

5 Let all those who hate Zion be put to shame and turned back. Either in an optative sense, as in, ‘may they be put to shame’, or in a prophetic sense, as in, ‘they will be put to shame’, and the rest in a similar way. The words of the psalm are fitting to be understood and said about the new Zion also, the Church of the faithful.

α Γενηθήτωσαν ὡσεὶ χόρτος δωμάτων. Mὴ ὡς χόρτος ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ ὡς χόρτος ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων φυόμενος· εὐμαραντότερος | γὰρ οὗτος, καὶ ταχὺ διαφθειρόμενος. Γενηθήτωσαν εὐκατάπτωτοι, ὠκύμοροι, ἄκαρποι. Εἶτα ἐνδιατρίβει τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ τοιούτου χόρτου, καταλέγων ὅσα τούτῳ παρακολουθεῖ.

6α Let them become like hay on housetops. Not simply like hay, but like hay that grows on housetops, for this is sooner to wither and swiftly destroyed. Let them become easily wilting, swiftly dying, barren. Then he lingers on the image of such hay, recounting all that befalls it.

β Ὃς πρὸ τοῦ ἐκσπασθῆναι ἐξηράνθη. Ἄωρος ἐξηράνθη. Ὁ γὰρ ἄλλος χόρτος μετὰ τὸ καρποφορῆσαι ξηραίνεται, εἶτα ἀνασπᾶται.

6β That has dried up before being uprooted. That has dried up unseasonably, for other hay dries up after bearing fruit, and then is pulled up.

α Oὗ οὐκ ἐπλήρωσε τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ὁ θερίζων. Ἤγουν, ὃν οὐκ ἐθέρισέ τις, ὡς προδιαφθαρέντα.

7α With which the reaper has not filled his hand. That is, which no one has harvested, as having withered already.

PG 128:1211β Καὶ τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ ὁ τὰ δράγματα συλλέγων. Καὶ οὗ πάλιν οὐκ ἐπλήρωσε τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ, ἅπερ γίνονται ἐπὶ τοῦ ὡρίμου χόρτου καὶ καρποφόρου.

7β Nor the one collecting the sheaves his bosom. And with which again he has not filled his bosom, as happens with ripe and fruitful hay.

α Καὶ οὐκ εἶπον οἱ παράγοντες, Εὐλογία Κυρίου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς. Καὶ ἐφ’ οὗ χόρτου οὐκ εὐλόγησαν ὡς ἔθος τοὺς θερίζοντας οἱ παροδεύοντες. Εὐλογίαν δὲ λέγει, τὴν χάριν.

8α Nor have the passers-by said, ‘The Lord’s blessing upon you’. And in relation to which hay those passing by have not blessed the harvesters in the cus- tomary way. ‘Blessing’ is what he calls his grace.

β Εὐλογήκαμεν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου. Καὶ οὗτος τῶν παροδευόντων ὁ λόγος. Εὐλογήκαμεν δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, εὐλογίαν ὑμῖν ηὐξάμεθα, ἐν τῷ ὀνομάσαι τὸν Κύριον, ἐν τῷ ἐπικαλέσασθαι αὐτόν.

8β ‘We have blessed you in the name of the Lord.’ These also are the words of the passers-by. ‘We have blessed you’, in the sense of, we have wished a blessing on you by having named the Lord, by having called on him.

PG 128:1383129 ρκθ΄

129 Psalm 129

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1211β Ἐκ βαθέων ἐκέκραξά σοι, Κύριε. Τὸν παρόντα ψαλμὸν ἔγραψεν ὁ προφήτης, διεξιὼν μὲν πῶς ἐν πειρασμοῖς προσηύχετο, καὶ οἷα προσηύχετο· παιδεύει δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπανελθόντας μιμεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις, καὶ ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον. Ἐκ βάθους, φησὶ, τῆς καρδίας ἐκέκραξά σοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἄκρων χειλέων. Tὸ μὲν γὰρ θερμοτάτης ἐστὶ κραυγῆς, τὸ δὲ ψυχροτάτης· καὶ τὸ μὲν κάτωθεν εὐτόνως ἅμα καὶ ἐμπόνως ἀνιούσης, τὸ δὲ ἄνωθεν ἀτόνως καὶ ἀπόνως· καὶ τὸ μὲν ὅλον τὸν εὐχόμενον κατατεινούσης, τὸ δὲ μόνα τὰ τῆς φωνῆς ὄργανα συγκινούσης. Κραυγὴν δὲ λέγει, τὴν μεγάλην βοὴν, οὐ τῇ σφοδρότητι τοῦ πνεύματος, ἀλλὰ τῇ συντονίᾳ τῆς διαθέσεως.

1β From the depths I have cried to you, O Lord. The prophet wrote the present psalm recounting how he used to pray in times of trial, and what he would pray. And he instructs those having returned from Babylon to emulate him in similar circumstances and to hope in the Lord. From the depth of my heart, he says, I have cried to you, and not from the edges of my lips, for the one is a mark of a most fervent cry, and the other of a most cold and insipid cry, and the one rises up from below, highly-strung and painful, while the other is from above, lax and painless, and the one strains the entire being of the one praying, while the other excites only the organs of speech. ‘Cry’ is what he calls a great howl, not in the vehemence of the breath, but in the intensity of the disposition.

α Κύριε, εἰσάκουσον τῆς φωνῆς μου. Ἐκ βάθους ἀναπεμφθείσης.

2α O Lord, hear my voice. Having been sent up from the depth.

β Γενηθήτω τὰ ὦτά σου προσέχοντα εἰς τὴν φωνὴν τῆς δεήσεώς μου. Ἡ ἀκουστική σου δύναμις προσέχουσα εἰς ταύτην, ὡς εὔλογον καὶ ὡς χρὴ γενομένην, θερμῶς καὶ εὐτόνως.

2β Let your ears be attentive to the voice of my entreaty. Let your auditory power be attentive to this entreaty, being expressed reasonably and fit- tingly, fervently and intently.

3 Ἐὰν ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, Κύριε, Κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται; Ἐὰν ἀνομίας πάσας ἐξετάσῃς καὶ ἀκριβῶς ἐρευνήσῃς, τίς ὑπομενεῖ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ταύτην; Ἢ τίς ὑπολειφθήσεται; Ὄντως οὐδείς. Τίς γὰρ, φησὶ, καυχήσεται ἁγνὴν ἔχειν καρδίαν; ἢ τίς παῤῥησιάσεται καθαρὸς εἶναι ἀπὸ ἁμαρτιῶν; Καὶ, Πάντες ἥμαρτον, φησὶ Παῦλος, καὶ αὖθις περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, Οὐδὲν ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι. α εἶπον MSBFV[T] : εἶπαν PCH[Ra].

3 For if you will keep watch on lawless acts, O Lord, O Lord, who will endure? If you will examine well and search out exactly every lawless act, who will withstand this examination? Or who will remain? Truly no one. For it is written, Who will boast that he has his heart pure? Or who will say confidently he is clear of sins? And, All have sinned, says Paul, and again about himself, I am not conscious of anything against myself, but I am not thereby justified.

PG 128:1383Ψαλμός 129 — Psalm 129
PG 128:1213Tὸ δὲ, Κύριε, Κύριε, θαυμάζοντός ἐστι τὴν πολλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν καὶ ἀγαθότητα. 4 Ὅτι παρὰ σοὶ ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν. Ὄντως παρὰ σοί ἐστιν ὁ κυρίως ἱλασμὸς, ὁ ἀληθὴς ἔλεος· διὸ μετὰ φειδοῦς ἐξετάζεις. α Ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός σου ὑπέμεινά σε, Κύριε. Οὐ διὰ τὰ κατορθώματά μου προσεδόκησά σε Σωτῆρα· ἁμαρτωλὸς γάρ εἰμι καὶ αὐτὸς, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ὄνομά σου, ἵνα μὴ ἐξουδενωθῇ παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων, ὡς μὴ δυναμένου σου σῴζειν τὸν λαόν σου. Λέγει γὰρ καὶ διὰ τοῦ ᾽Ιεζεκιὴλ, Οὐ δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ποιῶ, ἀλλ’ ἢ διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου, ἵνα μὴ βεβηλωθῇ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. β Ὑπέμεινεν ἡ ψυχή μου εἰς τὸν λόγον σου. Προσεδόκησεν, ἤλπισεν εἰς τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν σου, τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατριάρχας, τὴν πρὸς τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν, ὅτι κληρονομήσομεν τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, καὶ ὅτι ἐὰν εἰσακούσωμέν σου, τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς φαγόμεθα· ἢ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν, τὴν ὅτι σώσεις τοὺς εὐαρεστοῦντάς σοι καὶ τοὺς μετανοοῦντας. | α Ἤλπισεν ἡ ψυχή μου ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον. Εἰς τὸν Κύριον μόνον, οὐκ εἰς ἄλλο τι τῶν ἁπάντων. β Ἀπὸ φυλακῆς πρωΐας μέχρι νυκτὸς, ἀπὸ φυλακῆς πρωΐας ἐλπισάτω ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον. Τὸν μόνον δυνάμενον ῥύεσθαι καὶ σῴζειν. Φυλακὰς δὲ, τὰ μέρη τῆς νυκτὸς ἐκάλουν οἱ παλαιοί· εἰς τέσσαρα γὰρ ταύτην διαιροῦντες οἱ νυκτοφύλακες ἐν τοῖς στρατοπέδοις, τὸ τεταρτημόριον αὐτῆς, ἤτοι τὸ ὀρθρινὸν, φυλακὴν πρωΐας ὠνόμαζον, ὡς τὴν πρωΐαν ἤδη μηνῦον. Παραινεῖ τοίνυν ὁ προφήτης πάντα ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον μόνον παρ’ ὅλην ζωήν· διὰ γὰρ τοῦ ἡμερονυκτίου, πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ὑπεδήλωσεν. Ἀρξάμενος γὰρ ἀπὸ φυλακῆς πρωΐας καὶ μέχρι νυκτὸς ἐλθὼν, εἶτα πάλιν εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πρωΐας καταντήσας, τὴν κυκλοφορικὴν ἐμιμήσατο τοῦ ἡμερονυκτίου περίοδον, ἀπὸ πρωΐας εἰς πρωΐαν ἐπανερχομένην. α Ὅτι παρὰ τῷ Κυρίῳ τὸ ἔλεος. Tὸ ἀληθῶς ἔλεος, τὸ ταχινὸν καὶ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἀδιάπτωτον εἰς τοὺς ἀξίους αὐτοῦ. 42 κυρίως MPASBFH : κύριος CV.

The ‘O Lord, O Lord’ is of one wondering at God’s great benevolence and goodness. 4 For with you is clemency. Clemency in the eminent sense, true mercy, is truly with you and so you examine with a forgiving disposition. 5α For the sake of your name I have waited patiently for you, O Lord. Not account of my own achievements have I waited for you as Saviour, for I, too, am a sin- ner, but on account of your name, lest it be disparaged by the enemies, saying you are unable to save your people. For he says also through Ezekiel, I am acting not on your account, but on account of my name, lest it be profaned among the nations. 5β My soul has waited patiently on your word. It has awaited expectantly, it has hoped in your promise towards the patriarchs, towards our forebears, that we shall inherit the promised land and that if we listen to you we shall eat the good things of the land; or else the promise that you will save those who are well-pleasing to you and the penitent. 6α My soul has hoped in the Lord. In the Lord alone, not in anything else at all. 6β From the morning watch until night, from the morning watch let Israel hope in the Lord. Who alone is able to deliver and save. The ancients used to call the parts of the night ‘watches’, for, dividing the night into four, the the night-watchmen in the camps would call the fourth part of the night, namely, the part before dawn, the ‘morning watch’, as already heralding the morning. The prophet accordingly urges the whole of Israel to hope in the Lord alone throughout their whole life. For by the day and night cycle he alluded to the whole of life. For have start- ed with the morning watch and having gone through until night, then having ended again with the morning watch, he imitated the cyclical period of the day and night, from morning coming back to morning. 7α For with the Lord is mercy. The true mercy that is swift and strong and infallible for those worthy of it.

β Καὶ πολλὴ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ λύτρωσις. Πηγὴ παρ’ αὐτῷ λυτρώσεως, πέλαγος σωτηρίας.

7β And with him is great redemption. With him is the source of redemption, an ocean of salvation.

8 Καὶ αὐτὸς λυτρώσεται τὸν ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτοῦ. Εὐαρεστοῦντα δηλονότι, καὶ κατὰ νόμους πολιτευόμενον. Ἁρμόζει δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς καὶ τῷ νέῳ ᾽Ισραήλ.

8 And he will redeem Israel from all his lawlessness. When well-pleasing, that is, and living according to the laws. The psalm is also fitting for the new Israel.

PG 128:1383130 ρλ΄

130 Psalm 130

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1215β Κύριε, οὐχ ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία μου, οὐδὲ ἐμετεωρίσθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου. Καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ψαλμὸν εἰς ἑαυτὸν μὲν ἔγραψε, διεξιὼν οἵαν εἶχεν ἐν ἀνέσει καὶ ἀπαλλαγῇ τῶν πειρασμῶν μετριοφροσύνην. Παιδεύει δὲ τὸν ἐπανελθόντα ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας λαὸν ὁμοίως ταπεινοφρονεῖν, καὶ μὴ θαῤῥεῖν ἐπὶ κατορθώμασιν, ἀλλ’ ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ Κύριον. Οὐχ ὑψώθη, φησὶν, ἡ καρδία μου, τῇ ἐπάρσει τῆς οἰήσεως, οὐδὲ ἐμετεωρίσθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, τῷ νοσήματι τῆς ὑπερηφανίας. Tί οὖν; καυχᾶται νῦν ὁ προφήτης; Ναί· καιροῦ γὰρ καλοῦντος, χρὴ ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι τοῖς κατορθώμασιν, ὅταν μὴ δι’ ἐπίδειξιν, ἀλλὰ δι’ ὠφέλειαν τῶν ἀκροωμένων τὸ πρᾶγμα γίνηται, πρὸς μίμησιν ἐνάγον αὐτούς. Εἰπὼν δὲ, Οὐχ ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ προσθεὶς, Οὐδὲ ἐμετεωρίσθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, ἔδειξεν ὅτι ταύτης πρῶτον ὑψουμένης, εἶτα οὗτοι μετεωρίζονται.

1β O Lord, my heart has not been exalted, nor have my eyes been lifted up. This psalm also he wrote in respect of himself, recounting the modesty he displayed at his remission and deliverance from trials. And he instructs the people returned from the captivity to be similarly humble-minded and not to trust in their achievements, but to hope in the Lord. My heart, he says, has not been exalted by the elation of self-conceit, nor have my eyes been lifted up with the disease of pride. What then? Is the prophet now boasting? Yes. For when the occasion demands, it is necessary to boast in achievements, when it is done not for show, but for the benefit of the listeners, leading them to emulation. Having said, ‘my heart has not been exalted’, and having added, ‘nor have my eyes been lifted up’, he showed that when the heart is first exalted then the eyes are lifted up.

γ Οὐδὲ ἐπορεύθην ἐν μεγάλοις οὐδὲ ἐν θαυμασίοις ὑπὲρ ἐμέ. Οὐδὲ ἐπορεύθην μετὰ ἀνδρῶν μειζόνων καὶ θαυμασιωτέρων μου· οὐ συνανεστράφην τοῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ, ἀνάξιον ἐκείνων ἐμαυτὸν ἡγούμενος, εἰ μή που ἄκοντα κατηνάγκασαν. Ἢ μεγάλους καὶ θαυμασίους λέγει, τοὺς δοκοῦντας τοιούτους παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ἤτοι τοὺς ἐπηρμένους καὶ ὑψαύχενας, ὡσανεὶ λέγων, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔφευγον τὸ νόσημα τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ συνδιῃτώμην τοῖς νοσοῦσιν αὐτό.

1γ Nor have I walked among the great, nor among admirable men above me. Nor have I walked with men greater and more admirable than myself; I have not kept company with those better than me, regarding myself as unworthy of them, unless they obliged me on occasion against my will. Or else he is calling ‘great’ and ‘admirable’ those who seem so to themselves, namely, those elated and haughty-necked, saying as it were that not only would I flee from the disease of pride, but I would not even keep company with those suffering from this disease.

2 Εἰ μὴ ἐταπεινοφρόνουν, ἀλλὰ ὕψωσα τὴν ψυχήν μου ὡς τὸ ἀπογεγαλακτισμένον ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀνταποδώσεις ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχήν μου. Εἰ μὴ ἐταπεινοφρόνουν, ἀλλὰ ἐπήρθην, ὢν ταπεινὸς καὶ ὡς τὸ νήπιον εὐθὴς τὸ ἀποσχόμενον ἤδη τῆς θηλῆς παρὰ τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ, οὕτως ἀνταποδώσεις, ἢ λίαν ἀνταποδώσεις εἰς τὴν ψυχήν μου. β ἐνάγον PABFHV : ἐνάγων MSC.

2 If I was not lowly in mind, but elevated my soul, like a weaned infant at its mother’s side, so you will repay back towards my soul. If I was not humble-minded, but became elated, while being lowly and like an infant barely removed from the nipple at its mother’s side, you will repay back thus, or you will repay back exceedingly to my soul.

PG 128:1385Ψαλμός 131 — Psalm 131
PG 128:1215Μέλλοντι δὲ ἐχρήσατο, εὐκτικὴν ἔχοντι σημασίαν· πολλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα παρὰ τοῖς παλαιοῖς. Ἢ ὄντως ἀνταποδώσεις ἀμοιβὴν τῆς ὑπερηφανίας. Τινὲς δὲ οὕτω συν | τάττουσιν· εἰ μὴ ἐταπεινοφρόνουν ὡς τὸ ἀπογεγαλακτισμένον ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ.

He used the future tense, having an optative meaning; there are many such examples among the ancients. Or else you will truly repay back the reward of pride. Some read the syntax thus: If I was not lowly in mind like a weaned infant at its mother’s side.

3 Ἐλπισάτω ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ἐμὲ μιμούμενος, τὸν καὶ ἐν θλίψεσι καὶ ἐν ἀνέσεσι καὶ κατὰ πάντα καιρὸν ἐλπίζοντα ἐπὶ Κύριον. Ἁρμόζει καὶ οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς τῷ νέῳ ᾽Ισραήλ. Ἴσως δὲ καὶ τὸν προλαβόντα ψαλμὸν καὶ τὸν παρόντα, προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοσεβεστέρου μέρους τῶν ἐπανελθόντων συνέγραψεν ὁ προφήτης, διεξιόντος οἷα μὲν προσηύχετο ἐν πειρασμοῖς, οἵαν δὲ μετριοφροσύνην εἶχεν ἐν ἀπαλλαγῇ πειρασμῶν, εἰς ὠφέλειαν καὶ παίδευσιν ἡμῶν, τῶν ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τῶν δαιμόνων ἐπανελθόντων.

3 Let Israel hope in the Lord, from now and till the age. Emulating myself, who in times of affliction and of respite and at all times hope in the Lord. This psalm is also fitting for the new Israel. The prophet perhaps composed this and the previous psalm in the person of the more pious portion of those who had returned, telling on the one hand what they would pray in trials and on the other hand what modesty they would have in deliverance from trials, for the benefit and instruction of us who have returned from the captivity of the demons.

PG 128:1385131 ρλα΄

131 Psalm 131

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1217β Μνήσθητι, Κύριε, τοῦ Δαυὶδ καὶ πάσης τῆς πραότητος αὐτοῦ. Προσώπῳ τοῦ ῥηθέντος λαοῦ καὶ τὸν παρόντα ψαλμὸν ἀνέγραψεν, ἱκετεύοντος ἀναστῆναι τὸν ναὸν, εἰ καὶ μὴ δι’ αὐτοὺς, ἀλλά γε διὰ τὴν σπουδὴν ἣν εἶχε Δαυὶδ, ὁ πρόγονος καὶ βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν, ἐκζητῶν πρὸ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐπιμελῶς τὸν τόπον τοῦ τοιούτου ναοῦ. Πραότητα δὲ λέγει, τὴν ἀνεξικακίαν ἣν ἐνεδείκνυτο εἰς τὸν Σαοὺλ καὶ τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸν Σεμεεὶ τὸν ὑβρίζοντα αὐτὸν, καὶ εἰς πολλοὺς ἄλλους. Περὶ μόνης δὲ τῆς πραότητος αὐτοῦ λέγουσιν, ὡς ταύτην διαφερόντως κατορθώσαντος, ἢ καὶ ὡς διὰ ταύτης δηλουμένων καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. Μνήσθητι τοῦ Δαυὶδ τοῦ πραοτάτου, τοῦ διὰ τῆς πραότητος εὐαρεστήσαντός σοι.

1β Remember David, O Lord, and all his meekness. He also wrote the present psalm in the person of the people mentioned, as they made sup- plication for the temple to be raised up again, and if not on their account, then on account of the earnest desire that their ancestor and king David had displayed when seeking out with the greatest of care the location for this temple prior to its construction. ‘Meekness’ is what he calls the forbearance that he would exhibit towards Saul and those around him, and furthermore towards Shemei who cursed him and towards many others. They speak only of his meekness, as having achieved this to an exceptional degree, or else as all his other virtues being indicated through this one. Remember David the most meek, who through his meekness was well-pleasing to you.

2 Ὡς ὤμοσε τῷ Κυρίῳ, ηὔξατο τῷ Θεῷ ᾽Ιακώβ. Μνήσθητι αὐτοῦ, πῶς ἐνωμότως ὑπέσχετο Κυρίῳ τῷ Θεῷ τὰ ῥηθησόμενα. 3-5 Εἰ εἰσελεύσομαι εἰς σκήνωμα οἴκου μου, εἰ ἀναβήσομαι ἐπὶ κλίνης στρωμνῆς μου, εἰ δώσω ὕπνον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου, καὶ τοῖς βλεφάροις μου νυσταγμὸν, καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν τοῖς κροτάφοις μου, ἕως οὗ εὕρω τόπον τῷ Κυρίῳ, σκήνωμα τῷ Θεῷ ᾽Ιακώβ. Πῶς ποτε ζηλώσας ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιφέρεσθαι τῇδε κἀκεῖσε τὴν κιβωτὸν, ἐνωμότως ὑπέσχετο ὅτι οὐ ποιήσω τόδε ἢ τόδε, ἕως οὗ εὕρω τόπον τῷ Κυρίῳ ἄξιον, ἤγουν

2 How he swore to the Lord, how he made a vow the the God of Jacob. Remember him, how with an oath he promised the Lord God the things to be said. 3-5 If I shall enter into the tent-dwelling of my home, if I shall ascend to the repose of my bed, if I shall give sleep to my eyes and slumber to my eyelids and rest to my temples, till I find a place for the Lord, a tent-shrine for the God of Jacob. How, having been filled at one time with zeal about the ark being carried here and there, he swore with an oath that I shall not do this or that until I find a worthy place for the Lord,

οἰκητήριον, τουτέστι, τόπον ναοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἀνεπαύσατο ἕως εὗρεν, ὡς ἡ πρώτη βίβλος τῶν Βασιλειῶν διαλαμβάνει. Εἴρηται ἡμῖν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις, ὅτι τὸ, εἰ, τὸ, οὐ, σημαίνει πολλάκις παρ’ Ἑβραίοις, Ps 88.36, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν. Σκήνωμα δὲ καὶ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐλέγετο, διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖθεν χρηματίζειν 94.11 καὶ ὁμιλεῖν τοῖς ἀξίοις, ὡς καὶ προλαβόντες εἰρήκαμεν. α ᾽Ιδοὺ ἠκούσαμεν αὐτὴν ἐν Ἐφραθᾶ. Ἐπειδὴ παρὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἢ καὶ παρὰ τῶν βίβλων ἠκούσαμεν ἐνεχθῆναι τὴν κιβωτὸν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῷ καλουμένῳ Ἐφραθᾶ· οὗτος δέ ἐστιν ἡ Βηθλεέμ. Φησὶ γὰρ προφήτης ἕτερος, Βηθλεὲμ, οἶκος τοῦ Ἐφραθᾶ· καὶ τὴν ῾Ραχὴλ δὲ θάπτει ᾽Ιακὼβ ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ τοῦ Ἐφραθᾶ· Αὕτη, φησὶν, ἐστὶ Βηθλεέμ. Ἔφερε γὰρ ὁ τόπος τοῦ προκατόχου τὸ ὄνομα. β Εὕρομεν αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ. Εὕρομεν αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων· παρὰ τούτων ἐμάθομεν αὐτὴν αὐλιζομένην ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ, τουτέστιν, ὧδε κἀκεῖσε περιφερομένην, παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν τόπον ἀφωρισμένον. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγουσι, συνιστῶντες ὅτι ἀναγκαίως ἐζήλωσεν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ὁ Δαυὶδ, καὶ τὸν τόπον εὗρεν, ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ νῦν ἱκετεύουσιν. 7 Εἰσελευσόμεθα εἰς τὰ σκηνώματα αὐτοῦ, προσκυνήσομεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ. | Ταῦτα, προσώπῳ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἁγίων, προφητευόντων αὐτοῖς ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ὁ ναὸς, καὶ εἰσελεύσονται καὶ προσκυνήσουσι καὶ λατρεύσουσιν ὡς τὸ πρότερον. Σκηνώματα δὲ, ἢ τὰς αὐλὰς αὐτοῦ ὠνόμασεν, ἢ αὐτὸν δὴ τὸν ναὸν, πληθυντικῶς εἰπὼν, ὡς πολλάκις ἔθος Ἑβραίοις. Σκηνώματα δὲ καὶ πόδας καὶ στάσιν εἶπε Θεοῦ ἀνθρωποπρεπῶς, διὰ τὴν παχύτητα τῶν ἀκροωμένων. Ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἐφέροντο αἱ φρικταὶ φωναὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν ᾽Ιουδαίοις πραγμάτων, λύουσαι τὰ ἀσαφῆ καὶ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων προλέγουσαι. α Ἀνάστηθι, Κύριε, εἰς τὴν ἀνάπαυσίν σου. Εἰς τὸν ναόν σου, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν αὐτοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἀνεπαύου, τουτέστιν, εἰς τὸν ἀναπαύοντά σε ναὸν, εἰς συνεργίαν αὐτοῦ. β Σὺ καὶ ἡ κιβωτὸς τοῦ ἁγιάσματός σου. Ἀνάστηθι σὺ καὶ ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς ἁγιωσύνης σου. Δύναται γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ, ὡς πολλὰ πολλάκις τερατουργήσασα διὰ τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ χάριτος, καὶ ὅτι καὶ ταύτης οἶκος ἦν οὗτος.

namely, a dwelling place, that is, a place for a temple, and he did not rest until he did find one, as the first book of Kingdoms recounts. We have said elsewhere that ‘if ’ often means ‘not’ among the Hebrews, as in this case. It Ps 88.36, was called ‘tent-shrine’ and ‘house of God’, on account of the fact that he would give oracles 94.11 from there and converse with the worthy, as we have said previously. 6α See, we have heard of her in Ephratha. Since we have heard from our fathers or from the books that the ark had been brought to a place called Ephratha; this place is Bethlehem. For another prophet says, Bethlehem, house of Ephratha, and Jacob buries Rachel in the hippodrome of Ephratha; This, he says, is Bethlehem. For the place bore the name of its for- mer owner. 6β We have found her in the woodland plains. We have found her from the sources mentioned; from these we learned of her lodging in the woodland plains, that is, being carried to and fro by reason of having no determined place. They say these things confirming that David was of necessity filled with zeal on her behalf and found the place about which they are now making entreaty. 7 We shall enter into his habitations; we shall worship at the place where his feet have stood. These words are in the person of the saints among them, prophesying to them that the temple will be restored and that they will enter and bow down and worship as before. He called ‘his habitations’ either his enclosures or else the temple itself, using the plural, as is often the custom among Hebrews. He said ‘habitations’ and ‘feet’ and ‘standing’ of God in a human manner on account of the dull-mindedness of his listeners. For from there would come the dread voices about the affairs among the Jews, resolving what was obscure and foretelling about what was to come. Arise, O Lord, into your rest. Into your temple, into his building, in which you would rest, that is, into the temple which gives you rest, into synergy with it. 8β You and the ark of your sanctification. Arise, you and the ark of your holiness. For the ark also is powerful, as many times having worked many marvels through the grace in her, and also because the sanctuary was her house.

PG 128:1219Κιβωτὸς δὲ τῆς ἁγιωσύνης, ὡς πεπλησμένη ἁγιωσύνης, δι’ ἧς ἡγίαζε· τά τε γὰρ ἐναποκείμενα αὐτῇ, ἅγια ἦσαν, καὶ τούτων μᾶλλον ὁ νόμος ἡγίαζε τοὺς μετιόντας αὐτόν. Ἢ ἁγίασμα, τὸν ναὸν λέγει, ὡς ἡγιασμένον τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἁγιάζοντα, καὶ τῶν ἁγίων περιεκτικὸν, ὃν καὶ ἐν τῷ ογ΄ ψαλμῷ, ἁγιαστήριον ὠνόμασεν· Ἐνεπύρισαν γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐν πυρὶ τὸ ἁγιαστήριόν σου.

The ark of holiness, as being filled with holiness, through which holiness she would sanc- tify. For the things contained in the ark were holy and of these most of all the law would sanctify those who would follow it. Or else ‘sanctification’ is what he calls the temple as sanctified to God and sanctifying and containing the holy things and which in the seventy-third psalm he named ‘place of sanctifi- cation’, for it is written, They have torched your place of sanctification with fire.

α Oἱ ἱερεῖς σου ἐνδύσονται δικαιοσύνην. Εἰ τοῦτο γένηται, οἱ ἱερεῖς σου ἐνδύσονται, δίκην ἱματίου, τὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὰς λατρείας· ἢ δικαιοσύνην πᾶσαν, εἴτουν παντοίαν ἀρετὴν, ὡς ἤδη λατρεύοντες καὶ μᾶλλον ἀρετῆς φροντίζειν ὀφείλοντες.

9α Your priests will clothe themselves in justice. If this should happen, your priests will clothe themselves as in a garment with justice, namely, the divine sacrifices. Or else with all justice, namely, with virtue of every kind, as already making the sacrifices and being obliged rather to care for virtue.

β Καὶ οἱ ὅσιοί σου ἀγαλλιάσονται. Καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ καθωσιωμένοι σοι, τουτέστιν, ὁ λαός σου, ἀγαλλιάσονται· ἢ ὁσίους λέγει, τοὺς ἐναρετωτέρους. Εἶτα πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν Δαυὶδ καταφεύγουσιν, ἀναξίους ἑαυτοὺς ἡγούμενοι.

9β And your devotees will rejoice. And the rest, those who are devoted to you, that is, your people, will rejoice; or else he is calling ‘devotees’ the more virtuous. Then once again they have resort to David, regarding themselves as unworthy.

10 Ἕνεκεν Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου σου μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ χριστοῦ σου. Tὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ χριστοῦ σου, τουτέστι, τὸν χρισθέντα εἰς τὸ ἄρχειν ἡμῶν· τὸ, σοῦ, δὲ, οἰκειώσεώς ἐστιν· ἢ τὸν χρισθέντα διὰ σοῦ, διὰ τοῦ νόμου σου. Mὴ ἀποστρέψῃς αὐτὸν ἄπρακτον, δεόμενόν σου μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὑπέρ τε τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς βασιλείας.

10 For the sake of David your servant, do not turn away the face of your anointed one. The face of your anointed one, that is, the one anointed to rule us; the ‘your’ is a mark of appropriation; or else the one anointed through you, through your law. Do not turn him away unsuccessful, as he makes entreaty to you along with us for the temple and the city and the kingdom.

α Ὤμοσε Κύριος τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀλήθειαν. Βεβαίως ἐπηγγείλατο ἀληθινὴν ἐπαγγελίαν.

11α The Lord has sworn truth to David. He has promised with certainty a true promise.

β Καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀθετήσῃ αὐτήν. Ἀληθὴς ὢν καὶ αὐτοαλήθεια. Τίς δὲ ἡ ἐπαγγελία, ἄκουσον.

11β And he will not annul it. Being true and truth itself. What the promise is, hear:

γ Ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς κοιλίας σου θήσομαι ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου σου. Ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας σου. Καὶ οὐ τοῦτο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα, φησίν.

11γ From the fruit of your belly I shall set upon your throne. Upon the throne of your kingdom. And not only this, but also other things. What these were he says:

PG 128:122112 Ἐὰν φυλάξωνται οἱ υἱοί σου τὴν διαθήκην μου καὶ τὰ μαρτύριά μου ταῦτα, ἃ διδάξω αὐτοὺς, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος καθιοῦνται ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου σου.

12 If your sons will keep my covenant and these my testimonies, that I shall teach them, their sons also till the age will sit upon your throne.

Ἐὰν τηρήσωσι τὸν νόμον μου οἱ υἱοί σου, ἐκ διαδοχῆς βασιλεύοντες (τοῦτον γὰρ ἐκάλεσε διαθήκην, ἔτι δὲ καὶ μαρτύρια, ὡς ἐν τῷ ριη΄ ψαλμῷ πολλάκις δεδήλωται, ταῦτα δὲ, φησὶν, ἃ διδάξω αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως αὐτῶν), οὐκ αὐτοὶ μόνον βασιλεύσουσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ τούτων υἱοὶ ἀεὶ βασιλεύσουσι κατὰ διαδοχήν. Τοιαῦτα μὲν, τὰ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας· ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐφύλαξαν, ἐξέπεσον. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγουσιν οἱ δυσωποῦντες, ὥσπερ ἀναμιμνῄσκοντες τὸν Θεὸν τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπαγγελίας καὶ εἰς ἀποπλήρωσιν αὐτῆς παρακαλοῦντες, ἢ καὶ ἀλλήλους παραμυθούμενοι | καὶ τῷ λαῷ χρηστὰς ἐλπίδας ἐντιθέντες. Εἶτα καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἐπισυνάπτουσιν, ὡς καὶ αὐτὰ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τότε ῥηθέντα πρὸς τὸν Δαυίδ.

If your sons, reigning in succession, will observe my law (for this is what he called his cov- enant and also his testimonies, as was stated often in the one hundred and eighteenth psalm, these, namely, that, he says, I shall teach them through their reading of them), not only will they reign, but their sons also will ever reign in succession. Such then were the things of the promise, but because they did not keep the covenant they forfeited them. Those making entreaty say such things, reminding God as it were of this promise and appealing to him to fulfil it, or else comforting one another and inspiring the people with good hopes. Then they add what follows, as these words also having been spoken then by God to David.

13 Ὅτι ἐξελέξατο Κύριος τὴν Σιὼν, ᾑρετίσατο αὐτὴν εἰς κατοικίαν ἑαυτῷ. Καθιοῦνται, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου σου, διότι καὶ τὴν Σιὼν, ἐν ᾗ ὁ θρόνος τῆς βασιλείας σου, ἐξελέξατο ὁ Κύριος, ὁ ταῦτά σοι ἐπαγγελλόμενος, ἤγουν ἐγώ.

13 For the Lord has elected Zion, he has chosen her as a dwelling for himself. They will sit, he says, upon your throne, because the Lord has chosen Zion in which is the throne of your kingdom, namely, I, the Lord, who is promising you these things, have chosen Zion.

α Αὕτη ἡ κατάπαυσίς μου εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος. Ἡ κατοικία μου.

14α She is my resting place to age of age. My dwelling.

β Ὧδε κατοικήσω, ὅτι ᾑρετισάμην αὐτήν. Καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς λέγουσιν, ὡς ἐπηγγελμένα καὶ αὐτά.

14β Here I shall dwell, for I have chosen her. They say both these things and what follows as also having been promised.

α Τὴν θήραν αὐτῆς εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω. Θήραν ὠνόμασε, τὸν πορισμὸν καὶ τὴν συγκομιδὴν τῆς τροφῆς. Εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω, τουτέστι, χαριτώσω εἰς δαψίλειαν καὶ ἀφθονίαν.

15α Her hunt with blessing I shall bless. ‘Hunt’ is what he called the procurement and gathering of food. ‘With blessing I shall bless’, that is, I shall bestow the grace of abundance and plenty.

β Τοὺς πτωχοὺς αὐτῆς χορτάσω ἄρτων. Πλουτίσω.

15β Her poor I shall fill with bread. I shall enrich.

α Τοὺς ἱερεῖς αὐτῆς ἐνδύσω σωτηρίαν. Ὑγείαν, ἀσφάλειαν.

16α Her priests I shall clothe in salvation. Health, security.

β Καὶ οἱ ὅσιοι αὐτῆς ἀγαλλιάσει ἀγαλλιάσονται. Εἴρηται ἀνωτέρω περὶ τῶν ὁσίων. Tὸ δὲ, ἀγαλλιάσει ἀγαλλιάσονται, καὶ τὸ, εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, τινὲς μὲν, ἰδίωμα φασὶ τῆς Γραφῆς, τινὲς δὲ, ἐπίτασιν ἐμφαίνειν ἢ βεβαίωσιν.

16β And her devotees with rejoicing will rejoice. Devotees were spoken of above. ‘With rejoicing they will rejoice’ and ‘with blessing I shall bless’ and suchlike, some say is an idiom of Scripture and others that it indicates intensification or confirmation.

α Ἐκεῖ ἐξανατελῶ κέρας τῷ Δαυίδ. Ἐν τῇ Σιών· ἐκ τοῦ γένους τοῦ Δαυὶδ ἀνατελῶ αὐτῷ κέρας, ὕψος, τιμὴν, δοξαζομένῳ παρὰ τῶν μετέπειτα, καὶ διὰ τὸ βασιλεῦον ἀεὶ γένος αὐτοῦ.

17α There I shall make a horn spring up for David. In Zion; from the race of David I shall make a horn rise up for him, namely, grandeur and honour, with him being glorified by those thereafter, and also on account of his ever ruling race.

β Ἡτοίμασα λύχνον τῷ χριστῷ μου. Ἡτοίμασα λύχνον τῷ βασιλεῖ μου Δαυίδ· οἰκειώσεως δὲ κἀνταῦθα τὸ, μοῦ. Λύχνον δὲ λέγει, τὴν εὔκλειαν τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ, δίκην λύχνου μηνύουσαν ἅπασι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τρόπον φωτὸς ὑποδεικνύουσαν ταῖς ἐφεξῆς γενεαῖς τὸν πρόγονον τοῦ τοιούτου γένους· ἢ λύχνον, τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ, λάμπουσαν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα πάντα, ἐὰν φυλάξωνται τὴν διαθήκην, ὡς εἴρηται.

17β I have prepared a lamp for my anointed one. I have prepared a lamp for my king David; here too the ‘my’ is a mark of appropriation. ‘Lamp’ is what he calls the glory of his seed, heralding his glory to everyone like a lamp, and in the manner of a light and showing to subsequent generations the forefather of the race; or else he calls ‘lamp’ the brilliance of his race, shining among the nations. But all these things, as was said, if they keep the covenant.

PG 128:1223α Τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ἐνδύσω αἰσχύνην. Τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ Δαυὶδ, ἤτοι τοὺς τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ.

18α His enemies I shall clothe in shame. The enemies of David, or those of his race.

β Ἐπὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐξανθήσει τὸ ἁγίασμά μου. Ἐπὶ τὸν Δαυὶδ, ἤγουν ἐπὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, φαιδρυνθήσεται θάλλων ὁ ναός μου. Tὸ, ἐπ’ αὐτὸν δὲ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, κατ’ αὐτὸν, ἤτοι κατὰ τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ. Τινὲς δὲ, κέρας καὶ λύχνον, τὸν Ζοροβάβελ φασὶ, καὶ τούτου λέγουσι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αἰσχυνθῆναι, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ ἐξανθῆσαι τὸν ἀπομαρανθέντα πάλαι ναόν· ἕτεροι δὲ πάλιν τὸ, ὅτι ἐξελέξατο Κύριος τὴν Σιὼν, καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς ἅπαντα ῥητὰ, προφητείαν εἶναι λέγουσι τῶν ἐν τῷ δηλωθέντι λαῷ προφητικοῦ χαρίσματος ἠξιωμένων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καθ’ ἱστορίαν ὁ ψαλμὸς ἡρμήνευται, μεταχειριστέον ἤδη καὶ ὅσα τούτου περὶ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Χριστοῦ διαλαμβάνουσιν. [] Εἰσελευσόμεθα, φησὶν, εἰς τὰ σκηνώματα αὐτοῦ, προσκυνήσομεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ. Προφητεία τοῦτο περὶ Χριστιανῶν, ἀλλήλοις ταῦτα συμβουλευόντων, καὶ σκηνώματα μέν λεγόντων, τοὺς ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ τόπους ἔνθα ἀνεστρέφετο καὶ κατῴκει· τόπον δὲ ὅπου ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ, ἢ αὐτὰ δὴ τὰ σκηνώματα ἔνθα περιεπάτει, ἢ τὸν σταυρὸν, ᾧ προσηλώθησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ, ὃν καὶ ὑποπόδιον ὠνόμασεν ἐν τῷ ϟη΄ ψαλμῷ. Καὶ μέντοι πανταχόθεν συῤῥέοντες, εἰσέρχονται εἰς τοὺς τόπους ἐκείνους καὶ προσκυνοῦσιν ἑκάστοτε. [] Ἀνά | στηθι, φησὶ, Κύριε, εἰς τὴν ἀνάπαυσίν σου, σὺ καὶ ἡ κιβωτὸς τοῦ ἁγιάσματός σου. Ἀνάστηθι ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ ἀνάβηθι εἰς τὸν θρόνον τῆς ἐν οὐρανῷ βασιλείας σου, σὺ ὁ Θεὸς καὶ τὸ πρόσλημμά σου· τοῦτο γὰρ κιβωτὸς τῆς ἁγιωσύνης, ἤτοι σκήνωμα τῆς θεότητος. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ κιβωτὸς ἐκ ξύλων μὲν ἀσήπτων κατεσκεύαστο, [] σκηνώματα corr. : σκήνωμα MPACBFHV.

18β But on him my sanctification will flower. On David, or rather on his seed, my temple will blossom brightly. ‘On him’ is in the sense of, ‘during his time’, namely, during the time of his generation, during his kingship. Some say Zorobabel is the horn and lamp, and say that his enemies will be shamed and that during his kingship the temple, withered of old, will blossom. Others again say that the verse, For the Lord has elected Zion, and all the following verses are a prophecy about those granted the gift of prophecy in this people. And since the psalm has been interpreted in a historical sense, all the things concerning our Saviour Christ are now to be dealt with. [7] We shall enter into his habitations; we shall worship at the place where his feet have stood. This is a prophecy about Christians, saying these things to one another, and calling ‘habita- tions’ the places in Palestine which he used to frequent and where he used to dwell, and ‘the place where his feet have stood’, either those same ‘habitations’ in which he would walk, or the Cross to which his feet were nailed and which in the ninety-eighth psalm he called ‘his footstool’. And indeed flooding in from everywhere Christians enter into these place and worship at each time. [8] Arise, O Lord, into your rest, you and the ark of your sanctification. Arise from the dead and ascend to the throne of your kingdom in heaven, you, O God, and your assumed humanity; for this is the ark of holiness, namely, the habitation of the divinity. For just as the ark was constructed from incorruptible wood and gilded with pure gold, so also the assumed human- ity was put together from an incorruptible body and deified from divinity by nature, and true divinity, namely, from its union with the true God.

κεχρύσωτο δὲ καθαρῷ χρυσῷ, οὕτω καὶ τὸ πρόσλημμα, ἐκ σώματος μὲν ἀδιαφθόρου συνεπέπηκτο, τεθέωτο δὲ ἐκ θεότητος φύσει, καὶ κυρίως θεότητος, ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς ἑνώσεως τοῦ ὄντως Θεοῦ. [] Oἱ ἱερεῖς σου, φησὶν, ἐνδύσονται δικαιοσύνην, τὴν κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, ἤτοι κοσμηθήσονται ἀρετῇ πάσῃ. Καὶ οἱ ὅσιοί σου, φησὶν, ἀγαλλιάσονται· καὶ οἱ μετὰ τοὺς ἱερεῖς φιλάρετοι, ἀγαλλιάσονται, πολιτευόμενοι εὐαγγελικῶς. [] Ἕνεκεν, φησὶ, Δαυὶδ τοῦ δούλου σου, μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου. Εἰ καὶ μὴ δι’ ἄλλο τι, ἀλλά γε δι’ ἐμὲ τὸν δοῦλόν σου, μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου, μέλλοντος ἐπιφανῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δι’ ἐνανθρωπήσεως, ἀλλ’ ἐπιφανήτω. [] Ἡ ὀμοσθεῖσα δὲ τῷ Δαυὶδ ἀλήθεια, ἤτοι τὸ ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι εἰς τὸν θρόνον τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, τὸν Χριστὸν ᾐνίττετο. Οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ κυρίως βασιλεὺς τοῦ ᾽Ισραήλ· ἐκ σπέρματος μὲν τοῦ Δαυὶδ ὢν, κατὰ τὴν μητέρα ἐκ γένους Δαυὶδ καταγομένην, βασιλεὺς δὲ, κατὰ τὸ νομοθετεῖν τοῖς ὑπηκόοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ῥυθμίζειν καὶ περιέπειν καὶ ὑπεραποθνῄσκειν αὐτῶν, ἃ μάλιστα χαρακτηρίζουσι τὸν ἀληθῶς βασιλέα. [] Ἐὰν φυλάξωνται, φησὶν, οἱ υἱοί σου τὴν διαθήκην μου, τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν, καὶ τὰ μαρτύριά μου ταῦτα, ἃ διδάξω αὐτοὺς διὰ σοῦ. Ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς δὲ ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν ἐκ Δαυὶδ Χριστὸν, τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν, περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν καὶ ἀποστόλων, οὓς τεκνία ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις ὠνόμασεν, ὡς ἐκ διδασκαλίας καὶ πίστεως υἱοθετηθέντας αὐτῷ. Ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιήσωσιν, οὐκ αὐτοὶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ τούτων αὖθις μαθηταὶ καὶ μιμηταὶ καθιοῦνται ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου σου τοῦ ποιμαντικοῦ καὶ διδασκαλικοῦ, Καταστήσεις γὰρ, φησὶν, αὐτοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἢ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως καὶ ἀπολαύσεως τῆς αἰωνίου βασιλείας σου, ὃ δὴ καὶ πέρας λαμβάνει, φυλαξάντων, ὡς εἴρηται. [] Κατάπαυσις δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ αἰώνιος, ἡ Ἐκκλησία, ἧς πύλαι ᾅδου οὐ κατισχύσουσι. [] Θήρα δὲ αὐτῆς, ἡ σαγήνη τοῦ κηρύγματος, δι’ ἧς θηρεύει τοὺς ἐννηχομένους τῇ ἅλμῃ τῆς πλάνης· ἢ ἡ θήρευσις καθ’ ἣν οἱ ἁλιεῖς ἀπόστολοι ἐζώγρουν τὰ πλήθη. Πτωχοὶ δὲ αὐτῆς, οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, οὓς χορτάσει ἄρτου οὐρανίου, ἤτοι τῆς βασιλείας [] τῶν οὐρανῶν. Τοὺς ἱερεῖς δὲ αὐτῆς ἐνδύσει σωτηρίαν αἰώνιον, ἐνδυσαμένους πρῶτον δικαιοσύνην, ὡς προείρηται, ἧς οἱ ὅσιοι ἀγαλλιάσει αἰωνίῳ ἀγαλλιάσονται, μετὰ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἐκδημίαν δηλαδὴ, κἀκείνων οὕτως ἐνδυομένων, καὶ τούτων οὕτως ἀγαλλιωμένων. [] Ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ δὲ ἐξανέτειλεν ὕψος καὶ τιμὴν τῷ Δαυὶδ, εὐφημουμένῳ καὶ δοξαζομένῳ ὡς προγόνῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ἢ ἐν τῇ Σιὼν ἐξανέτειλε κέρας βασιλείας τῷ Δαυὶδ, ὑψηλόν τε καὶ ἰσχυρὸν, κερατίζον καὶ καταβάλλον πάντας τοὺς ἀνθισταμένους αὐτῷ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία Χριστοῦ. Λύχνος δὲ ἑτοιμασθεὶς τῷ Χριστῷ, ἡ κατασκευασθεῖσα αὐτῷ παναγία σὰρξ, ἡ φωτεινὴ | διὰ τὴν λαμπρότητα τῆς ἀναμαρτησίας. Ἢ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, φωτίζον τοὺς ἐν σκότει πλάνης καὶ ὁδηγοῦν εἰς ἀρετήν· Λύχνος γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῖς ποσί μου, ὁ νόμος σου. Ἢ ὁ Πρόδρομος· Ἐκεῖνος γὰρ, φησὶν, ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος. [] συνεπέπηκτο MPΑS2BFΗ : συμπέπηκτο CV.

[9] Your priests will clothe themselves in justice, namely, that of the Gospel, that is, they will be adorned with every virtue. And your devotees will rejoice, namely, and the lovers of virtue will along with the priests rejoice, living in accordance with the Gospel. [10] For the sake of David your servant, do not turn away the face of your anointed one. And if on account of nothing else, then at least on account of me your servant, do not turn away the epiphany of your Christ, destined to appear to mankind through the incarnation, but let him appear. And the truth sworn to David, namely, the sitting by his seed on the throne of his king- dom alludes to Christ. For he is pre-eminently the king of Israel, on the one hand being from [11] the seed of David, in accordance with his mother being descended from the race of David, and on the other hand being a king, in accordance with laying down laws for his subjects and regulating and tending to them and dying for them, which are the chief marks of the one who is truly king. [12] If your sons will keep my covenant, namely, that of the Gospel, and these my testimonies that I shall teach them through you. The words are as if from the Father to Christ, the on- ly-begotten Son, who is of David, about the disciples and Apostles, whom in the Gospels he called ‘little children’, as having been adopted by him through teaching and faith. If they will do this, then not only they, but their disciples and emulators will also in turn sit on your pas- toral and teaching throne. For it is written, You will establish them as rulers over all the earth, or over the rest and enjoyment of your eternal kingdom, which indeed comes about when they have kept it, as was said. [14] God’s place of eternal rest is the Church, against which the gates of Hades will not pre- [15] vail. Her ‘hunt’ is the drag-net of the preaching, through which it catches those swimming in the brine of error; or else the hunting whereby the fishermen Apostles would capture the multitudes. Her poor are the poor in spirit whom he will fill with heavenly bread, namely, the kingdom of heaven. Her priests he will clothe in eternal salvation, having first clothed themselves in justice, as was said before, and her devotees will rejoice with eternal rejoicing, after their departure from here, that is, and with the latter being thus clothed and the former thus filled with rejoicing. [16] And in the Church he has made grandeur and honour to spring up for David, being praised and glorified as the forefather of Christ. Or else, in Zion he made a horn of kingship to spring up for David, high and strong, butting and overthrowing all who resist it, which is the kingship of Christ. [17] A lamp prepared for Christ is the all-holy flesh constructed for him, which is luminous on account of the brilliance of absence of sin. Or else it is the Gospel, illuminating those in the darkness of error and leading to virtue, for it is written, Your law is a lamp to my feet. Or else it is the Forerunner, for it is written, He was a burning lamp.

PG 128:1225[] Ἐχθροὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ, οἱ δαίμονες καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, οἳ σύμπαντες αἰσχυνθήσονται, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὴν παγκόσμιον ἀνάστασιν. Εἰς αὐτὸν δὲ ἐξανθήσει ἡ ἁγία Ἐκκλησία, ἡ ἁγιάζουσα τοὺς ὀρθῶς προσερχομένους· αὐτὸν ἕξει ἄνθος καὶ εὐπρέπειαν.

[18] His enemies are the demons and all the enemies of truth, all of whom will be shamed, and especially at the universal resurrection. In him will blossom the holy Church, which sanctifies those who come to her in a right mind, and him she will have as her blossom and comeliness.

PG 128:1394132 ρλβ΄

132 Psalm 132

PG 128:1395α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1227β ᾽Ιδοὺ δὴ τί καλὸν ἢ τί τερπνὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τὸ κατοικεῖν ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό; Τὴν τελείαν αὐτῶν ἀποκατάστασιν προϊδὼν ὁ Δαυὶδ, ὅπως ἀπαλλαγέντες τῶν ἐνοχλούντων, ᾠκοδόμησαν καὶ τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ὑφ’ ἕνα ἀρχηγὸν ἐπολιτεύοντο, παραινεῖ μὴ διασχισθῆναι καθάπερ τὸ πρότερον, ἡνίκα αἱ δέκα μὲν φυλαὶ ἴδιον εἶχον ἡγεμόνα, αἱ δύο δὲ πάλιν ἴδιον, ὃ πολλῆς αὐτοῖς παρανομίας καὶ στάσεως καὶ συμφορῶν αἴτιον ἐγένετο, ἀλλ’ ὁμοῦ κατοικεῖν καὶ ὑφ’ ἕνα ἡγεμόνα τάττεσθαι. ᾽Ιδοὺ δὴ τί καλὸν ἢ τί τερπνὸν οὕτως, εἰ μὴ τὸ κατοικεῖν ἀδελφοὺς ἅμα ἢ τῷ τόπῳ ἢ τῇ ὁμονοίᾳ; Πολλὰ γὰρ καλὰ μὲν, οὐ τερπνὰ δὲ, καὶ αὖθις, τερπνὰ μὲν, οὐ καλὰ δέ. Ἡ δὲ ὁμοσκηνία καὶ συμφωνία τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀμφότερα κέκτηται, ἅπερ ὁμοῦ συνελθεῖν, οὐ σφόδρα εὔπορον. Εἶτα τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀγαθὸν ἀπεικάζει παραδείγμασιν.

1β See then, what is so good or so delightful as for brothers to dwell together? David, foreseeing their complete restoration, how, having been freed of those pestering them, they had built the temple and the city and were living under one leader, he urges that they not be set at odds as before, when the ten tribes had their own leader and the two tribes in turn their own, a state of affairs which became for them the cause of much lawlessness and dissent and misfortunes, but rather to dwell together and to be marshalled under one leader. See then what is so good or so delightful as for brothers to dwell together, either in terms of place or in terms of concord? For many things are good but not delightful, and in turn delightful but not good. But the living together and concord of brothers achieves both, and for both of these things to coincide is not easily attained. Then he represents this good with examples.

α Ὡς μύρον ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς τὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ πώγωνα, τὸν πώγωνα τὸν Ἀαρών. Οὕτως ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα καλὸν καὶ τερπνὸν, ὡς τὸ νομικὸν ἐκεῖνο μύρον, τὸ χρῖον τοὺς ἱερεῖς, τὸ ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς τοῦ ἱερέως χεόμενον. Καθάπερ γὰρ τοῦτο καλὸν μέν ἐστιν, ὡς ἅγιον, τερπνὸν δὲ, ὡς εὐῶδες, οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνο, καλὸν μὲν, ὡς καὶ φύσει καὶ νόμῳ ἀπαιτούμενον, τερπνὸν δὲ, ὡς ὠφέλιμον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν πώγωνα τὸ μύρον κατέβαινε, φησὶ τὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ πώγωνα. Εἶτα προστίθησι καὶ τίνος πώγωνα, ὅτι τὸν τοῦ Ἀαρών· οὗτος γὰρ πρῶτος αὐτῷ ἐχρίσθη. Ἢ καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγει, πάντα ἱερέα, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ Ἀαρὼν καταγόμενον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πώγωνος καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ᾤαν τοῦ ἱερατικοῦ ἐνδύματος αὖθις τοῦτο κατέβαινεν, ἐπήγαγε καὶ τοῦτο, λέγων·

2α Like myrrh on the head that descends onto the beard, the beard of Aaron. The things is good and delightful like that myrrh of the law, which anoints the priests, which is poured over the head of the priest. For just as the latter is good as holy, and delight- ful as fragrant, so the former is good as demanded by nature and the law, and delightful as beneficial. And since the myrrh descended from the head onto the beard, he says the myrrh descend- ing onto the beard. Then he adds whose beard it is, namely, the beard of Aaron, for he was first to be anointed with it. Or else he is calling ‘Aaron’ every priest, as deriving from Aaron. And since this descended in turn from the beard down to the hem of the priestly vestment he added this also, saying:

β Tὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ τὴν ᾤαν τοῦ ἐνδύματος αὐτοῦ. Τὴν ᾤαν οἱ ἄλλοι ἑρμηνευταὶ, στόμα ἐνδύματος, ἐξέδωκαν· ἄχρι γὰρ τούτου κατήρχετο.

2β That descends onto the border of his garment. The other translators rendered the ‘border’ as the ‘mouth’ (verge) of the garment. For it would descend to there.

α Ὡς δρόσος Ἀερμὼν ἡ καταβαίνουσα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη Σιών.

3α Like the dew of Hermon that descends onto the mountains of Zion.

PG 128:1395Ψαλμός 132 — Psalm 132
PG 128:1227Ἀερμὼν, ὄρος ἐστὶ, παρακείμενον τῷ Λιβάνῳ, χιόνα πολλὴν συνάγον, καὶ φυλάττον, ἀφ’ ἧς ἀτμοὶ ἀναδιδόμενοι, καὶ τὸν ἀέρα τὸν ὑπεράνω τῶν ὀρέων τῆς Σιὼν παχύνοντες, δρόσον ἀποτελοῦσιν ἐν θέρει, καλὴν μὲν, ὡς ἀναγκαίαν τῇ γῇ, τερπνὴν δὲ, ὡς ὁμαλῶς καὶ ἡδέως καταφερομένην. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἡ δρόσος αὕτη ἐκ τοῦ Ἀερμὼν ἔχει τὴν αἰτίαν, δρόσον τοῦ Ἀερμὼν αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσεν.

Hermon is a mountain lying next to Lebanon which collects and keeps much snow, from which released vapours, condensing the air above the mountains of Zion, form dew in sum- mer, which is good, as necessary for the earth, and delightful, as brought down uniformly and pleasantly. Since therefore this dew has its cause from mount Hermon, he called it the dew of Hermon.

PG 128:1229β Ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τὴν εὐλογίαν. Ἐκεῖ· ποῦ; Ἐν τῇ ὁμοσκηνίᾳ, ἐν τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ, ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἥτις ἐστὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν τὸ κεφάλαιον. Εὐλογία δὲ παρὰ Θεοῦ μὲν εἰς ἀνθρώπους, ἡ χάρις, παρὰ δὲ ἀνθρώπων | εἰς Θεὸν, ἡ εὐφημία, ἡ ὑμνολογία, παρὰ δὲ ἀνθρώπων εἰς ἀνθρώπους, ἡ ὑπὲρ τούτων εὐχή.

3β For there the Lord has enjoined blessing. There, where? In dwelling together, in brotherly love, in love, which is the chief of the virtues. Blessing from God towards men is grace, from men towards God is praise and the singing of hymns, from men to men is good wishes for them.

γ Ζωὴν ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος. Καὶ αὖθις ἐκεῖ ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἀπέστειλε ζωὴν μακρὰν, ἕως τοῦ ὡρισμένου αἰῶνος, παρ’ ὅλον τὸν ἀποκεκληρωμένον βίον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ στάσις θανάτους ἐργάζεται, οὕτως ἡ εἰρήνη, ζωὴν, οὔτε ἀλλήλους ἀναιρούντων, οὔτε παρ’ ἐχθρῶν διαφθειρομένων, διὰ τὸ συμπεφράχθαι καὶ ὠχυρῶσθαι. Ἁρμόζει δὲ καὶ ἡμῖν ὁ ψαλμός.

3γ Life till the age. And in turn he has also enjoined long life there, till the age ordained, throughout the whole of the allotted life. For just as dissent brings about deaths, so peace brings about life, neither killing one another, nor being destroyed by enemies on account of being fenced around and fortified. The psalm is also fitting for us.

PG 128:1401133 ρλγ΄

133 Psalm 133

α ᾨδὴ, ὁμοίως.

1α An ode, similarly.

PG 128:1229β ᾽Ιδοὺ δὴ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, πάντες οἱ δοῦλοι Κυρίου. Ἐνταῦθα κατέλυσε τὰς ᾠδὰς τῶν ἀναβάθμων ἢ ἀναβαθμῶν, εἰς εὐχαριστίαν κατακλείσας τὸν λόγον. Κελεύει γὰρ εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ Θεῷ, τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἀπαλλάξαντι, καὶ διὰ τοσούτων ἐθνῶν ἀβλαβεῖς ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα παρασκευάσαντι, καὶ τοῦ συνεχοῦς πολέμου τῶν πλησιοχώρων ἐλευθερώσαντι, καὶ τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἀνοικοδομῆσαι δόντι, καὶ κατοικεῖν ἀδεῶς ἤδη καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι χαρισαμένῳ. Λοιπὸν εὐχαριστεῖτε, φησὶν, οἱ δοῦλοι, οἱ θεράποντες. Δοῦλος δὲ Θεοῦ, ὁ πειθόμενος τοῖς προστάγμασιν αὐτοῦ καὶ θεραπεύων αὐτόν.

1β See then, bless the Lord, O all you servants of the Lord. Here he ended the odes of degrees, concluding the cycle with thanksgiving. For he com- mands to give thanks to God, who delivered from captivity and contrived for them to return unharmed to their fatherland through so many nations, and who freed them from the con- tinuous war of the neighbouring peoples, and provided for the temple and the city to be re- built, and granted them now to dwell and live without fear. Henceforth, he says, give thanks, you servants, you worshippers.

γ Oἱ ἑστῶτες ἐν οἴκῳ Κυρίου, ἐν αὐλαῖς οἴκου Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. Oἱ λοιπὸν ἑστῶτες ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν εἰσερχόμενοι, ἀπαρτισθέντι καὶ ἀπολαβόντι καὶ τὴν εὐπρέπειαν καὶ τὴν λατρείαν αὐτοῦ.

1γ You who stand in the house of the Lord, in the enclosures of the house of our God. You who are henceforth standing in the temple, you who enter it from now on, the temple that has been completed and has regained both its comeliness and its worship.

2 Ἐν ταῖς νυξὶν ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον.

2 Night by night lift up your hands to the Holy of holies and bless the Lord.

PG 128:1401Ψαλμός 133 — Psalm 133
PG 128:1229Mὴ τὴν νύκτα πᾶσαν εἰς ὕπνον δαπανᾶτε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν εἰς τὰ Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων, ὅπου ὁ Θεὸς κατοικεῖν ἐλέγετο, διὰ τὴν ἐκεῖσε χάριν, καὶ εὐφημεῖτε τὸν Θεὸν, ἐν ταῖς νυξὶ μᾶλλον, ὅτε καὶ κουφότερος ὁ νοῦς καὶ πλείων ἡ σχολή. Εἰ δὲ ἐν νυκτὶ παραγίνεσθαι εἰς τὸν ναὸν κελεύει τῆς κλίνης ἀνισταμένους, ποίας τεύξεται συγγνώμης ὁ μηδὲ οἴκοι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εὐχὰς ἐπιτελῶν; Εἶτα ὑπερεύχεται τοῦ λαοῦ. 3 Εὐλογήσαι σε Κύριος ἐκ Σιὼν, ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Περὶ τοῦ, Εὐλογήσαι σε Κύριος ἐκ Σιὼν, εἴρηται ἐν τῷ ρκζ΄ ψαλμῷ. Καὶ οὗτος δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς ἁρμόδιος πᾶσιν. 134 ρλδ΄ α Ἀλληλούϊα. Εἰρήκαμεν προλαβόντες ὅτι οἱ εὐχαριστήριοι ψαλμοὶ τοιαύτην ἔσχον ἐπιγραφήν. β Αἰνεῖτε τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, αἰνεῖτε, δοῦλοι, Κύριον. Εἴρηται περὶ τούτου ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ριβ΄ ψαλμοῦ. 2 Oἱ ἑστῶτες ἐν οἴκῳ Κυρίου, ἐν αὐλαῖς οἴκου Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. Εἶπε τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι ψαλμῷ, ἀλλὰ νῦν περὶ τῶν ἑκάστοτε φοιτώντων εἰς τὸν ναὸν διαλαμβάνει. Αἰνεῖτε, φησὶν, οἱ ἑστῶτες ἐν τῷ ναῷ· τοῖς γὰρ μὴ ἑστῶσιν ἐν τούτῳ, οὐκ ἐξῆν ὑμνολογεῖν αὐτὸν, οὐδ’ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ προσεύχεσθαι, ἵνα τὸν ναὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ βλέποντες, μὴ ἐπιλάθωνταί ποτε τοῦ Θεοῦ. α Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, ὅτι ἀγαθὸς Κύριος. Ὅτι φιλάνθρωπος, ὅτι εὐεργετικώτατος, καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς αἰνοῦσιν αὐτόν. β Ψάλατε τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, ὅτι καλόν. Ὅτι καλὸν τὸ ψάλλειν αὐτῷ· παιδεύουσι γὰρ αἱ ᾠδαὶ δογμάτων ἀκρίβειαν, καὶ τείνουσι τὸν νοῦν τοῦ ψάλλοντος πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ κοιμίζουσι τὰ πάθη, καὶ ἡδύνουσι τὴν ψυχὴν τῷ μέλει, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ὠφελείας ἔχουσι καὶ τὸ τερπνόν. Ζήτησον καὶ ἐν τῷ θ΄ ψαλμῷ τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῦ, Ψαλῶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου, Ὕψιστε. | 26 τοῦ Θεοῦ PS2CABFV : Θεοῦ MΗ.

Do not devote the whole night to sleep, but at night also lift up your hands to the Holy of holies, where God was said to dwell on account of the grace therein, and praise God, espe- cially at the time of night when the mind is lighter and leisure is more. And if he commands to come to the temple in the night having risen from one’s bed, what excuse will there be for the one who does not even perform his prayers at home at this time? He then prays for the people. 3 May the Lord bless you from Zion, he who made both heaven and earth. ‘May the Lord bless you from Zion’ was spoken about in the one hundred and twenty- seventh psalm. This psalm also is fitting for everyone. 134 Psalm 134 1α Alleluia. We have said previously that the psalms of thanksgiving have such a superscription. 1β Praise the name of the Lord, O you servants, praise the Lord. This was spoken about at the beginning of the one hundred and twelfth psalm. 2 O you who stand in the house of the Lord, in the enclosures of the house of our God. He also said this in the previous psalm, but now he is speaking about those frequenting the temple at any time. Praise, he says, O you who stand in the temple, for its was not permitted for those not standing in it to sing hymns to him, nor to pray in any other place, so that seeing the temple and the things in it they might never forget God. 3α Praise the Lord, for the Lord is good. For he loves mankind, for he is most beneficent, and especially towards those who praise him. 3β Sing to his name with psaltery, for it is good. For it is good to sing to him, for the songs educate in precision of doctrines and direct the mind of the singer towards God and put the passions to sleep and gratify the soul by the melody and bring delight along with the benefit. Seek also in the ninth psalm the explanation of, With psaltery I shall sing to your name, O Most High.

PG 128:1403Ψαλμός 134 — Psalm 134
PG 128:1229α Ὅτι τὸν ᾽Ιακὼβ ἐξελέξατο ἑαυτῷ ὁ Κύριος. Ὅτι τὸν ᾽Ισραηλίτην λαὸν ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐξελέξατο καὶ ἀνέθηκεν ἑαυτῷ, ὡς μόνον αὐτῷ λατρεύοντα.

4α For the Lord has chosen Jacob for himself. For he has chosen the Israelite people out of all the nations and has dedicated them to himself as alone worshipping him.

PG 128:1231β ᾽Ισραὴλ εἰς περιουσιασμὸν ἑαυτῷ. Τὸν ἐξ ᾽Ιακὼβ λαὸν, καλεῖ καὶ ᾽Ισραήλ· ἀμφότερα γὰρ ὁ ᾽Ιακὼβ ὠνομάζετο. Τὸν Gen 32.29, αὐτὸν, φησὶν, ἐξελέξατο εἰς περιουσιασμὸν ἑαυτῷ, εἰς κλῆρον· διὸ καὶ λαὸν περι- 35.10 ούσιον προσηγόρευσεν αὐτὸν, ἤγουν ὡς περιουσίαν, ὡς πλοῦτον λογιζόμενον καὶ στεργόμενον, καὶ ἐπιμελείας ἀξιούμενον.

4β Israel as his ownmost possession. The people from Jacob he also calls ‘Israel’, for Jacob was called by both names. The same Gen 32.29, people, he says, he has chosen as his ownmost possession, as his lot; hence he addressed 35.10 them as the ‘people of his possession’, namely, as his possession, regarded and cared for as his wealth, and made worthy of his attention.

α Ὅτι ἐγὼ ἔγνωκα ὅτι μέγας ὁ Κύριος. ᾽Ιδοὺ καὶ ἄλλην αἰτίαν τοῦ αἰνεῖν τίθησιν· ὅτι, φησὶν, ἐγὼ πλέον ὑμῶν ἔγνωκα, ἢ ἀκριβῶς ἔγνωκα, ὅτι μέγας ὁ Κύριος· ἀπό τε τῆς θείας χάριτος, ἀπό τε τοῦ συνετῶς ὁρᾶν τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, τοῦτο γνούς.

5α For I know that the Lord is great. See, he gives another reason to praise, because, he says, I know more than you, or I know precisely, that the Lord is great, having come to know this both through divine grace and from viewing his works with understanding.

β Καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν παρὰ πάντας τοὺς θεούς. Ὁ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ οὐκ εἰσί. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, Κύριος ὄντως, οἱ δὲ θεοὶ, οὐκ ὄντως. Δοκεῖ δὲ τοῦτο, συγκριτικὸν, οἰκονομικῶς διὰ τὴν παχύτητα τοῦ λαοῦ· ἀλλαχοῦ γὰρ Θεὸν τῶν θεῶν ὀνομάζει τοῦτον· καὶ νῦν δὲ κατὰ μικρὸν ἀνάγων τοὺς ἀκροατὰς, ἐργάτην αὐτὸν δείκνυσι θαυμασίων, καὶ προϊὼν, διαμυκτηρίζει καὶ φαυλίζει τοὺς θεοὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ϟϛ΄ ψαλμῷ, Σφόδρα ὑπερυψώθης ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς θεοὺς, καὶ ζήτησον τὴν ἐξήγησιν αὐτοῦ.

5β And our Lord is above all the gods. For the one is God, the others are not. And the one is truly Lord, while the gods are not truly. This seems to be comparative, by way of condescension on account of the dull-minded- ness of the people, for elsewhere he calls him God of gods. And now raising up his listeners a little, he shows him as a worker of wonders, and further on he mocks and denigrates the gods of the nations. And in the ninety-sixth psalm it was said, Surpassingly, you have been exalted high over all the gods, and seek the explanation of this.

PG 128:1233α Πάντα ὅσα ἠθέλησεν ὁ Κύριος ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ. Εἶπε τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῷ ριγ΄ ψαλμῷ· Ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ, πάντα ὅσα ἠθέλησεν ἐποίησεν.

6α All that the Lord has willed he has done in heaven and on earth. He said this also in the one hundred and thirteenth psalm, But our God in heaven and on earth has done all that he willed.

β Ἐν ταῖς θαλάσσαις καὶ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἀβύσσοις. Θαλάσσας μὲν λέγει, τοὺς διαφόρους κόλπους, Tὰ συστήματα γὰρ, φησὶ, τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκάλεσεν θαλάσσας, ἀβύσσους δὲ, τὰ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, τὰ ἀνεξερεύνητα, ἐν οἷς πᾶσι πάντα ὅσα ἠθέλησεν ἐποίησεν. Εἶτα ὑμνεῖ ἔργα τινὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀξιοθαύμαστα, παραδραμὼν τὰ μείζονα, ἵνα καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐλαττόνων δείξῃ τὸ μεγαλεῖον καὶ ἀξιΰμνητον αὐτοῦ.

6β In the seas and in all the deeps. ‘Seas’ is what he calls the various gulfs, for it is written, The systems of the waters he called seas, and the ‘deeps’ what he calls the unexplored things beneath the earth, in all of which he did all that he willed. Then he praises certain wonder-worthy works of God, having passed over the greater of these, so that from the lesser he might show his magnificence and worthiness to be praised.

α Ἀνάγων νεφέλας ἐξ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς.

7α Raising up clouds from the extremity of the earth.

Ὁ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κατωτάτου βάθους τῆς γῆς ἀνάγων νεφέλας, καὶ τοσοῦτον αὐτὰς μετεωρίζων, βαρείας οὔσας, καὶ τὸ κατωφερὲς ὑγρὸν ἄνω φέρεσθαι ποιῶν.

Raising up clouds from the nethermost depth of the earth, and lifting them, heavy as they are, so high and making the downward tending fluid be borne upwards.

β Ἀστραπὰς εἰς ὑετὸν ἐποίησεν. Εἰς καιρὸν ὑετοῦ, ἢ ἐν τῷ ὑετῷ· καὶ δι’ ἀλλήλων ἀβλαβῶς φέρεσθαι τὰ φθαρτικὰ ἀλλήλων παρεσκεύασεν, ὡς μήτε τὴν ἀστραπὴν πυρωδεστάτην οὖσαν ἀναλίσκειν τὸ ὑέτιον ὕδωρ, μήτ’ αὖ τοῦτο ῥαγδαῖον φερόμενον σβεννύειν ἐκείνην.

7β He made lighting shafts in rain. At the time of rain or in the rain; and he contrived for the mutually destructive elements to be borne unharmed through one another, so that neither does the fiery lightning bolt con- sume the rain water, nor the violently driven water extinguish in turn the lightning.

γ Ὁ ἐξάγων ἀνέμους ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ. Θησαυροὺς αὐτοῦ νῦν λέγει, τοὺς ἀποκρύφους τόπους ὅθεν ἐξέρχονται, κεκρυμμένος γὰρ ὁ θησαυρὸς, τὸ ἄγνωστον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῶν. Ἢ ὁ ἐξάγων ἀνέμους, ὡς ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἐντεῦθεν δηλοῦσθαι τὸ εὐχερὲς τῆς ἐξαγωγῆς αὐτῶν, καὶ πρόχειρον ὅτε βούλεται. Θαυμαστὸν γὰρ τὸ, νῦν μὲν, τοῦτον εὐχερῶς, νῦν δὲ, ἐκεῖνον ἐπιπέμπειν, ἄλλοτε δὲ, καὶ τοῦτον κἀκεῖνον ἅμα· ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ πλείονας ἐν ταὐτῷ, καὶ πολλάκις οὐδένα· καὶ πάντα κατὰ χρείαν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀλόγως, καθάπερ ἐν θησαυροῖς τισι κατακεκλεισμένων, καὶ ὁπηνίκα βούλεται, ῥᾳδίως ἐξαγομένων.

7γ He brings forth winds from his treasuries. ‘His treasuries’ is what he now calls the hidden places from which they come forth, for a treasury is hidden, pointing to the inscrutability of their genesis. Or else, who brings out winds ‘as’ from his treasuries, indicating thereby as it were the ease of their being drawn forth and their ready accessibility whenever he desires. For it is wonderful how he easily sends out now this one, now that, and at times both the one and the other together, and on occasion several altogether and often none, and always as needed, and nothing being without reason, just as if being locked away in certain treasuries and whenever he wills being readily brought forth.

8 Ὃς ἐπάταξε τὰ πρωτότοκα Αἰγύπτου ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους. Εἴρηται περὶ τούτων καὶ ἐν τῷ οζ΄ ψαλμῷ, καὶ ζήτησον ἐκεῖ τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῦ, Ὡδοποίησε τρίβον τῇ ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ. Ἕως δὲ κτήνους, εἰς ἐπίτασιν τῆς συμφορᾶς.

8 He struck the first-born of Egypt from man to beast. These things were also spoken about in the seventy-seventh psalm, and look there for the explanation of, He made passable a path for his anger. ‘To beast’ for intensification of the calamity.

9 Ἐξαπέστειλε | σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν μέσῳ σου, Αἴγυπτε, ἐν Φαραὼ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ. Εἴρηται καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐκεῖ, Ὡς ἔθετο ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τὰ σημεῖα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέρατα αὐτοῦ ἐν πεδίῳ Τάνεως· μνημονεύσας δὲ τῆς βαρυτέρας πληγῆς, εἶτα συλλήβδην εἶπε, σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα.

9 He sent forth signs and marvels in the midst of you, O Egypt, on Pharaoh and on all his servants. These things were also spoken about there, How he set his signs in Egypt and his marvels in the plain of Tanis. And having mentioned the most grievous plague he then said collectively, ‘signs and marvels’.

α Ὃς ἐπάταξεν ἔθνη πολλά. Εἴτε τὰ ἀποτειχίζοντα τοῖς ᾽Ιουδαίοις τὴν πάροδον, εἴτε τὰ ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ· ἐπιτόμως δὲ πάντα λέγει καὶ κατὰ παραδρομήν.

10α He struck many nations. Either the nations walling off passage to the Jews or those in Palestine; he says everything briefly and cursorily.

β Καὶ ἀπέκτεινε βασιλεῖς κραταιούς. Τοὺς ἡγεμόνας αὐτῶν.

10β And slew mighty kings. Their leaders.

PG 128:1235α Τὸν Σηὼν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀμοῤῥαίων, καὶ τὸν Ὤγ βασιλέα τῆς Βασάν. Σηὼν μὲν γὰρ πλούτῳ καὶ στρατοπέδοις περιβόητος ἦν, Ὤγ δὲ μεγέθει καὶ ῥώμῃ σώματος, πολυθρύλητος· φασὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ κλίνῃ σιδηρᾷ κεχρῆσθαι, ἐννέα μὲν πηχῶν τὸ μῆκος, πέντε δὲ τὸ εὖρος ἐχούσῃ. β Καὶ πάσας τὰς βασιλείας Χαναάν. Τῆς Παλαιστίνης, ἐν ᾗ ἔθνος εἰδικῶς παρὰ τ’ ἄλλα Χαναναῖοι καλούμενον. 12 Καὶ ἔδωκε τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν κληρονομίαν, κληρονομίαν ᾽Ισραὴλ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ. Δὶς εἶπε κληρονομίαν, τὸ δαψιλὲς αὐτῆς ἐμφαίνων ― κληρονομίαν, ὄντως κληρονομίαν. 13 Κύριε, τὸ ὄνομά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ τὸ μνημόσυνόν σου εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν. Διὰ ταῦτα, φησὶ, τὸ ὄνομά σου καὶ ἡ μνήμη σου ἀΐδια ἔσονται, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς πάσας γενεὰς, παρὰ τοῖς οὕτως εὐεργετηθεῖσιν. α Ὅτι κρινεῖ Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ. Κρινεῖ αὐτὸν, ἤγουν ἐκδικήσει, βλαπτόμενον παρ’ ἐχθρῶν. β Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ παρακληθήσεται. Ἱλεουμένοις αὐτὸν, ἐπικαμφθήσεται. Ἢ κρινεῖ μὲν τὸν λαὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα καὶ δίκας ἀπαιτήσει, μετανοοῦσι δὲ, παρακληθήσεται καὶ ἀντιλήψεται αὐτῶν. 15 Tὰ εἴδωλα τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον, ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων. Εἶπε τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῷ ριγ΄ ψαλμῷ. Καὶ μὴν καὶ αἱ παρ’ ἡμῖν ἅγιαι εἰκόνες, ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον, ἔργα χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ οὐκ εἴδωλα, διότι ἐκείνων μὲν τὰ πρωτότυπα, ἀνυπόστατα καὶ ψευδῆ ― θεοὺς γὰρ ἐπεφήμιζον οὐκ ὄντας, ἀλλὰ δαίμονας, ψευδομένους τὴν θεότητα ― τῶν δὲ παρ’ ἡμῖν εἰκόνων τὰ πρωτότυπα, ὄντα, καὶ ἀληθεύοντα ὃ καλοῦνται· κἀκεῖνα μὲν, εἴδωλα μιαρῶν, ταῦτα δὲ, εἰκόνες ἁγίων. 16- Στόμα ἔχουσι καὶ οὐ λαλήσουσιν, ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχουσι καὶ οὐκ ὄψονται, ὦτα ἔχουσι α καὶ οὐκ ἐνωτισθήσονται. 121 δούλῳ MPASCBFH[cf. Ps 135.] : λαῷ V[TRa].

11α Sihon king of the Amorites and Og king of Bashan. Sihon was famed for his wealth and armies, while Og was legendary for his stature and strength of body; they say that he used an iron bedstead nine cubits in length and five cubits in width. 11β And all the kingdoms of Canaan. Of Palestine, in which there was a nation alongside the others called specifically Canaanites. 12 And he gave their land as an inheritance, an inheritance to Israel his servant. He said ‘inheritance’ twice, indicating the abundance of this inheritance – an inheritance, truly an inheritance. 13 O Lord, your name is to the age, and your memorial is to generation and generation. On account of these things, he says, your name and your remembrance will be eternal, to the age and to all generations with those who have received such benefaction. 14α For the Lord will judge his people. He will judge them, that is, he will avenge them when harmed by enemies. 14β And he will relent towards his servants. When they propitiate him he will be moved to pity. Or else he will judge his people when they sin and will demand satisfaction, but when they repent he will relent towards them and come to their aid. 15 The idols of the nations are silver and gold, works of human hands. He said this also in the one hundred and thirteenth psalm. And indeed the holy images among ourselves are also silver and gold and the works of human hands, but they are not idols because the prototypes of idols are non-existent and false – for they would call gods those that were not, but demons, falsely claiming divinity – while the prototypes of the images among ourselves are existent and prove true in what they are called; the ones are idols of things defiled, while the others are images of things holy. 16- They have a mouth and will not speak, they have eyes and will not see, they have ears and 17α will not give ear.

Εἶπε καὶ ταῦτα ἐν τῷ ῥηθέντι ψαλμῷ.

He also said these things in the above-mentioned psalm.

β Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐστι πνεῦμα ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν. Τοῦτο, αἰτία τῆς ἀναισθησίας· ἐμφιλοχωρεῖ δὲ τῇ κωμῳδίᾳ, ἐπιτείνων τὴν διαβολὴν αὐτῶν.

17β For neither is there breath in their mouth. This is the reason for their lack of sensation. He dwells on the mockery, intensifying his discrediting of them.

PG 128:123718 Ὅμοιοι αὐτοῖς γένοιντο οἱ ποιοῦντες αὐτὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ πεποιθότες ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς. Καὶ ταῦτα ἐν ἐκείνῳ εἴρηται τῷ ψαλμῷ. 19-20 Οἶκος ᾽Ισραὴλ, εὐλογήσατε τὸν Κύριον· οἶκος Ἀαρὼν, εὐλογήσατε τὸν Κύριον· οἶκος Λευὶ, εὐλογήσατε τὸν Κύριον· οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Κύριον, εὐλογήσατε τὸν Κύριον. Ἐν ἐκείνῳ καὶ ταύτην ἐποιήσατο τὴν διαίρεσιν τῶν ταγμάτων, καὶ ζήτησον τὴν ἐκεῖ ῥηθεῖσαν ἐξήγησιν. Ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖ μὲν, ἤλπισε, γέγραπται, ἐνταῦθα δὲ, εὐλογήσατε, διὰ τὰς δηλωθείσας εὐεργεσίας. Εἰπὼν δὲ τὸν Ἀαρὼν, ἀνέδραμεν εἰς τὸν φύλαρχον, καθολικώτερον καὶ φανερώτερον τὸν λόγον ποιῶν. |

18 May those who make them and all who trust in them become like them. This too was said in that psalm. 19-20 O house of Israel, bless the Lord. O house of Aaron, bless the Lord. O house of Levi, bless the Lord. O you who fear the Lord, bless the Lord. In that psalm he made this division of the orders, and seek the explanation given there. But there is written ‘has hoped in’ and here ‘bless’, on account of the benefactions mentioned. And having said ‘Aaron’, he went back to the chief of the tribe, making his words more uni- versal and more evident.

α Εὐλογητὸς Κύριος ἐκ Σιών. Εἴρηται τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῷ ρκζ΄ ψαλμῷ.

21α The Lord is to be blessed from Zion. This was also said in the one hundred and twenty-seventh psalm.

β Ὁ κατοικῶν ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ.

21β He who dwells in Jerusalem. In the Jerusalem temple.

PG 128:1407135 ρλε΄

135 Psalm 135

PG 128:1237α Ἀλληλούϊα. Καὶ οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς, τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ πολλὰ συνᾴδων, ὁμοίαν ἔχει τὴν ἐπιγραφήν.

1α Alleluia. And this psalm, agreeing in much with the psalm before, has the same superscription.

β Ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ Κυρίῳ, ὅτι ἀγαθὸς, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ. Εὐχαριστεῖτε αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ τῶν μυρίων εὐεργεσιῶν. Ἡρμήνευται δὲ ὁ στίχος οὗτος καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ρε΄ ψαλμοῦ τρόπον ἕτερον. Καὶ ἐν ὅλοις δὲ τοῖς ἐφεξῆς στίχοις, ἀκροτελεύτιον τὸ, ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, πρὸς ἐπίτασιν τοῦ ὕμνου τοῦ τοιούτου ἐλέους, ἢ πρὸς ἔκπληξιν.

1β Confess to the Lord, for he is good, for his mercy is to the age. Give thanks to him for the countless benefits. This verse was also interpreted at the begin- ning of the one hundred and fifth psalm in a different way. And in all the following verses there is the concluding refrain, ‘for his mercy is to the age’, either to intensify the praise of this mercy or to provoke astonishment.

2 Ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ Θεῷ τῶν θεῶν. α πολλά MPΑSBFΗ : om. CV.

2 Confess to the God of gods.

PG 128:1409Ψαλμός 135 — Psalm 135
PG 128:1237Τῶν ψευδωνύμων· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἠτιμώμενοι καὶ προσκεκρουκότες οἱ δαίμονες, ἀλλὰ δοῦλοι, καὶ ὑποκύπτοντες ἐξ ἀνάγκης.

Of the falsely so-called. For even though the demons are dishonoured and rebellious, they nevertheless are slaves and bow beneath him of necessity.

3 Ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ Κυρίῳ τῶν κυρίων. Τῶν προσκαίρων κυρίων, τῶν οὐκ ὄντως κυρίων· Ὁ Βασιλεὺς γὰρ, φησὶ, τῶν βασιλευόντων, καὶ Κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων.

3 Confess to the Lord of lords. Of transient lords, of those not truly lords, for it is written, The King of kings and Lord of lords.

4 Tῷ ποιήσαντι θαυμάσια μεγάλα μόνῳ. Tὸ, μόνῳ, πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν κεῖται τῶν εἰδώλων. Κύριον γὰρ λέγει, τὸν ἐν τρισὶ προσώποις ἕνα Θεόν.

4 To him who alone works great wonders. The ‘alone’ is used in contradistinction to the idols. For ‘Lord’ is what he calls the one God in three persons.

5 Tῷ ποιήσαντι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐν συνέσει. Ἐν σοφίᾳ. Προσμαρτυρεῖ δὲ τῷ Θεῷ, διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἀγαθότητα καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ κυριότητα πάντων καὶ δύναμιν καὶ σοφίαν.

5 To him who made the heavens with understanding. With wisdom. Through the things said he also ascribes to God goodness and mercy and dominion over all things and power and wisdom

6 Tῷ στερεώσαντι τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων. Εἴρηται καὶ ἐν τῷ κγ΄ ψαλμῷ, Αὐτὸς ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν ἐθεμελίωσεν αὐτὴν, καὶ ζήτησον τὴν ἐκεῖ ῥηθεῖσαν ἐξήγησιν. 7-9 Tῷ ποιήσαντι φῶτα μεγάλα μόνῳ, τὸν ἥλιον εἰς ἐξουσίαν τῆς ἡμέρας, τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας εἰς ἐξουσίαν τῆς νυκτός. Καὶ ἐποίησε, φησὶν, ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς δύο φωστῆρας τοὺς μεγάλους, τὸν φωστῆρα τὸν μέγαν εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν φωστῆρα τὸν ἐλάσσω εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτὸς, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὥστε φαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἄρχειν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτός.

6 To him who established the earth upon the waters. And in the twenty-third psalm it was said, Upon seas he has founded it, and seek the ex- planation given there. 7-9 To him who alone made great lights, the sun to have authority over the day, the moon and the stars to have authority over the night. And God, it is written, made the two great luminaries, the great luminary to rule over the day and the lesser luminary to rule over the night and the stars, and he set them in the firmament of the sky so as to give light upon the earth and to rule the day and the night.

PG 128:123910 Tῷ πατάξαντι Αἴγυπτον σὺν τοῖς πρωτοτόκοις αὐτῶν. Tῷ πλήξαντι Αἴγυπτον. 11-12 Καὶ ἐξαγαγόντι τὸν ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ καὶ ἐν βραχίονι ὑψηλῷ. Αὐτῶν, δηλαδὴ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. Χεῖρα δὲ καὶ βραχίονα, τὴν δύναμιν ὀνομάζει· μεγάλης γὰρ δυνάμεως τὰ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, καὶ ἡ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξαγωγὴ τοῦ λαοῦ, περὶ ὧν ὁ οζ΄ ψαλμὸς κατὰ μέρος διέξεισι.

10 To him who smote Egypt along with their firstborn. Who struck Egypt with terror. 11-12 And who led out Israel from their midst with a mighty hand and a high-held arm. ‘Their’, namely, of the Egyptians. Hand and arm is what he calls power, for the signs and marvels in Egypt and the leading out of the people from there were of great power. The sev- enty-seventh psalm tells of these things in turn.

13-15 Tῷ καταδιελόντι τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν εἰς διαιρέσεις, καὶ διαγαγόντι τὸν ᾽Ισραὴλ διὰ μέσου αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐκτινάξαντι Φαραὼ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ εἰς θάλασσαν ἐρυθράν. Διαιρέσεις λέγει, τὰ τμήματα, διχῆ γὰρ διεῖλεν αὐτήν· περὶ ὥν ἁπάντων ἡ τῆς Ἐξόδου βίβλος διδάσκει. Ἐκτίναξιν δὲ λέγει, τὴν καταπόντισιν, τὴν ῥῖψιν· Ἵππον γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔῤῥιψεν εἰς θάλασσαν. 16 Tῷ διαγαγόντι τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ οὐκ ἔλαττον θαῦμα τοῦ διὰ μέσης τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς διαγαγεῖν αὐτούς. Πολλὰ γὰρ τὰ τρύχοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ― λιμὸς, δίψα, αὐχμὸς, ἀκτὶς φλογωδεστέρα, θηρίων πλήθη, καὶ ἄλλα δεινὰ μυρία, ὧν ἁπάντων τῆς βλάβης ἀνωτέρους αὐτοὺς διήγαγε. Παρατρέχει δὲ τὰ πολλὰ, παραχωρῶν ἐκλέγεσθαι πάντα κατὰ | σχολὴν ἀπὸ τῆς βίβλου Μωυσέως. 17-22 Tῷ πατάξαντι βασιλεῖς μεγάλους, καὶ ἀποκτείναντι βασιλεῖς κραταιοὺς, τὸν Σηὼν βασιλέα τῶν Ἀμοῤῥαίων, καὶ τὸν Ὤγ βασιλέα τῆς Βασὰν, καὶ δόντι τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν κληρονομίαν, κληρονομίαν ᾽Ισραὴλ λαῷ αὐτοῦ. Εἴρηται ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι ψαλμῷ. 23-24 Ὅτι ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει ἡμῶν ἐμνήσθη ἡμῶν ὁ Κύριος, καὶ ἐλυτρώσατο ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν. Ταπεινουμένων ἡμῶν, ἤτοι κακοπαθούντων. ᾽Ιδὼν γὰρ, φησὶν, εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ. Ἡμῶν δὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς εἶπε, διὰ τοὺς προγόνους, οἰκειούμενος τὰ ἐκ τοῦ γένους. Εἶτα ἀφεὶς τὰς εἰς ᾽Ιουδαίους εὐεργεσίας, ἐπὶ τὴν καθολικὴν ἔρχεται πρόνοιαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. 25 Ὁ διδοὺς τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί. Κατάλληλον ἑκάστῃ φύσει. 26 Ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Tῷ Ποιητῇ καὶ Δεσπότῃ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· εἰ δὲ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πάντως καὶ τῆς γῆς. Ἢ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἶπεν, ὡς ἐκεῖ λεγομένου κατοικεῖν. Δυνάμεθα δὲ καὶ τὸν προλαβόντα ψαλμὸν καὶ τὸν παρόντα προσαρμόσαι ἡμῖν, 223 λαῷ MPSΑCBFΗ[cf. Ps 134.] : δούλῳ V[TRa].

13-15 To him who divided the Red Sea into divisions and led Israel through its midst, and tossed Pharaoh and his power into the Red Sea. ‘Divisions’ is what he calls the sections, for he divided it in two; the book of Exodus tells about all of these things. ‘Tossing’ is what he calls the plunging into the sea, the hurling, for it is written, Horse and rider he hurled into the sea. 16 To him who led his people in the wilderness. For this also is no less a wonder than the leading of them through the Red Sea. For many are the things that emaciate in the wilderness – famine, thirst, drought, fiery-hot rays, a mass of wild beasts, and countless other dread dangers – and he led them through free from harm from all of these. He passes over the majority of things, allowing for all to be singled out at leisure from the book of Moses. 17-22 To him who smote great kings and slew mighty kings, Sihon the king of the Amorites and Og the king of Bashan, and who gave their land as an inheritance, an inheritance to Israel his people. These things were said in the previous psalm. 23-24 For in our humiliation the Lord remembered us and redeemed us from our enemies. When we were being humiliated, that is, when we were suffering evils, for it is written, Having looked, I saw the affliction of my people in Egypt. He said ‘our’ and ‘us’ on account of his ancestors, making his own the sufferings of the race. Then leaving behind the benefactions towards the Jews, he turns to God’s universal providence. 25 Who gives food to all flesh. Suitable for each nature. 26 Confess to the God of heaven. To the Maker and Master of heaven; and if of heaven, then most certainly of the earth. Or else he said ‘of heaven’, as being said to dwell there.

PG 128:1241καὶ προτρέπεσθαι ἀλλήλους εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ ποικίλως εὐεργετήσαντι τὸν πάλαι λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταβαλόντι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιήσαντι τάδε καὶ τάδε. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀναγωγικώτερον ἐπιχειροίημεν, ᾽Ιακὼβ μὲν καὶ ᾽Ισραὴλ ὀνομάζειν, τὸν ἐκλελεγμένον νέον λαὸν, Αἴγυπτον δὲ, τὴν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἁμαρτίαν· σημεῖα δὲ καὶ τέρατα ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς, τὰ διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ λοιπῶν ἁγίων γενόμενα· Φαραὼ δὲ, τὸν διάβολον· δούλους δὲ αὐτοῦ, τοὺς δαίμονας καὶ τοὺς λατρεύοντας αὐτοῖς· ἔθνη δὲ πολλὰ παταχθέντα, τὰ τῶν δαιμόνων· βασιλεῖς δὲ κραταιοὺς, τοὺς κυριωτέρους ἐν αὐτοῖς ἢ καὶ ἡγεμονικωτέρους· Σηὼν δὲ καὶ Ὤγ, αὐτὸν τὸν Σατανᾶν καὶ τὸν μετ’ ἐκεῖνον εὐθύς· βασιλείας δὲ Χαναὰν, τὰς δυναστείας τῆς κακίας· γῆν δὲ αὐτῶν δοθεῖσαν τῷ νέῳ ᾽Ισραὴλ, τὰς χώρας ὧν αὐτοὶ κυριεύοντες ἀπηλάθησαν· οἶκον δὲ ᾽Ισραὴλ μὲν ἁπλῶς, τὸν σύμπαντα λαόν· Ἀαρὼν δὲ, τοὺς ἱερεῖς· Λευὶ δὲ, τοὺς διακόνους· φοβουμένους δὲ τὸν Κύριον, τοὺς παρὰ τούτους ἐναρέτους· Σιὼν δὲ, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν· πρωτότοκα δὲ Αἰγύπτου, τὰ ἡδύτερα πάθη ἢ τὰ περισπουδαστότερα τοῖς δαίμοσιν· Ἐρυθρὰν δὲ θάλασσαν, τὴν ἁλμυρίδα καὶ πικρίαν τῶν ἀσεβῶν δογμάτων, ᾗτινι ἐναπολαμβανόμενοι οἱ ἄπιστοι, ἀποπνίγονται· ἔρημον δὲ, τὴν ἀκαρπίαν τῆς πλάνης, ἣν διερχόμενοι οἱ εὐσεβεῖς, εἰς τὴν καρποφόρον ἀλήθειαν καταντῶσι· ταπείνωσιν δὲ ἡμῶν ὑποληπτέον, οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐκ πειρασμῶν, τὴν ἀκούσιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐνάρετον, τὴν ἑκούσιον. 136 ρλϛ΄ α Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ. Προσώπῳ τῶν ἐν Βαβυλῶνι δορυαλώτων ἱερέων καὶ Λευϊτῶν καὶ ψαλτῳδῶν οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς, ἅμα μὲν προλέγων τὰ ἐκεῖ γενησόμενα τούτοις, ἅμα δὲ καὶ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν τότε, καὶ οὕτως εἰς οἶκτον ἐπισπᾶσθαι τὸν Θεόν. Ἀνεπίγραφος δὲ παρ’ Ἑβραίοις καὶ οὗτος. β Ἐπὶ τῶν ποταμῶν Βαβυλῶνος, ἐκεῖ ἐκαθίσαμεν καὶ ἐκλαύσαμεν ἐν τῷ μνησθῆναι ἡμᾶς τῆς Σιών. Αἰχμάλωτοι γὰρ ὄντες, ἔξω τειχῶν καὶ πόλεων ηὐλίζοντο, | διὸ καὶ παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας τῶν ποταμῶν πολλάκις φοιτῶντες, ἡσυχῆ καὶ καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς ἐθρήνουν. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν χερσὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἔχοντες, ἐξύβριζον, ἐξέπεσον αὐτῶν, ἵνα καταστῶσιν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν. Οὕτω γὰρ εἴωθεν ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς ἀνεπαισθήτους τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν εἰς συναίσθησιν αὐτῶν ἄγειν, διὰ τῆς ἐκπτώσεως. 2 Ἐπὶ ταῖς ἰτέαις ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς ἐκρεμάσαμεν τὰ ὄργανα ἡμῶν. Ἐπὶ ταῖς ἰτέαις, ταῖς κατὰ τὰς ὄχθας τῶν ποταμῶν, τῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς χώρας τῆς Βαβυλῶνος. Ὄργανα δὲ λέγουσι, τὰ τῶν ᾠδῶν, οἷον, ψαλτήριον, κιθάραν, καὶ τὰ [] πάλαι MSCBFV : παλαιόν P. α ἐκεῖ MS2CBFV : ἐκεῖθεν P. 2 Add. [MPF in marg.]ΑBΗV: Ἐπὶ τῇ ἀργίᾳ· διὰ γὰρ τῶν ὀλεσικάρπων καὶ ἀκάρπων ἰτεῶν, τὸ ἐν ᾠδαῖς ἀπρακτεῖν ἐδήλωσαν : om. CS2.

We can also adapt the previous psalm and the present one to ourselves and urge one an- other to give thanks to God who brought blessings in diverse ways on his people of old and overthrew their enemies and did this and that. And if we may attempt a more anagogical interpretation, we may call ‘Jacob and Israel’ the chosen new people, ‘Egypt’ impiety and sin, ‘the signs and marvels in its midst’ those worked through Christ and the Apostles and the other saints, ‘Pharaoh’ the devil, ‘his servants’ the demons and those serving them, the ‘many smitten nations’ those of the demons, ‘the mighty kings’ the chiefmost or most authoritative among them, ‘Sihon and Og’ Satan himself and the one immediately after him, ‘kings of Canaan’ the dominions of evil, ‘their land given to the new Israel’ the lands they ruled from which they were expelled, ‘the house of Israel simply’ the entire people, ‘Aaron’ the priests, ‘Levi’ the deacons, ‘those who fear the Lord’ the virtuous alongside them, ‘Zion’ the Church, ‘the firstborn of Egypt’ the most pleasing pas- sions or those most desired by the demons, ‘the Red Sea’ the brine and bitterness of impious doctrines in which unbelievers are carried off and drowned, ‘the wilderness’ the barrenness of error passing through which the pious arrive at fruit-bearing truth, and ‘our humiliation’ is to be understood not only as involuntary humiliation from trials but also as the voluntary humiliation of virtue. 136 Psalm 136 1α A psalm belonging to David. This psalm is in the person of the priests and Levites and singers held captive in Babylon, in part foretelling what would happen to them there, and in part teaching them to do such things then and thus to move God to pity. This psalm also is without superscription among the Hebrews. 1β By the rivers of Babylon, there we sat and wept as we remembered Zion. For being captives, they would lodge outside of walls and cities, and hence resorting fre- quently to the banks of the rivers they would quietly lament by themselves. For since when having the good things in their hand they would treat them with con- tempt, they forfeited them so that they might come to have desire for them. For thus God is accustomed to lead those blind to his benefactions to an awareness of them, through banish- ment from them. 2 Upon the willows in its midst we hung our instruments. On the willow trees by the banks of the rivers in the midst of the land of Babylon. ‘Instruments’ is what they call those for accompanying songs, namely, psaltery, cithara and suchlike. And indeed they would bring these along as a reminder of God’s worship, and hanging 2: In disuse, for by the fruit-destroying and fruitless willow trees they indicated their idleness in songs.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 136 — Psalm 136
PG 128:1243τοιαῦτα. Καὶ γὰρ ἐπεφέροντο ταῦτα πρὸς ὑπόμνησιν θεοσεβείας, καὶ κρεμάσαντες, ἐθεώρουν, καὶ ἀφορμὴν ταῦτα μάλιστα θρήνων ἐποιοῦντο, τῆς ἐν Σιὼν λατρείας καὶ πολιτείας ὑπομιμνῃσκόμενοι. α Ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐπηρώτησαν ἡμᾶς οἱ αἰχμαλωτεύσαντες ἡμᾶς λόγους ᾠδῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀπαγαγόντες ἡμᾶς ὕμνον. Ἐπηρώτησαν ἡμᾶς ἀποκριθῆναι ῥήματα ᾠδῶν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὕμνον, τουτέστιν, ἐκέλευσαν ᾆσαι, τερφθῆναι ἁπλῶς βουλόμενοι, ἢ καὶ διαγελάσαι τὰ σεμνὰ ἡμῶν. β ᾌσατε ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν ᾠδῶν Σιών. Λέγοντες δηλονότι ὅτι ᾄσατε. 4 Πῶς ᾄσομεν τὴν ᾠδὴν Κυρίου ἐπὶ γῆς ἀλλοτρίας; Ἀπεκρίθημεν δηλονότι, Πῶς ᾄσομεν, κωλύοντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ νόμου; Ὅρα πόσον ἐβελτίωσεν αὐτοὺς ἡ αἰχμαλωσία· παραβαίνοντες γὰρ τὸν νόμον ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας γῆς, φυλάττουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλλοτρίας· γῆ δὲ ἀλλοτρία, καὶ πᾶσα καρδία ἀλλοτρία θεοσεβείας· ὡς συμβαίνειν ἐνταῦθα τὸ, Mὴ δῶτε τὰ ἅγια τοῖς κυσὶ, μηδὲ ῥίπτετε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων. 5 Ἐὰν ἐπιλάθωμαί σου, ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, ἐπιλησθείη ἡ δεξιά μου. Ἡ δύναμίς μου, ἡ ἐνέργειά μου, τουτέστι, πάρετος γενοίμην· ἢ ξηρανθείη ἡ δεξιά μου, ὡς μηδ’ ἐπαισθάνεσθαί με αὐτῆς. α Κολληθείη ἡ γλῶσσά μου τῷ λάρυγγί μου, ἐὰν μή σου μνησθῶ. Ἐπισχεθείη ἡ φωνή μου, ἤγουν ἀφαιρεθείην καὶ πρᾶξιν καὶ λόγον, ὧν τὸ μὲν διὰ τῆς δεξιᾶς, τὸ δὲ διὰ τῆς γλώττης ἐδήλωσε. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν λέγειν περὶ τῆς ἄνω ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. β Ἐὰν μὴ προανατάξωμαι τὴν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς εὐφροσύνης μου. Τάδε καὶ τάδε πάθοιμι, ἐὰν μὴ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἀνατάξωμαι ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ μου τὴν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ οὖσαν τῆς οἵας δήποτε εὐφροσύνης μου, ὡς κεφάλαιον χαρᾶς μου, ὡς πρώτην ἡδονήν. 7 Μνήσθητι, Κύριε, τῶν υἱῶν Ἐδὼμ, τὴν ἡμέραν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, τῶν λεγόντων, Ἐκκενοῦτε, ἐκκενοῦτε, ἕως τῶν θεμελίων αὐτῆς. 41-2 ᾄσομεν MPAS2CFHV : ᾄσωμεν B[RaT]. 5 Add. [M in marg.]PABHV: Δεξιὰν μὲν λέγει, τὴν πρᾶξιν τῆς ἀρετῆς, γλῶσσαν δὲ, τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς γνώσεως· ἡ μὲν γὰρ γλῶσσα, λόγου σύμβολον, ὁ δὲ λόγος, θεωρίας καὶ γνώσεως· λάρυγγα δὲ, τὸ περὶ τὸν λαιμὸν πάθος, ἤτοι τὴν ἡδονήν. Ἐπιλησθείη μοι, φησὶν, ἡ πρακτικὴ μὲν ἐνέργεια τῇ ἀργίᾳ, ἡ δὲ θεωρητικὴ, κολληθείη τῇ ἡδονῇ τῶν βρωμάτων, καὶ ἀκίνητος μείναι πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν τῶν θείων γνώσεων. : om. S2CF.

them up they would look at them and make them an occasion most especially for laments, reminding themselves of their worship and life in Zion. 3α For there our captors asked us for words of songs and our abductors for a hymn. They asked us to to respond with words of songs and also with a hymn, that is, they or- dered us to sing, wishing simply to be entertained or to mock at our sacred things. 3β Sing for us from the songs of Zion. Saying ‘sing’ that is to say. 4 How shall we sing the Lord’s song in an alien land. We replied, namely, ‘How shall we sing when the law prevents us?’ Observe how much the captivity had improved them, for transgressing the law in their own land, they keep it in the foreign land. An ‘alien land’ is every heart alien to God’s wor- ship. Here there is a case of, Do not give what is holy to dogs, nor throw your pearls before swine. 5 If I forget you, O Jerusalem, may my right hand be forgotten. My power, my energy, that is, may I become paralysed; or else may my right hand wither, my having no sensation of it. 6α May my tongue be glued to my throat, if I do not remember you. May my voice be stopped, namely, may I be deprived of both action and speech, of which the one he signified by his right hand and the other by his tongue. We also ought to say these things about the heavenly Jerusalem. 6β If I do not once again set Jerusalem in first place as in the beginning of my gladness. May I suffer this and that if I do not once again place Jerusalem above everything else in my memory, as being at the beginning of my gladness of any kind, as the crown of my joy, as my first delight. 7 Remember, O Lord, the sons of Edom, the day of Jerusalem, those saying, ‘Empty her out, empty her out, even to her foundations. The sons of Edom is what he calls the Arabians who allied with the Babylonians against Jerusalem, and when she was being razed to the ground, they would urge them to dig up her 5-6: ‘Right hand’ is what he calls the action of virtue and ‘tongue’ is what he calls the contemplation of knowledge, for the the tongue is a symbol of speech and knowledge; the throat is what he calls passion relating to the gullet, namely, pleasure. He is saying, may practical activity be forgotten in me through idleness, and may contemplative activity become stuck fast in the pleasure of food and remain motionless towards the pleasure of divine knowledge.

PG 128:1245Υἱοὺς Ἐδὼμ λέγει, τοὺς Ἀραβίους, οἳ συνεμάχησαν τοῖς Βαβυλωνίοις κατὰ τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, καὶ κατασκαπτομένης, ἤπειγον τούτους κατασκάπτειν καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ θεμέλια. Μνήσθητι, φησὶν, αὐτῶν, εἰς ἀνταπόδοσιν, ὅτι δίκαια συγγενείας ἔχοντες, ἐγένοντο πικρότεροι τῶν πολεμίων διὰ τὸν φθόνον. Εἰπὼν δὲ, τῶν υἱῶν Ἐδὼμ, προσέθηκε, τὴν ἡμέραν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς συμφορᾶς ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Ἀδιαφόρως δὲ ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικὴν μεταβέβηκεν· ἢ τῶν υἱῶν Ἐδὼμ, τῶν κατὰ τὴν συμφορὰν τῆς πόλεως.

very foundations. Remember them, he says, for retribution, for having the lawful claims of kinship they became the most bitter of enemies on account of envy. Having said ‘the sons of Edom’, he added ‘the day of Jerusalem’, the day of Jerusalem’s misfortune. He moved indifferently from the genitive to the accusative [‘sons of Edom’ in genitive and ‘the day of Jerusalem’ in accusative]; or else, remember the sons of Edom at the time of the city’s misfortune.

α Θυγάτηρ Βαβυλῶνος ἡ ταλαίπωρος. Ὥσπερ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου, τὸν ἄνθρωπον σύνηθες Ἑβραίοις ὀνομάζειν, οὕτω καὶ θυγατέρα Βαβυλῶνος, τὴν Βαβυλῶνα. | Ὦ ἡ θυγάτηρ Βαβυλῶνος, ἡ ταλαίπωρος· ὢ Βαβυλὼν ἀθλία, διὰ τὰ συμβησόμενά σοι δεινά. Προαγορεύει γὰρ καὶ ταύτῃ τὸν ὄλεθρον.

8α O daughter of Babylon, you wretch. Just as it is customary for Hebrews to call man ‘the son of man’, so they call Babylon the ‘daughter of Babylon’. O daughter of Babylon, you wretch! O Babylon, pitiful on account of the dread things that will happen to you, for he is proclaiming to her her destruction.

β Μακάριος ὃς ἀνταποδώσει σοι τὸ ἀνταπόδομά σου, ὃ ἀνταπέδωκας ἡμῖν. Ταῦτα, ῥήματα τοῦ λαοῦ, σφόδρα γλιχομένου τῆς καταστροφῆς τῶν ἐχθρῶν. Ἀνταπόδομα δὲ, ὃ ἀνταπέδωκας ἡμῖν, ἀντὶ τοῦ, τὴν ἀπόδοσιν, ἤτοι κάκωσιν, ἣν ἀπέδωκας ἡμῖν· περιττῆς κειμένης τῆς προθέσεως ἐπὶ τούτων, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις εἰρήκαμεν.

8β Blessed is the one who will [re]pay you back the [re]payment in return that you [re]paid back to us. These are the words of the people, fervently desiring the destruction of the enemies. The repayment that you repaid to us, in the sense of, the return, that is, the ill-treatment, that you paid back to us, with the the preposition [re] in these words being redundant as we have said elsewhere.

9 Μακάριος ὃς κρατήσει καὶ ἐδαφιεῖ τὰ νήπιά σου πρὸς τὴν πέτραν. Μέχρι τῆς ἀώρου ἡλικίας ἐκτείνουσι τὴν ὀργὴν, μακαρίζοντες τὸν καὶ τοῖς νηπίοις αὐτῆς ἀπανθρώπως καὶ ὠμῶς χρώμενον. Ἀλλ’ οὐ τὰ ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα, τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ πράου καὶ φιλανθρώπου καὶ ἀγαπᾶν μάλιστα τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ περιέπειν αὐτοὺς κελεύοντος. Ἀλλ’ ἀνακτέον ἤδη καὶ ὅσα τοῦ ψαλμοῦ εὐμεταχείριστα πρὸς ἀναγωγήν. Υἱοὺς Ἐδὼμ νοήσεις, τοὺς δαίμονας, ἐγκελευομένους ἀλλήλοις ἐκκενοῦν τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς ψυχῆς ἕως ἐσχάτου· ταύτην γὰρ ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ἡγητέον. Βαβυλὼν δὲ ταλαίπωρος, ἡ ἀσέβεια, ἡ ταλαιπωρήσασα, καταδυναστευσάσης ἤδη τῆς εὐσεβείας, ἣν ὁ καθελὼν μακάριος· νήπια δὲ αὐτῆς, οἱ ἀρτιγέννητοι ἐμπαθεῖς λογισμοὶ ἢ οἱ νηπιώδεις καὶ ἀνόητοι, ὧν ὁ κυριεύων καὶ προσαράσσων αὐτοὺς τῇ πέτρᾳ τῆς πίστεως ἢ τῷ Χριστῷ ― ἡ δὲ πέτρα ἦν, φησὶν, ὁ Χριστὸς ― καὶ οὕτω διαφθείρων, μακάριος.

9 Blessed is the one who will take and dash your infants against the rock. They extend their anger even to the most tender age, calling blessed the one who treats even her infants in an inhuman and savage way. But such things do not belong to us who are disciples of the meek and benevolent one who commands us most of all to love our enemies and to treat them well. But now those things in the psalm that are easily susceptible to anagogical interpretation are to be so treated. You will understand the ‘sons of Edom’ as the demons, enjoining one another to empty out the wealth of the soul to the utmost, for ‘Jerusalem’ is to understood as the soul. Babylon the wretched is impiety that brought wretchedness, once piety had taken con- trol, and blessed is the one who has brought down impiety. The infants of impiety are new- ly-born passionate thoughts or else infantile and foolish thoughts, and the one who masters them and dashes them against the rock of faith or against Christ - And the rock, it is written, was Christ – and so destroys them is blessed.

PG 128:1411137 ρλζ΄

137 Psalm 137

α Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ.

1α A psalm belonging to David.

Ψαλμός 137 — Psalm 137
PG 128:1247β Ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, Κύριε, ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ μου. Εἴρηται τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ θ΄ ψαλμοῦ.

1β I shall confess to you, O Lord, with my whole heart. This was also said at the beginning of the ninth psalm.

γ Καὶ ἐναντίον ἀγγέλων ψαλῶ σοι. Ἐνώπιον ἀγγέλων, ἤγουν μετ’ ἀγγέλων ᾄσω σοι, κάτωθεν, ὧν ἔργον, ὑμνεῖν σε. Ἢ ἀγγέλους λέγει, τοὺς ἱερεῖς· εἴωθε γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ καὶ ἀγγέλους καλεῖν τοὺς ἱερεῖς, καὶ θεοὺς, νῦν μὲν λέγουσα, Χείλη ἱερέων φυλάξεται κρίσιν, καὶ ἐκ στόματος αὐτοῦ ζητήσουσι δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι ἄγγελος Κυρίου παντοκράτορός ἐστι, νῦν δὲ, Θεοὺς οὐ κακολογήσεις καὶ ἄρχοντας τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς. Ἐνώπιον, φησὶ, τῶν ἱερέων ᾄσω σοι εὐχαριστήρια.

1γ And before angels I shall sing to you with psaltery. Before angels, namely, I shall sing to you from below along with angels whose work it is to praise you with hymns. Or else ‘angels’ is what he is calling the priests, for it is the custom of Scripture to call the priests ‘angels’ and ‘gods’, at one time saying, For the lips of a priest shall guard knowledge, and from his mouth they shall seek law, for he is a messenger of the Lord Almighty, and at another time, You shall not revile gods and you shall not speak ill of your people’s rulers. Before the priests, he says, I shall sing to you songs of thanksgiving.

δ Ὅτι ἤκουσας πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματός μου. Ὅτι ἐπήκουσας πάσης δεήσεώς μου, κατὰ τὸ πρέπον γενομένης.

1δ For you have heard all the words of my mouth. For you have heard my every entreaty which was made fittingly.

α Προσκυνήσω πρὸς ναὸν ἅγιόν σου. Ἀποδώσων τὰ εὐχαριστήρια.

2α I shall worship towards your holy temple. Rendering my songs of thanksgiving.

β Καὶ ἐξομολογήσομαι τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐπὶ τῷ ἐλέει σου καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου. Καὶ εὐχαριστήσω, ὅτι ἠλέησάς με καὶ ἀληθῶς ἠλέησας, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις εἰρήκαμεν· ἢ καὶ ὅτι ἠλήθευσας ἃ ὑπέσχου μοι.

2β And I shall confess to your name for your mercy and your truth. And I shall give thanks because you have had mercy on me and truly have had mercy, as we have said elsewhere; or because you have proven true in what you promised me.

γ Ὅτι ἐμεγάλυνας ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἅγιόν σου. Καὶ ὅτι ἐθαυμάστωσας εἰς πᾶν ἔργον, ἢ ἐν παντὶ, τὸ ὄνομά σου τὸ ἅγιον· πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἐποίησας κηρύττουσι τὴν μεγαλωσύνην τοῦ ὀνόματός σου. Ἕτερος δὲ ἑρμηνευτὴς ἐξέδωκεν, ὅτι ἐμεγάλυνας ὑπὲρ πᾶν.

2γ For you have magnified your holy name over all things. And because you have made you holy name wondrous in every work or in everything, for all things that you have made proclaim the magnificence of your name. Another translator rendered this as, ‘For you have magnified your holy name above all things’.

α Ἐν ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπικαλέσωμαί σε, ταχὺ ἐπάκουσόν μου. Εἶπε τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῷ ρα΄ ψαλμῷ.

3α On whatever day I call upon you, swiftly hear me. He said this also in the one hundred and first psalm.

β Πολυωρήσεις με ἐν ψυχῇ μου δυνάμει σου. Πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας ἀξιώσεις με κατὰ ψυχὴν, ὡς δυνάμενος τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. Ἢ ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου ἐπὶ πολὺ ἀρεῖς με κατὰ ψυχὴν, τουτέστιν, ὑψώσεις τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὑπὲρ ἄνω ποιήσεις τῶν θλίψεων.

3β You will bestow great care on me in my soul by your power. You will grant me much care in regard to my soul, as being able to do this. Or else in your power you will raise me up greatly in respect of my soul, that is, you will exalt my soul, you will raise it above afflictions.

Εἴρηκε δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ ια΄ ψαλμοῦ, Κατὰ τὸ ὕψος σου ἐπολυώρησας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. |

And at the end of the eleventh psalm he said, In your height you bestowed much care on the sons of men.

α Ἐξομολογησάσθωσάν σοι, Κύριε, πάντες οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς. Oἱ εὐσεβεῖς. Εἶτα ἡ αἰτία, δι’ ἣν εὐχαριστεῖν κελεύονται.

4α Let all the kings of the earth confess to you, O Lord. The pious kings. Then the reason for which they are being ordered to give thanks.

β Ὅτι ἤκουσαν πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματός σου. Tὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, τὰ διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων. Οὐ τοσοῦτον γὰρ διὰ τὰς ἄλλας εὐεργεσίας ὀφείλουσιν εὐχαριστεῖν, ὅσον διὰ τοῦτο, καὶ γὰρ ἐντεῦθεν ἡ εὐσέβεια καὶ ὁ ἐνάρετος βίος· καὶ τοῦτο, ἡ ἀληθὴς εὐεργεσία τῆς ψυχῆς.

4β For they have heard all the words of your mouth. Those through the law and the prophets, those through the Gospel and the Apostles. They have an obligation to give thanks not so much on account of the other benefactions as on this account, and indeed piety and virtuous life flow from this; and this is the true bene- faction of the soul.

α Καὶ ᾀσάτωσαν ἐν ταῖς ᾠδαῖς Κυρίου. ᾈσάτωσάν σοι διὰ τῶν ᾠδῶν τῶν εἰς σὲ πεποιημένων· ᾠδαὶ γὰρ Κυρίου, αἱ παρὰ Μωυσέως γεγενημέναι, καὶ αἱ παρὰ Δαυίδ. Εἶεν δ’ ἂν ᾠδαὶ, καὶ αἱ ἁπλῶς ὑμνολογίαι Θεοῦ.

5α And let them sing with the songs of the Lord. Let them sing to you through the songs composed for you; for the Lord’s songs are those produced by Moses and by David. The songs may also be interpreted simply as God’s hymns of praise.

PG 128:1249β Ὅτι μεγάλη ἡ δόξα Κυρίου. Μεγάλη ἡ περὶ Θεοῦ ὑπόληψις· μέγαν αὐτὸν ὑπολαμβανόντων πάντων, ὅσοις αἴσθησις τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν αὐτοῦ. Ἢ, πολλὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ· Πλήρης γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, δοξαζόντων αὐτὸν καὶ ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀνθρώπων.

5β For great is the glory of the Lord. Great is the opinion about God, with all who have a sense of his benefactions holding him in high esteem. Or else, great is his glory, for it is written, Heaven and earth are full of his glory, with angels and men glorifying him.

α Ὅτι ὑψηλὸς Κύριος καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν. Ὅμοιον τοῦτο τῷ, Ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν, ἐν τῷ ριβ΄ ψαλμῷ. Ἢ ὑψηλὸς μὲν τὴν φύσιν, τὰ ταπεινὰ δὲ ἐφορῶν, ὡς καὶ τῆς γῆς προνοούμενος, καὶ μέχρι τῶν εὐτελεστάτων ἐκτείνων τὴν πρόνοιαν. Ἢ καὶ τοὺς ταπεινόφρονας ἐφορῶν, καὶ φυλάττων αὐτούς.

6α For the Lord is high and watches over the lowly. This is similar to, Who dwells in the heights and watches over the lowly, in the one hundred and twelfth psalm. Or being high in nature he watches over the lowly, as having providence for the earth and extending his providence to even the meanest of creatures. Or else watching over the humble-minded and guarding them.

β Καὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν γινώσκει. Tὰ μὲν γὰρ ταπεινὰ τῶν πράξεων, καὶ ἀνάξια τοῦ ὕψους αὐτοῦ, οὐδ’ ἐκ τοῦ σύνεγγυς ἀνέχεται ὁρᾶν· Οὐκ οἶδα γὰρ, φησὶν, ὑμᾶς. Tὰ δ᾽ ὑψηλὰ καὶ ἄξια καὶ πόῤῥωθεν οἶδε· Γινώσκει γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ Κύριος ὁδὸν δικαίων. Ἐμφαντικὸν δὲ τοῦτο τῆς πολλῆς ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀρεσκείας αὐτοῦ. α ἐφορῶν MPΑS2CBF : ἐφορᾷ ΗV[TRa.

6β And knows what is high from afar off. For actions that are mean and unworthy of his height he does not bear to look on even from close by, for it is written, I do not know you. But what is high and worthy he knows even from far away, for it is written, The Lord knows the way of the just. This is indicative of his great pleasure in them.

Ἢ περὶ προγνώσεως ὁ λόγος, ὅτι πόῤῥωθεν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι οἶδεν αὐτά. Sus α

Or else the verse is about his foreknowledge, because he knows it from afar and before it occurs. Sus 35α

α Ἐὰν πορευθῶ ἐν μέσῳ θλίψεως, ζήσεις με. Πειρασμοῖς ἐμπεσόντα, διασώσεις· κινδύνοις ἐναπειλημμένον, ζωογονήσεις.

7α If I should walk amid affliction you will make me live. When I have fallen into trials you will preserve me; when I am trapped in dangers you will revive me.

β Ἐπ’ ὀργὴν ἐχθρῶν μου ἐξέτεινας χεῖρά σου. Ἐπὶ τὴν μανίαν καὶ λύτταν αὐτῶν ἐξέτεινας τὴν χεῖρά σου καὶ κατέσβεσας αὐτήν.

7β Against the anger of my enemies you have stretched out your hand. Against their frenzy and fury you have stretched out your hand and quenched it.

γ Καὶ ἔσωσέ με ἡ δεξιά σου. Ἡ δύναμίς σου.

7γ And you right hand has saved me. Your power.

α Κύριος ἀνταποδώσει ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. Ἀνταποδώσει τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου· Ἐμοὶ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω.

8α The Lord will repay for me. He will repay my enemies, for is its written, Vengeance is mine, I shall repay.

PG 128:1251β Κύριε, τὸ ἔλεός σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ὅμοιον τοῦτο τῷ, Ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, πολλάκις ῥηθέντι.

8β O Lord, your mercy is to the age. This is like the often repeated, For his mercy is to the age.

γ Tὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σου μὴ παρίδῃς. Καὶ ἐλεήμων, φησὶν, εἶ, καὶ δημιουργός. Δι’ ἀμφότερα οὖν, ἐπίβλεψον ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς εὐμενὲς καὶ κηδεμονικὸν, καὶ μὴ παρίδῃς τυραννουμένους καὶ ἀπολλυμένους, ἢ καὶ δεομένους καὶ ἐπικαλουμένους σε.

8γ Do not overlook the works of your hands. And, he says, you are both merciful and creator. On both counts therefore look on us favourably and providently and do not overlook us when being oppressed and destroyed, or when we are entreating and calling on you.

PG 128:1411138 ρλη΄

138 Psalm 138

α Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ.

1α A psalm belonging to David.

PG 128:1251β Κύριε, ἐδοκίμασάς με καὶ ἔγνως με. Ἐδοκίμασάς με, τῷ δοκιμίῳ τῶν πειρασμῶν, οὐχ ὡς ἀγνοῶν με πρὸ πείρας· πῶς γὰρ, ὁ πάντα εἰδὼς πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν; Ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνωσθῶ τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσί με δόκιμος Sus α καὶ γένωμαι τούτοις καρτερίας ὑπόδειγμα. Καὶ ἔγνως με πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν, οἷός εἰμι· ἢ, ἐδοκίμασας καὶ ἔγνως με, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἀκριβῶς οἶδάς με. Καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος γὰρ, λέγων ὅτι ἐρευνᾷ τὰς καρδίας, οὐκ ἄγνοιαν ἐμφαίνει πρὸ τῆς ἐρεύνης, ἀλλ’ ἀκριβῆ γνῶσιν καὶ σαφῆ.

1β O Lord, you have tried me and known me. You have tried me by the test of trials, not, of course, as not knowing me before trial, how indeed, when You know all things before they come to be? But so that I may be known as Sus 35α well-proven by those who do not know me and become for them a model of patient endur- ance. And you know with precision what I am; or, ‘you have tried me and known me’, in the sense of you know me precisely. And indeed when the Apostle says that he searches the hearts of men, he does not imply ignorance prior to the searching, but precise and clear knowledge.

α Σὺ ἔγνως τὴν καθέδραν μου καὶ τὴν ἔγερσίν μου.

2α You have known my sitting down and my standing up.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 138 — Psalm 138
PG 128:1251Τουτέστι, τὸν βίον μου· ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ὁ βίος, ἐν ἠρεμίᾳ καὶ κινήσει, ἐν σχολῇ καὶ ἀσχολίᾳ, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ. |

That is, my way of life, for life is in these things, in rest and in movement, in leisure and employment, in stillness and action.

β Σὺ συνῆκας τοὺς διαλογισμούς μου ἀπὸ μακρόθεν. Ἵνα μή τις αὐτὸν ὑπολάβοι δοκιμάζοντα γινώσκειν, ἐθεράπευσε τὸν λόγον. Ὁ γὰρ τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς εἰδὼς, καὶ τούτους πρὸ τοῦ κινηθῆναι αὐτοὺς, μᾶλλον δὲ πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου, πῶς ἂν δεηθείη δοκιμασίας;

2β You have understood the movements of my thoughts from afar off. Lest anyone suppose that he came to know by testing, he clarified his words. For the one who knows the movements of thoughts, and that even before they are set in motion, and indeed a long time before, how would he have any need of testing?

α Τὴν τρίβον μου καὶ τὴν σχοῖνόν μου σὺ ἐξιχνίασας. Τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ βίου μου πᾶσαν, καὶ τὸ μέτρον αὐτῆς, ὅσον μὲν προέβη, ὅσον δὲ λείπεται, σὺ λίαν ἐπίστασαι. Σχοῖνος γὰρ, μέτρον ὁδοῦ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ Πέρσαις· ὃ γάρ ἐστι παρ’ ἡμῖν τὸ στάδιον, τοῦτο παρ’ ἐκείνοις, ἡ σχοῖνος. Tὸ δὲ, ἐδοκίμασας καὶ ἐξιχνίασας ἐπὶ Θεοῦ, τὴν ἀσφαλῆ γνῶσιν ἐμφαίνουσι.

3α You have traced my trodden path and my line-measure. The way of my entire life and its measure, how far it has progressed, how far it is wanting you know well. For the ‘line-measure’ is a measure used for roads by the Egyptians and Per- sians, for what a stade is for us a ‘line-measure’ is for them. Testing and tracing in relation to God indicate his unerring knowledge.

β Καὶ πάσας τὰς ὁδούς μου προεῖδες. Πάσας τὰς πράξεις μου, τὰς ἀγαθὰς καὶ τὰς πονηράς. Οὐκ εἶπε δὲ ὅτι εἶδες, ἀλλ’ ὅτι προεῖδες, πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι αὐτάς.

3β And all my ways you have known in advance. All my actions, the good and the bad. And he did not say that you have known, but that you have known them in advance, before they happen.

4 Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δόλος ἐν γλώσσῃ μου. Ἔγνως καὶ τοῦτο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι κακία ἐν λόγοις μου, οὐκ ἔστι πανουργία ἢ σκολιότης. Εἶτα λέγει καθολικώτερον.

4 That there is no guile on my tongue. You have known this along with all else that there is no evil in my words, there is no cun- ning or crookedness. Then he speaks more universally.

α ᾽Ιδοὺ, Κύριε, σὺ ἔγνως πάντα, τὰ ἔσχατα καὶ τὰ ἀρχαῖα. Tὰ τελευταῖα καὶ τὰ πρῶτα, τουτέστι, σύμπαντα συλλήβδην, καὶ οὐδὲν διέφυγε τὴν σὴν γνῶσιν· ἔγνως, φησὶ, πάντα, τά τε γενησόμενα, τά τε γεγονότα.

5α See, O Lord, you know all things, those at the last and those at the first. The last and the first, that is, collectively, everything, and nothing has escaped your knowledge. He knows, he says, all things, those that are to come and those that have been.

β Σὺ ἔπλασάς με καὶ ἔθηκας ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν χεῖρά σου. Οὐ μόνον ἔπλασας, ἀλλὰ καὶ διακρατεῖς καὶ σκέπεις, ὡς εἶναι τὸ μὲν τῆς δημιουργίας, τὸ δὲ τῆς προνοίας δηλωτικόν.

5β You have fashioned me and placed your hand on me. Not only have you fashioned me, but you also hold me fast and shelter me, with the one as it were being indicative of creation and the other of providence.

PG 128:1253α Ἐθαυμαστώθη ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἐξ ἐμοῦ. Tὸ γνῶναί σε ἐμεγαλύνθη ὑπὲρ ἐμέ· οὕτω γὰρ ἕτερος ἑρμηνεὺς ἐξέδωκεν· ὑπὲρ τὴν ἐμὴν γέγονε κατάληψιν. Ὃ καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἐφεξῆς ἐσαφήνισε στίχου, λέγων·

6α Your knowledge has proved wonderful from me. Knowing you has been magnified beyond me, for this is how another translator rendered it; it has become beyond my understanding. This also he clarified through the following verse, saying:

β Ἐκραταιώθη, οὐ μὴ δύνωμαι πρὸς αὐτήν. ᾽Ισχυροτέρα γέγονεν ἢ ὥστε καταληφθῆναι τοῖς ἐμοῖς λογισμοῖς· οὐ μὴ ἰσχύσω πρὸς αὐτὴν, ὥστε περιδράξασθαι αὐτῆς. Γνῶσιν δὲ λέγει, τὴν κατὰ φύσιν, ὅτι μὲν γάρ ἐστιν, ἴσμεν, τὸ δὲ τί τὴν οὐσίαν ἐστὶν, ἀγνοοῦμεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι μὲν πανταχοῦ ἐστι, γινώσκομεν, τὸ δὲ πῶς, οὐκ ἴσμεν· καὶ ὅτι μὲν ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος καὶ σοφὸς καὶ δυνατὸς καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα οἴδαμεν, τὸ δὲ πόσον, οὐκ οἴδαμεν. Τούτῳ δὲ συνᾴδει καὶ ὁ Ἐκκλησιαστὴς λέγων, Εἶπα, Σοφισθήσομαι, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐμακρύνθη ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, ὑπὲρ ὃ ἦν· καὶ βαθὺ βάθος, τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν; Καὶ ὁ Παῦλος δέ φησιν, Ὦ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ· ὡς ἀνεξερεύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ. Τινὲς δὲ καὶ οὕτω νενοήκασιν· ἐθαυμαστώθη ἡ σοφία σου ἐκ τῆς ἐμῆς διαπλάσεως, ἐκ τῆς ἐμῆς κατασκευῆς, ἐκραταιώθη, οὐ μὴ δύνωμαι πρὸς αὐτὴν, ὥστε ὑμνῆσαι αὐτὴν ἀξίως. Ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ οἶδας αὐτὴν ἀκριβῶς, πῶς θαυμάζεις αὐτήν; Δι’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάντως, ὅτι ἀκατάληπτος. Καὶ τὴν ἡλιακὴν γὰρ ἀκτῖνα μὴ δυνάμενοι καταμαθεῖν, δι’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μάλιστα θαυμάζομεν. Εἶτα, καὶ ἑτέραν θαυμάζει δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸ πανταχοῦ παρεῖναι τῇ δυνάμει καὶ προνοίᾳ, καὶ πάντα τόπον πληροῦν. 7-8 Ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου; καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ φύγω; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, σὺ ἐκεῖ εἶ· ἐὰν καταβῶ εἰς τὸν ᾅδην, πάρει. Πνεῦμα καὶ πρόσωπον Θεοῦ, τὸν Θεὸν λέγει κατὰ περίφρασιν, ἢ πνεῦμα μὲν αὐτοῦ, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, πρόσωπον δὲ αὐτοῦ, τὸν Υἱὸν, ὡς εἰκόνα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ. Ὁ ἑωρακὼς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐμὲ, ἑώρακε | τὸν Πατέρα. Διὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὸ ἀνώτατον δεδήλωκε, διὰ δὲ τοῦ ᾅδου, τὸ κατώτατον. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τὴν ἄβυσσον καὶ τὸν πυθμένα τῆς θαλάσσης, δι’ ὧν ἁπάντων, πάντα τόπον ἄβατον ἀνθρώποις συμπεριέλαβεν. 9-10 Ἐὰν ἀναλάβοιμι τὰς πτέρυγάς μου κατ’ ὄρθρον, καὶ κατασκηνώσω εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἡ χείρ σου ὁδηγήσει με, καὶ καθέξει με ἡ δεξιά σου. Πτέρυγες αὐτοῦ, ἡ κινητικὴ δύναμις τοῦ νοῦ. Ἐὰν ταῖς πτέρυξι τοῦ νοός μου, φησὶ, καταντήσω εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον τῆς θαλάσσης, ὥστε κἂν γοῦν ἐκεῖ δύνασθαι κρυβῆναι ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἡ δύναμίς σου ὁδηγήσει με καὶ αὖθις καθέξει με, τουτέστιν, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνευ αὐτῆς ἀπελεύσομαι, ἀλλὰ προπορεύσεταί μου, ἐνδιδοῦσα πορεύεσθαι, καὶ καθέξει αὖθις ἐν ἀφύκτῳ. Κατ’ ὄρθρον δὲ εἶπε, δηλῶν τὸν καιρὸν ὅτε μάλιστα νηφαλέος ἐστὶν ὁ νοῦς. Περιττὸν δὲ τὸ, γάρ.

6β It has prevailed mightily; I remain powerless towards it. It has become too strong to be understood by my thoughts; I shall have no strength to- wards it so as to grasp it. ‘Knowledge’ is what he calls knowledge by nature, for that he is we know, but what his essence is we do not know; and that he is everywhere we know, but how we know not; and that he is good and benevolent and wise and powerful and suchlike we know, but how much we do not know. The Ecclesiast agrees with this when he says, I said, ‘I shall become wise’, but wisdom moved far from me, far beyond what was, and a deep depth, who will find it? And Paul says, O the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are his judgments and how inscrutable his ways! Some have understood it in this way: your wisdom has been made wonderful from my formation, from my construction, it has prevailed mightily, in no way have I power towards it so as to praise it worthily. But if you do not know it precisely, how do you admire it? For this very reason namely, that it is incomprehensible. And indeed not being able to acquire knowledge of the sun’s ray, on this very account we wonder at it. Then he wonders at another power of God, his being everywhere in power and provi- dence and his filling every place. 7-8 Where shall I go from your spirit? And where shall I flee from your face? If I ascend into heaven, you are there; if I descend into Hades, you are present. God’s spirit and face is what he calls God by way of circumlocution, or else his spirit is the holy Spirit and his face is the Son, as image of the Father and very stamp of his nature, for it is written, He who has seen me has seen the Father. By the heaven he indicated what is highest and by Hades what is lowest. He then speaks also of the depth and bottom of the sea, through all of which he includes every place inac- cessible to man. 9-10 If I should take my wings at dawn and dwell in the extremities of the sea, even there indeed your hand will guide me and your right hand will hold me fast. His ‘wings’, namely, the motive power of the mind. If, he says, I reach with the wings of my mind to the depths of the sea, so as to be able there perhaps to be hidden from you, even there your power will guide me and once again hold me fast, that is, without that power I cannot even go there, but your power will go before me, enabling me to go and again it will hold me fast inescapably. He said ‘at dawn’ indicating the time when the mind is most sober. The ‘indeed’ is redundant.

PG 128:1255Τινὲς δὲ ὄρθρον μὲν, τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἐνόησαν, ἔσχατα δὲ τῆς θαλάσσης, τὴν δύσιν· οἷον ἐὰν πτερύξωμαι τῷ νοΐ μου κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν καὶ καταντήσω εἰς τὴν δύσιν, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀνατολὴν ἡ δύναμίς σου ὁδηγήσει με πτερυσσόμενον, καὶ εἰς τὴν δύσιν καταντῶντα, αὕτη καθέξει με.

Some have understood ‘dawn’ as the east and the ‘extremities of the sea’ as the west, namely, if I take wings with my mind in the east and reach to the west, both in the east your power will lead me as I take wings, and on arriving in the west this same power will hold me fast.

11 Καὶ εἶπα, Ἆρα σκότος καταπατήσει με; καὶ νὺξ φωτισμὸς ἐν τῇ τρυφῇ μου. Ἐλογισάμην, ἆρα σκότος ὑποδὺς, κρυβῆναι δυνήσομαι; καὶ εἶπα ἐν ἐμαυτῷ, ἆρα σκότος κατακρύψει με; τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ, καταπατήσει, δηλοῖ· κρύπτει γὰρ τὸ ἔδαφος ὁ πατῶν αὐτό. Εἶτα συνῆκα ὅτι καὶ ἡ νὺξ αὐτὴ, φωτεινή ἐστιν ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, ἤτοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ. Τοῦτον γὰρ λέγει, τρυφὴν ἑαυτοῦ, οὗ καὶ τὴν μνήμην μόνον, εὐφροσύνην ἡγεῖται· Ἐμνήσθην γὰρ, φησὶ, τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ηὐφράνθην. Ἔγνων ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ σκότος κρύψαι με ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναται.

11 And I said, ‘Will darkness tread upon me? Even night is illumination in my delight’. I considered to myself, ‘Having put on darkness, will I be able to be hidden?’ And I said to myself, ‘Will darkness conceal me?’ For this is what ‘tread upon’ signifies, for the one who is treading on the ground is hiding it. Then I realised that this night is luminous in God, name- ly, with God. For God is whom he calls his ‘delight’, the mere memory of whom is held to be gladness, for it is written, I remembered God and was glad. I knew that not even darkness is able to hide me from God.

α Ὅτι σκότος οὐ σκοτισθήσεται ἀπὸ σοῦ. Ἤγουν παρὰ σοί· οὕτω γὰρ ἕτερος ἐξέδωκεν, ὅτι τὸ παρ’ ἡμῖν σκότος οὐκ ἔστι σκότος παρὰ σοί· ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ, φαίνει. Εἶτα σαφηνίζει τὸν λόγον.

12α For darkness will not be darkened from you. Namely, with you, for this is how another rendered it, for what is darkness with us is not darkness with you, but it also shines. The he clarifies the words.

β Καὶ νὺξ ὡς ἡμέρα φωτισθήσεται. Παρὰ σοὶ δηλονότι.

12β And night will be illumined like day. With you, that is.

γ Ὡς τὸ σκότος αὐτῆς, οὕτως καὶ τὸ φῶς αὐτῆς. Ὡς τὸ σκότος τῆς νυκτὸς παρὰ σοὶ φωτεινὸν, οὕτως καὶ τὸ φῶς τῆς ἡμέρας, τουτέστιν, ἴσα παρὰ σοὶ καὶ ἄμφω, καὶ ὁμοίως φωτεινά. Ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ πάντα φανερὰ εἶναι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ. Νοοῦνται δὲ καὶ καθ’ ἑτέραν διάνοιαν, ὅτι περιστοιχισθεὶς τῷ σκότει τῶν πειρασμῶν, εἶπα καθ’ ἑαυτὸν, ἆρα κατακυριεύσει μου; εἶτα, σοῦ θελήσαντος, καὶ ἡ νὺξ τῆς ἀθυμίας, φωτισμὸς εὐφροσύνης ἐγένετο· ἀκολούθως δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ἑρμηνευτέον. Ὁ δὲ Θεολόγος Γρηγόριος ἑτέρως ἡρμήνευσε τὸ ῥητὸν, ὅτι τρυφῶντός μου, ἡ νὺξ PG36.412B τῆς τρυφῆς ἡ σκοτίζουσα τὸν νοῦν, φωτισμὸς ἐδόκει μοι· νὺξ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἦν περὶ ἐμὲ τὸν δείλαιον, καὶ ἠγνόουν.

12γ As is its dark, so is its light. Just as the darkness of night is luminous with you, so also is the light of day, that is, both are the same with you and similarly luminous. These things are about all things being manifest with God. They can also be understood in a different sense, namely, that having been surrounded by the darkness of temptations, I said to myself, ‘Will it gain dominion over me?’ Then, by your will, the night of despondency became the light of gladness; and what follows is to be interpreted in accordance with this. Gregory the Theologian interpreted the verse in another way, namely, that when living in PG36.412B the luxury of delights the night of delight that darkens the mind would seem to me as light; for night, he says, was about my wretched self and I was unaware.

α Ὅτι σὺ ἐκτήσω τοὺς νεφρούς μου. Φησὶν ὁ Χρυσόστομος, νεφροὺς ἐνταῦθα τὸν προφήτην ὅλον ἑαυτὸν λέγειν, ἀπὸ PG55.416 μέρους τὸ πᾶν· ὅτι σὺ ἐκτήσω με, σὸν κτῆμά με πεποίηκας, καὶ προνοίας ἀξιοῖς· ὁ γὰρ κτώμενός τι καὶ προνοεῖται αὐτοῦ. γ ἠγνόουν MPASCBF: ἠγνόουν· φωτισμὸν εἶναι τὴν τρυφὴν ὑπελάμβανον. V.

13α For you have taken possession of my reins. Chrysostomos says that the prophet is here calling ‘reins’ his whole self, the part standing PG55.416 for the whole, namely, that you have taken possession of me, you have made me your posses- sion and you make me worthy of your providence, for the person who acquires something also provides for it.

PG 128:1257β Ἀντελάβου μου ἐκ γαστρὸς μητρός μου. Καὶ ἐν τῷ ο΄ ψαλμῷ εἶπεν, Ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου σύ μου εἶ σκεπαστής· | ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν σπαργάνων, ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας.

13β You have aided me from my mother’s womb. And in the seventieth psalm he said, From my mother’s belly you are my protector; from my very swaddling-clothes, from my earliest age.

α Ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, ὅτι φοβερῶς ἐθαυμαστώθης. Πολλὰ θαυμάζομεν, ἀλλ’ οὐ μετὰ φόβου, οἷον, κάλλη καὶ μεγέθη σωμάτων, καὶ οἰκοδομημάτων, καὶ σοφίαν τεχνῶν, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· εἰς δὲ τὸ βάθος τῆς θαλάσσης κατακύψαντες, οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸ θαυμάζομεν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ φόβου. Λοιπὸν οὖν καὶ ὁ προφήτης εἰς τὸ ἀχανὲς πέλαγος καὶ τὸν ἄπειρον βυθὸν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ οἰκονομίας παρακύψας, καὶ ἰλιγγιάσας, καὶ μετὰ φόβου θαυμάσας, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἐβόησεν ὅτι, Εὐχαριστήσω σοι μόνον.

14α I shall confess to you, for fearfully you have been made wonderful. We marvel at many things, but not with fear, namely, at the beauty and stature of bodies, and buildings and at the wisdom of arts and suchlike; but having stooped to look at the depth of the sea we not only marvel at it, but with fear. The prophet accordingly having looked over the yawning ocean and the infinite depth of God’s wisdom and power and providential economy, and having become dizzy and having marvelled with fear, he came back to himself and cried out that I only will give thanks to you.

β Θαυμάσια τὰ ἔργα σου. Πάντα γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας.

14β Your works are wonderful. For as is written, You have made all things in wisdom.

γ Καὶ ἡ ψυχή μου γινώσκει σφόδρα. Γινώσκει ὅτι θαυμαστὰ ταῦτα.

14γ And my soul knows well. It knows that these things are wonderful.

α Οὐκ ἐκρύβη τὸ ὀστοῦν μου ἀπὸ σοῦ, ὃ ἐποίησας ἐν κρυφῇ. Φανερά σοι καὶ ἡ διάπλασις τῶν ὀστέων μου, ἃ ἐποίησας ἀφανῆ ὑποκεκρυμμένα τῇ σαρκί.

15α My bone you made secretly has not been hidden from you. Manifest to you is the conformation of my bones which you made unseen, hidden be- neath the flesh.

β Καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου ἐν τοῖς κατωτάτοις τῆς γῆς. Φανερά σοι καὶ ἡ οὐσία τοῦ σώματός μου, ἡ ἐν τῷ βάθει τῆς γῆς κρυπτομένη καὶ λυομένη μετὰ θάνατον· τουτέστι, καὶ συμπηγνύμενον ἐν γαστρὶ τῆς μητρὸς ὁρᾷς με, καὶ λυόμενον αὖθις ἐν κοιλίᾳ τῆς γῆς. Ἢ καὶ ἑτέρως· Φανερά σοι καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου, ἡ πλάσις μου, ἡ ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς κατωτάτοις τῆς γῆς, ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις τῆς μητρικῆς νηδύος ὑφαινομένη.

15β And my being in the depths of the earth. Manifest to you is the substance of my body when hidden in the depths of the earth and undergoing dissolution after death; that is, you see me both when being congealed in my mother’s womb and again when being dissolved in the belly of the earth. Or in a different way: Manifest to you is my being, my formation, that, as if in the depths of the earth, is being woven in the entrails of the maternal womb.

α Tὸ ἀκατέργαστόν μου εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου. Ἢ τὸ τοῦ ἐμβρύου ἀδιατύπωτον λέγει, μήπω ἐξεικονισθέντος ἐν τῷ ἐργαστηρίῳ τῆς φύσεως, ἢ τὴν τοῦ νοὸς ἀτελῆ κίνησιν. α Add. [M in marg.]PAHV: Ἡ γυνὴ, ὅτε ἔφαγεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου· ὀστοῦν γὰρ αὕτη τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, ὡς ἐκ τῆς πλευρᾶς αὐτοῦ πλαστουργηθεῖσα, ἣν καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐν κρυφῇ, ἔκστασιν ἐπιβαλὼν τῷ Ἀδάμ. [Gen 3.8-10; 2.]. : om. SCFB.

16α What is yet unformed in me your eyes have seen. He is speaking either of the unshapenness of the embryo, having not yet been moulded in the workshop of nature, or of the imperfect motion of the the mind. 15α: Woman, when she ate from the tree; for she is the bone of Adam, fashioned from his side, and which he made in secret, having cast ecstasy over Adam [Gen 3.8-10; 2.21].

Οἶδας, φησὶ, κἀμὲ πρὸ τοῦ διαμορφωθῆναί με, καὶ τοὺς λογισμούς μου, πρὸ τοῦ κινηθῆναι αὐτοὺς, τουτέστιν, οἶδας πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν. Sus α

You know me, he says, even before I have been formed and my thoughts even before they have been moved, that is, You know all things before they come to be. Sus 35α

β Καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ βιβλίον σου πάντες γραφήσονται. Βιβλίον Θεοῦ, ἡ ἀκριβὴς γνῶσις· γραφὴ δὲ αὐτοῦ, ἡ διηνεκὴς μνήμη. Ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ἁπλῆς γνώσεως γράφονται ἁπλῶς πάντες, καὶ δίκαιοι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοί· ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς κατ’ οἰκείωσιν γνώσεως, μόνοι οἱ δίκαιοι.

16β And all will be written in your book. God’s book is his exact knowledge; his writing is his perpetual memory. In the book of simple knowledge all people, both just and sinful, are written in a simple way, but in the book of knowledge by affinity, only the just are written.

PG 128:1259γ Ἡμέρας πλασθήσονται, καὶ οὐθεὶς ἐν αὐτοῖς. Ἐν φωτὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος πλασθήσονται, πλάσιν τὴν ἀρίστην τε καὶ καθαρωτάτην καὶ τῆς νυκτερινῆς καὶ σωματικῆς ἀντίθετον· καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ὡς εἴρηται γραφομένοις, οὐδείς ἐστι, μὴ πλασθεὶς ὡς δεδήλωται πνευματικῶς, καὶ ῥυθμισθεὶς καὶ ἀπευθυνθείς. Ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν ἡρμηνεύσαμεν ὡς οἷόν τε τὸ ῥητὸν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεολόγου Γρηγορίου PG36.509B λαβόντες ἀφορμήν. Ὁ δὲ Χρυσόστομος ἀσαφὲς τοῦτο λέγει, καὶ μόνην ἔννοιαν ἐξ ἑτέρου ἑρμηνέως εἰσάγει, ὅτι Ἀμόρφωτόν με εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου, καὶ οὕτως με PG55.417 εἶδον, ὡς τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ βιβλίον σου γεγραμμένους, τοὺς εὐκαίρως πλασθέντας, καὶ οὐδεμιᾶς ἡμέρας δεομένους εἰς ἀπαρτισμὸν πλάσεως.

16γ By day they will be formed and no one among them. They will be formed in the light of the holy Spirit, a formation both excellent and pure and the antithesis of nocturnal and corporeal formation, and among those written, as was said, there is no one who has not been formed spiritually and regulated and directed. We have interpreted the words as far as is possible on the basis of Gregory the Theologian. PG36.509B Chrysostom, however, says this is ‘unclear’, and imports the only meaning from another PG55.417 translator, namely, that Your eyes have seen me unformed and you have known me like those written in your book, those already well-formed and requiring not a single further day to attain perfect formation.

α Ἐμοὶ δὲ λίαν ἐτιμήθησαν οἱ φίλοι σου, ὁ Θεός. Φίλοι Θεοῦ, ὅσοι δι’ ἀρετῆς οἰκειοῦνται αὐτῷ· Ὑμεῖς γὰρ, φησὶ, φίλοι μού ἐστε· οὐ μικρὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο μέρος ἀρετῆς, τὸ τιμᾶν τοὺς φίλους τοῦ Θεοῦ.

17α For me, O God, your friends, have been greatly honoured. Friends of God are those who are made his own through virtue, for it is written, You are my friends. Nor is it a small part of virtue to honour the friends of God.

β Λίαν ἐκραταιώθησαν αἱ ἀρχαὶ αὐτῶν. Ἄλλος, αἱ κεφαλαὶ αὐτῶν, ἤγουν αὐτοὶ, κατὰ περίφρασιν· ἰσχυροὶ, φησὶ, γεγόνασιν, εἰς | ἀρετὴν, ἀήττητοι κακίας. Ἢ ἀρχὰς νόει, τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἣν ἔλαβεν ἕκαστος κατὰ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων· αἰνίττεται δὲ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ τοὺς διαδόχους αὐτῶν· ἢ καὶ τοὺς κατ’ αὐτὸν, ὄντας ἐναρέτους.

17β Their authorities have been greatly strengthened. Another writes ‘their heads’, that is, ‘they’ by way of circumlocution; they have become strong in virtue, invincible to evil. Or else understand ‘authorities’ as the authority which each received over unclean spirits; he is alluding to the Apostles and their successors; or else those who, being virtuous, are like them.

α Ἐξαριθμήσομαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄμμον πληθυνθήσονται. Καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὁ λόγος. Ἐξαριθμήσασθαι πειράσομαι καὶ ἀπειροπληθεῖς ἔσονται, ὑπὲρ ἀριθμὸν εὑρεθήσονται· πλὴν παρὰ Θεῷ οὐκ αὐτοὶ μόνον ἠρίθμηνται, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν.

18α I shall number them and they will be multiplied beyond sand. The verse employs hyperbole. I shall attempt to count them and they will be infinitely nu- merous, they will be found beyond number; except with God, not only are they numbered, but even the hairs of their head.

β Ἐξηγέρθην καὶ ἔτι εἰμὶ μετὰ σοῦ.

18β I have been raised up and still am with you.

Ἀπηλλάγην τῶν δεινῶν, καὶ οὐκ ἐπελαθόμην τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὅπερ πολλοὶ πάσχουσιν ἐν εὐημερίᾳ.

I have been freed from dread dangers and have not forgotten virtue as happens to many in prosperity.

α Ἐὰν ἀποκτείνῃς ἁμαρτωλοὺς, ὁ Θεός. Λείπει τὸ, εὖ ἔχει· ἁμαρτωλοὺς μὲν οὖν λέγει, τοὺς δαίμονας καὶ τοὺς παρανόμους ἀνθρώπους· ἀναίρεσις δὲ τῶν μὲν δαιμόνων, ἡ ἀνενεργησία, τῶν δὲ παρανόμων ἀνθρώπων, ἡ πρὸς ἀρετὴν μεταβολὴ, ἀναιρουμένης τῆς κακίας, ἢ καὶ ὁ σωματικὸς θάνατος, ἀνιάτων φαινομένων, ἵνα μὴ ἐμποδίζωσι τῷ δρόμῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς.

19α If you, O God, will slay sinners. ‘It will be well’ is missing. ‘Sinners’ then is what he is calling the demons and lawless men. The destruction of the demons is their inactivity, and that of lawless men is their turning towards virtue, evil being destroyed, or else it is their bodily death, when proving incurable, so that they do not impede the path of virtue.

β Ἄνδρες αἱμάτων, ἐκκλίνατε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ. Oἱ φονικοὶ, οἱ αἱμοχαρεῖς, οἱ ἀναιροῦντες ὧν ἂν περιγένησθε· τοιοῦτοι δὲ, πάντες οἱ τοῦ διαβόλου, τοῦτο μὲν ἔργῳ, τοῦτο δὲ λόγῳ φθείροντες. Οὐ μικρὸν δὲ κατόρθωμα, τὸ φεύγειν τὴν συνουσίαν τῶν παρανόμων.

19β Turn away from me, you men of blood. You murderers, you who delight in bloodshed, who destroy whomsoever you overcome; such are all those of the devil, destroying the one by deed and the other by word. It is not a small achievement to flee the company of the lawless.

α Ὅτι ἐρισταί ἐστε εἰς διαλογισμούς. Ὅτι μάχιμοί ἐστε καὶ φιλόνεικοι ἐν διαλογισμοῖς, ἐν κακοβουλίαις, ὡς ἕτερος ἐξέδωκε.

20α For you are full of strife in your thoughts. For you are belligerent and contentious in your thoughts, ‘in evil purposes’ as another rendered it.

β Λήψονται εἰς ματαιότητας τὰς πόλεις σου. Οἰκήσουσι μάτην τὰς πόλεις σου. Τοῦ Κυρίου γὰρ, φησὶν, ἡ γῆ. Μενοῦσιν ἄκαρποι εἰς ἀρετὴν οἱ τοιοῦτοι. 21-22 Οὐχὶ τοὺς μισοῦντάς σε, Κύριε, ἐμίσησα, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου ἐξετηκόμην; τέλειον μῖσος ἐμίσουν αὐτοὺς, εἰς ἐχθροὺς ἐγένοντό μοι. Εἰπὼν ἀνωτέρω, Ἐμοὶ δὲ λίαν ἐτιμήθησαν οἱ φίλοι σου, ὁ Θεός· ἐνταῦθά φησιν, Οὐχὶ τοὺς μισοῦντάς σε, Κύριε, ἐμίσησα; Κἀκεῖ μεθ’ ὑπερβολῆς ἡ τιμή· λίαν γάρ. Κἀνταῦθα μεθ’ ὑπερβολῆς τὸ μῖσος· ἐξετήκετο γάρ· ἤγουν ἐπυρπολεῖτο τῷ κατ’ αὐτῶν θυμῷ.

20β They will take your cities to no purpose. They will dwell in your cities in vain, for it is written, The earth is the Lord’s. Such men will remain barren in virtue. 21-22 Have I not hated those who hate you, O Lord, and been consumed against your enemies? With a perfect hatred I would hate them, they became enemies for me. Having said above, For me your friends, O God, have been greatly honoured, he says here, Have I not hated those who hate you, O Lord? There with an excess of honour, for it is ‘great’, and here with an excess of hatred, for he would be consumed, namely, he would be fired with rage against them.

α Δοκίμασόν με, ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ γνῶθι τὴν καρδίαν μου. Καὶ μὴν κατ’ ἀρχὰς εἶπε· Κύριε, ἐδοκίμασάς με καὶ ἔγνως με. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔτι δοκιμασθῆναι ζητεῖ, πρὸς πλείονα πληροφορίαν τῶν ἀγνοούντων αὐτόν. βἜτασόν με καὶ γνῶθι τὰς τρίβους μου, καὶ ἴδε εἰ ὁδὸς ἀδικίας ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ ὁδήγησόν

23α Try me, O God, and know my heart. And indeed at the beginning he said, O Lord, you have tried me and known me, but he asks to be tried still further, to give even greater assurance to those who do not know him. 23β- Examine me and know my paths, and see if there is any way of injustice in me, and guide

24 με ἐν ὁδῷ αἰωνίᾳ. β ματαιότητας MPAS2CFHV : ματαιότητα [TRa]. β ἀδικίας MPCFH : ἀνομίας M[in marg.] AS2BV[TRa]. β-2 καὶ ὁδήγησόν με ἐν ὁδῷ αἰωνίᾳ BHV[TRa] : om. MASCF : add. P.

24 me in the eternal way.

PG 128:1261Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει καὶ νῦν· ἢ τοίνυν διὰ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας αὐτὸν ὁ λόγος, βεβαιῶν ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτὸς ἐκείνους ἠδίκησεν, ἢ καὶ ἔτι δοκιμασθῆναι ζητεῖ, ἵνα, εἰ μὴ οὕτως ἔχων ἐλεγχθῇ, διορθώσηται ἑαυτὸν πλανώμενον.

He says the same again here; or else the words are on account of those wronging him, confirming that he has done them no wrong, or he is asking to be tried still further so that, if he is proven not to be thus, he may correct himself when erring.

PG 128:1411139 ρλθ΄

139 Psalm 139

1 Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ.

1 A psalm belonging to David.

PG 128:1261α Ἐξελοῦ με, Κύριε, ἐξ ἀνθρώπου πονηροῦ. Κακούργου. Πονηρὸν δὲ ἡ κακία, ὡς πόνον καὶ κάματον ἐπιφέρουσα τῷ κεκτημένῳ. Εἶτα σαφηνίζει τίνα λέγει πονηρόν.

2α Rescue me, O Lord, from a toilsome man. From an evildoer, for evil is toilsome as bringing toil and trouble on the one held by it. He then clarifies whom he is calling ‘toilsome’.

β Ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς ἀδίκου ῥῦσαί με. Παρανόμου. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ δυσφύλακτος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἄνθρωπος, καλεῖ τὸν Θεὸν εἰς ἐπικουρίαν· ζήτησον καὶ ἐν τῷ μβ΄ ψαλμῷ τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῦ, Ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς ἀδίκου καὶ δολίου ῥῦσαί με. | Ps 42.δ Ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι γοῦν ψαλμῷ εἰπὼν, Ἄνδρες αἱμάτων, ἐκκλίνατε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ ϛ΄ δὲ ψαλμῷ φήσας, Ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν, καὶ οἴκοθεν ἀποστραφεὶς καὶ φυγὼν αὐτοὺς, νῦν καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλεῖται συνεργόν. Χρὴ γὰρ ἕκαστον τὸ παρ’ ἑαυτοῦ εἰσάγειν πρότερον, εἶτα καὶ τὸν Θεὸν παρακαλεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς συνεργεῖ, σοῦ μῆ σπουδάζοντος, οὔτε σὺ σπουδάζων ἀνύσεις, ἐκείνου μὴ συνεφαπτομένου.

2β From an unjust man deliver me. A lawless man. For since such a man is difficult to guard against, he calls on God for as- sistance. Seek also in the forty-second psalm the explanation of, From an unjust and deceitful man deliver me. Ps 42.1δ Having said in the previous psalm, Turn away from me, you men of blood, and in the sixth psalm, Depart from me, all you who practice lawlessness, and for his own part having turned away and fled from them, he now calls on God to join in helping. For each must first con- tribute of his own means and then call on God, for neither does God co-operate if you are making no effort, nor will you succeed in your efforts if he is not also laying on his hand.

PG 128:1263α Οἵτινες ἐλογίσαντο ἀδικίαν ἐν καρδίᾳ. Oἱ τοιοῦτοι, φησὶν, ἐμελέτησαν ἄδικα, παράνομα, βλαβερά.

3α Those who have deliberated injustice in their heart. Such men, he says, have planned unjust, lawless, harmful things.

β Ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν παρετάσσοντο πολέμους. Ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ βίῳ αὐτῶν ηὐτρεπίζοντο πολέμους, νῦν μὲν κατὰ τούτου, νῦν δὲ κατ’ ἐκείνου, μὴ συγχωρούσης αὐτοῖς τῆς κακίας ἠρεμεῖν, ἀλλὰ ποτὲ μὲν ἀφανῶς ἐπιτίθεσθαι πειθούσης, ποτὲ δὲ φανερῶς. Πόλεμος δὲ νοεῖται, καὶ ὁ δόλος καὶ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ, καὶ πᾶσα ἐπήρεια ἐν διανοίᾳ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ θεωρουμένη.

3β All day long they would draw up wars. Throughout their whole life they would prepare wars, now against the one, now against the other, evil not permitting them to rest, but persuading them to attack at times surrepti- tiously and at time openly. ‘War’ is to be understood as both deceit and treachery and every insult contemplated in thought and word and deed.

α ᾽Ηκόνησαν γλῶσσαν αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ ὄφεως. Ὤξυναν αὐτὴν εἰς τὸ ἐνιέναι ἰὸν φθοροποιὸν, ὅς ἐστιν οἱ βλαβεροὶ λόγοι.

4α They have whetted their tongue like a serpent’s. They have sharpened it to inject destructive venom, which is harmful words.

β ᾽Ιὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν. [] ἑαυτόν PSABFHV : αὐτόν MC. β ηὐτρεπίζοντο SCBFHV : ηὐτρέπιζον MPA.

4β The venom of asps is beneath their lips.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 139 — Psalm 139
PG 128:1263Ἤγουν ἐν τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτῶν, ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν, λόγος ὀλέθριος, ἰῷ ἀσπίδος ἐοικὼς, κατὰ τὸ βλαπτικόν τε καὶ δραστήριον εἰς ἀπώλειαν. Ὁρᾷς πῶς εἰς θηριωδίαν τούτους ἡ κακία μετέστησεν, οὐ τὴν φύσιν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν εἰς ἀπανθρωπίαν καταγαγοῦσα;

Namely, on their tongue, in their mouth, is deadly speech, like an asp’s venom in both its harmfulness and efficacy in bringing destruction. Do you see how evil transformed them to brutishness, having dragged not their nature, but their predisposition down into inhumanity?

α Φύλαξόν με, Κύριε, ἐκ χειρὸς ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων ἀδίκων ἐξελοῦ με. Tὰ προλαβόντα λέγει πάλιν, ἐπιτείνων τὴν δέησιν· ἁμαρτωλὸς γὰρ καὶ ἄδικος, πᾶς οἱωσδήποτε ἁμαρτάνων καὶ ἀδικῶν ἢ ἑαυτὸν ἢ καὶ ἕτερον· ἑαυτὸν μὲν γὰρ ἐν πάσῃ ἁμαρτίᾳ πάντως ἀδικεῖ, ἕτερον δὲ οὐ πάντως ἐν πάσῃ. Ὥσπερ δὲ πολλάκις δικαιοσύνην ἡ Γραφὴ τὴν καθόλου ἀρετὴν ὀνομάζει, οὕτω καὶ ἀδικίαν, τὴν καθόλου κακίαν.

5α Keep me, O Lord, from a sinner’s hand, from unjust men rescue me. He says again what has gone before, intensifying his entreaty, for a sinner and an unjust man is whosoever sins or acts unjustly in any way whatsoever either against himself or anoth- er, for with every sin he indubitably does injustice to himself, but not necessarily with every sin does he harm another. Just as Scripture often names virtue in general ‘justice’, so it calls evil in general ‘injustice’.

β Οἵτινες διελογίσαντο τοῦ ὑποσκελίσαι τὰ διαβήματά μου. Ἐσκέψαντο ἐμποδίσαι τῇ κατὰ νόμον πορείᾳ μου· περιττὸν γὰρ νῦν τὸ, τοῦ, καθ’ Ἑβραϊκὸν ἰδίωμα.

5β Those who have contrived so as to trip up my steps. They have looked to impede my path in accordance with the law; the words ‘so as’ are redundant in accordance with the Hebrew idiom.

α Ἔκρυψαν ὑπερήφανοι παγίδα μοι. Ὑπερήφανος, πᾶς παράνομος, ὡς ὑπερόπτης τοῦ νόμου, καθὼς εἰρήκαμεν πολλάκις· παράνομος δὲ, πᾶς ἁμαρτωλός.

6α Proud men have hidden a snare for me. Every transgressor is proud as holding the law in contempt, as we have often said, and every sinner is a transgressor of the law.

β Καὶ σχοινίοις διέτειναν παγίδα τοῖς ποσί μου. Πολυπλόκοις ἐπιβουλαῖς, θηράτροις λαθραίοις, ἥπλωσαν παγίδα μοι.

6β And with ropes they have stretched out a snare for my feet. With craftily twined treacheries, with furtive traps, they have spread out a snare for me.

γ Ἐχόμενα τρίβου σκάνδαλα ἔθεντό μοι. Ἁπτόμενα τῆς ὁδοῦ ἢ ἔγγιον αὐτῆς, ὥστε βαδίζοντα περιπεσεῖν αὐτοῖς ἀφυλάκτως· σκάνδαλον δὲ, τὸ πρόσκομμα. Ἐπεξηγεῖται δὲ καὶ πλατύνει τὸν περὶ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς λόγον· ἔκρυψαν γὰρ, φησὶ, καὶ διέτειναν καὶ ἐχόμενα τρίβου, ἵνα δείξῃ τὸ σπουδαῖον καὶ πανοῦργον τῆς κακομηχανίας αὐτῶν.

6γ Next to my pathway they have set stumbling blocks for me. Touching the wayside or close to it, so that when walking he will fall into them unawares; a stumbling block is an obstacle in the way. He is explaining and expanding his words about treachery; for, he says, ‘they have hidden’ and ‘stretched out’ and ‘next to my pathway’, so that he might show the earnest and villainous intent of their evil contrivance.

α Εἶπα τῷ Κυρίῳ, Θεός μου εἶ σύ. Ἐν τοιούτοις κινδύνοις γενόμενος καὶ προσδοκῶν ἑαλωκέναι, πάσης ἄλλης βοηθείας ἀφέμενος, μόνον τὸν Θεὸν ἐπεκαλεσάμην, εἰπὼν, Θεός μου εἶ σὺ, μὴ παρίδῃς τὸ δημιούργημά σου.

7α I have said to the Lord, ‘You are my God’. Having found myself in such dangers and expecting to be taken captive, having given up all other help, I called on God alone, saying, ‘You are my God, do not overlook your creature’.

PG 128:1265β Ἐνώτισαι, Κύριε, τὴν φωνὴν τῆς δεήσεώς μου. Δεομένου ῥυσθῆναι.

7β Give ear, O Lord, to the voice of my entreaty. Entreating to be delivered.

8 Κύριε, Κύριε, δύναμις τῆς | σωτηρίας μου, ἐπεσκίασας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν μου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ πολέμου. Κύριε, Κύριε, δύναμις σῴζουσά με, ἐσκέπασάς με ἐν ἡμέρᾳ πολέμου, ἐφρούρησας, ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ κατέστησας, μὴ μόνον βελῶν καὶ ξιφῶν ἀθιγῆ τηρήσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡλιακῆς προσβολῆς παραλυπούσης. Εὐγνωμονεῖ δὲ καὶ ὁμολογεῖ τὰς προλαβούσας εὐεργεσίας, ἵνα καὶ ἔτι τοῦτον εἰς ἀντίληψιν ἐπισπάσηται.

8 O Lord, O Lord, the power of my salvation, you have spread a shade over my head on the day of war. O Lord, O Lord, the power saving me, you have sheltered me on the day of war, you have guarded me, you have set me in safety, not only having kept me untouched by arrows and swords, but also by the distressing impact of the sun. He is grateful and confesses the prior benefactions he has received so that he may induce God to further assistance.

α Mὴ παραδῷς με, Κύριε, ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας μου ἁμαρτωλῷ. Mὴ παραχωρήσῃς με τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ δαίμονι, διὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν μου τὴν φαύλην. Εἰκὸς γὰρ ἐπιθυμῆσαί ποτε κακῶς, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀπὸ τούτου καταδικασθείην, μὴ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποῤῥιφθείην. Ἁμαρτωλὸς δὲ, καὶ ὁ παράνομος ἄνθρωπος.

9α Do not surrender me, O Lord, from my desire to the sinful one. Do not hand me over to the sinful demon on account of my evil desire. For it is likely that at times I have desired wickedly, but may I not be condemned by this, may I not be rejected. The sinful one is also the lawless man.

β Διελογίσαντο κατ’ ἐμοῦ, μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς με. Ἐμελέτησαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί.

9β They have contrived against me, do not abandon me. The sinful have laid plans against me.

γ Μήποτε ὑψωθῶσι. Μήποτε ἀλαζονικώτεροι καὶ ἰταμώτεροι γένωνται, φυσηθέντες τῇ κατ’ ἐμοῦ νίκῃ.

9γ Lest they be exalted. Lest they become more overbearing and reckless, puffed up by their victory over me.

10 Ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ κυκλώματος αὐτῶν, κόπος τῶν χειλέων αὐτῶν καλύψει αὐτούς. Κύκλωμα λέγει, τὴν σαγήνην, τὴν ἐπιβουλήν. Tὸ κεφάλαιον, φησὶ, τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῶν, ᾧ μάλιστα πεποίθασιν, αὐτὸ τούτους καλύψει καὶ ἀφανίσει. Τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ καὶ, κόπον τῶν χειλέων αὐτῶν ὠνόμασε, κοπιασάντων ἐν τῷ μελετᾶν αὐτὸ, καὶ μετὰ πόνου τοῦτο εὑρόντων. Δι’ οὗ προσδοκῶσι καθελεῖν, διὰ τούτου καθαιρεθήσονται. Ἢ κόπον τῶν χειλέων αὐτῶν λέγει, τὴν πονηρὰν μελέτην, τὴν μοχθηρὰν συμβουλήν. Τοιοῦτον δὲ ἡ πονηρία· τῷ κεκτημένῳ γίνεται ὄλεθρος.

10 The head of their encirclement, the labour of their lips will cover them. ‘Encirclement’ is what he calls their net, their treachery. The crowning act of their treach- ery, he says, that in which they trusted most of all, this will cover them and obliterate them. He called the same thing ‘the labour of their lips’, their having laboured in planning it and having found it with toil and effort. That through which they expect to destroy, through the same they will be destroyed. Or else ‘the labour of their lips’ is what he calls their wicked plotting, their cunning advice. Such is wickedness: it becomes the ruin for the one possessing it.

α Πεσοῦνται ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἄνθρακες ἐν πυρί. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἄνθρακες, ἀλλ’ ἐν πυρὶ, τουτέστι, πολὺ πῦρ ἔχοντες, ἄγαν φλογίζοντες. γ φυσηθέντες MAS2CBFHV : φυσιωθέντες P.

11α Coals on fire will fall upon them.

Ἄνθρακας δὲ νόει, τὴν ἄνωθεν τιμωρίαν, δίκην ἀνθράκων πικρῶς κολάζουσαν· προφητεύει δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων· ἐπὶ πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ πῦρ θεήλατον κατηνέχθη.

Not simply coals, but ‘on fire’, that is, having much fire, flaming mightily. Understand ‘coals’ as punishment from above, chastising bitterly like live coals. He proph- esies these things against such people. And god-sent fire has been brought down on many.

β Καταβαλεῖς αὐτοὺς ἐν ταλαιπωρίαις, καὶ οὐ μὴ ὑποστῶσιν. Ἐν ταλαιπωρούσαις αὐτοὺς κακώσεσι, καὶ οὐ μὴ ὑπενέγκωσι τὰς ταλαιπωρίας ὅλως, ἀλλ’ ἐκ πρώτης προσβολῆς καταβληθήσονται διὰ τὴν τούτων σφοδρότητα.

11β You will cast them down in miseries, and in no way will they withstand. In sufferings causing them misery, and they will not endure the miseries at all, but on their first impact they will be cast down on account of their vehemence.

α Ἀνὴρ γλωσσώδης οὐ κατευθυνθήσεται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Ἀνὴρ γλώσσης ἀκρατὴς, ἀδόλεσχος, φλύαρος, προπετὴς, ἢ καὶ ἐριστικὸς καὶ φιλόνεικος, οὐ κατευοδωθήσεται, ἀλλὰ περιτραπήσεται καὶ κατενεχθήσεται.

12α A man with a restive tongue will not be directed well upon the earth. A man with an intemperate tongue, an idle chatterer, a foolish tattler, an insolent man, or a wrangler and lover of strife, will not be given fair passage, but will be turned away and brought down.

β Ἄνδρα ἄδικον κακὰ θηρεύσει εἰς διαφθοράν. Καὶ ἄλλος δὲ σοφὸς εἶπε, Παρανομίαι ἄνδρα ἀγρεύουσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλάκις θηρεύεταί τις εἰς σωτηρίαν, προσέθηκεν, ὅτι εἰς διαφθορὰν, εἴτουν εἰς ἀπώλειαν. Γνωμικὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ διδασκαλικά.

12β Evils will hunt down an unjust man to destruction. And another wise man said, Transgressions ensnare a man. And since many times one is hunted to salvation, he added, ‘to destruction’, namely, to perdition. These are gnomic and didactic expressions.

PG 128:126713 Ἔγνων ὅτι ποιήσει Κύριος τὴν κρίσιν τῶν πτωχῶν καὶ τὴν δίκην τῶν πενήτων. Εἰ καὶ βραδύνει πολλάκις ἡ ἐκδίκησις τῶν καταπονουμένων καὶ καταδυναστευομένων ― τούτους γὰρ λέγει νῦν, πτωχοὺς καὶ πένητας ― ἀλλ’ ὅμως εὖ οἶδα ὅτι, ἢ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον ἢ κατὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ζωὴν, ποιήσει Κύριος τὴν κρίσιν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν δίκην αὐτῶν· ἃ καὶ ἄμφω, τὴν ἐκδίκησιν δηλοῦσι. Τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν, ἅμα μὲν τοὺς ἀδικουμένους παραμυθούμενος, ἅμα δὲ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας ἐκδειματῶν καὶ σωφρονίζων.

13 I know that the Lord will give judgement for paupers and satisfaction to the poor. Even if vengeance for the belaboured and oppressed is often slow in coming – for these are the ones he is now calling paupers and poor – but yet I well know that either in the present life or in the life to come the Lord will give judgement and satisfaction for them, both of which signify vengeance. He said this, both consoling the victims of injustice and also instilling fear in those com- mitting injustice and bringing them to their senses.

α Πλὴν δίκαιοι ἐξομολογήσονται τῷ ὀνόματί σου. Πλὴν καὶ τῆς ἐκδικήσεως βραδυνούσης, οἱ δίκαιοι οὐ σκαν | δαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ εὐχαριστήσουσι καὶ οὕτως, εἰδότες ὅτι πάντα σὺν λόγῳ ποιεῖς καὶ πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον.

14α Except the just will confess to your name. Except even with vengeance being slow to come, the just will not be scandalized, but will give thanks even thus, knowing that you do everything for a reason and for profit.

β Καὶ κατοικήσουσιν εὐθεῖς σὺν τῷ προσώπῳ σου. Εὐθεῖς, τοὺς δικαίους λέγει πάλιν, ὅτι κατοικήσουσι σὺν σοὶ, ἤγουν σὺν τῇ μνήμῃ σου, πάντοτε συνόντες αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐδέποτε ταύτης ἀφιστάμενοι. Ἢ εὐθεῖς μὲν λέγει, τοὺς ἀποστόλους· πρόσωπον δὲ Θεοῦ, τὸν Χριστὸν, ὡς χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ· Θέλω γὰρ, φησὶν, ἵνα ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὦσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ. α γλώσσης ἀκρατής ΑS2CFΗ : γλωσσώδης, ἀκρατής MPBV.

14β And the straight will dwell with your face. ‘The straight’ is what once again he he calls the just, for they will dwell with you, name- ly, with your memory, ever being together with it and never separated from it. Or else ‘the straight’ is what he calls the Apostles, and the face of God what he calls Christ as stamp of his nature, for it is written, I desire that where I am they also may be with me.

Εἶεν δ’ ἂν καὶ ἄλλως, δίκαιοι μὲν, οἱ τὴν πρακτικὴν κατορθοῦντες, εὐθεῖς δὲ, οἱ τὴν θεωρητικήν· ἢ δίκαιοι μὲν, οἱ ἁπλῶς τὴν ἀρετὴν μετιόντες, εὐθεῖς δὲ, οἱ μετὰ λόγου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ περί τε τῆς μελλούσης κρίσεως, ἔτι δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁ ψαλμὸς διαλαμβάνει, τινὲς ἐπιγραφὴν τούτῳ τεθείκασιν, Εἰς τὸ τέλος, ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ.

It may also be interpreted in a different way, the just being those who attain practical virtue and the straight those who attain contemplative virtue, or else the just being those pursuing virtue in a simple way, and the straight those doing so with reason. Since the psalm touches both on the last judgement and on Christ and the Apostles, some placed on it the superscription: Towards fulfilment; a psalm belonging to David.

PG 128:1411140 ρμ΄

140 Psalm 140

α Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ.

1α A psalm belonging to David.

PG 128:1267β Κύριε, ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σὲ, εἰσάκουσόν μου. Ἐκέκραξα κραυγῇ καρδίας πεπυρωμένης, καθ’ ἣν καὶ σιγῶν ἠκούετο Μωυσῆς, καὶ μηδὲν φθεγγομένη Ἄννα, οὐ κραυγῇ στόματος, καθ’ ἣν καὶ πληθύνοντες τὴν δέησιν ᾽Ιουδαῖοι, οὐκ εἰσηκούοντο. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὁ στόματι βοῶν ὅλον κατατείνει τὸ σῶμα, οὕτω καὶ ὁ καρδίᾳ κράζων, ὅλην συστρέφει τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸν νοῦν, καὶ ἄξιός ἐστιν εἰσακούεσθαι.

1β O Lord, I have cried to you, hear me. I have cried with the cry of an ardently burning heart, like the cry whereby Moses would be heard when silent and Hannah when uttering no words, and not with a cry of the mouth, like the cry whereby the Jews multiplying their entreaty would fail to be heard. For just as the one who cries aloud with his mouth tenses his entire body, so the one who cries with his heart concentrates his soul and his mind and is worthy to be heard.

γ Πρόσχες τῇ φωνῇ τῆς δεήσεώς μου ἐν τῷ κεκραγέναι με πρὸς σέ. Ἐν τῷ κεκραγέναι, ὡς εἴρηται, ὡς τοῦ γε μὴ οὕτω κράζοντος, οὐ προσέξει τῇ φωνῇ τῆς δεήσεως.

1γ Turn to the voice of my entreaty even as I cry to you. Even as I am crying, in the manner mentioned, inasmuch as he will not turn to the voice of entreaty of the one who is not crying thus.

PG 128:12692 Κατευθυνθήτω ἡ προσευχή μου ὡς θυμίαμα ἐνώπιόν σου, ἔπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν μου θυσία ἑσπερινή. Δύο βωμοὶ πάλαι ἦσαν ἐν τῷ ναῷ, ὁ μὲν χρυσοῦς, ἔνδον τῶν ἀδύτων ἐν τοῖς Ἁγίοις τῶν ἁγίων, ὁ δὲ χαλκοῦς, ἔξω κείμενος. Καὶ ὁ μὲν χρυσοῦς, τῷ θυμιάματι ἀνεῖτο, ὁ δὲ χαλκοῦς, ταῖς ἄλλαις θυσίαις· τὸ δὲ θυμίαμα κατεσκευάζετο πολυτελῶς καὶ καθαρῶς, κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν τοῦ νόμου, καὶ ἦν εὐπρόσδεκτον Θεῷ, θυμιώμενον, διά τε ταῦτα καὶ ὡς εὐωδέστατον καὶ προτυποῦν τὴν καινὴν λατρείαν. Κατευθυνθήτω οὖν, φησὶν, ἐνώπιόν σου ἡ προσευχή μου, ὡς θυμίαμα, τὸ νομίμως θυμιώμενον, ἐξαφθείσης ἐν ἐμοὶ τῆς καρδίας τῷ πυρὶ τῆς προθυμίας ὡς ἐσχάρας καὶ ἀναπεμπούσης αὐτήν· ἀλλὰ τοσαῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ θυμιάματος. Νενομοθέτητο δὲ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν, ὅταν μηδεὶς προσφέρῃ θυσίαν, δὶς τῆς ἡμέρας θυσιάζειν παρ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἕνα μὲν ἀμνὸν πρωΐας, ἕνα δὲ ἑσπέρας. Καὶ ἦσαν αὗται αἱ θυσίαι καθαραὶ καὶ δεκταὶ, τῶν ἄλλων πολλάκις μολυνομένων ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν προσαγόντων διαθέσεως. Ἡ μέντοι ἑσπερινὴ τοιαύτη θυσία τῆς ἑωθινῆς ἦν τιμιωτέρα. Ἐκείνη μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ταύτην ἑώρα· αὕτη δὲ συνεπλήρου τὴν ἱερουργίαν τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὴν λειτουργίαν ἀπήρτιζε.

2 Let my prayer be directed as incense before you, the lifting up of my hands as an evening sacrifice. There were of old two altars in the temple, the one of gold in the innermost sanctuary in the Holies of Holies, the other of bronze, lying outside. And the one of gold was devoted to incense, while the one of bronze to the other sacrifices. And the incense used to be prepared in the costliest and purest manner according to the directions of the law, and when burned it was acceptable to God for both these reasons and as most fragrant and as foreshadowing the new worship. Let my prayer then be directed before you, he says, like incense burned according to the law, my heart having been ignited within me with the fire of zeal like a sacrificial hearth and sending forth the prayer; but so much then for the incense. It had been ordained in the law for the priests that, when no one would offer a sacri- fice, they would sacrifice by themselves twice a day, one lamb in the morning and one in the evening. And these sacrifices were pure and acceptable, the others often being sullied by the disposition of those offering. The evening sacrifice indeed was more honourable than the morning one, for the latter would look to the former and this would complete the sacrificial service of the day and con- clude their ministry.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 140 — Psalm 140
PG 128:1269Κατευθυνθήτω, φησὶ, πάλιν, ἡ ἔπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν μου, ὡς θυσία ἑσπερινή· ἢ ἡ ἔπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν μου, θυσία γενέσθω ἑσπερινὴ, ὡς ἐκείνη λογισθήτω καὶ προσδεχθήτω· τοῦ μὲν προσευχομένου στόματος καθαρεύοντος ἀπὸ λόγων πονηρῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς προσευχομένης | καρδίας ἀπὸ λογισμῶν μοχθηρῶν· τῶν δὲ ἀνατεινομένων χειρῶν ἁγνευουσῶν ἀπὸ πλεονεξίας καὶ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πάσης παρανόμου πράξεως.

Let the lifting up of my hands, he says again, be directed as an evening sacrifice, or let the lifting up of my hands become an evening sacrifice, let it be regarded and accepted as that sac- rifice, with the mouth of the supplicant being clean from wicked words, and especially with the praying heart being pure from evil thoughts, and the outstretched hands being unsullied by greed and grasping and every lawless deed.

α Θοῦ, Κύριε, φυλακὴν τῷ στόματί μου. Εἰδὼς ὅτι τὸ στόμα αἴτιόν ἐστι τῶν κακῶν, ἀμελούμενον, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, σπουδαζόμενο (τὰ γὰρ μυρία δεινὰ τῆς γλώττης ἡ εὐκολία εἰργάσατο), καὶ ὅτι καθάπερ οὐδὲν ὄφελος οἰκίας ἢ πόλεως, οὐ πυλῶν, οὐ τειχῶν, εἰ μὴ ὦσιν οἱ φυλάττοντες καὶ γινώσκοντες πότε μὲν κλείειν, πότε δὲ ἀνοίγειν καλὸν, καὶ ὅτι πολλῆς ἐνταῦθα χρεία σπουδῆς καὶ ἀκριβείας, καὶ μᾶλλον τῆς ἄνωθεν ἐπικουρίας, εὔχεται καὶ καλεῖ τὸν Θεὸν εἰς βοήθειαν. Φυλακὴ δὲ στόματος, ἡ ἐπιστασία τοῦ νοῦ, προσέχοντος καὶ εἰδότος τίνα μὲν ἐκφέρειν, τίνα δὲ κατέχειν ἔνδον χρεών· Οὐ τοσοῦτοι γὰρ, φησὶν, ἔπεσον ἀπὸ μαχαίρας, ὅσοι ἀπὸ γλώσσης.

3α Set, O Lord, a watch upon my mouth. Recognizing that the mouth is the cause of evils, when uncared for, just as of blessings, when cared for (the ease of its use indeed has brought about the countless ills of the tongue), and that there is no benefit from a house or a city, nor of gates or walls, unless there are those guarding them and knowing when it is good to close and when to open, and that there is need here for much care and precision and especially for assistance from above, he prays and calls on God for help. Guarding of the mouth is vigilance of the mind, watching and knowing what it is expedient to express and what to keep within. For it is written that those who have fallen by the sword are not as numerous as those who have fallen by the tongue.

β Καὶ θύραν περιοχῆς περὶ τὰ χείλη μου. Θύραν φυλακῆς, φυλάττουσαν τὸ στόμα· τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο δηλοῖ.

3β And a gate of fortification around my lips. A gate of watchfulness guarding the mouth. This signifies the same thing.

α Mὴ ἐκκλίνῃς τὴν καρδίαν μου εἰς λόγους πονηρίας. Mὴ παραχωρήσῃς ἐκτραπῆναι τὴν καρδίαν μου εἰς λογισμοὺς πονηροὺς, εἰς ἐνθυμήσεις ἀπρεπεῖς· τοῦ στόματος γὰρ φυλαττομένου, ἀκόλουθον τοῦτο καὶ εὐκατόρθωτον.

4α Do not incline my heart to words of evil. Do not permit for my heart to be diverted to evil thoughts, to unseemly desires, for when the mouth is being guarded this is something that follows and is easy to attain.

PG 128:1271β Τοῦ προφασίζεσθαι προφάσεις ἐν ἁμαρτίαις. Ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἐκκλίνεσθαι εἰς τούτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφασίζεσθαι προφάσεις ἐν τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν· καὶ οἱ πρωτόπλαστοι γὰρ ἁμαρτήσαντες, ὁ μὲν Ἀδὰμ τὴν Εὔαν ἐπροφασίσατο, ἡ δὲ Εὔα τὸν ὄφιν. Καὶ πάλιν ὁ μὲν φονεὺς προφασίζεται τὴν τοῦ θυμοῦ τυραννίδα, ὁ δὲ μοιχεύσας, τὴν βίαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ὁ δὲ κλέπτης, τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς ἐνδείας, καὶ ἄλλος, ἕτερον. Οὐ ταῦτα δὲ ποιοῦσι τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ἀλλ’ ἡ ῥᾳθυμία, καὶ δῆλον ἀπὸ τῶν προσεχόντων. Εἰδὼς γὰρ ὁ διάβολος ὡς ἡ μὲν ὁμολογία τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἱλεοῦται τὸν Δεσπότην, ἡ δ’ ἄρνησις αὐτῆς παροξύνει μᾶλλον αὐτὸν, πείθει τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας προφασίζεσθαι, ὅτι οὐκ αὐτοὶ ἥμαρτον, ἀλλ’ ἕτερόν τι γέγονεν αἴτιον.

4β So as to plead excuses in excuse amid sins. So as not only to be inclined to these words, but also to plead excuses in excuse when sinning. And indeed when the first-formed humans sinned, Adam pleaded Eve in excuse and Eve the serpent. And again the murderer pleads in excuse the tyranny of rage, and the adul- terer the force of desire, and the thief the constraint of his poverty, and the other something else. But it is not these things that commit sins, but negligence and this is evident from those who take care. For knowing that the confession of sin appeases the Master, while denial thereof incites his anger even more, the devil persuades those who are sinning to plead in excuse that it was not they who sinned, but something else that was the cause.

γ Σὺν ἀνθρώποις ἐργαζομένοις τὴν ἀνομίαν.

4γ Along with men engaged in lawlessness.

Τοῦ προφασίζεσθαι, φησὶ, μετὰ τῶν παρανόμων· τούτων γάρ ἐστι τὸ προφασίζεσθαι μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν.

So as to plead in excuse, he says, along with transgressors of the law, for pleading in excuse after the sin is a mark of these people.

δ Καὶ οὐ μὴ συνδυάσω μετὰ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτῶν. Καὶ εἰ τοῦτο γένηται, εἰ βοηθήσεις μοι, οὐ μὴ συναυλισθῶ, οὐ μὴ κοινωνήσω, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις παρανόμοις, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τοῖς ὑπερέχουσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς.

4δ And I shall in no way join with their elect. And if this comes about, if you will help me, I shall in have no dealings with, I shall have no contact of any kind, not only with meaner transgressors, but not even with the more eminent among them.

α Παιδεύσει με δίκαιος ἐν ἐλέει καὶ ἐλέγξει με, ἔλαιον δὲ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μὴ λιπανάτω τὴν κεφαλήν μου. Ἐπιπληξάτω, στυψάτω με δίκαιος, καὶ ἐλεγξάτω· φιλοφροσύνη δὲ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μὴ θεραπευσάτω με. Κρεῖσσον γὰρ μάστιξ δικαίου ἢ χάρις ἁμαρτωλοῦ, καὶ ῾Ράβδος δικαίου πλεῖον ἢ τιμὴ κακοῦ. Tὸ δὲ, ἐν ἐλέει, πρόσκειται, διότι φιλανθρωπευόμενος PG37.910 παιδεύει ὁ δίκαιος, ἵνα μὴ ἀπόληται.

5α A just man will chastise me with mercy and rebuke me, but let not the oil of a sinner anoint my head. Let a just man reprove me and be scathing towards me, let him rebuke me, but let not the compliments of a sinner flatter me, for, The lash of a just man is better than the indulgence of a sinner, and, The rod of a just man is preferable to honour from an evil man. ‘With mercy’ is PG37.910 added because the just man chastises out of benevolence so that he is not lost.

β Ὅτι ἔτι καὶ ἡ προσευχή μου ἐν ταῖς εὐδοκίαις αὐτῶν. Μετὰ τοῦ φυγεῖν τοὺς παρανόμους καὶ ἀπωθεῖσθαι τὴν θεραπείαν αὐτῶν, ἔτι καὶ προσεύχομαι κατὰ τῶν εὐδοκιῶν αὐτῶν, ἤτοι | κατὰ τῶν θελημάτων αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ τελεσθῶσιν αἱ βουλαὶ καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι αὐτῶν. Ταῦτα γὰρ, εὐδοκίας λέγει.

5β For yet more my prayer will be amid their well-favoured desires. Along with fleeing from transgressors and spurning their flattery, I shall furthermore pray against their well-favoured desires, namely, against the things they delight in, so that their purposes and desires are not fulfilled, for these are what he calls ‘well-favoured desires’.

α Κατεπόθησαν ἐχόμενα πέτρας οἱ κριταὶ αὐτῶν. Oἱ δυνάσται αὐτῶν, οἱ πάντα ἄγοντες καὶ φέροντες, ἠφανίσθησαν παραπλησίως πέτρᾳ, δίκην πέτρας καταποντιζομένης, ἧς οὐδ’ ἴχνος ὑπολιμπάνεται. Τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς εἶπεν ὅτι Καὶ ἐζήτησα αὐτὸν, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ὁ τόπος αὐτοῦ, τὸ πρόῤῥιζον καὶ ἀνώνυμον ἐντεῦθεν δηλῶν. Tὸ δὲ, κατεπόθησαν, ἀντὶ τοῦ, καταποθήσονται, προφητεύοντος τὴν καταστροφὴν αὐτῶν.

6α Their judges have been swallowed up close to a rock. Their all-ravaging masters have disappeared almost like a rock, like a stone sunk in water that leaves no trace. He also said this about the impious man, namely, And I searched for him, and his place was not found, indicating thereby his utter destruction and anonymity. ‘Have been swallowed up’ is in the sense of ‘will be swallowed up’, prophesying their de- struction.

PG 128:1273β Ἀκούσονται τὰ ῥήματά μου ὅτι ἡδύνθησαν. Ὁ δὲ Σύμμαχος, ἀκούσονται ῥήσεις μου ἡδίστας. Παραδέξονται, φησὶν, οἱ συνετοὶ τὰ ῥήματά μου, διότι ἡδέα ταῦτα τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν, ὡς ἀληθῆ καὶ ὠφέλιμα.

6β They will hear my words for they have been sweetened. Symmachus says, They will hear my sweetest sayings. The wise, he says, will receive my words because they are sweet to the pious as true and profitable.

7 Ὡσεὶ πάχος γῆς ἐῤῥάγη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, διεσκορπίσθη τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτῶν παρὰ τὸν ᾅδην. Καθάπερ πάχος γῆς ἀρότρῳ διατεμνόμενον ῥήγνυται καὶ σκορπίζεται ἐπὶ τῆς ὑποκειμένης γῆς, οὕτω τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτῶν διασκορπισθήσονται ἐν τῷ τάφῳ. Τοῦτον γὰρ ὠνόμασεν, ᾅδην.

7 Like a clod of earth shattered on the ground, their bones have been scattered next to Hades. Just as a thick lump of earth on being cut by the plough is broken and scattered on the un- derlying ground, so their bones will be scattered in the grave. For this is what he called ‘Hades’.

8 Ὅτι πρὸς σὲ, Κύριε, Κύριε, οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου· ἐπὶ σοὶ ἤλπισα, μὴ ἀντανέλῃς τὴν ψυχήν μου. Mὴ ἀφέλῃς τὴν ψυχήν μου, καταδιωκομένου παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ σφοδρῶς ἐπιβουλευομένου.

8 For towards you, O Lord, O Lord, are my eyes. In you I have hoped, take not back my soul. Do not take away my soul, when I am being pursued by enemies and the object of their ire.

9 Φύλαξόν με ἀπὸ παγίδος, ἧς συνεστήσαντό μοι, καὶ ἀπὸ σκανδάλων τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν. Σκάνδαλα καὶ αὖθις, τὴν παγίδα λέγει καὶ τὴν ἐπιβουλήν.

9 Keep me from the snare that they have set for me, and from the scandals of those engaged in lawlessness. Once again ‘scandals’ is what he calls their snare and ireful purpose.

α Πεσοῦνται ἐν ἀμφιβλήστρῳ αὐτῶν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί. Ἐμπεσοῦνται τῷ δικτύῳ αὐτῶν, ὅπερ ἥπλωσαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ· σαγηνευθήσονται τῇ οἰκείᾳ σαγήνῃ· ἢ ἐν ἀμφιβλήστρῳ αὐτοῦ, δηλονότι τοῦ Θεοῦ.

10α The sinners will fall into their casting-net. They will fall into the net that they have spread out against me; they will be dragged into their own drag-net. Or else into his, namely God’s, casting-net.

β Καταμόνας εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἕως ἂν παρέλθω. Μεμονωμένος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν εἰμι, πόῤῥω τῆς γνώμης τούτων ἐλαύνων· καὶ οὐ τοσοῦτον διαστάσει τόπου, ὅσον ἀλλοτριώσει προαιρέσεως ἀποκεχωρισμένος αὐτῶν, ἕως ἂν ἀποθάνω.

10β I am all alone until I pass away. I am isolated from them, moving far from their intent, and separated from them not so much by distance in space as by estrangement in disposition, until I die.

PG 128:1411141 ρμα΄

141 Psalm 141

PG 128:12731 Συνέσεως· τῷ Δαυίδ· ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ προσευχόμενον. Tί μὲν δηλοῖ τὸ, συνέσεως, ἐν διαφόροις ἄλλαις ἐπιγραφαῖς παραδεδώκαμεν. Σπήλαιον δὲ λέγει, τὸ διπλοῦν, ἐν ᾧ Δαυὶδ ηὐλίσατο φεύγων τὸν Σαούλ· ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν τῷ ἐνδοτέρῳ ἐκέκρυπτο, Σαοὺλ δὲ, παρερχόμενος, ἐν τῷ ἐξωτέρῳ κατεσκήνωσεν, ἀγνοῶν τὸ πρᾶγμα· γνοὺς ὁ Δαυὶδ ὅτι συγκέκλεισται, προσηύξατο ταῦτα.

1 Of understanding; belonging to David; when he was in the cave praying. What ‘of understanding’ signifies, we have explained in various other superscriptions. He calls ‘the cave’ the double cave in which David spent the night when fleeing from Saul. For since he had hidden himself in the inner one, and Saul, passing by, in ignorance of the matter, camped in the outer one, David, having realized that he was hemmed in, prayed these words.

2 Φωνῇ μου πρὸς Κύριον ἐκέκραξα, φωνῇ μου πρὸς Κύριον ἐδεήθην. Καὶ μὴν οὐκ ἠδύνατο φωνεῖν ἢ κράζειν, ἵνα μὴ γνωσθεὶς, αὐτίκα συλληφθῇ. Λοιπὸν οὖν φωνὴν κράζουσαν ὀνομάζει νῦν, τὴν συντεταμένην διάθεσιν τῆς καρδίας, ἀλαλήτως κραζούσης καὶ νοερῶς καθικετευούσης.

2 With my voice I have cried to the Lord, with my voice I have entreated the Lord. And indeed he was not able to shout or cry out, lest being made known he would at once be arrested. Accordingly, what he here calls a crying voice is the tensed disposition of his heart, crying unspokenly and supplicating mentally.

α Ἐκχεῶ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τὴν δέησίν μου. Προθήσω.

3α I shall pour out my entreaty before him. I shall set it out before him.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 141 — Psalm 141
PG 128:1273β Τὴν θλῖψίν μου ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἀπαγγελῶ. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει πάλιν. Τὴν θλῖψιν, φησὶν, ἀντὶ δεήσεως προβαλοῦμαι, κάμψαι πρὸς ἀντίληψιν τὸν Κύριον δυναμένην· αὕτη γὰρ οὐ μόνον σπουδαιοτέρους καὶ προσεκτικωτέρους εἴωθε ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παῤῥησίαν οὐ μικρὰν εἰς Θεὸν τῷ μετ’ εὐχαριστίας | φέροντι χαρίζεται, καὶ μέγα δικαίωμα πρὸς τὸ εἰσακουσθῆναι γίνεται.

3β I shall declaim my affliction before him. He says the same again. In place of entreaty I shall present my affliction, which is able to move the Lord to assistance. For affliction was accustomed to make people not only more zealous and more careful, but it also bestows no little boldness before God on the one who bears it with thanksgiving and it becomes a great title for being heard.

PG 128:1275α Ἐν τῷ ἐκλείπειν ἐξ ἐμοῦ τὸ πνεῦμά μου. Ταῦτα, φησὶ, ποιήσω ἐν τῷ κινδυνεύειν ἤδη, ἐν τῷ μέλλειν ἀποθνῄσκειν· πανταχόθεν γὰρ ἀπογνοὺς, ὅλον ἑαυτὸν συνέτεινεν εἰς Θεόν.

4α Even as my spirit is departing from me. These things, he says, I do while now in danger, while likely to die, for having despaired on every side, he directed his whole being towards God.

β Καὶ σὺ ἔγνως τὰς τρίβους μου. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὕτως ἐν ἐσχάτοις δεινοῖς γενόμενος, οὕτω ποιήσω. Σὺ δὲ, Κύριε, ἔγνως τὰς ὁδοὺς τῆς πολιτείας μου, καὶ οἴδας ὅτι μηδὲν ἠδικηκὼς τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας, μάτην κινδυνεύω διὰ φθόνον.

4β And you have known my paths. I, having thus arrived in these extreme straits, will do this, but you, O Lord, have known the ways of my life and know that I, having in no way wronged those plotting against me, am in danger for no reason on account of envy.

γ Ἐν ὁδῷ ταύτῃ, ᾗ ἐπορευόμην, ἔκρυψαν παγίδα μοι. Ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ταύτῃ τῆς φυγῆς, ἔκρυψάν μοι παγίδα, κρυφίως ἐπελθόντες καὶ ἀποκλείσαντές μοι τὴν ἔξοδον, μὴ προαισθομένῳ. Νοεῖται δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν νοητῶν πολεμίων, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἐν ὁδῷ κακίας κρύπτουσι παγίδας, ἀλλ’ ὃ μάλιστα χαλεπώτερον, καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἀρετῆς, ὡς ἐν ἀνεξικακίᾳ, τὸν τῦφον, καὶ ἐν ἐλεημοσύνῃ, τὴν κενοδοξίαν.

4γ In this way on which I was walking they have hidden a snare for me. On this path of flight, they have hidden a snare for me, coming upon me and shutting off my exit without my having any presentiment. This can also be understood about the intelligible enemies, namely, that not only on the path of evil do they hide snares, but what is much worse, even on the path of virtue, as with conceit in forbearance and vanity in mercy.

α Κατενόουν εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ ἐπέβλεπον, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐπιγινώσκων με. Ἐκ τοῦ δεξιοῦ γὰρ μέρους εἰώθασιν οἱ σύμμαχοι καὶ φίλοι παρίστασθαι. Ἀπεσκόπουν, φησὶν, εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ βοηθῶν.

5α I would look to the right and observe and there was no one recognizing me. For allies and friends are accustomed to stand on the right side. I would keep watch to the right, he says, and there was no one helping.

β Ἀπώλετο φυγὴ ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ. Ἐξέλιπε καὶ ἡ φυγὴ ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ συγκεκλεισμένου, καὶ μηδὲ φεύγειν δυναμένου.

5β Escape has gone from me. Flight has vanished from me as I am trapped in the cave and not even able to flee.

γ Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὴν ψυχήν μου. Ὁ ἐκδικῶν, ὁ ῥυόμενος, ὁ ἀμύνων.

5γ And there is no one seeking out my soul. No one taking up my cause, no one delivering, no one defending.

α Ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σὲ, Κύριε. Πανταχόθεν ἀπελπίσας καὶ πᾶσαν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπικουρίαν ἀπογνούς.

6α I have cried to you, O Lord. Having lost hope on every side and having despaired of all human help.

β Εἶπα, Σὺ εἶ ἡ ἐλπίς μου. Σὺ μόνος.

6β I said, ‘You are my hope’. You alone.

γ Μερίς μου εἶ ἐν γῇ ζώντων. Ἐν γῇ ζώντων ὢν, ἐν ζῶσιν ἐξεταζόμενος, οὐδένα γήϊνον ἔχω κλῆρον, ἀλλὰ σὲ μόνον πλουτῶ θησαυρόν. Ἢ σύ μου εἶ κλῆρος καὶ πλοῦτος ἐν οὐρανῷ· οὗτος γὰρ, γῆ ζώντων, ὡς οἰκητήριον τῶν μὴ ἀποθνῃσκόντων.

6γ You are my portion in the land of the living. Being in the land of the living, being numbered among the living, I have no earthly lot, but am rich in you alone. Or else, you are my lot and wealth in heaven, for it is the land of the living, as the dwelling place of those who do not die.

α Πρόσχες πρὸς τὴν δέησίν μου, ὅτι ἐταπεινώθην σφόδρα. Τὴν κακοπάθειαν εἰς ἱκεσίαν προβάλλεται, καὶ ταύτῃ κάμπτειν τὸν Δεσπότην ἐπιχειρεῖ· εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις, Ἐκακώθην καὶ ἐταπεινώθην ἕως σφόδρα, καὶ αὖθις, Ἴδε τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου καὶ τὸν κόπον μου, καὶ ἄφες πάσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου.

7α Turn to my entreaty, for I have been humbled greatly. He presents his suffering as a supplication and attempts with this to move the Master. It was also said elsewhere, I have been afflicted and humbled till greatly, and again, See my humil- ity and my weariness, and forgive all my sins.

β ῾Ρῦσαί με ἐκ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με, ὅτι ἐκραταιώθησαν ὑπὲρ ἐμέ. Ἐν ἀφύκτῳ μου συγκλεισθέντος.

7β Deliver me from my pursuers for they have prevailed mightily over me. My having been entrapped in a place of no escape.

α Ἐξάγαγε ἐκ φυλακῆς τὴν ψυχήν μου, τοῦ ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματί σου. Φυλακὴν λέγει, τὸν ἐν τῷ σπηλαίῳ συγκλεισμόν· ψυχὴν δὲ ἑαυτοῦ, ὅλον ἑαυτόν. Ἐξάγαγέ με, φησὶν, ὥστε εὐχαριστῆσαί σοι. Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, εἴη ἂν φυλακὴ τὸ σῶμα, δεσμοῦν καὶ καθεῖργον τὴν ἐγκεκλεισμένην αὐτῷ ψυχήν.

8α Lead my soul out from prison so as to confess to your name. ‘Prison’ is what he calls his enclosure in the cave, and his ‘soul’ his whole self. Lead me out, he says, so as to give thanks to you. In an anagogical sense, ‘prison’ may be interpreted as the body, fettering and imprisoning the soul enclosed within it.

PG 128:1277β Ἐμὲ ὑπομενοῦσι δίκαιοι ἕως οὗ ἀνταποδῷς μοι. Ὁ δὲ Ἀκύλας, Ἐμὲ περιμενοῦσι δίκαιοι, ἕως οὐ ἀμείψῃ με. Ἀναμενοῦσί με, φησὶ, προσδοκῶντες ἀπαλλαγῆναι με τῶν δεινῶν· καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσουσιν, ἕως οὗ ἀμείψῃ με, χάριν τῆς τοσαύτης κακοπαθείας καὶ ταπεινώσεως. Τοιαῦται γὰρ αἱ τῶν ἁγίων ψυχαί· καὶ τοῖς κακῶς πάσχουσι συναλγοῦσι, καὶ τοῖς εὐημεροῦσι συγχαίρουσιν.

8β Just men will await me patiently until you will repay me. Aquila says, Just men will wait for me until you will requite me. They will await me, he says, expecting for me to be freed from my dire straits, and they will do this until you will requite me for the sake of such great suffering and humiliation. For such are the souls of the saints; they are both pained along with those suffering sorely and rejoice along with those prospering.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 142 — Psalm 142
142 ρμβ΄

142 Psalm 142

PG 128:1277α Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυὶδ, ὅτε αὐτὸν κατεδίωκεν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ. Ἐν πολλοῖς μὲν ἀντιγράφοις, ἀνεπίγραφος ὁ προκείμενος ψαλμὸς, ἁρμόζων τοῖς ἐξεταζομένοις ἐν πειρασμοῖς. Ἔν τισι δὲ ἐπιγέγραπται (ὡς ἀνωτέρω εἴρηται), Ψαλμὸς | τῷ Δαυὶδ, ὅτε αὐτὸν κατεδίωκεν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ· ὁ μέντοι τρίτος ψαλμὸς ἑτέραν ἔσχεν ἐπιγραφὴν, Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυὶδ, ὁπότε ἀπεδίδρασκεν ἀπὸ προσώπου Ἀβεσαλὼμ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ.

1α A psalm belonging to David; when his son was pursuing him. In many copies the present psalm is without superscription, befitting those being tested by trials. In some it has the superscription (as shown above), A psalm belonging to David when his son was pursuing him. The third psalm indeed had a different superscription, A psalm belonging to David when he fled from the face of Absalom his son.

β Κύριε, εἰσάκουσον τῆς προσευχῆς μου, ἐνώτισαι τὴν δέησίν μου ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου. Ὡς ἀληθής. Ἐπηγγείλω γὰρ εἰσακούειν τῶν ὀρθῶς ἐπικαλουμένων σε· κἀμοὶ δὲ πάλιν ἰδίᾳ τοῦτο καθυπέσχου.

1β O Lord, hear my prayer, give ear to my entreaty in your truth. As true. For you have promised to hear those who rightly call upon you, and to me you promised this again in particular.

γ Εἰσάκουσόν μου ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου. Ὡς δίκαιος καὶ μὴ ἀνεχόμενος ἀδικεῖσθαι μὴ μόνον πατέρας ὑπὸ τέκνων, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὸν τυχόντα παρά τινος. Ὁ δὲ Χρυσόστομος ἀλήθειαν μὲν ἐνταῦθα λέγει, τὸν ἀληθινὸν ἔλεον, δικαιοσύνην δὲ, τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν· μόνος γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθῶς ἐλεεῖ, PG55.448 καὶ μόνη ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη φιλανθρωπίᾳ κεκέρασται· τὸ γὰρ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις δίκαιον ἀπεστέρηται τοῦ ἐλέους.

1γ Hear me in your justice. As just and not tolerating, not only for fathers to be wronged by children, but not anyone by anyone. Chrysostomos here calls truth ‘true mercy’ and justice ‘benevolence’, for only God PG55.448 is truly merciful and only God’s justice is mingled with benevolence, for justice among men is deprived of mercy.

α Καὶ μὴ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς κρίσιν μετὰ τοῦ δούλου σου. Mὴ δικαιολογηθῇς μετ’ ἐμοῦ. Δικαιωθήσῃ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τὸ κρίνεσθαί σε μετὰ τοῦ δούλου σου.

2α And do not enter into judgement with your servant. Do not come to issue with me, for you will be justified in your words and will prevail when brought to trial with your servant.

β Ὅτι οὐ δικαιωθήσεται ἐνώπιόν σου πᾶς ζῶν. Οὐκ εἶπεν ὅτι οὐ δικαιωθήσεται ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἐνώπιόν σου, τουτέστι, πρὸς τὴν σὴν ἀκρίβειαν ἐξεταζόμενος, ἢ πρὸς τὰς σὰς εὐεργεσίας, ἢ πρὸς τὰς σὰς ἐντολάς. Διὸ καὶ ὁ μακάριος ᾽Ιὼβ ἔλεγεν, Ἐφαύλισα ἐμαυτὸν καὶ ἐτάκην, ἥγημαι δὲ ἐμαυτὸν Job 42.6, γῆν καὶ σποδόν· χεῖρα θήσω ἐπὶ τῷ στόματί μου. Ζήτησον καὶ ἐν τῷ ρκθ΄ ψαλμῷ 40.4 τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῦ, Ἐὰν ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, Κύριε, Κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται; Πᾶς δὲ ζῶν, ἤτοι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζωῆς μετασχὼν, ζήσας καὶ πολιτευσάμενος· ὥστε κατὰ τὸν Ἀπόστολον, Δικαιούμεθα δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ πίστεως ᾽Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ.

2β For before you no one living will be justified. He did not say simply that he will not be justified, but ‘before you’, that is, when examined in relation to your strict severity, or your benefactions, or your commandments. Hence the blessed Job said, I disparaged myself and wasted away, and regard myself as dust and ashes; I shall place a hand on my mouth. Seek also in the one hundred and twenty-ninth Job 42.6, psalm the explanation of, For if you will keep watch on lawless acts, O Lord, O Lord, who will 40.4 endure? Everyone living, that is, every person partaking in life, who has lived and had social inter- course, so that according to the Apostle, We are justified freely by his grace, through the faith of Christ Jesus.

α Ὅτι κατεδίωξεν ὁ ἐχθρὸς τὴν ψυχήν μου. α-2 HV : om. MPAS2CBF. α ὡς ἀνωτέρω εἴρηται HV : om. MPAS2CBF.

3α For the enemy pursued my soul.

Tὸ μὲν προλαβὸν, ὅτι, αἰτιολογικόν· τοῦτο δὲ, διηγηματικόν. Ἐχθρὸν μὲν καθ’ ἱστορίαν λέγει, τὸν Ἀβεσαλὼμ, κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, τὸν διάβολον.

The previous ‘for’ was causal, this one is narrative. In a historical sense ‘enemy’ is what he calls Absalom, and in an anagogical sense the devil.

PG 128:1279β Ἐταπείνωσεν εἰς γῆν τὴν ζωήν μου. Κατέκαμψέ με εἰς γῆν, οὐ μόνον εἰς γῆν συγκεκυφότα διὰ τὸ βάρος τῶν συμφορῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γῆν ἔχοντα καθέδραν δὲ καὶ στρωμνὴν ὡς φυγάδα. Ὁ μέντοι νοητὸς ἐχθρὸς κατέκαμψέ με εἰς τὰ γήϊνα πράγματα, καθελκύσας ἀπὸ τῶν οὐρανίων. Πολυσήμαντον δὲ τὸ τῆς ταπεινώσεως ὄνομα· δηλοῖ γὰρ οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐξ ἀρετῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ συμφορῶν, καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἐπάρσεως, καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀπληστίας, ἥτις καὶ τὸν ὀβολὸν μέγα τι νομίζει, καὶ τὰ εὐτελῆ περισπούδαστα, καθάπερ τὰ παιδάρια τὰς σφαίρας καὶ τοὺς ἀστραγάλους.

3β He humbled my life to the earth. He has bowed me down to the earth, not only stooped down towards the earth on ac- count of the weight of misfortunes, but also having the earth as my seat and bed as a fugitive. And the intelligible enemy has bowed me down to earthly things, having drawn me away from heavenly things. The word humiliation has many meanings, for it signifies not only that from virtue, but also that from misfortunes and from sins and from pride and from avarice, which regards a ha’penny as something of great worth, and paltry things as very important, as little boys do balls and dice.

γ Ἐκάθισέ με ἐν σκοτεινοῖς ὡς νεκροὺς αἰῶνος. Ἐνέβαλέ με σκότει θλίψεως, ἐζόφωσε τὸν νοῦν μου. Tὸ δὲ, ὡς νεκροὺς αἰῶνος, ἐπίτασίς ἐστι τῆς σκοτίσεως. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἁπλῶς νεκροὺς εἶπεν, ἀλλ’ αἰῶνος, ἤτοι παλαιοὺς, ὀγκῶσαι θέλων τὴν τραγῳδίαν· οὗτοι γὰρ, ἐν βαθεῖ κεῖνται σκότει, πολλῷ φορυτῷ κατακεχωσμένοι.

3γ He made me to sit in darkness like the age-long dead. He cast me into the darkness of affliction, he darkened my mind. ‘Like the age-long dead’ is an intensification of the darkening, for neither did he say the dead simply, but the ‘age-long’, namely, the dead of old, desiring to heighten the tragedy, for these lie in deep darkness, covered over with much debris.

α Καὶ ἠκηδίασεν | ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὸ πνεῦμά μου. ᾽Ηθύμησεν ἐν ἐμοὶ ἡ ψυχή μου τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῆς θλίψεως.

4α And my spirit grew weary upon me. My soul became despondent within me from the excess of sorrow.

β Ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐταράχθη ἡ καρδία μου. Θορυβηθεῖσα καὶ στροβηθεῖσα.

4β My heart was troubled within me. Having been thrown into disorder and whirled about.

α Ἐμνήσθην ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων. Ἐν αἷς εὐαρεστῶν Θεῷ, καλῶς ἐφερόμην· ἢ ἐν αἷς οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εὐωδοῦντο καὶ κατώρθουν, ἢ τοὐναντίον, καὶ αὐτοὶ συμφοραῖς καὶ πειρασμοῖς ἐξητάζοντο. Φέρει γὰρ οὐ μικράν τινα παράκλησιν ἡ τοιαύτη μνήμη.

5α I remembered days of old. In which, being well-pleasing to God, I used to fare well; or in which our fathers would prosper and succeed, or the opposite, when they also would be tested with misfortunes and trials. For such memory brings no little consolation.

β Ἐμελέτησα ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις σου. Ἀνελίττων παρ’ ἐμαυτῷ τὰ θαυμάσιά σου, καὶ λογιζόμενος τοὺς παραδόξως τῶν συμφορῶν ἀπαλλαγέντας.

5β I meditated on all your works. Unfolding by myself your wonders and reflecting on those who against all expectation had been delivered from misfortunes.

γ Ἐν ποιήμασι τῶν χειρῶν σου ἐμελέτων.

5γ On the works of your hands I would meditate.

Ἐν τοῖς δημιουργήμασί σου διέτριβον τῇ μνήμῃ, καὶ εὑρίσκων αὐτὰ προνοίας τῆς παρὰ σοῦ τυγχάνοντα, χρηστὰς ἐλάμβανον ἐλπίδας, ὡς οὐ περιόψῃ με τοιαῦτα πάσχοντα καὶ ταλαιπωρούμενον. α Διεπέτασα πρὸς σὲ τὰς χεῖράς μου. Παρακαλῶν καὶ δεόμενος. β Ἡ ψυχή μου ὡς γῆ ἄνυδρός σοι. Ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς σὲ, διψῶσα βοηθείας, ὡς γῆ ἄνυδρος πρὸς ὑετὸν, διψῶσα ὕδατος. α Ταχὺ εἰσάκουσόν μου, Κύριε, ἐξέλιπε τὸ πνεῦμά μου. Ἐξέλιπεν ὅσον οὔπω· ἀφῆκέ με, εἰ μὴ ταχέως εἰσακούσεις. β Mὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ ὁμοιωθήσομαι τοῖς καταβαίνουσιν εἰς λάκκον. Mὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς με καὶ αὐτίκα ἀποθανοῦμαι. Νεκροὶ γὰρ οἱ καταβαίνοντες εἰς λάκκον· καὶ ὄντως νεκρὸς εἰς ἀρετὴν, ὁ τῆς παρὰ Θεοῦ βοηθείας ἐστερημένος. Ἀποστρέφει δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον, ἤτοι τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν, ἀπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν· Καθαρὸς γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου τοῦ μὴ ὀρᾶν πονηρά. α Ἀκουστὸν ποίησόν μοι τὸ πρωῒ τὸ ἔλεός σου, ὅτι ἐπὶ σοὶ ἤλπισα. Μήνυσόν μοι ταχέως τὸ ἔλεός σου, ἵνα καὶ πρὸ τῆς πείρας τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ ψυχαγωγηθῶ. Εἶτα καὶ ἡ δικαιολογία τοῦ τυχεῖν, ὅτι ἐπὶ σοὶ ἤλπισα· τοῦτο γὰρ οἶδεν ἐπισπᾶσθαι τὸν Θεόν. β Γνώρισόν μοι, Κύριε, ὁδόν ἐν ᾗ πορεύσομαι, ὅτι πρὸς σὲ ἦρα τὴν ψυχήν μου. Καὶ μὴν καὶ ὁ φυσικὸς νόμος καὶ ὁ γραπτὸς διδάσκουσι τὴν εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν. Ἢ τοίνυν τοῦτό φησιν, ὅτι κατεχώσθη μου τὸ συνειδὸς ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἢ ὅτι πολλὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἠγνόηνται. Διὸ καὶ Παῦλος ἔλεγε, Tὸ γὰρ τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ οὐκ οἴδαμεν. Πρὸς σὲ, φησὶ, κέχηνα, γνώρισόν μοι ὁδὸν ἐν ᾗ βαδίσω πρὸς σέ. 9-α Ἐξελοῦ με ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου, Κύριε, πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον· δίδαξόν με τοῦ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημά σου, ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Θεός μου. β προσευξώμεθα V : προσευξόμεθα MPAS2CBFH.

I would linger in my memory on your creations, and finding them endowed with provi- dence from you, I would take hope that you will not overlook me, suffering such things and in distress. 6α I stretched out my hands to you. Supplicating and entreating. 6β My soul towards you was like waterless land. My soul, thirsting for help, was towards you as waterless land is towards rain, thirsting for water. 7α Hear me swiftly, O Lord, my spirit has left. It has all but left; it has gone forth from me, if you will not hear swiftly. 7β Do not turn your face from me, and I shall be like those descending into the pit. Do not abandon me and thereupon I shall die. For those descending into the pit are dead, and the one who is bereft of help from God is truly dead to virtue. And he turns away his face, that is, is oversight, from the wicked, for it is written, Your eye is pure so as not to see evil. Make your mercy heard for me in the morning, for I have hoped in you. 8α Swiftly make your mercy known to me, so that even before sensing it I may be consoled by the promise. Then the reason for receiving it, namely, that I have hoped in you, for he knows that this attracts God. Make known to me, O Lord, the way in which I shall walk, for to you I have lifted up my soul. And indeed both the natural and the written law teach the straight way. He therefore is saying this either because my conscience has been buried by sin, or because many things are unknown to men. And hence Paul said, For we do not know how to pray as we ought. To you, he says, I am agape in expectation, make known to me the way in which I shall walk towards you. 9-10α Rescue me from my enemies, O Lord, to you I have fled for refuge; teach me to do your will, for you are my God.

PG 128:1281Οὐκ εἶπε, δίδαξόν με τὸ θέλημά σου, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ποιεῖν. Μακάριος γὰρ οὐχ ὁ εἰδὼς μόνον, ἀλλ’ ὁ καὶ ποιῶν αὐτό· καὶ γὰρ τὸ μὲν εἰδέναι, ῥᾴδιον, τὸ δὲ ποιεῖν, δυσχερὲς, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς ἄνωθεν διδασκαλίας καὶ βοηθείας δεόμενον. β Tὸ πνεῦμά σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὁδηγήσει με ἐν γῇ εὐθείᾳ. Ἐν ὁδῷ ὀρθῇ καὶ ὁμαλῇ. Τοιαύτη δὲ, ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς, | ὀρθὴ μὲν, ὡς ἀπλανὴς, ὁμαλὴ δὲ, ὡς ἀπηλλαγμένη σκώλων καὶ προσκομμάτων, ἅπερ εἰσὶ τὰ πάθη τῆς ἁμαρτίας. α Ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός σου, Κύριε, ζήσεις με. Οὐ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἀρετὴν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ὄνομά σου· φιλάνθρωπος γὰρ ὀνομάζῃ καὶ ἐλεήμων. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ριγ΄ ψαλμῷ, Mὴ ἡμῖν, Κύριε, μὴ ἡμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ τῷ ὀνόματί σου δὸς δόξαν. βἘν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ἐξάξεις ἐκ θλίψεως τὴν ψυχήν μου, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου ἐξοα λοθρεύσεις τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου καὶ ἀπολεῖς πάντας τοὺς θλίβοντας τὴν ψυχήν μου. Ἥνπερ εἶπεν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ δικαιοσύνην, ταύτην λέγει καὶ νῦν, καὶ ἣν ἐκάλεσεν ἀλήθειαν ἐκεῖ, ταύτην ὠνόμασεν ἐνταῦθα ἔλεος. Ἐξολόθρευσις δὲ καὶ ἀπώλεια τῶν νοητῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἡ ἀπέλασις αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ ἀφανισμὸς, ὅσον πρὸς τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα. Τὸ δὲ, ζήσεις καὶ ἐξάξεις καὶ ἐξολοθρεύσεις καὶ ἀπολεῖς, εἰσὶ μὲν καὶ προφητικοῦ τύπου, εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ εὐκτικοῦ. β Ὅτι ἐγὼ δοῦλός σού εἰμι. Δοῦλος, ὡς θεραπεύειν ἐπειγόμενος καὶ φυλάττειν τὰ δεσποτικὰ προστάγματα. 143 ρμγ΄ α Ψαλμὸς τῷ Δαυίδ· πρὸς τὸν Γολιάθ. Τινὰ τῶν ἀντιγράφων οὐκ ἔχουσι τὸ, Πρὸς τὸν Γολιάθ· οὐδὲν δὲ κωλύει καὶ τοῦτο προσκεῖσθαι, τοῦ ψαλμοῦ μετά γε τὸ κατ’ ἐκείνου τρόπαιον καὶ μετὰ πολλὰς ἄλλας νίκας συντεθέντος ὑπὲρ εὐχαριστίας. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ νοητὸς Γολιὰθ, ὁ κοινὸς ἐχθρὸς, ὁ διάβολος. β Εὐλογητὸς Κύριος ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ διδάσκων τὰς χεῖράς μου εἰς παράταξιν, τοὺς δακτύλους μου εἰς πόλεμον.

He did not say, ‘teach me your will’, but to do it, for blessed is the one who does not only know it, but also does it, for to know is easy, to do is difficult and requires most especially teaching and help from above. 10β Your good spirit will guide me on a straight land. On an upright and smooth way. And such is the way of virtue, upright as inerrant, and smooth as freed from stumbling-blocks and obstacles, which are the passions of sin. For the sake of your name, O Lord, you will make me live. Not on account of my virtue, but on account of your name, for you are called benevolent and merciful. And in the one hundred and thirteenth psalm it was also said, Not for us, O Lord, not for us, but rather to your name give glory. 11β- In your justice you will release my soul from affliction, and in your mercy you will eliminate 12α my enemies and destroy all who are afflicting my soul. He speaks here of the same justice of which he spoke of at the beginning of the psalm, and what he there called ‘truth’ he here called ‘mercy’. The elimination and destruction of intelli- gible enemies is their expulsion and their extermination in relation to the one speaking these words. The verbs ‘you will make me live’ and ‘you will release’ and ‘you will eliminate’ and ‘you will destroy’ are on the one hand of a prophetic type, but they are also of an optative type. 12β For I am your servant. A servant, as eager to serve and keep the Master’s decrees. 143 Psalm 143 1α A psalm belonging to David; against Goliath. A number of copies do not have ‘against Goliath’, but there is nothing to preclude this from being added, the psalm having been composed in thanksgiving after the defeat of that man and after many other victories. And there is also the intelligible Goliath, the common enemy the devil. 1β Blessed is the Lord my God who instructs my hands for battle, my fingers for war. To be praised is God who has made my hands and fingers prosper in the line of battle and in war, and has given me to overcome my enemies and raise such trophies.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 143 — Psalm 143
PG 128:1283Αἰνετὸς ὁ Θεὸς ὁ εὐοδώσας ἐν παρατάξει καὶ πολέμῳ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς δακτύλους μου, καὶ δούς μοι περιγενέσθαι τῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ στῆσαι τοιαῦτα τρόπαια. Εὐοδοῦνται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ νοητῷ πολέμῳ, χεῖρες εἰς ἀρετὴν ἐκτεινόμεναι καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν ἐπαιρόμεναι. α Ἔλεός μου καὶ καταφυγή μου, ἀντιλήπτωρ μου καὶ ῥύστης μου, ὑπερασπιστής μου, καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἤλπισα. Ἐλεήμων ἐστὶ, καὶ τὰ λοιπά. β Ὁ ὑποτάσσων τὸν λαόν μου ὑπ’ ἐμέ. Οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῇ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑποταγῇ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ τῶν οἰκείων, πολλῆς ἡμῖν τῆς ἄνωθεν δεῖ ῥοπῆς· καὶ καθάπερ ἀπὸ ταύτης αἱ νῖκαι τῶν ἐχθρῶν, οὕτω πάλιν καὶ αἱ τῶν οἰκείων ὑποταγαί. 3 Κύριε, τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι ἐγνώσθης αὐτῷ; ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι λογίζῃ αὐτῷ; Τοιαῦτα εἶπε καὶ ἐν τῷ η΄ ψαλμῷ, Tί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτὸν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐκεῖ τὴν ἐξήγησιν. Ὅτι, φησὶν, ἐχαρίσω αὐτῷ τὸ γινώσκειν σε Θεὸν, καὶ ὅτι λογίζῃ αὐτῷ, ἤτοι γνωρίζῃ αὐτῷ Θεός· τὸ αὐτὸ γὰρ λέγει πάλιν, ὅτι λογισμοῖς αὐτοῦ ὑποπίπτεις· μέγα γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν εὐτέλειαν τῆς φύσεως αὐτοῦ. α Ἄνθρωπος ματαιότητι ὡμοιώθη. Διὰ τὸ σῶμα λέγει ταῦτα, καὶ τὸ μηδὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων εἶναι στάσιμον ἢ βέβαιον, ἀλλ’ ἐπίκηρα πάντα καὶ ταχὺ παρερχόμενα· ματαιότης δέ ἐστιν, ἡ ἀνόνητος σπουδὴ καὶ τὸ οὐδαμινόν. β Aἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ σκιὰ παράγουσι. | Ταχέως παρέρχονται, δίκην σκιᾶς, βραχύ τι φαινομένης καὶ δοκούσης εἶναί τι, καὶ θᾶττον ἀφιπταμένης. 5 Κύριε, κλῖνον οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατάβηθι, ἅψαι τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ καπνισθήσονται. Καὶ μὴν ὁ Θεὸς οὐ καταβαίνει· πῶς γὰρ, ὁ πανταχοῦ παρὼν καὶ τὰ πάντα πληρῶν; Ἀλλ’ ἀνθρωποπρεπῶς φθέγγεται τοιαῦτα νῦν ὁ Δαυὶδ, ἵνα διὰ τῶν φοβερῶν τούτων ῥημάτων καταπλήξῃ τοὺς μεγάλα φρονοῦντας καὶ φλεγμαίνοντας εἰς ἀπόνοιαν, καὶ συστείλῃ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν αὐτῶν. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἅψασθαι καὶ καπνίζειν, εἰ καὶ β Add. [MF in marg.]PABHV: Ὁ μὲν Δαυὶδ, τάς τε χεῖρας εἰς παράταξιν καὶ τοὺς δακτύλους εἰς πόλεμον ὑπὸ Κυρίου διδασκόμενος, διὰ μὲν τῶν σωματικῶν μελῶν τούτων κατηγωνίζετο τοὺς αἰσθητοὺς πολεμίους, διὰ δὲ τῶν ψυχικῶν, τοὺς νοητούς· ἡμεῖς δὲ, ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ διδασκόμεθα τὰς χεῖρας μὲν εἰς παράταξιν, τῷ αἴρειν αὐτὰς πρὸς Θεὸν, τοὺς δακτύλους δὲ, τῷ ἐκτυποῦν τὸν σταυρόν. : om. S2C.

Hands stretched out to virtue and raised up to God are made to prosper in the intelligible war also. 2α My mercy and my refuge, my protector and my deliverer, my defender and in him I have hoped. He is merciful and all the rest. 2β Who subjects my people under me. For we need much weight thrown in the scale from above, not only for the subjection of our enemies, but also for that of our own people, and just as from this come victories over our enemies, so also the subjection of our own. 3 O Lord, what is man that you have made yourself known to him? Or the son of man that you set yourself to his account? He also said such things in the eighth psalm, What is man that you remember him, or the son of man that you look upon him? and seek there the explanation. Because, he says, you have granted him to know you as God and because you set yourself to his account, namely, you make yourself known to him as God; he says indeed the same again, because you fall under his thoughts, for this is very great and above the lowliness of his nature. 4α Man has been made like vanity. He says these things on account of the body and on account of nothing human being steadfast or certain, but all things are perishable and swiftly pass away; vanity is profitless effort and what is worthless. 4β His days pass by like a shadow. They pass away swiftly like a shadow, appearing for a short moment and seeming to be something, and quickly fleeting away. 5 O Lord, incline the heavens and descend, touch the mountains and they will smoke. Yet of course God does not descend. How could he, being everywhere present and filling all things? David rather now says such things in a human way, so that through these fearful words he might strike terror into the presumptuous and those inflamed by folly and curtail their arrogance. And indeed both the touching and the smoking, even though awesome, are 1β: David, having his hands taught for battle and his fingers for war by the Lord, used to overcome his sensible adversaries by these bodily members, and his intelligible adversaries by the corresponding members of his soul; and we by Christ have our hands taught for battle in raising them up to God, and our fingers for war in making the sign of the Cross.

PG 128:1285φρικτὸν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀξίας καταδεέστερον. Λέγει τοίνυν, ὅτι κατάβηθι καὶ ἅψαι τῶν ὀρέων, ἵνα κολάσῃς τοὺς μὴ συνορῶντας οἴκοθεν τὸ τῆς φύσεως τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐτελὲς καὶ ἐπίκηρον, μηδὲ σωφρονιζομένους ἐντεῦθεν, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον διακειμένους. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ Σινᾶ πάλαι τοιαῦτα δείματα γενόμενα, τὸν λαὸν εἰς φόβον μέγαν ἐνέβαλον καὶ σωφρονέστερον ἀπειργάσαντο.

much inferior to the dignity of God. He is saying accordingly, descend and touch the mountains, so that you may punish those not able to see by themselves the meanness and perishability of human nature and neither are brought to their senses thereby, but have a contrary disposition. And indeed when such ter- rors occurred on Sinai of old, he cast the people into great fear and brought them to sounder understanding.

6 Ἄστραψον ἀστραπὴν καὶ σκορπιεῖς αὐτούς, ἐξαπόστειλον τὰ βέλη σου καὶ συνταράξεις αὐτούς. Ἀστραπὴν ἐνταῦθα καὶ βέλη, τὰς θεηλάτους τιμωρίας καλεῖ, οἷον, λιμοὺς, λοιμοὺς, σκηπτοὺς, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἀπὸ τῶν γνωρίμων καὶ φοβερῶν, τὸν καταφρονητὴν καὶ ἀναπεπτωκότα τρέμειν καὶ διεγείρεσθαι ποιῶν. Νοοῦνται δὲ τὰ ῥηθέντα καὶ περὶ τῆς πρώτης τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίας. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ ιζ΄ γέγραπται ψαλμῷ, περὶ μὲν τῆς κλίσεως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι Καὶ ἔκλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη· περὶ δὲ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ τοῦ καπνοῦ, ὅτι Καὶ Ps 17.α, τὰ θεμέλια τῶν ὀρέων ἐταράχθησαν, καὶ ὅτι Ἀνέβη καπνὸς ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ· περὶ β, α, δὲ τῆς ἀστραπῆς καὶ τῶν βελῶν, ὅτι Ἐξαπέστειλε βέλη καὶ ἐσκόρπισεν αὐτοὺς, α, καὶ ἀστραπὰς ἐπλήθυνε καὶ συνετάραξεν αὐτούς· καὶ ἀνάγνωθι τὰς ἐξηγήσεις τῶν β τοιούτων ῥητῶν. Οὐκ ἀπὸ δὲ σκοποῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς δευτέρας τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίας τὰ προῤῥηθέντα νοεῖν.

6 Hurl a lightning shaft and you will scatter them, send forth your arrows and you will stir them into confusion. A lightning shaft and arrows are what he here calls god-sent punishments, namely, fam- ines, plagues, thunderbolts and suchlike; by these well-known and terrifying things making the one who is contemptuous and relaxed tremble and rouse himself. The words may also be understood about the first appearance of the Saviour. And indeed it is also written in the seventeenth psalm about the bending down of heaven, namely, And he made the heavens incline and came down, and about the mountains and the Ps 17.10α, smoke, And the foundations of the mountains were troubled, and, Smoke went up in his anger, 8β, 9α, and also about the lightning and arrows, He sent forth arrows and scattered them, and he 15α, multiplied lightning shafts and threw them into confusion, and read the explanations of these 15β verses. And it is not off the mark to understand these words also as about Christ’s second coming.

α Ἐξαπόστειλον τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐξ ὕψους. Τὴν ἀντιληπτικήν σου δύναμιν, τὴν συμμαχικήν σου βοήθειαν.

7α Send forth your hand from on high. Your power of assistance, the help from your alliance.

β Ἐξελοῦ με καὶ ῥῦσαί με ἐξ ὑδάτων πολλῶν. Ὕδατα τροπικῶς λέγει, τοὺς πολεμίους, ὡς δίκην ὑδάτων σφοδρῶς καὶ ἀτάκτως καὶ μετὰ ῥύμης φερομένους, καὶ τὸ προστυχὸν κατασύροντας. Ἀνάγνωθι δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ξη΄ ψαλμῷ τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῦ πρώτου στίχου.

7β Set me free and deliver me from many waters. ‘Waters’ in a figurative way is what he calls his enemies, as being borne along like waters, violent and unruly and with onward rush, and carrying whatever they meet before them. Read also in the sixty-eighth psalm the explanation of the first verse.

γ Ἐκ χειρὸς υἱῶν ἀλλοτρίων. Ἀνθρώπων ἀλλοτρίων μου, ἢ ἀλλοτρίων Θεοῦ, διὰ τὰς παρανομίας αὐτῶν. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ ψαλμῷ, Υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐψεύσαντό μοι.

7γ From the hand of alien sons. People alien to me, or alien to God on account of their lawlessness. And in another psalm it was said, Alien sons have denied me.

α Ὧν τὸ στόμα ἐλάλησε ματαιότητα. Ψεῦδος καὶ λόγους ἀνωφελεῖς, ἔτι δὲ καὶ βλαβερούς. γ ἐψεύσαντό μοι (ad loc.) : ἐψεύσαντό με MPΑS2BFH.

8α Whose mouth has spoken vanity. Falsehood and profitless words and indeed harmful words.

β Καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτῶν δεξιὰ ἀδικίας. Ὧν, φησὶ, καὶ οἱ λόγοι πονηροὶ, καὶ τὰ ἔργα κάκιστα.

8β And their right hand is a right hand of injustice. Whose words are wicked, he says, and whose works are most evil.

α Ὁ Θεὸς, ᾠδὴν καινὴν ᾄσομαί σοι. Εὐχαριστήριον. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐεργετηθέντος πένητος οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἐπιζητεῖ πάντως ἢ μόνον εὐγνωμοσύνην καὶ εὐφημίαν, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Θεός. Ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνος μὲν, ἵνα λαμπρότερος | γένηται, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς, ἵνα λαμπρότερον ποιήσῃ τὸν τὴν εὐχαριστίαν αὐτῷ προσάγοντα.

9α O God, to you I shall sing a new song. A song of thanksgiving. For just as a king seeks nothing else at all from the poor man he has helped other than gratitude and praise, so also does God. But the king does so so that he may become more illustrious, while God does so so that he may make the one offering him thanks more illustrious.

β Ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ δεκαχόρδῳ ψαλῶ σοι. Πάλαι μὲν δι’ ὀργάνων τοιούτων ᾔδοντο Θεῷ οἱ ψαλμοί· νῦν δὲ ψαλτήριον δεκάχορδον, πᾶς ἄνθρωπος, κατά τε τὰς πέντε τοῦ σώματος αἰσθήσεις καὶ τὰς πέντε δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς. Ὅταν οὖν ὁ μὲν ὀφθαλμὸς ὀρθὰ βλέπῃ, ἡ δὲ ἀκοὴ πνευματικοὺς ἐνηχῆται λόγους, καὶ ἑκάστη τῶν εἰρημένων αἰσθήσεων καὶ δυνάμεων ἀμέμπτως καὶ θεοφιλῶς ἐνεργῇ τὰ πρέποντα, τότε διὰ τῶν δέκα τούτων, ὡς ἐν δέκα χορδαῖς, ᾄδει τις καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ καὶ δοξάζει τὸν Θεόν.

9β With a ten-stringed psaltery I shall sing to you. In ancient times the psalms were sung to God with such instruments, but now the ten- stringed psaltery is every man, in regard to both the five senses of the body and the five faculties of the soul. PG91.1248 When therefore the eye sees rightly and hearing resonates with spiritual words and each of the senses and faculties mentioned enacts what it should blamelessly and in a manner pleasing to God, then through these ten, as with ten strings, one sings and gives thanks and glory to God.

PG 128:1287α Tῷ διδόντι τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι. Οὐ γὰρ στρατόπεδα καὶ τοιαῦται δυνάμεις, ἀλλ’ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ ῥοπὴ σῴζειν αὐτοὺς εἴωθε.

10α Who bestow salvation on kings. For it is not armies and such forces that are wont to save them, but God’s touching of the balance.

β Tῷ λυτρουμένῳ Δαυὶδ τὸν δοῦλον αὐτοῦ ἐκ ῥομφαίας πονηρᾶς. Ἐκ πολέμου δεινοῦ, ἐκ θανάτου πικροῦ.

10β Who redeem David his servant from a grievous sword. From dread war, from a bitter death.

11 ῾Ρῦσαί με καὶ ἐξελοῦ με ἐκ χειρὸς υἱῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ὧν τὸ στόμα ἐλάλησε ματαιότητα, καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτῶν δεξιὰ ἀδικίας. Εἶπε ταῦτα καὶ ἀνωτέρω· διττολογεῖ δὲ, τὴν δέησιν ἐπιτείνων.

11 Deliver me and free me from the hand of alien sons, whose mouth has spoken vanity and their right hand is a right hand of injustice. He said these things above, and repeats them intensifying his entreaty.

α Ὧν οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν ὡς νεόφυτα ἡδρυμμένα ἐν τῇ νεότητι αὐτῶν. Τὴν εὐημερίαν αὐτῶν ὑπογράφει καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον· ὧν οἱ υἱοὶ, φησὶν, εὐθαλεῖς, ἀκμάζοντες, ὡς νεόφυτα ηὐξημένα ἐν τῇ νεότητι αὐτῶν.

12α Whose sons are as young plants ripened in their youth. He underlines their prosperity and wealth; whose sons, he says, are flourishing, in full bloom, like young plants grown up in their youth.

β Aἱ θυγατέρες αὐτῶν κεκαλλωπισμέναι, περικεκοσμημέναι ὡς ὁμοίωμα ναοῦ.

12β Their daughters are beautified, decked all around, after the likeness of a temple.

Ὁμοίως ναῷ, ἢ ὡς δοκεῖν ὁμοίωμα ναοῦ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὸν καλλωπισμόν. α Tὰ ταμιεῖα αὐτῶν πλήρη, ἐξερευγόμενα ἐκ τούτου εἰς τοῦτο. Ἀποκενοῦνται εἰς ἕτερα, διὰ τὸ στενοχωρεῖσθαι τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀποτεθησαυρισμένων, ἢ ἐκφορούμενα εἰς μείζονα, κατὰ τὸ, Καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω. β- Tὰ πρόβατα αὐτῶν πολύτοκα, πληθύνοντα ἐν ταῖς ἐξόδοις αὐτῶν, οἱ βόες αὐτῶν α παχεῖς. Ἐξόδους, ἢ τὰς γεννήσεις νοοῦμεν, ἢ τὰς ἐπὶ τὰς νομὰς προόδους. β Οὐκ ἔστι κατάπτωμα φραγμοῦ. Οὐ μόνον κομῶσιν αὐτοῖς τὰ λήϊα καὶ θάλλουσιν οἱ ἀμπελῶνες, ἀλλ’ ἑστᾶσι καὶ οἱ τούτων φραγμοί· φραγμὸς δὲ, καὶ τὸ τεῖχος τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς οἰκίας, ὧν οὐδὲν, φησὶ, πέπτωκεν. γ Οὐδὲ διέξοδος, οὐδὲ κραυγὴ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις αὐτῶν. Οὐδὲ ἐκδρομὴ, οὐδὲ κραυγὴ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν· ἢ καθ’ ἕτερον ἑρμηνευτὴν, ἐν ταῖς ἐπαύλεσιν αὐτῶν. Ἔνθα γὰρ θόρυβος καὶ ταραχὴ ἐκ πολεμίων, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἐκδρομὴ καὶ διαδρομή. Λέγει δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ οβ΄ ψαλμῷ, ὅτι Ἐζήλωσα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνόμοις, εἰρήνην ἁμαρτωλῶν θεωρῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. α Ἐμακάρισαν τὸν λαὸν, ᾧ ταῦτά ἐστιν. Ἐμακάρισαν αὐτὸν οἱ πολλοὶ, διὰ τὴν εὐθηνίαν τῶν δοκούντων ἀγαθῶν. Θεὶς δὲ τὴν ἐσφαλμένην κρίσιν τῶν πολλῶν, ἐπάγει καὶ τὴν ὀρθὴν ψῆφον ἑαυτοῦ. β Μακάριος ὁ λαὸς, οὗ Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς αὐτοῦ. Oὗ μερὶς, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς αὐτοῦ· ἢ οὗ Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς αὐτοῦ, οὗ κυριεύει ὁ Θεὸς, οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ πειθομένου ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο γὰρ ὄντως μακαριότης, ὡς ἀγαθὸν μόνιμον καὶ διαιωνίζον. | 144 ρμδ΄ α Αἴνεσις τῷ Δαυίδ. Αἴνεσις κοινὴ καὶ πᾶσιν ἁρμόζουσα.

Like a temple, or as appearing in the likeness of a temple in respect of adornment and beautification. 13α Their treasure houses are full, bursting forth from this one to this. They are emptied out into others on account of lack of space due to the abundance of the stored treasures, or are carried over into larger stores, according to the words, I shall pull down my barns, and build larger ones. 13β- Their sheep are prolific in birth, multiplying in their exits, their cattle are fatted. We understand ‘exits’ either as their births or as their paths out to pasture. 14β There is no breach in their fencing. Not only do their meadows wave with corn and their vineyards thrive, but even the fences around them stand firm; a fence is also the wall of a city or a house, none of which, he says, fell down. 14γ Nor passage nor crying in their streets. Neither running nor crying in the streets of their city. Or according to another translator ‘in their homesteads’. For where there is noise and disturbance from enemies, there there is rushing and running to and fro. And in the seventy-second psalm also he says, I have been zealous in indignation at the lawless on seeing the peace of sinners, and so on. 15α They have called blessed the people for whom things are thus. The many have called them blessed on account of the abundance of seeming blessings. Having given the erroneous judgement of the many, he adduces also the correct judgement of his own. 15β Blessed is the people of whom the Lord is its God. The portion of which is the Lord its God, or of whom the Lord is its God, of whom God is Lord, not nominally, but obeying his commandments. For this is true blessedness, as a permanent and perpetual good. 144 Psalm 144 1α A praise belonging to David. A common praise fitting for all.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 144 — Psalm 144
PG 128:1289β Ὑψώσω σε, ὁ Θεός μου ὁ βασιλεύς μου. Ὑψηλὰ περὶ σοῦ θεολογῶν, ἢ τὸ ὕψος σου γνωρίζων τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσι. γ Καὶ εὐλογήσω τὸ ὄνομά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἄτοπον, τὴν μὲν κτίσιν διὰ παντὸς ἀναπέμπειν τῷ Κτίστῃ δόξαν (Oἱ οὐρανοὶ γὰρ, φησὶ, διηγοῦνται δόξαν Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς), τὸν δὲ λογικὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐλαττοῦσθαι ταύτης ἐν τούτῳ καὶ μὴ πάντοτε δοξάζειν αὐτὸν, καὶ δι’ εὐφημίας καὶ δι’ ἀγαθοεργίας (Ὅπως γὰρ, φησὶν, ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς); Καὶ γὰρ πολλῶν ἐσμεν ὀφειλέται τῷ Θεῷ, ὅτι τε οὐκ ὄντας, ἐποίησε, καὶ ὅτι τοιούτους εἰργάσατο, καὶ ὅτι γενομένους, διακρατεῖ καὶ προνοεῖται διὰ παντὸς, καὶ κοινῇ καὶ ἰδίᾳ, καὶ λάθρᾳ καὶ φανερῶς, καὶ εἰδότων καὶ ἀγνοούντων. Tί γὰρ ἄν τις εἴποι τὰ δι’ ἡμᾶς κτισθέντα, τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἡμῖν παρέχεται, τὴν διάπλασιν τοῦ σώματος, τὴν εὐγένειαν τῆς ψυχῆς, τὴν σύνεσιν, τὸν φυσικὸν νόμον, τὸν γραπτὸν, καὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἡ δι’ ἡμᾶς ἐνανθρώπησις, καὶ τὰ πάθη καὶ ἡ σφαγή; Τούτων οὖν ἁπάντων καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν, ὡς εἴρηται. 2 Καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εὐλογήσω σε, καὶ αἰνέσω τὸ ὄνομά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ταῦτα σαφῆ. 3 Μέγας Κύριος καὶ αἰνετὸς σφόδρα, καὶ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πέρας. Μέγας, οὐ μόνον ὡς μεγαλουργὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς μεγαλόδωρος, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα αἰνετὸς σφόδρα. Εἰ δὲ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πέρας, οὐδὲ μέτρον, πάντως οὐδὲ τῆς αἰνέσεως αὐτοῦ. α Γενεὰ καὶ γενεὰ ἐπαινέσει τὰ ἔργα σου. Ἥ τε οὖσα, ἥ τε ἐπιοῦσα, τουτέστι, πᾶσα. Ἔργα δὲ λέγει νῦν, τὰ ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις δημιουργηθέντα· ἢ καὶ τὰ ἐν τέρασι καὶ σημείοις καθ’ ἑκάστην γενεὰν ἐπιτελούμενα. β Καὶ τὴν δύναμίν σου ἀπαγγελοῦσι. Τὴν ἐν τούτοις τε καὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ εὐεργετεῖν ἢ κολάζειν. Γενεὰν δὲ καὶ γενεὰν λέγει νῦν, τοὺς ἐν ἑκάστῃ γενεᾷ συνετοὺς καὶ θεοφιλεῖς, οἳ

1β I shall exalt you, O my God, my king. Speaking exalted divine things about you, or making known your sublimity to those who are ignorant of it. 1γ And I shall bless your name to the age, and to the age of the age. For how is it not out of place for creation to return glory to the Creator through all things (for it is written, The heavens are telling the glory of God, and so on), and for reason-endowed man to be inferior to it in this regard and not to glorify him continually, both through praise and through good works (for it is written, That they may see your good works, and glorify your Father who is in heaven)? And indeed we are debtors to God in much, namely, that not existing he made us and made us such as we are, and that having been made, he preserves us and shows providence through everything, both in common and in particular, both secretly and manifestly, and both in what we know and what we do not know. For what might one say about the things created on our behalf, the ministration that is of- fered to us, the formation of the body, the nobility of the soul, the faculty of understanding, the natural law, the written law, and the chief of blessings, the incarnation for our sake, and the sufferings and sacrifice ? In all these things and in countless other we are debtors, as was said. 2 Every day I shall bless you and will praise your name to the age, and to the age of the age. These words are clear. The Lord is great and greatly to be praised, and to his majesty there is no limit. Great, not only as performing great deeds, but also as exceedingly munificent, and on these accounts to be greatly praised. And if there is no limit or measure to his majesty, there is certainly none to his praise. 4α Generation and generation will praise your works. Both the present generation and the one to come, that is, every. ‘Works’ is now what he calls the works created in six days, or else the marvels and signs performed in every generation. 4β And they will proclaim your power. Your power in both these works and that in bringing benefactions or in punishing.

PG 128:1291πρῶτα μὲν παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ἐπαινοῦσι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἶτα καὶ ἄλλοις ἀπαγγέλλουσι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ. 5-6 Τὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν τῆς δόξης τῆς ἁγιωσύνης σου λαλήσουσι, καὶ τὰ θαυμάσιά σου διηγήσονται, καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν φοβερῶν σου ἐροῦσι, καὶ τὴν μεγαλωσύνην σου διηγήσονται. Θαυμάσια μὲν, τὰ ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τινῶν τελούμενα, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διαβάσεως, ὁ στῦλος τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῆς νεφέλης, ἡ διαίρεσις τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς, τὸ ἐκ πέτρας ὕδωρ, τὸ μάννα, ἡ ὀρτυγομήτρα, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· φοβερὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπὶ κολάσει τινῶν τερατουργούμενα, ὡς αἱ κατ’ Αἰγυπτίων μάστιγες, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν. Καὶ ἑτέρως δὲ, θαυμάσια μὲν, ὡρῶν εὐκραεῖς ἐναλλαγαὶ, παράδεισοι κομῶντες, λειμῶνες εὐανθεῖς, πηγαὶ διειδεῖς καὶ πότιμοι, ποταμοὶ ῥέοντες ἡδέως, ὑετῶν ἀρδεῖαι, γῆς ὠδῖνες, δένδρων εἴδη μυρία, καρπῶν | ποικιλία, προσηνεῖς ἄνεμοι, λαμπρότης ἡλίου, σελήνης λαμπὰς, ἀστέρων κάλλος, καὶ ὅσα ἔν τε ἀψύχοις καὶ ἐμψύχοις ἀξιοθαύμαστα· φοβερὰ δὲ, ἀστραπαὶ, βρονταὶ, κεραυνοὶ, λιμοὶ, λοιμοὶ, χιὼν, χάλαζα, πάγος, ἐπίκλυσις, ἐκπύρωσις, καὶ ὅσα ἐν ἀψύχοις καὶ ἐμψύχοις φρικτά. Μεγαλοπρέπεια δὲ καὶ μεγαλωσύνη, τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς φύσεως καὶ σοφίας καὶ δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἶτα ἐνδιατρίβει πλέον τοῖς χρηστοτέροις, δεικνὺς αὐτὸν ἐπιῤῥεπέστερον εἰς φιλανθρωπίαν.

‘Generation and generation’ he now calls those in each generation who are wise and god-lov- ing, who first themselves praise the works of God and then proclaim to others his power. 5-6 They will speak of the magnificence of the glory of your holiness, and will tell of your won- ders, they will announce the power of your awesome marvels and will tell of your majesty. ‘Wonders’ are the things performed for the benefit of certain people, as at the crossing of the Hebrews out of Egypt, the column of fire and the cloud, the division of the Red Sea, the water from the rock, the manna, the quails, and suchlike. ‘Awesome marvels’ are the things worked marvellously for the punishment of certain people, such as the plagues against the Egyptians and the other nations. And in a different sense, ‘wonders’ are the graduated alterations of the seasons, richly be- decked gardens, flowering meadows, springs with clear drinking water, sweetly flowing rivers, irrigating showers, produce of the earth, the countless kinds of trees, the variety of fruits, gentle winds, the brightness of the sun, the light of the moon, the beauty of the stars, and all that is worthy of wonder in inanimate and animate creation. ‘Awesome marvels’ are lightning flashes, thunder claps, lightning strikes, famines, plagues, snow, hail, ice, flooding, conflagra- tion, and all things that inspire terror in inanimate and animate creation. ‘Magnificence’ and ‘majesty’ are what is superlative in God’s nature and wisdom and power. Then he lingers longer on the more beneficial things, showing God to be more inclined to benevolence.

α Μνήμην τοῦ πλήθους τῆς χρηστότητός σου ἐξερεύξονται. Ἀπαγγελοῦσι διήγησιν, ἔχουσαν μνήμην τῆς ἀμετρήτου χρηστότητος.

7α They will blurt forth remembrance of the abundance of your goodness. They will announce a tale having remembrance of your immeasurable goodness.

β Καὶ τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ἀγαλλιάσονται. Μνημονεύοντες καὶ διηγούμενοι πῶς ἑκάστῳ τὸ πρὸς ἀξίαν ἀπονέμεις, καὶ εὐεργετῶν καὶ κολάζων, καὶ πάντα δικαίως ποιεῖς καὶ ποιήσεις, ἀγαλλιάσονται, πεπεισμένοι, μήτε τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀγέραστον παροφθῆναι, μήτε τὴν κακίαν ἀτιμώρητον.

7β And will rejoice in your justice. Remembering and telling how you award each according to his merit, both in bringing blessing and punishment, and how you do and will do everything justly, they will rejoice, being convinced that neither will virtue be overlooked unrewarded nor evil go unpunished.

8 Οἰκτίρμων καὶ ἐλεήμων ὁ Κύριος, μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος. Εἶπε ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τῷ ρβ΄ ψαλμῷ.

8 The Lord is compassionate and merciful, long-suffering and full of mercy. He also said this in the one hundred and second psalm.

9 Χρηστὸς Κύριος τοῖς σύμπασι, καὶ οἱ οἰκτιρμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Ἐπιδαψιλεύεται τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χρηστότητος, εἰδὼς ἐν ταύτῃ μάλιστα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν πλοῦτον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἦν σωθῆναι, μὴ πολλῆς οὔσης τῆς αὐτοῦ φιλανθρωπίας· τοῖς σύμπασί φησιν, οὐ τοῖς δικαίοις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς, οὐδὲ τοῖς

9 The Lord is good to all, and his compassion is on all his works. He lavishes attention on the aspect of goodness, knowing God’s wealth lies especially in this. For it would not be possible to be saved if his benevolence was not great. He says ‘to all’, not only to the just, but also to sinners, and not only to rational beings, but also to the irra-

λογικοῖς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀλόγοις, καὶ ἁπλῶς πᾶν ἔργον αὐτοῦ οἰκτείρει, μέχρι καὶ τῶν εὐτελεστάτων· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὴν γέενναν καὶ τὰς ἄλλας αἰωνίους κολάσεις ὑπὸ φιλανθρωπίας τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς ἠπείλησεν, ἵνα δέει τούτων ἀπόσχωνται κακίας, καὶ μεταποιησάμενοι ἀρετῆς, τύχωσι μᾶλλον τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν. Κἀνταῦθα δὲ πολλάκις κολάζει τινὰς πλημμελοῦντας, ἵνα τούτους τε βελτίους, εἰ βούλοιντο, ποιήσῃ, ἢ κἂν γοῦν κουφίσῃ τὴν ἐκεῖ κόλασιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παιδεύσῃ διὰ τῆς τούτων τιμωρίας, καὶ σωφρονεστέρους ἐργάσηται.

tional, and quite simply he has compassion on every work of his, even the very meanest. And indeed he even threatened sinners with Gehenna and the other eternal punishments out of benevolence, so that out of fear of them they might keep away from evil, and by having claim to virtue, might rather attain the kingdom of heaven. And often in this world he punishes those who transgress so that, if they wish, he might make them better, or else so that he might alleviate their punishment in the next world, and so that through their punishment he might instruct others and make them more prudent.

PG 128:1293α Ἐξομολογησάσθωσάν σοι, Κύριε, πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου. Εὐχαριστείτωσαν τὰ μὲν λογικὰ δι’ ἑαυτῶν, τὰ δ’ ἄλογα καὶ τὰ ἄψυχα, διὰ τῶν ὁρώντων αὐτὰ καὶ χρωμένων τούτοις, δι’ οὓς ταῦτα γεγόνασιν. Εὐχαριστείτωσαν, ὅτι πάντα σοφῆς μετέχει κατασκευῆς, καὶ χρησίμου παραγωγῆς καὶ προνοίας ἀπολαύει. Κἀκεῖνα μὲν εὐχαριστείτωσαν διὰ τῆς θαυμαστῆς φύσεως αὐτῶν, οἱ ἄνθρωποι δὲ, διὰ τῆς ἐπαινετῆς αὐτῶν πολιτείας.

10α Let all your works confess to you, O Lord. Let rational beings give thanks by themselves, and let irrational and inanimate beings do so through those who see them and make use of them and on whose account they were made. Let them give thanks because all partake in wise formation and in production for a useful end and enjoy providential care. And let the the latter give thanks through their wonderful nature and men through their praiseworthy way of life.

β Καὶ οἱ ὅσιοί σου εὐλογησάτωσάν σε. Oἱ ἀφωσιωμένοι σοι, οἱ θεράποντές σου· τούτοις γὰρ μάλιστα προσήκει τὸ διὰ παντὸς εὐλογεῖν σε, βιωτικῆς φροντίδος ἀπηλλαγμένοις καὶ δυναμένοις καθαρῶς εὐφημεῖν, ἅτε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων συνετωτέροις. 11-12 Δόξαν τῆς βασιλείας σου ἐροῦσι, καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν σου λαλήσουσι, τοῦ γνωρίσαι τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν δυναστείαν σου καὶ τὴν δόξαν τῆς | μεγαλοπρεπείας τῆς βασιλείας σου. Διδάξουσι περὶ τούτων τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας, ὥστε γνώριμα ταῦτα τούτοις καταστῆσαι· προσίεται γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τὰς εὐφημίας, οὐχ ὡς δεόμενος αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ ὥστε μαθεῖν ἑτέρους τὴν δόξαν καὶ δύναμιν αὐτοῦ.

10β And let your devotees bless you. Those who are devoted to you, those who minister to you. It befits them especially to bless you continually, being freed from earthly cares and able to praise in purity, and inasmuch as they are wiser than the others. 11-12 They will announce the glory of your kingship and will speak of your sovereign power so as to make known to the sons of men your dominion and the glory of the magnificence of your kingdom. They will teach those ignorant about these things so as to make these things familiar to them. For God accepts praises, not as being in need of them, but so that others will come to know his glory and power.

α Ἡ βασιλεία σου βασιλεία πάντων τῶν αἰώνων. Διαιωνίζουσα, ἄναρχός τε καὶ ἀτελεύτητος· εἶτα σαφέστερον τοῦτο λέγει.

13α Your kingdom is a kingdom of all ages. A perpetual kingdom, without beginning and without end. Then he says this even more clearly.

β Καὶ ἡ δεσποτεία σου ἐν πάσῃ γενεᾷ καὶ γενεᾷ. Πανταχοῦ τῶν γενεῶν καὶ χρόνων ἐκτεινομένη.

13β And your dominion is in every generation and generation. Extending over all generations and times.

γ Πιστὸς Κύριος ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Βέβαιος, ἀληθὴς, πιστεύεσθαι πρεπωδέστατος.

13γ The Lord is faithful in all his words.

δ Καὶ ὅσιος ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. Ἄμεμπτος, μηδεμίαν μηδενὶ παρέχων λαβήν. 14 Ὑποστηρίζει Κύριος πάντας τοὺς καταπίπτοντας, καὶ ἀνορθοῖ πάντας τοὺς κατεῤῥαγμένους. Εἰπὼν περὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἀπέραντος, περὶ τῶν λόγων, ὅτι ἀληθεῖς, περὶ τῶν ἔργων, ὅτι ἀνεπίληπτα, καὶ πρὸ τούτων, περὶ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης, περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως, περὶ τῆς δόξης, περὶ τῆς χρηστότητος, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων, νῦν λέγει πάλιν περὶ φιλανθρωπίας, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ, μεγίστη δόξα τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, τὸ μὴ μόνον διακρατεῖν ἑστῶτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέλλοντας καταπεσεῖν ὑποστηρίζειν, ὥστε μὴ τοῦτο παθεῖν, καὶ κειμένους ἀνιστᾶν, ὅσοι δηλονότι μὴ ἀντιτείνωσι, καὶ μὴ τὸν δεῖνα μόνον ἢ τὸν δεῖνα, πάντας δὲ πάντως, καὶ δούλους καὶ πένητας καὶ ἀσήμους, καὶ ἕτοιμον εἶναι βοηθεῖν πᾶσι τοῖς βουλομένοις. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ ἕτερον εὐεργεσίας εἶδος· ποικίλη γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ παντοδαπὴ ἡ κηδεμονία. 15-16 Oἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ πάντων εἰς σὲ ἐλπίζουσι, καὶ σὺ δίδως τὴν τροφὴν αὐτῶν ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ· ἀνοίγεις σὺ τὴν χεῖρά σου καὶ ἐμπιπλᾷς πᾶν ζῷον εὐδοκίας. Ὅμοια ταῦτα τοῖς ἐν τῷ ργ΄ ψαλμῷ ῥηθεῖσι, Πάντα γὰρ, φησὶ, πρὸς σὲ προσδοκῶσι δοῦναι τὴν τροφὴν αὐτῶν εἰς εὔκαιρον· καὶ αὖθις, Ἀνοίξαντός σου τὴν χεῖρα, τὰ σύμπαντα πλησθήσονται χρηστότητος, καὶ ζήτησον τὰς ἐκείνων ἐξηγήσεις. Ὅπερ Ps 103.27, 28 οὖν εἶπεν ἐκεῖ χρηστότητα, τοῦτο εὐδοκίαν ἐνταῦθα λέγει. Εἶδες πῶς ἔδειξεν ὅτι χρηστός ἐστι τοῖς σύμπασι καὶ οἱ οἰκτιρμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι οὐ γῆ καὶ ὑετὸς καὶ ἥλιος καὶ ἀὴρ, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ δεσποτικὸν δίδωσι τὰς τροφὰς τῶν ζῴων; Ἡ δ’ ἄνοιξις τῆς χειρὸς καὶ τὴν εὐχέρειαν ἐμφαίνει τῆς χορηγίας. α Δίκαιος Κύριος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ. Ταῖς οἰκονομίαις, ταῖς προνοίαις. Ὅπερ δὲ ἀνωτέρω σημαίνει τὸ, ὅσιος, τοῦτο κἀνταῦθα τὸ, δίκαιος. Ps 144.δ β Καὶ ὅσιος ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει πάλιν, ἐφερμηνευτικῶς, ὡς εἶναι τόν τε ἀνωτέρω ῥηθέντα στίχον καὶ τοὺς δύο τούτους τῆς αὐτῆς ὁμοῦ σημασίας. Ἢ δίκαιος ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ, συμμετρήσας αὐτὰς τῇ δυνάμει τῶν εἰληφότων.

Certain, true, most fitting to be believed. 13δ And devout in all his works. Blameless, giving no occasion for reproach to anyone. 14 The Lord supports all who are falling and sets upright all who are cast down. Having spoken about his kingship, that it is boundless, about his words, that they are true, about his works, that they are irreproachable, and prior to this about his majesty, about his power, about his glory, about his goodness, and suchlike, he now speaks once again about his benevolence, which is the greatest glory of his kingship, his not only upholding them when standing, but supporting them when about to fall so as not to suffer this, and when prostrate raising them up, that is, those who do not resist, and not only this one or that, but all in all ways, both slaves and paupers and persons of no rank, and being ready to help all who wish. Then he speaks of a different kind of benefaction, for his care is varied and manifold. 15-16 The eyes of all hope in you and you give their food at due time, you open your hand and fill every living thing with your good pleasure. These words are similar to those spoken in the one hundred and third psalm, for it is writ- ten, All look to you to give them their food at due time, and again, When you have opened your hand all will be filled with goodness, and seek the explanations of these verses. What he there Ps 103.27, 28 called ‘goodness’ he here calls ‘good pleasure’. Do you see how he has shown that he is good to all things and his compassion is on all his works, and that it is not earth and rain and sun and wind, but the Mater’s decree that gives food to the animals? The opening of the hand also indicates the ease of his giving. 17α The Lord is just in all his ways. His dispensations, his providential acts. ‘Just’ here has the same meaning as the word ‘devout’ has above. Ps 144.13δ 17β And devout in all his works. He says the same again, by way of clarification, indicating that the verse mentioned above and the two here have one and the same meaning. Or else he is just in his commandments, having made them commensurate with the power of those who have received them.

18 Ἐγγὺς Κύριος πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις αὐτὸν, πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις αὐτὸν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ. | Εἰπὼν τὰ κοινῇ καὶ τοῖς ἀπίστοις δεδομένα, λέγει καὶ τὰ ἰδιαζόντως τοῖς πιστοῖς παρεχόμενα ― τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι, καὶ σκέπειν, καὶ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι. Tὸ δὲ, ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, τὸ, ὀρθῶς καὶ ὡς χρὴ, δηλοῖ.

18 The Lord is close to all who call on him, to all who call on him in truth. Having mentioned the things given in common even to unbelievers, he also says the things bestowed particularly on believers, namely, his being close and sheltering and coming to their aid. The expression ‘in truth’ indicates ‘rightly and as is fitting’.

19 Θέλημα τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ποιήσει καὶ τῆς δεήσεως αὐτῶν εἰσακούσεται καὶ σώσει αὐτούς. Θέλημα, τὸ συμφέρον καὶ μὴ ἀπᾷδον τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ.

19 He will do the will of those who fear him and will hear their entreaty and save them. ‘Will’ is that which is for their profit and not contrary to his will.

α Φυλάσσει Κύριος πάντας τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτόν. Τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτὸν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας. Φυλάσσει δὲ, ἀφ’ ὧν φυλάττειν αὐτοὺς προσήκει.

20α The Lord guards all who love him. Those who love him with all their heart. He guards them from the things that it is fitting to guard them.

β Καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἐξολοθρεύσει. Τοὺς ἀνίατα νοσοῦντας· ἐξολοθρεύσει δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

20β And he will destroy all the sinners. Those who are incurably ill; he will destroy them from his people.

α Αἴνεσιν Κυρίου λαλήσει τὸ στόμα μου. Διὰ παντὸς γὰρ, φησὶν, ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου.

21α My mouth will speak the Lord’s praise. For it is written, His praise will be in my mouth continually.

β Καὶ εὐλογείτω πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. Εἴρηται καὶ ἐν τῷ ρβ΄ ψαλμῷ, Εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ζήτησον ἐκεῖ τὴν ἐξήγησιν. Ἢ εὐλογείτω πᾶσα σὰρξ, ἡ πιστεύσασα δηλονότι· πῶς γὰρ ὁ ἄπιστος εὐλογήσει; Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς σαρκὸς, ὅλον τὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγει, ὡς ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ γὰρ αὖθις ἀπὸ μόνης ψυχῆς τὸν ὅλον δηλοῖ, λέγων, Πᾶσα πνοὴ αἰνεσάτω τὸν Κύριον.

21β And let all flesh bless his holy name, to the age and to the age of the age. It was also said in the one hundred and second psalm, Bless the Lord, O all you his works, and seek there the explanation. Or else let all flesh bless, that is, all that has believed, for how will the unbeliever bless? By the flesh he refers to the whole man, the part standing for the whole. And elsewhere indeed he in turn indicates the whole by the soul alone, Let every breath praise the Lord.

PG 128:1411145 ρμε΄

145 Psalm 145

PG 128:1293α Ἀλληλούϊα. Αἴνεσίς ἐστι καὶ ὁ παρὼν ψαλμός· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ σημαίνει. Ἔν τισι μὲν οὖν τῶν ἀντιγράφων, Ἀγγαίου καὶ Ζαχαρίου, πρόσκειται τῇ ἐπιγραφῇ· οὔτε δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἑβραϊκῷ κεῖται, οὔτε παρά τινι τῶν ἑρμηνευτῶν, οὔτε παρὰ τοῖς Ἑβδομήκοντα.

1α Alleluia. The present psalm is also a praise, for this is also what the superscription means. In a number of copies ‘Of Haggai and Zechariah’ is added to the superscription, but this is not in the Hebrew, nor in any of the translators, nor in the Seventy.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 145 — Psalm 145
PG 128:1293β Αἴνει, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸν Κύριον. Ὅμοιον τῷ, Εὐλόγει, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸν Κύριον.

1β Praise the Lord, O my soul. This is similar to, Bless the Lord, O my soul.

2 Αἰνέσω Κύριον ἐν ζωῇ μου, ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου ἕως ὑπάρχω. Tὸ, ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου ἕως ὑπάρχω, ἐφερμηνευτικόν ἐστι τοῦ, αἰνέσω Κύριον ἐν ζωῇ μου. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ργ΄ ψαλμῷ, ᾌσω τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐν τῇ ζωῇ μου, ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου ἕως ὑπάρχω.

2 I shall praise the Lord in my life, with psaltery I shall sing to my God as long as I exist. ‘With psaltery I shall sing to my God as long as I exist’ is a clarification of ‘I shall praise the Lord in my life’. And in the one hundred and third psalm it was said, I shall sing to the Lord in my life, with psaltery I shall sing to my God as long as I exist.

3 Mὴ πεποίθατε ἐπ’ ἄρχοντας, ἐπὶ υἱοὺς ἀνθρώπων, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρία. Οἷς οὐκ ἔστι τὸ σῶσαι ἑαυτούς. Εἰ δ’ ἑαυτοὺς οὐ δύνανται σῶσαι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἑτέρους. Ὁρᾷς γὰρ, ὅπως διαφόροις ὑπόκεινται κινδύνοις καὶ νόσοις, καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἐκφυγεῖν οὐ δύνανται. Ἀκουέτωσαν οἱ πρὸς τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας κεχηνότες ἀντιλήψεις καὶ συμμαχίας. Εἶτα δείκνυσι πῶς οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς σωτηρία.

3 Do not trust in rulers, in sons of men, in whom there is no salvation In whom there is no saving of themselves. And if they are unable to save themselves, much less are they able to save others. For you see how they are subject to various dangers and dis- eases and are unable to escape death. Let those who are all agape for human defences and alliances hear this. He then shows how there is no salvation in them.

α Ἐξελεύσεται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ. Ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ ἄρχοντος, ἐφ’ ὃν πέποιθας.

4α His spirit will go forth. The soul of the ruler in whom you trust.

β Καὶ ἐπιστρέψει εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ. Ἐπιστρέψει αὐτὸς, ἤτοι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἐλήφθη. Γῆ γὰρ, φησὶν, εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ.

4β And return to its earth. He, that is, his body, will return to the earth from which he was taken. For it is written, You are earth, and to earth you will depart.

γ Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀπολοῦνται πάντες οἱ διαλογισμοὶ αὐτοῦ. Ἡμέραν λέγει, τὴν τῆς ἐξόδου τῆς ψυχῆς· διαλογισμοὺς δὲ, τοὺς περὶ βιωτικῶν πραγμάτων, πλούτου καὶ δόξης, καὶ δυναστείας καὶ συμμαχίας, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἀπήγαγεν ἐλπίδων, δείκνυσι | λοιπὸν τὸν ἀσφαλῆ λιμένα, τὸν ἀχείρωτον πύργον. Τρόπος γὰρ ἄριστος παραινέσεως, ἀπάγειν μὲν τῶν σαθρῶν, ἐνάγειν δὲ πρὸς τὰ ἰσχυρὰ, καὶ τὰ μάταια μὲν καθαιρεῖν, ἱστᾶν δὲ τὰ ἀληθινὰ, καὶ διελέγχειν μὲν τὰ ἀπατῶντα, δεικνύειν δὲ τὰ ὠφελοῦντα.

4γ On that day all his thoughts will perish. ‘Day’ is what he calls the day of the exit of his soul and his ‘thoughts’ those about earthly matters, wealth and glory, and power and alliance, and suchlike. And since he led away from human hopes, he then shows the safe harbour, the uncon- quered tower. For it is an excellent mode of exhortation to lead away from what is unsound and to lead to what is strong, and to demolish what is vain and to establish what is true, and to refute what is deceptive and show what is profitable.

5 Μακάριος οὗ ὁ Θεὸς ᾽Ιακὼβ βοηθὸς αὐτοῦ, ἡ ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐν τῷ ριζ΄ εἴρηται ψαλμῷ, Ἀγαθὸν πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ Κύριον ἢ πεποιθέναι ἐπ’ ἄνθρωπον· ἀγαθὸν ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ Κύριον ἢ ἐλπίζειν ἐπ’ ἄρχουσι. β ὅμοιον τῷ MPAS2FH : ὅμοιον τὸ CBV. 31 πεποίθατε S2BV[TRa] : πεποίθετε MPACFH.

5 Blessed is he whose helper is the God of Jacob, whose hope is in the Lord his God. And in the one hundred and seventeenth psalm it was said, It is good to have trust in the Lord rather than to have trust in man; it is good to hope in the Lord rather than to hope in rulers.

Μακάριος, φησὶν, οὗ βοηθὸς, ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ ᾽Ιακὼβ, ὁ μόνος καὶ κυρίως Θεὸς, ἐφ’ ὃν ὁ ᾽Ιακὼβ πεποιθὼς, ὅσης καὶ οἵας βοηθείας ἀπήλαυσε· ταῦτα γὰρ ἡ προσθήκη τοῦ ᾽Ιακὼβ ἐμφαίνει. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τὴν τοῦ βοηθοῦ τούτου δύναμιν, ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦτον μάλιστα καταφεύγωμεν.

Blessed, he says, is he whose helper is the God of Jacob, God alone and in the true sense, trusting in whom Jacob enjoyed help of such magnitude and such kind; for the addition of ‘Jacob’ indicates these things. He then also speaks of the power of this helper so that we may take refuge in him most eminently.

6 Τὸν ποιήσαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, τὸν φυλάσσοντα ἀλήθειαν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Τὸν ἀληθεύοντα πάντοτε, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς τῶν τιμωριῶν.

6 Who made heaven and earth, the sea and all that is in them, who keeps truth to the age. Who always proves true, both in his promises of benefactions and in his threats of pun- ishments.

α Ποιοῦντα κρίμα τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις. Οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸ, Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, δηλονότι κατὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν κρίσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα.

7α Who enacts judgement for those who are wronged. Not only according to, Vengeance is mine, I shall repay (at the last judgement that is), but also here and now.

β Διδόντα τροφὴν τοῖς πεινῶσιν. Οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸ, Μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ· καὶ μυρία καὶ τῶν ἐκδικουμένων ἐπὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα ζωῆς καὶ τῶν τρεφομένων τὰ παραδείγματα. γ-α Κύριος λύει πεπεδημένους, Κύριος σοφοῖ τυφλοὺς, Κύριος ἀνορθοῖ κατεῤῥαγμένους. Πεπεδημένους οὐ μόνον ἐν συμφοραῖς βιωτικαῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν σειραῖς ἁμαρτιῶν· καὶ τυφλοὺς, οὐ μόνον τοὺς σωματικοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, ἀναπληρούσης αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐκ Θεοῦ σοφίας τὸ ὑστέρημα τῆς πηρώσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ψυχικούς· καὶ κατεῤῥαγμένους, οὐ μόνον ἐξ ὑγείας καὶ εὐημερίας εἰς νόσον καὶ δυσπραγίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἀρετῆς εἰς κακίαν· ὁποῖοι ἦσαν οἱ ἐξ ἐθνῶν, πεπεδημένοι πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ τυφλοὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ κατεῤῥαγμένοι εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀπωλείας κρημνόν. β-α Κύριος ἀγαπᾷ δικαίους, Κύριος φυλάσσει τοὺς προσηλύτους. Δικαίους μὲν, τοὺς πρὸ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου λάμψαντας ἐν ἀρετῇ· προσηλύτους δὲ, τοὺς μετὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον προσεληλυθότας τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ. Ἢ δικαίους μὲν, τοὺς τελειοτέρους εἰς ἀρετὴν, προσηλύτους δὲ, τοὺς ἀρτιπαγεῖς· ἐκείνους μὲν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὡς εὐαρεστοῦντας, τούτους δὲ φυλάσσει, ὡς ἁπαλοὺς ἔτι καὶ μήπω πεπειραμένους τῆς πρὸς τοὺς δαίμονας συμπλοκῆς.

7β Who gives food to the hungry. Not only according to, Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for justice, for they shall be filled, but even in the present life and there are countless examples of those avenged and fed in the present life. 7γ-8α The Lord releases those bound in fetters, the Lord gives wisdom to the blind, the Lord sets upright those cast down. Bound in fetters, not only in misfortunes of life, but in the bonds of sins. And the blind, not only in the eyes of the body, with the deficiency of blindness being compensated for by wisdom from God, but also in the eyes of the soul. And those cast down, not only from health and prosperity to illness and misfortune, but from virtue to evil; such were those from the nations, fettered in relation to virtue and blind to the truth and cast down at the precipice of destruction. 8β-9α The Lord loves the just, the Lord keeps watch over the proselytes. The just are those who shone in virtue before the Gospel; the proselytes are those came to piety after the Gospel; or else the just are those more perfect in virtue and the proselytes those newly formed in virtue; he loves the former as well-pleasing and he guards the latter as still tender and not yet experienced in the struggle with the demons.

β Ὀρφανὸν καὶ χήραν ἀναλήψεται.

9β He will take up orphan and widow. He will take their part. And you will understand this also in a twofold manner.

Ἀντιλήψεται. Διττῶς δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτων νοήσεις. Ὀρφανὸς μὲν γὰρ, ὁ καταλιπὼν πατέρα καὶ μητέρα διὰ Χριστόν· καὶ χήρα πάλιν, ἡ καταλιποῦσα τὸν ἄνδρα διὰ Χριστόν. Ὥσπερ δὲ τῷ ὀρφανῷ τὰ τιμιώτατα καὶ φίλτατα τοῦ γένους, | πατὴρ καὶ μήτηρ, οὕτω καὶ τῇ χήρᾳ, ἀνήρ. Εἴη δ’ ἂν ὀρφανὸς, καὶ ὁ ἀποβαλὼν τὸν διάβολον, ὃν εἶχε πρότερον πατέρα καὶ διδάσκαλον ἐν κακίᾳ· καὶ χήρα πάλιν, ἡ ἀποβαλοῦσα ψυχὴ τὸν διάβολον, ᾧ κεκόλλητο διὰ τοῦ θεραπεύειν αὐτόν.

An orphan is the one who leaves father and mother for Christ, and a widow again is one who leaves her husband for Christ. Just as for the orphan the most precious and beloved of his kin are father and mother, so for the widow it is her husband. The orphan may also be interpreted as the one who casts off the devil whom he formerly had as father and teacher in evil, and the widow in turn the soul that casts off the devil to whom it had been joined through paying court to him.

γ Καὶ ὁδὸν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἀφανιεῖ. Ὁδὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἡ κακία καὶ πονηρία. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ τέλει τοῦ πρώτου ψαλμοῦ, Καὶ ὁδὸς ἀσεβῶν ἀπολεῖται.

9γ And the way of sinners he will obliterate. The way of sinners is evil and wickedness. And it was also said at the end of the first psalm that, The way of the impious will perish.

α Βασιλεύσει Κύριος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, βασιλεύων ὡς Θεὸς, βασιλεύσει καὶ ὡς ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καθ’ ὃν ἐρεῖ τὸ, Ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς· ἢ ὁ Θεὸς ἁπλῶς βασιλεύσει αἰωνίως, Καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος.

10α The Lord will reign to the age. The Son of God, reigning as God, will reign also as man to the age, in accordance with which he will say, All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me; or else God simply will reign eternally, And of his kingdom there will be no end.

β Ὁ Θεός σου, Σιὼν, εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν. Βασιλεύσει δηλονότι, ἢ ἔσται. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι ψαλμῷ, Ἡ βασιλεία σου βασιλεία πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, καὶ ἡ δεσποτεία σου ἐν πάσῃ γενεᾷ καὶ γενεᾷ. Γενεὰ δὲ καὶ γενεὰ, ἥ τε τῶν ἀποθνῃσκόντων καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀνισταμένων νεκρῶν. Σιὼν δὲ, καὶ ἡ Ἐκκλησία τῶν πιστῶν, ὡς δεδήλωται καὶ ἐν τῷ ϟϛ΄ ψαλμῷ, ἔνθα τὸ, Καὶ ἠγαλλιάσαντο αἱ θυγατέρες τῆς ᾽Ιουδαίας.

10β Your God, O Zion, to generation and generation. ‘Will reign’, that is to say, or ‘will be’. In the previous psalm it was also said, Your kingdom is a kingdom of all ages, and your do- minion is in every generation and generation. Generation and generation is that both of those who die and that of the resurrected dead. ‘Zion’ is also the Church of the faithful, as was stated in the ninety-sixth psalm at the verse, And the daughters of Judea have rejoiced.

PG 128:1411146 ρμϛ΄

146 Psalm 146

PG 128:1293α Ἀλληλούϊα. Αἴνεσις καὶ οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐφεξῆς.

1α Alleluia. This psalm is a praise and so also are all that follow.

β Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον, ὅτι ἀγαθὸν ψαλμός. Ἀγαθὸν ὁ αἶνος, ἡ ὑμνολογία τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὁ δὲ Σύμμαχος, Ἀλληλούϊα, ὅτι ἀγαθὸν ᾠδή.

1β Praise the Lord for a psalm is good. Praise, the singing of hymns to God, is good. Symmachus writes, Alleluia, for a song is good.

γ Tῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν ἡδυνθείη αἴνεσις. Ἡδεῖα λογισθείη, προσδεχθείη· τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται, ὅταν ὁ αἰνῶν βίον ἔχῃ θεάρεστον.

1γ May praise be gratifying to our God. May it be deemed pleasant, may it be favourably accepted, and this will occur when the one praising has a life that is pleasing to God.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 146 — Psalm 146
PG 128:1293Ἔοικε δὲ καὶ ὁ ψαλμὸς οὗτος εἶναι περὶ τῆς ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπανόδου, καὶ δῆλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἐφεξῆς ῥητῶν.

This psalm too seems to be about the return from Babylon and this is evident from the following words.

α Οἰκοδομῶν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ὁ Κύριος. Ἔστι δηλονότι. Ὅμοιον δὲ λέγει τῷ, Ἐὰν μὴ Κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οἶκον, εἰς μάτην ἐκοπίασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες.

2α The Lord [is] building Jerusalem. He is, that is to say. He is saying something similar to, Unless the Lord builds the house, the builders have laboured in vain.

β Τὰς διασπορὰς τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐπισυνάξει. Περὶ τῶν ὑπολειφθέντων ἡ προφητεία· οὐ γὰρ ἀθρόοι πάντες ἀνήχθησαν.

2β He will gather back the scatterings of Israel. The prophecy is about those left behind, for they were not all brought back together in one body.

3 Ὁ ἰώμενος τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν καὶ δεσμεύων τὰ συντρίμματα αὐτῶν. Τοῦτο καὶ Παῦλος εἶπεν, ὅτι Ὁ παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινούς. Ψυχῶν γὰρ ὢν μᾶλλον ἰατρὸς, ἔργον ἔχει ψυχαγωγεῖν καὶ ἀνακτᾶσθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν ὑπὸ πειρασμῶν καὶ συμφορῶν. Εἰ δὲ τούτους, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς τὴν ἐνάρετον ταπείνωσιν τεταπεινωμένους. Δεσμοὶ δὲ συντριμμάτων, αἱ δι’ ἔργων καὶ λόγων θεραπεῖαι καὶ παρηγορίαι. Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν, περὶ τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο, περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως, ἵνα θαῤῥήσωσιν.

3 Who heals the broken in heart and binds up their abrasions. Paul also said this, namely, Who comforts the downcast. Being rather a physician of souls, his work is to relieve and restore those who are broken in heart by trials and misfortunes. And if those, much more so those humbled by virtuous humiliation. The bandagings of abrasions are the tendings and comfortings through deeds and words. This then is about his goodness, and what follows after is about his power so that they might take courage.

α Ὁ ἀριθμῶν πλήθη ἄστρων. Ὁ τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν ἀκριβῶς εἰδώς· τινὲς δὲ ἀριθμὸν, τὴν γνῶσιν ἐνόησαν· οἷον, ὁ γινώσκων τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἄστρων, πῶς ἔχουσι κατά τε θέσιν καὶ τάξιν καὶ σχῆμα καὶ μέγεθος καὶ σχέσιν πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ αἰτίαν.

4α Who numbers the multitudes of stars. Who knows their number exactly. Some have understood the number as knowledge, namely, who knows the multitudes of stars, how they are as regards their position and order and shape and magnitude and relation to one another and their cause.

β Καὶ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα καλῶν. Ὀνόματα ἀφορίζων, ὀνομάζων, ὃ μεῖζον τοῦ ἀριθμεῖν αὐτά. Ἔδειξεν οὖν ὅτι | ὁ ἰώμενος τοὺς συντετριμμένους δεσμήσει καὶ τὰ συντρίμματα τῶν ἔτι συντριβομένων ἐν τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ· καὶ ὁ τοσοῦτον γινώσκων τὰ ἀναρίθμητα πλήθη τῶν ἄστρων ὡς καὶ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐξ ὀνόματος καλεῖν ― ὃ τῆς ἄκρας ἐστὶ γνώσεως ἐμφαντικὸν ― οἶδε πάντως καὶ πάντας τοὺς διεσπαρμένους ἐν ταῖς χώραις τῶν αἰχμαλωτισάντων, καὶ ὡς μὲν πανοικτίρμων, οἰκτειρήσει τούτους, ὡς δὲ παντοδύναμος, δυνήσεται ἐπισυναγαγεῖν αὐτούς.

4β And calls names for them all. Who determines names, who gives names, which is greater than numbering them. He showed therefore that the one who heals the broken will bind up the abrasions of those those still being ground down in captivity; and the one who to such an extent knows the uncountable multitudes of stars so as to call each one of them by name – which is indic- ative of the highest degree of knowledge – most certainly knows all those scattered in the lands of the captors, and as all-compassionate will have compassion on them, and as omnip- otent will be able to gather and bring them back.

α Μέγας ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν, καὶ μεγάλη ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτοῦ.

5α Our Lord is great and great is his strength.

Ἐπειδὴ πρᾶγμα εἶπε μέγιστον, ὅτι τοσαύτας μυριάδας πανταχοῦ διασπαρείσας ἐπισυνάξει, περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ λοιπὸν διαλέγεται, θαῤῥεῖν παρασκευάζων καὶ πιστεύειν ἀνενδοιάστως.

Since he said something very great, namely, that he will gather back so many myriads scattered everywhere, he then speaks about his power, contriving for them to take courage and believe unhesitatingly.

β Καὶ τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός. Mὴ ζήτει πῶς καὶ τίνι τρόπῳ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πέρας, οὕτω καὶ τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός· οὗ δὲ καὶ ἡ μεγαλωσύνη καὶ ἡ σοφία ἄπειρος, περὶ τούτου μὴ ἀμφίβαλλε.

5β And of his understanding there is no number. Do not ask how or in what way. For just as to his magnificence there is no limit, neither is there number to his understanding, and about him whose majesty and wisdom is infinite have no doubts.

α Ἀναλαμβάνων πραεῖς ὁ Κύριος. Ἀνακτώμενος, φέρων, διαβαστάζων, πατρικῶς τε καὶ κηδεμονικῶς.

6α The Lord is taking up the meek. Restoring, bearing, carrying them across, paternally and caringly.

β Ταπεινῶν δὲ ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἕως γῆς. Καθαιρῶν εἰς ἔδαφος, καταράσσων σφόδρα. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐμφαίνει τὸ, ἕως γῆς. Πραεῖς μὲν οὖν λέγει, τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τῇ καρδίᾳ, ἁμαρτωλοὺς δὲ, τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους, κατὰ τὸ, Κύριος ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν.

6β And humbling sinners till the earth. Bringing down to the ground, dashing them down violently, for this is what ‘till the earth’ indicates. ‘Meek’ is what he calls the humble in heart, and ‘sinners’ the proud, in accordance with, The Lord opposes the proud, but gives grace to the humble.

α Ἐξάρξατε τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐν ἐξομολογήσει. Ἐξάρξατε αὐτῷ, ᾠδῆς δηλονότι, ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ· ἢ, ἐξάρξατε, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ᾄσατε αὐτῷ δι’ εὐχαριστίας. β-α Ψάλατε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν ἐν κιθάρᾳ, τῷ περιβάλλοντι τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις, τῷ ἑτοιμάζοντι τῇ γῇ ὑετὸν, τῷ ἐξανατέλλοντι ἐν ὄρεσι χόρτον καὶ χλόην τῇ δουλείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, διδόντι τοῖς κτήνεσι τροφὴν αὐτῶν. Καλύπτει μὲν γὰρ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν νεφέλαις, ἵνα ὑετίσῃ· ὑετίζει δὲ, ἵνα χόρτον καὶ χλόην ἐξανατείλῃ· ἐξανατέλλει δὲ ταῦτα πρὸς τροφὴν τῶν ποηφάγων κτηνῶν, ἡμέρων τε καὶ ἀνημέρων. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ργ΄ ψαλμῷ, Ποτίζων ὄρη ἐκ τῶν ὑπερῴων αὐτοῦ. Εἰ δὲ τὰ ὄρη, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τὴν καρποφόρον γῆν, καὶ εἰ τῶν ἀλόγων τίθεται πρόνοιαν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τῶν λογικῶν, δι’ οὓς παρήγαγε καὶ τὰ ἄλογα. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐφεξῆς ἐῤῥήθη ἐν τῷ δηλωθέντι ψαλμῷ, Ὁ ἐξανατέλλων χόρτον τοῖς κτήνεσι καὶ χλόην τῇ δουλείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀνάγνωθι τὰς τούτων ἐξηγήσεις.

7α Strike up to the Lord in confession. Strike up to him, a song that is to say, in thanksgiving; or ‘strike up’, in the sense of, ‘sing to him through thanksgiving’. 7β-9α Sing to our God with cithara, to him who cloaks the sky with clouds, who prepares rain for the earth, who causes grass to spring up in the mountains and green shoots for the service of men, who gives to the herds their food. For he covers the sky with clouds so that he may send rain; he sends rain so that he may cause grass and green shoots to spring up; and he causes these to spring up to give food to the herbivorous herds, both tame and wild. And in the one hundred and third psalm it was said, Who waters mountains from his upper chambers. And if he waters the mountains, much more does he water the fruit-bearing earth; and if he displays providence for irrational creatures, much more does he so display for rational creatures, for whose sake he produced the irrational ones. The other things were similarly also spoken about in the psalm referred to, Who causes grass to spring up for the herds and green shoots for the service of men, and read the explanations of these words.

β Καὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς τῶν κοράκων τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις αὐτόν.

9β And to the nestlings of ravens that call on him.

Εἶπε καὶ ἐν τῷ ῥηθέντι ψαλμῷ, Πάντα πρὸς σὲ προσδοκῶσι, δοῦναι τὴν τροφὴν αὐτῶν εἰς εὔκαιρον, καὶ ζήτησον ἐκεῖ. Φυσικὸς δὲ ὁ λόγος, ὡς οἱ νεοσσοὶ τῶν κοράκων ἐγκαταλιμπανόμενοι παρὰ τῶν γεγεννηκότων δι’ ὠμότητα καὶ μισοτεκνίαν, κράζουσιν ἰσχυρῶς, κεχηνότες ἄνω, καὶ ζητοῦντες τροφὴν, οὓς ὁ Θεὸς ἀποῤ | ῥήτως τρέφει, πρὸς ἔνδειξιν τῆς οἰκείας προνοίας καὶ περὶ πάντα χρηστότητος, αὔρας τοῖς στόμασιν αὐτῶν ἐμπιπτούσης, βρῶσιν ἐξ ἀέρος τινὰ συνεπισπωμένης. Ἐπικαλοῦνται δὲ τὸν Θεὸν, οὐχ ὡς συνιέντες, ἀλλ’ ὡς δοκοῦντες ἐπικαλεῖσθαι, καὶ ὡς τῆς κραυγῆς μιμουμένης δέησιν· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ εἰδικῶς τούτους ἐνταῦθα μνημονευθῆναι. Νεοσσοὶ δὲ κοράκων ἀναγωγικῶς, οἱ ἐξ ἐθνῶν, τῶν ἀκαθάρτων καὶ μεμελασμένων τὰς ψυχὰς τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, οἷς δίδωσι τροφὴν ὁ Θεὸς πνευματικήν τε καὶ μὴ ἀπολλυμένην. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀσθενεῖς ἦσαν οἱ ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας καὶ ὅπλων ἔρημοι καὶ πάντων γεγυμνωμένοι, ἵνα μὴ δ’ ἐντεῦθεν θορυβῶνται, καὶ ταύτην αὐτῶν θεραπεύει τὴν ὑποψίαν, λέγων·

And in the psalm mentioned he said, All look to you to give them their food at due time, and seek there. This refers to a natural phenomenon, how the nestlings of ravens, being abandoned by their parents on account of their cruelty and hatred of their offspring, cry out forcibly, open- ing their beaks upwards and seeking food, and God feeds them in an ineffable manner as proof of his own providence and goodness in respect of all things, with a breeze falling into their mouths and some kind of food from the air being drawn in at the same time. They call on God, not as having understanding, but as seeming to call and with their cry imitating an entreaty; for on this account they are mentioned in particular here. In an anagogical sense, the nestlings of ravens are those from the nations, their souls im- pure and blackened by the darkness of sin, to whom God gives food which is both spiritual and which does not perish. And since those from the captivity were weak and bereft of weapons and deprived of everything, so that they would not be troubled by this, he treats this misgiving of theirs, saying:

10 Οὐκ ἐν τῇ δυναστείᾳ τοῦ ἵππου θελήσει, οὐδὲ ἐν ταῖς κνήμαις τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εὐδοκεῖ. Θέλησιν καὶ εὐδοκίαν, τὴν ἀρέσκειαν λέγει, καὶ αὖθις δυναστείαν καὶ κνήμας, τὴν δύναμιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βραχίοσι τῶν χειρῶν, οὕτω καὶ ἐν ταῖς κνήμαις τῶν ποδῶν, ἡ περιουσία τῆς δυνάμεως. Οὐκ ἐν τῇ δυνάμει, φησὶ, τοῦ ἵππου ἢ τοῦ ἱππότου ἀρεσθήσεται ἢ εὐδοκεῖ τὸ κράτος, ἀλλ’ ἐν τίσιν, ἄκουσον·

10 In the might of the horse he will not delight, nor does he take pleasure in shanks of a man. By ‘delight’ and ‘pleasure’ he refers to what is pleasing, and by ‘might’ and ‘shanks’ to pow- er, for just as the capital resource of power is in the biceps of the arms, so it is in the shanks of the legs. Not in the power of the horse or of the horseman will he be pleased, nor is might well-pleasing, but what he is pleased with, hear now:

11 Εὐδοκεῖ Κύριος ἐν τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ. Λοιπὸν οὖν, φόβον τοιοῦτον καὶ ἐλπίδα τοιαύτην κτησάμενοι, μηδὲν θορυβεῖσθε.

11 The Lord is well-pleased with those who fear him and with those who hope in his mercy. Henceforth then, having acquired such fear and such hope, do not be troubled at all.

PG 128:1411147 ρμζ΄

147 Psalm 147

PG 128:1293α Ἀλληλούϊα. Αἴνεσις καὶ οὗτος ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ.

1α Alleluia. This psalm is also a praise for the blessings of Jerusalem.

β Ἐπαίνει, ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, τὸν Κύριον, αἴνει τὸν Θεόν σου, Σιών. ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ μὲν, ἡ οἰκοδομηθεῖσα πόλις· Σιὼν δὲ, τὸ ὄρος ἐφ’ οὗ αὕτη ᾠκοδόμητο· ἀμφότερα δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀνόματα.

1β Praise the Lord, O Jerusalem, praise your God, O Zion. Jerusalem the city that has been built and Zion the mountain on which it had been built. Both names are of the same city.

α Ὅτι ἐνίσχυσε τοὺς μοχλοὺς τῶν πυλῶν σου. β ὁ λόγος MΑHV : λόγος PS2CBF. β μεμελασμένων PAS2CFB: μεμελανωμένων M : μεμολυσμένων HV.

2α For he has strengthened the bars of your gates.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 147 — Psalm 147
PG 128:1293Ὕμνει, φησὶν, αὐτὸν, δόξαζε καὶ εὐχαρίστει, ὅτι ἐνεδυνάμωσε τοὺς μοχλοὺς τῶν πυλῶν σου, θεὶς αὐτοὺς ἀδιαῤῥήκτους τοῖς πολεμίοις. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς εὐεργεσίας.

Hymn, glorify and give thanks to him, he says, because he has strengthened the bars of your gates, making them unable to be breached by enemies. Then he tells of the other benefactions.

β Εὐλόγησε τοὺς υἱούς σου ἐν σοί. Ἐχαρίτωσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς πλῆθος, εἰς ἰσχὺν, εἰς σύνεσιν, εἰς πλοῦτον, καὶ τὸ μεῖζον, ὅτι ἐν σοὶ ὄντας ὁμοῦ κατοικοῦντας. ᾽Ιδοὺ δὴ γὰρ, φησὶ, τί καλὸν ἢ τί τερπνὸν ἀλλ’ ἢ τὸ κατοικεῖν ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό.

2β He has blessed your sons within you. He has bestowed grace on them in regard to strength, to wisdom, to wealth, and most importantly, that being within you they live together, for it is written, See then, what is so good or so delightful as for brothers to dwell together?

α Ὁ τιθεὶς τὰ ὅριά σου εἰρήνην. Ὁ πάντων τῶν ὁρίων σου τὸν πόλεμον ἀπελάσας, ὁ τιθεὶς τὰ ὅριά σου εἰρηναῖα ἢ ὁ τιθεὶς εἰς τὰ ὅριά σου εἰρήνην.

3α Who brings your boundaries peace. Who has expelled war from all of your boundaries, who makes your boundaries peaceful, or who brings peace to your boundaries.

β Καὶ στέαρ πυροῦ ἐμπιπλῶν σε. Οὐ σῖτον ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ πιμελὴν σίτου, λέγει δὲ τὴν σεμίδαλιν· αὕτη γὰρ τὸ πιότατον καὶ καθαρώτατον τῆς ἀλεύρου· καὶ οὐ διδοὺς ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ ἐμπιπλῶν· δι’ ὧν ὁμοῦ τὴν εὐθηνίαν καὶ δαψίλειαν τῶν καρπῶν δηλοῖ.

3β And fills you with the fat of wheat. Not simply grain, but the cream of grain, namely, the finest wheaten flour, for this is the richest and purest part of the flour; and he does simply give, but fills, through which together he signifies the abundance and plentifulness of the fruits.

α Ὁ ἀποστέλλων τὸ λόγιον αὐτοῦ τῇ γῇ. Ὅπερ αὐτῷ σύνηθες, ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδικῶν ἐπὶ τὰ κοινὰ μεταφέρειν τὸν λόγον, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν ἐπὶ | τὰ ἰδιάζοντα, τοῦτο κἀνταῦθα ποιεῖ· εἰπὼν γὰρ περὶ τῶν μερικῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, νῦν λέγει καὶ περὶ τῆς καθόλου προνοίας, λόγιον καλῶν, τὸ περὶ τοῦ καρπογονεῖν πρόσταγμα.

4α Who sends forth his oracle on the earth. As is customary with him, he moves the discourse from the particular to the general and again from the general to the specific, and he does this here, for having spoken about the specific benefactions to Jerusalem, he now speaks also about his universal providence, calling his ‘oracle’ his decree about bearing fruit.

β Ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ. Ἀποστέλλοντος αὐτοῦ τὸ λόγιον, ἤτοι κελεύοντος, ὁ τοιοῦτος λόγος ἕως τάχους δραμεῖται, τουτέστι, ταχέως δραμεῖται, παραυτίκα τελεσιουργηθήσεται. Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ καὶ Σιὼν, ἡ τῶν πιστῶν Ἐκκλησία, καθὼς πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν· πύλαι δὲ αὐτῆς, ἡ πίστις καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα· μοχλοὶ δὲ αὐτῶν, ὁ σταυρός· εὐλόγησε δὲ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῆς, τοὺς ἀποστόλους, ὁ Χριστός. Ἐπάρας, φησὶ, τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ, εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς, καὶ δι’ αὐτῶν πάντας τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν. Τέθεικε δὲ καὶ τὰ ὅρια αὐτῆς εἰρήνην, ὅτι καὶ πολεμουμένη, εἰρήνην ἄγει ἐν τῷ νικᾶν· στέαρ δὲ πυροῦ, ἡ τῆς πνευματικῆς τροφῆς πιότης καὶ καθαρότης· ἀποστελλόμενον δὲ τῇ γῇ λόγιον, τὸ κήρυγμα τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, ὃ καὶ ταχέως δραμεῖσθαι προεφήτευσεν ὁ Δαυίδ.

4β His word will run with swiftness. When he sends forth, that is, when he commands, his oracle, this word will run with swiftness, that is, it will run swiftly, it will be brought at once to accomplishment. In an anagogical sense, Jerusalem and Zion are the Church of the faithful, as we have often said. Her gates are faith and baptism; their bars are the Cross; and Christ blessed her sons, the Apostles: Having lifted up his hands, he blessed them, it is said, and through them, all who come from them. He brought her boundaries peace, for even when being attacked, he brings peace in conquering. The fat of wheat is the richness and purity of the spiritual food; the oracle sent forth on the earth is the preaching of the Gospel which David prophesied would run swiftly.

Ἵνα δὲ μήτις ἀδύνατα νομίσῃ τὰ τῆς προφητείας, πιστοῦται ταῦτα διὰ τῶν ἐφεξῆς θαυμασίων, μονονουχὶ διδάσκων, ὡς ὁ ταῦτα ῥᾳδίως ἰσχύων, οὐδ’ ἐπ’ ἐκείνοις ἀδυνατήσει.

And so that no one might consider the things prophesied to be impossible, he confirms them by the following wonders, teaching as it were that he who is able to easily perform the ones will not be unable to do the others.

α Διδόντος χιόνα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ἔριον. Οὕτω πολλὴν καὶ οὕτως ἀθρόαν, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ πᾶσαν καλύπτεσθαι τὴν γῆν, ὡς ὑπό τινος ἐρίου λευκοῦ.

5α Who gives his snow like wool. So abundant and so sudden as in a short time to cover the earth as if by some white wool.

β Ὀμίχλην ὡσεὶ σποδὸν πάσσοντος. Πολλὴν καὶ ἀθρόαν καὶ ταύτην.

5β Sprinkling mist like ash. This also being abundant and sudden.

α Βάλλοντος κρύσταλλον αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ ψωμούς. Καταφέρεται γὰρ καὶ τοιαύτη κρυσταλλώδης χιὼν, βραχέσι κέρμασι ψωμῶν ἐοικυῖα. Τινὲς δὲ καὶ τὴν μεγάλην χάλαζαν ἐνόησαν.

6α Casting his ice-crystal like crumbs. For such icy snow is brought down like little morsels of bread. Some have understood this as large hailstones.

β Κατὰ πρόσωπον ψύχους αὐτοῦ τίς ὑποστήσεται; Καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ θαυμαστὸν καὶ μεγάλης δυνάμεως ἀπόδειξις, πῶς αἰφνίδιον τοιοῦτον καὶ τοσοῦτον ψῦχος.

6β In the face of his frost, who will endure? For this also is wonderful and proof of great power, how there is suddenly such and so great a chill.

α Ἐξαποστελεῖ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ τήξει αὐτά. Ἕτερον τοῦτο παράδοξον, πῶς τῷ προστάγματι αὐτοῦ τήκεται καὶ ἡ χιὼν καὶ ὁ κρύσταλλος.

7α He will send forth his word and will melt them. This is another strange thing, how at his decree both snow and ice are melted.

β Πνεύσει τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ῥυήσεται ὕδατα. Τὸν νότον λέγει. Δείκνυσι δὲ διὰ πάντων, ὡς οὐκ αὐτόματα γίνεται ταῦτα, πάντα δὲ τοῖς προστάγμασιν αὐτοῦ πειθαρχεῖ καὶ ῥᾳδίως μεταβάλλεται, νῦν μὲν ἐξ ὕδατος εἰς χιόνα καὶ κρύσταλλον, νῦν δὲ ἀπὸ τούτων εἰς ὕδωρ· καὶ ἄρτι μὲν ἀπὸ θέρμης εἰς ψῦχος, ἄρτι δ’ ἀπὸ τούτου εἰς θέρμην· ὅθεν οὐκ ἄπιστον ἐκ πειρασμῶν γενέσθαι ταχεῖαν ἄνεσιν, καὶ ἐκ πολέμων, ἀθρόαν εἰρήνην, καὶ ἀπὸ συμφορῶν καὶ θλίψεων, αἰφνίδιον μεταβολὴν καὶ χαράν. Αἰνίττεται δὲ τὰ ῥηθέντα καί τι βαθύτερον, ὅτι καθάπερ τὰ τοῦ χειμῶνος, εἰ καὶ λυποῦσιν, ὅμως χρησιμεύει τῇ γῇ, οὕτω καὶ τὰ τῶν πειρασμῶν εἰς καιρὸν ὠφελοῦντα πάλιν οἰκονομικῶς μεταβάλλεται· τοῦτο μὲν παιδεύοντα, τοῦτο δὲ ψυχαγωγοῦντα, | πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελοῦν ἑκατέρωθεν. β ἀπὸ τούτου PHV : ἀπὸ ταύτης MASCBF.

7β His breath will blow and waters will flow. He is speaking of the south wind. And through all he shows that these things do not happen on their own, but all obey his ordinances and are easily transformed, now from water to snow and ice, and now from these to water, and now from warmth to cold and again from this to warmth; hence it is not incredible for there to be from trials swift release and from wars sudden peace, and from misfortunes and afflictions sudden change and joy. The things said also allude to something deeper, namely, that just as the things of winter even though distressful, are nevertheless useful for the earth, so also the things of trials, being beneficial for a season, are again changed by design, on the one hand chastising and on the other hand relieving, being for profit on either hand.

Εἶτα πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν κοινῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἰδιάζοντα μετάγει τὸν λόγον, ὡς ἀνωτέρω δεδήλωται.

Then once again he changes course from the general to the particular, as was stated above.

α Ὁ ἀπαγγέλλων τὸ λόγιον αὐτοῦ τῷ ᾽Ιακώβ. Ἀρχόμενος μὲν τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν διελέχθη καὶ σῶμα ὠφελούντων, οἷον ἀσφαλείας, εὐανδρίας, εἰρήνης καὶ εὐθηνίας· ἐνταῦθα δὲ, περὶ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων καὶ ψυχὴν ῥυθμιζόντων, τὸν περὶ τῆς νομοθεσίας λόγον εἰσάγων, ἐκ τούτων τε κἀκείνων διεγείρων τὸν λαὸν εἰς ὑμνολογίαν καὶ ἀγάπην Θεοῦ, τοιαῦτα τούτους εὐεργετοῦντος. Ὁ ἀναγγέλλων, φησὶ, τὸ πρόσταγμα αὐτοῦ τοῖς ᾽Ισραηλίταις, ὁ διδάσκων, ὁ γνωρίζων αὐτοῖς αὐτό. Ἐγνώρισε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ τῷ Μωυσῇ, τοῖς υἱοῖς ᾽Ισραὴλ τὰ θελήματα αὐτοῦ. Σαφηνίζων δὲ τὸν λόγον, ἐπήγαγε·

8α Who proclaims his oracle to Jacob. At the beginning of the psalm he discussed about sensible things and those of benefit to the body, namely, security, abundance of good men, peace and prosperity, but here he discuss- es about higher things and those regulating the soul, introducing the topic of the law-giving and from the former and the latter inciting the people to praise and love for God who has benefited them with such things. Who proclaims his decree to the Israelites, he says, who teaches, who makes it known to them, for it is written, He has made known his ways to Moses, the things he wills to the sons of Israel. And clarifying his words he added:

β Δικαιώματα καὶ κρίματα αὐτοῦ τῷ ᾽Ισραήλ. Ὃ προλαβὼν εἶπε λόγιον, τοῦτο λέγει νῦν, δικαιώματα καὶ κρίματα.

8β His statutes and judgements to Israel. What he previously called ‘oracle’, he now calls ‘statutes and judgements’.

α Οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὕτως παντὶ ἔθνει. Οὐδενὶ ἔθνει.

9α He has not done so to every nation. To any nation.

β Καὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐδήλωσεν αὐτοῖς. Οὐκ ἐποίησέ τινι ἔθνει τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα· καὶ τὰ προστάγματα καὶ θελήματα αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐδήλωσε τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰ μὴ μόνοις τούτοις· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοις ἔθνεσι τὸν φυσικὸν ἐνέθηκε νόμον, τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος, καθ’ ὃν καὶ κρίνων αὐτοὺς κολάζει· τοῖς ᾽Ισραηλίταις δὲ, μετὰ τοῦ φυσικοῦ, δέδωκε καὶ τὸν γραπτὸν, δηλοῦντα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ· διὸ καὶ βαρύτερον κρίνονται· καὶ γὰρ ἡ πολλὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπία πολλῆς κατακρίσεως τοῖς ἐῤῥᾳθυμηκόσιν αἰτία γίνεται.

9β And has not manifested his judgements to them. He has not done such and so many things to any nation. And his ordinances and the things that he wills he has not manifested to the nations, but only to them. For in the other nations he placed the natural law, the law from the conscience, according to which law when judging he will punish them. But to the Israelites, along with the natural law he also has given the written law manifesting his judgements, and hence they are judged more severely. And indeed God’s great benevolence becomes the cause of great condemnation for those who are indolent.

PG 128:1411148 ρμη΄

148 Psalm 148

PG 128:1293α Ἀλληλούϊα. Ἔθος τοῖς ἁγίοις, διὰ πολλὴν εὐγνωμοσύνην, ἐπειδὰν μέλλωσιν εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ Θεῷ, πολλοὺς καλεῖν κοινωνοὺς τῆς εὐφημίας, καὶ παρακαλεῖν συνεφάπτεσθαι τῆς καλῆς ταύτης λειτουργίας αὐτοῖς. Τοῦτο καὶ οἱ Τρεῖς Παῖδες πεποιήκασι, τὴν κτίσιν ἅπασαν, ἡνίκα ἦσαν ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ, πρὸς τὴν εὐφημίαν τῆς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εὐεργεσίας καὶ τὴν ὑμνῳδίαν τοῦ Δεσπότου καλέσαντες· τοῦτο καὶ οὗτος ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖ, ἑκάτερον κόσμον συμπαραλαμβάνων, τὸν ἄνω, τὸν κάτω, τὸν νοητὸν, τὸν αἰσθητόν. Ἅτε γὰρ

1α Alleluia. It is a custom among the saints, on account of great gratitude, when they are about to give thanks to God, to call on many to join in their praise and to summon them to share with them in this good ministry. The Three Youths when they were in the furnace also did this, having invited the whole of creation to give praise for the benefaction on their behalf and to sing hymns to the Master. He does the same here, calling on each of the two worlds, the one above, the one below,

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 148 — Psalm 148
PG 128:1293οὐκ ὄντες ἱκανοὶ μόνοι πρὸς τὴν εὐφημίαν, περιέρχονται τῷ λόγῳ πάντα, καλοῦντες εἰς ὑμνολογίαν τοῦ Κτίσαντος. Καὶ ἕτερον δέ τι βαθύτερον ἐκ τούτων κατασκευάζει, δεικνὺς ἕνα ποιητὴν ἑκατέρας κτίσεως, καὶ σαφῶς ἐπιστομίζων τοὺς λέγοντας δύο δημιουργοὺς, ἕτερον μὲν τῆς νοητῆς, ἕτερον δὲ τῆς αἰσθητῆς. Ἵνα γὰρ μή τις ἐκ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν ἔργων διαφόρους ὑπολάβοι, ἕνα χορὸν ἵστησιν ἐξ ἁπάντων, καὶ μίαν ὑμνῳδίαν πλέκει τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ μόνῳ Θεῷ. β Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. Ἐκ μὲν τῶν οὐρανῶν, τοῦ τε πρώτου καὶ τοῦ δευτέρου, καλεῖ πρὸς αἴνεσιν τοῦ Κυρίου τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ ὅσα κατὰ τοὺς οὐρανούς· ἐκ δὲ τῆς γῆς, | προϊὼν συγκαλεῖ τοὺς δράκοντας καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς, καὶ καταλύει τὸν λόγον εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Ταὐτὸν δὲ τῷ, ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, τὸ, ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. Εἶτα λέγει τίνας ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις μέρεσι καλεῖ. 2 Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν, πάντες οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ· αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν, πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ. Εἰπὼν περὶ τοῦ ἀγγελικοῦ τάγματος, ἐπήγαγε συλληπτικῶς καὶ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ταγμάτων, δυνάμεις αὐτὰ καλέσας. Ἢ τὰ ὅλα τάγματα καλεῖ καὶ ἀγγέλους καὶ δυνάμεις, τὸ μὲν ὅτι τὰ θεῖα διαγγέλλουσι ῥήματα, τὸ δὲ ὅτι δύνανται τὰ ἐπιταττόμενα· Δυνατοὶ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἰσχύϊ, ποιοῦντες τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. 3 Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη· αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν, πάντα τὰ ἄστρα καὶ τὸ φῶς. Ταῦτα τοῦ δευτέρου οὐρανοῦ, ἤτοι τοῦ στερεώματος. Ἥλιον μὲν οὖν καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἄστρα, τὰ φωτοδόχα τούτων ὄργανα νοήσεις· φῶς δὲ, τὸ καταμερισθὲν εἰς αὐτά. Ἢ ταῦτα μὲν, τὰ ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ κτισθέντα· φῶς δὲ, τὸ γεγονὸς ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ, τὸ ἄσχετον. Ἀλλὰ πῶς αἰνέσουσι ταῦτά τε καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς, οὐ φωνὴν ἔχοντα, οὐ γλῶτταν, οὐ λογισμὸν, οὐ ψυχήν; Τρεῖς τρόποι δοξολογίας· ὁ διὰ φωνῆς, ὡς Μωυσῆς ἐδόξασε μετὰ τῆς Μαρίας, αἰνῶν καὶ λέγων, ᾌσωμεν τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται· καὶ ὁ δι’ ὄψεως, ὡς, Oἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν Θεοῦ, περὶ οὗ διελάβομεν ἐν τῷ ιη΄ ψαλμῷ· καὶ ὁ διὰ βίου καὶ ἔργων· Ὅπως γὰρ, φησὶν, ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Αἰνεῖ γοῦν τὸν Θεὸν καὶ τὰ ἄψυχα καὶ τὰ ἄλογα, τῷ μεγέθει, τῷ κάλλει, τῇ θέσει, τῇ χρείᾳ, τῇ διακονίᾳ, τῇ διαμονῇ, καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, τὸν θεατὴν εἰς θαῦμα καὶ εὐφημίαν τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐνάγοντα, καὶ τῇ γλώττῃ τούτου πρὸς ὑμνολογίαν χρώμενα. 24 καὶ ἀγγέλους PSCABF : ἀγγέλους MV.

the intelligible, the sensible. For as if not being able on their own to give praise, they encom- pass all things in the words, inviting them to hymn the Creator. And he contrives something else more profound from these things, showing there to be one maker of each of the two creations and clearly stopping the mouths of those who say that there are two creators, one of the intelligible and one of the sensible creation. For so that no one might presume from the difference in the works that there are different creators he sets up one choir from all and weaves one hymn of praise to the one and only God. 1β Praise the Lord from the heavens, praise him in the heights. From the heavens, both the first and the second, he invites the angels and the stars and all that is in the heavens to praise the Lord. And further on, he convokes from the earth the dragons and so on, and concludes his composition with men. ‘In the heights’ is the same as ‘from the heavens’. Then he says what he is summoning from the heavens and in the highest parts. 2 Praise him, O all his angels; praise him, O all his powers. Having spoken about the angelic order, he continued collectively also about the remain- ing orders, calling them ‘powers’. Or else he is calling all the orders both ‘angels and powers’, on the one hand in that they herald the divine words and on the other in that they are able to do what they are ordered, for it is written, Powerful in strength, doing his word. 3 Praise him, O sun and moon; praise him, O all you stars and the light. These are of the second heaven, that is to say, of the firmament. You will understand the sun and moon and stars as the light-receiving organs of these bodies, and ‘light’ as the light distributed to them. Or else these heavenly bodies are the ones created on the fourth day and the light is the unrelated light that came to be on the first day. But how will both these things and those that follow give praise, having neither voice, nor tongue, nor thought, nor soul? There are three modes of doxology: that through voice, as Moses gave glory along with Miriam, praising and saying, Let us sing to the Lord, for gloriously he has been glorified, and that through objective aspect, as, The heavens are telling the glory of God, about which we spoke in the eighteenth psalm, and that through life and works, for it is written, That they may see your good works and give glory to your Father who is in heaven. The inanimate and irrational creations then praise God by their magnitude, their beauty, their position, their use, their service, their permanence, and by these things leading the spec- tator to wonder and praise of their maker and employing the spectator’s tongue for hymns of praise.

Κατὰ γὰρ τὸν Θεολόγον Γρηγόριον, Πάντα Θεὸν ὑμνεῖ καὶ δοξάζει φωναῖς ἀλαλήτοις. Ἐπὶ πᾶσι γὰρ εὐχαριστεῖται δι’ ἐμοῦ Θεός· καὶ οὕτως ὁ ἐκείνων ὕμνος ἡμέτερος γίνεται, παρ’ ὧν ἐγὼ τὸ ὑμνεῖν λαμβάνω. PG36.620B 4-α Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν, οἱ οὐρανοὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν, αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου. Εἴρηται διαφόρως ὅτι ἔθος τῇ τῶν Ἑβραίων φωνῇ, τὰ ἑνικὰ πληθυντικῶς ἐκφέρειν. Οὐρανοὺς οὖν οὐρανῶν, τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καλεῖ, δηλαδὴ τὸν πρῶτον· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ γὰρ, φησὶν, Ὁ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ· καὶ τὸ, αἰνεῖτε δὲ, καὶ τὸ, αἰνεσάτωσαν, τοιαῦτα νῦν εἰσι, πληθυντικὰ, ἀντὶ ἑνικῶν. Ὕδωρ δὲ ὑπὲρ ἄνω τῶν οὐρανῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ἄνω τοῦ στερεώματος· πῶς δὲ αἰνεῖ ὁ πρῶτος οὐρανὸς, ἀθέατος ὢν, εἴρηται ἐν τῷ ιη΄ ψαλμῷ, ἔνθα τὸ, Oἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν Θεοῦ. Εἰ δ’ ὁ ἀθέατος ὑμνεῖ, πρόδηλον ὅτι πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὁ θεατός.

For according to Gregory the Theologian, All things hymn and glorify God with unutter- able voices. For God is given thanks through me for all things, and thus the hymn of those things becomes ours, from which things I receive the singing of praise. PG36.620B 4-5α Praise him, O heavens of the heavens, and let the waters above the heavens praise the name of the Lord. It has been said variously that it is a custom for the language of the Hebrews to express singu- lars in the plural. ‘Heavens of the heavens’ accordingly is what he calls the heaven of the heaven, namely, the first heaven, and elsewhere indeed it is written, The heaven of the heaven is the Lord’s, and ‘praise’ and ‘let them praise’ are also such instances, plurals in the sense of singulars. The water above the heavens is that above the firmament. And how the first heaven, being unseen, gives praise was explained in the eighteenth psalm at the verse, The heavens are telling the glory of God. And if the invisible heaven gives praise, it is very clear that the visible heaven does so much more.

β Ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπε καὶ ἐγενήθησαν. Διὰ τοῦ, εἶπε, δύο ταῦτα ἐνέφηνεν, οὐ μόνον ὅτι μὴ ὄντα παρήγαγεν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς εὐκολίας. Ὥσπερ γάρ σοι τὸ εἰπεῖν εὔκολον, οὕτως τῷ Θεῷ τὸ ποιῆσαι οὐκ ὄντα, μᾶλ | λον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον, οὐδὲ γὰρ δυνατὸν παραστῆσαι τῆς εὐκολίας τὴν ὑπερβολήν.

5β For he spoke and they came to be. By ‘he spoke’ he indicated two things here, not only that he produced them from non-be- ing, but also that he did so with great ease. For just as speaking is easy for you, so is making from non-being easy for God, and very much more so, indeed it is not possible to represent the extreme degree of ease.

γ Αὐτὸς ἐνετείλατο καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει πάλιν, ὡς εἴωθε πολλάκις ποιεῖν. Γέγραπται γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς Γενέσεως· Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸς, Γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ὁμοίως.

5γ He commanded and they were created. He says the same again, as he is often accustomed to do. For it is also written in the book of Genesis, And God said, ‘Let there be light’, and it was so, and similarly what follows.

α Ἔστησεν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. Ἡδραίωσεν αὐτὰ κατά τε τὴν τάξιν καὶ τὴν ἐνέργειαν καὶ τὴν χρείαν, ἀμετακίνητα δι’ αἰῶνος, μὴ παραβαίνοντα τοὺς ὅρους τῆς φύσεως.

6α He established them to the age and to the age of the age. He made them stable in relation to their order and activity and use, immoveable perpetu- ally, not transgressing the limits of their nature.

β Πρόσταγμα ἔθετο, καὶ οὐ παρελεύσονται. Καὶ τοῦτο, τὴν εὐκολίαν τῆς συνοχῆς καὶ διακρατήσεως αὐτῶν ἐμφαίνει. Ἔθετο, φησὶν, αὐτοῖς πρόσταγμα τῶν ὅρων, καὶ οὐ παρελεύσονταί ποτε τοῦτο, καθάπερ δοῦλα μὴ τολμῶντα παρεξελθεῖν τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ δεσπότου· Τὰ σύμπαντα γὰρ, φησὶ, δοῦλα σά.

6β He set an ordinance and they will not go past. And this also indicates the ease of how he maintains and holds them fast. He set for them an ordinance for their limits and they will never go beyond this, just like servants not daring to overstep the ordinance of their master, for it is written, All things are your servants.

7 Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῆς γῆς, δράκοντες καὶ πᾶσαι ἄβυσσοι. β παρελεύσονται MPSV : παρελεύσεται CABFH[TRa].

7 Praise the Lord from the earth, you dragons and all deeps.

Δράκοντας μὲν, τὰ κήτη λέγει νῦν, ὡς καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ, Δράκων, φησὶν, οὗτος, ὃν ἔπλασας· ἀβύσσους δὲ, τὰ πελάγη. Ὅταν γὰρ ἴδῃς τοῦ κήτους τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὴν σύμπηξιν τοῦ σώματος, ἣν ἐν τῷ ᾽Ιὼβ ἡ Γραφὴ μετὰ πλείονος διηγεῖται σαφηνείας, Job 3.8, 9.13, πῶς οὐ σφόδρα θαυμάσας, ὑμνήσεις τὸν δημιουργήσαντα τηλικαῦτα ζῷα, καὶ χωρία 26.13 τούτοις τὰ ἄπλωτα πελάγη ἀποκληρώσαντα, καὶ μὴ συγχωροῦντα τῶν οἰκείων ἐκτρέχειν ὅρων, εἴτε πρὸς γῆν, εἴτε πρὸς τὰ πλεόμενα μέρη, μηδὲ λυμαίνεσθαι, μὴ μόνον τοῖς πλοίοις, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τοῖς γένεσι τῶν ἰχθύων· οὐ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον ἄξιον θαυμάζειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, πῶς τοσοῦτον πλῆθος ὑδάτων ἔχουσα καὶ ταῖς βίαις τῶν ἀνέμων ἐλαυνομένη, καὶ φοβερῶς ἀναβρασσομένη καὶ στροβουμένη καὶ μαινομένη, τοὺς ἰδίους ὅρους οὐχ ὑπερβαίνει, οὐδὲ τὴν γείτονα γῆν ἐπικλύζειν τολμᾷ, τὸ πρόσταγμα φυλάττουσα τοῦ Δεσπότου, καὶ φύσιν ἄστατον καὶ ἄτακτον ἔχουσα, τὴν εὐταξίαν τηρεῖ. Ταῦτα τοίνυν ἀναλογιζόμενος, θαυμάσεις ὄντως τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, τὴν σοφίαν, τὴν οἰκονομίαν, καὶ ὕμνον ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, οὕτω κἀντεῦθεν ὑφανεῖς αὐτῷ. 8 Πῦρ, χάλαζα, χιὼν, κρύσταλλος, πνεῦμα καταιγίδος, τὰ ποιοῦντα τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. Tὰ διακονοῦντα τῷ προστάγματι αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελοῦν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ μὴ ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε γινόμενα· πῦρ δὲ νῦν λέγει, τὴν ἀστραπήν. 9-10 Tὰ ὄρη καὶ πάντες οἱ βουνοὶ, ξύλα καρποφόρα καὶ πᾶσαι κέδροι, τὰ θηρία καὶ πάντα τὰ κτήνη, ἑρπετὰ καὶ πετεινὰ πτερωτά. Ἐπεὶ τὰ τερπνότερα καὶ χρησιμώτερα καὶ ὠφελιμώτερα πρόδηλον ἔχουσι τὸν θαυμασμὸν καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον, ἐνδιατρίβει πλέον τοῖς λυπηροτέροις, λέγων, πῦρ, χάλαζα, χιὼν, κρύσταλλος, πνεῦμα καταιγίδος, καὶ τοῖς δοκοῦσιν ἀχρηστοτέροις, λέγων, τὰ ὄρη καὶ πάντες οἱ βουνοὶ καὶ πᾶσαι κέδροι, καὶ τοῖς βλαβερωτέροις, λέγων, τὰ θηρία καὶ | τὰ ἑρπετὰ, ἐκ περιουσίας δεικνύων τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν, καὶ διδάσκων ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα πάντα θαυμαστὰ καὶ χρειώδη καὶ λόγον ἔχοντα τῆς εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγωγῆς, εἰ καὶ ἡμῖν ἴσως ἀκατάληπτον ἢ δυσκατάληπτον. Ἀστραπὴ μὲν γὰρ, ὑετοῦ σημεῖον ἢ καὶ πολλάκις ἀνέμου· χάλαζα δὲ καὶ χιὼν καὶ κρύσταλλος, εἰς γεωργίαν ἐπιτήδεια· τὸ πνεῦμα δὲ τῆς καταιγίδος, ποτὲ μὲν ἀπελαύνει τὰ νέφη, ποτὲ δὲ συνάγει, καὶ τοῦτο δὲ κἀκεῖνο, πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελοῦν, εἰ καὶ ἡμῖν οὐχ οὕτω δοκεῖ δι’ ἄγνοιαν. Tὰ ὄρη δὲ καὶ αἱ κέδροι, δι’ ὧν κέδρων ὡς μειζόνων πάντα τὰ ἄκαρπα δένδρα συμπαρελήφθησαν, εἰς οἰκοδομίαν καὶ ναυπηγίαν χρησιμεύουσι, καὶ οὐδὲν ὅλως περιττὸν, οὐδὲ ὡς ἔτυχε γενόμενον. Λέοντες καὶ παρδάλεις καὶ ἐλέφαντες καὶ μονοκέρωτες καὶ ῥινοκέρωτες καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ τῶν ἑρπετῶν, δράκοντες καὶ ὄφεις καὶ σκορπίοι, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ, πολὺ 1013 δι’ ἄγνοιαν PCABFHV : om. M. 1016 γενόμενον PMA : γινόμενον CBFHV.

Dragons are what he now calls the sea-monsters, just as elsewhere also he says, This dragon that you formed, and deeps are what he calls the seas. For when you see the magnitude and the construction of its body, about which Scripture tells with greater clarity in the book of Job, how will you fail to be deeply awe-struck and praise the one who has created such great Job 3.8, 9.13, animals and has allotted the unnavigated seas as expanses for them, and does not allow them 26.13 to exceed their own bounds, either towards the land or towards the navigated parts, nor to inflict harm not only on the ships, but neither on the classes of fish; and not only this is worthy of wonder, but so also is the sea, how having such an abundance of waters and being driven by the violent forces of the winds, and seething and churning and raging fearfully, it does not transgress its own limits, neither does it dare to flood the neighbouring land, keep- ing the Master’s ordinance, and though possessing a restless and disorderly nature, it observes good order. When you then consider these things, you will marvel truly at God’s power, wisdom and design, and as from the other things you will on this account also weave a hymn to him. 8 Fire, hail, snow, ice, blast of hurricane, you things that do his word. That serve his ordinance for what is advantageous for men, and not occurring simply and at random; ‘fire’ is what he now calls lightning. 9-10 You mountains and all hills, fruiting trees and all cedars, wild beasts and all herds, reptiles and feathered birds. Since the more delightful and useful and beneficial things are very evidently objects of wonder and praise, he lingers now on the more distressful things, saying, fire, hail, snow, ice, blast of hurricane, and the things that seem more useless, saying, mountains and all hills and all cedars, and the more harmful, saying, wild beasts and reptiles, showing the superfluity of God’s providence and teaching that all these things are wonderful and needful and have a reason for being brought into being even if for us it is perhaps incomprehensible or difficult to comprehend. For lightning is a sign of rain and often of wind, and hail and snow and ice are necessary for farming; and the blast of hurricane at times drives away the clouds and at times gathers them together, and the one and the other is for profit, even if it does not seem so to us out of ignorance. The mountains and the cedars, through which cedars, as the larger of them, all fruitless trees were included, are useful for house-building and ship-building, and nothing at all is redundant or produced at random. Lions and leopards and elephants and unicorns and rhinoceros and suchlike, and among the reptiles, serpents and snakes and scorpions and the rest, are also exceedingly useful for

καὶ αὐτὰ χρησιμεύουσιν εἰς τὸν βίον· φόβον γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐπιτειχίζει, καὶ σωφρονεῖν παρασκευάζει καὶ ἐναγωνίους ποιεῖ, καὶ ἀναμιμνῄσκει τῆς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ προπάτορος ἁμαρτίας, δι’ ἣν ταῦτα τὴν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἀπεσείσαντο δουλείαν, ὑποχείρια τούτῳ δοθέντα καὶ τὰς κλήσεις παρ’ ἐκείνου δεξάμενα· ἵνα μὴ λέγω τὴν ἄλλην χρείαν, ἣν πρὸς τὰ κατασκευαζόμενα παρέχουσι φάρμακα. Εἰ τοίνυν τὰ λυπηρὰ καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἄχρηστα καὶ βλαβερὰ, οὕτως χρήσιμα, ὡς καὶ δι’ αὐτῶν ὕμνον ἀναφέρεσθαι τῷ Θεῷ καὶ δοξολογίαν, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περὶ τῶν μὴ τοιούτων; 11 Βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ πάντες λαοὶ, ἄρχοντες καὶ πάντες κριταὶ γῆς. Πάλιν ἕτερον ἐνταῦθα κινεῖ προνοίας εἶδος, τὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων· τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ σοφίας ἔργον, τὸ εἰς ἄρχοντας καὶ ἀρχομένους τόδε τὸ πᾶν διελεῖν· τοὺς βασιλεῖς δὲ λέγει, καὶ ἄρχοντας καὶ κριτὰς, ὡς καὶ τὸ ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ κρίνειν ἔχοντας. Αἰνεῖτε γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸν Κύριον, οἱ μὲν ὅτι ἐπιμελεῖσθαι προεκρίθητε, οἱ δὲ ὅτι ἐπιμελείας τῆς παρὰ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀξιοῦσθε, ὁμοῦ δὲ πάντες ὅτι εὐταξίαν ἐντεῦθεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὁ Θεὸς ἐδωρήσατο. Tὸ μὲν οὖν ἄρχειν, ἔργον Θεοῦ· τὸ δὲ κακῶς ἄρχειν, τῆς τῶν ἀρχόντων φαυλότητος· τὸ δὲ καὶ πονηροὺς εἰς τὸ ἄρχειν ἄγεσθαι, τῆς τῶν ἀνθρώπων πονηρίας. Εἰπὼν δὲ ὅτι πάντες λαοὶ, οὐκ ἄνδρας ἐδήλωσε μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ ἁπλῶς πᾶν γένος καὶ πᾶσαν ἡλικίαν. 12- Νεανίσκοι καὶ παρθένοι, πρεσβύτεραι μετὰ νεωτέρων, αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα α Κυρίου. Νεανίσκοι καὶ νεάνιδες, ἵνα ἐθισθῶσιν αἰνεῖν· πρεσβύτεροι, ὅτι εἰς τοιαύτην ἔφθασαν ἡλικίαν· νεωτέρους δὲ, τοὺς νεανίσκους αὖθις εἴρηκεν, ἀντιδιαστείλας αὐτοὺς τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις. β Ὅτι ὑψώθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μόνου. Ἐμεγαλύνθη διὰ τὰ μεγαλεῖα τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ. γ Ἡ ἐξομολόγησις αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ οὐρανοῦ. Ἡ εὐχαριστία καὶ ἡ δοξολογία αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ γῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ | ἐπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐν ἀγγέλοις. α Καὶ ὑψώσει κέρας λαοῦ αὐτοῦ. Αὐξήσει, μεγαλυνεῖ ἰσχὺν λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

life, for they build a fort of fear for us and make us prudent and vigilant, and remind us of the sin of our progenitor in paradise on account of which they threw off their servitude to Adam, having been given to him under his power, and having received their names from him, not to speak of the other use that they provide for medicinal preparations. If therefore the distressful and seemingly useless and harmful things are useful in this way so as for praise and doxology to be offered to God through them, what might one say about the things that are not such? 11 Kings of the earth and all peoples, rulers and all judges of the earth. Once again he here sets in motion a different kind of providence, namely, that of the rul- ers, for it is a work of God’s wisdom to divide the whole into rulers and the ruled; he speaks of the kings and rulers and judges as possessing rulership and judgement. Praise the Lord, he says, the ones because you have been charged with the responsibility of care, and the others because you are granted care by your betters, and all of you together because God has thereby bestowed good order on men. Ruling is a work of God, but ruling badly is a result of the irresponsibility of the rulers and bringing the wicked to rule is a result of the wickedness of men. Having said ‘all peoples’, he signified not only men, but also women and simply every race and every age. 12- Youths and virgins, old and young alike, let them praise the name of the Lord. Youths and maidens so that they might become accustomed to praise; old, because they have reached such an age; ‘young’ is what he called the youths again, having distinguished them from the old. 13β For the name of him alone has been exalted. It has been magnified on account of the magnificence of his works. 13γ His confession is on earth and in heaven. His thanksgiving and doxology is on earth among men and in heaven among angels. 14α And he will exalt the horn of his people. He will increase, he will magnify the strength of his people.

β Ὕμνος πᾶσι τοῖς ὁσίοις αὐτοῦ. Τοῖς ἀφωσιωμένοις αὐτῷ· τούτοις γὰρ μάλιστα προσήκει ὑμνεῖν, ὡς μᾶλλον εἰδόσι τὰ μεγαλεῖα καὶ τὰς εὐεργεσίας αὐτοῦ. Εἴρηκε δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ λβ΄ ψαλμῷ, Τοῖς εὐθέσι πρέπει αἴνεσις, καὶ ζήτησον κἀκείνην τὴν ἐξήγησιν.

14β A hymn is for all his devotees. For all those devoted to him, for to these most especially is praise fitting, as knowing most especially his magnificence and his benefactions. And in the fifty-second psalm he said, Praise is fitting for those of straight heart, and seek also that explanation.

γ Τοῖς υἱοῖς ᾽Ισραὴλ, λαῷ ἐγγίζοντι αὐτῷ. Λαῷ οἰκείῳ, λαῷ ἐγγίζοντι κατὰ σχέσιν καὶ διάθεσιν, ἐκ πίστεως, ἐκ θεραπείας, ἐξ ἀρετῶν οἰκειώσεως. Νοεῖται δὲ καὶ καθ’ ἕτερον λόγον, ὅτι ὕμνος ἔσται τοῖς ὁσίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ δοξασθήσονται, ὡς ὅσιοι αὐτοῦ, ὡς λαὸς ἐγγίζων αὐτῷ· διὸ χρὴ γίνεσθαι τοιούτους, ἵνα διὰ τοῦτο δόξης ἀξιωθῶσιν.

14γ For the sons of Israel, the people who approach him. For his own people, for the people who approach in terms of relationship and disposition, in faith, in ministration, in kinship of virtues. It can be understood in a different way, that a hymn will be for his devotees and they will be glorified as his devotees, as a people close to him; hence it is necessary to become such, so that on this account they may become worthy of glory.

PG 128:1411149 ρμθ΄

149 Psalm 149

α Ἀλληλούϊα.

1α Alleluia.

PG 128:1293β ᾌσατε τῷ Κυρίῳ ᾆσμα καινόν. Εἴρηται μὲν τοῦτο πολλάκις· ἡρμηνεύθη δὲ καλῶς ἐν τῷ λβ΄ ψαλμῷ. Κατὰ μὲν ἱστορίαν, περὶ τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων ὁ ψαλμός. Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, περὶ ὧν ὁ Θεολόγος Γρηγόριος εἴρηκεν ἐν τῷ Λόγῳ τῶν PG36.608B Ἐγκαινίων. ᾌδουσι δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ ᾆσμα καινὸν οἱ τῆς καινῆς κτίσεως, οἱ διὰ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐνδυσάμενοι.

1β Sing to the Lord a new song. This was said often; it was well interpreted in the thirty-second psalm. In a historical sense, the psalm is about the Jews. In an anagogical sense, it is about the things Gregory the Theologian spoke in his Homily PG36.608B On The New Sunday. Those of new creation, those who through the new testament have put on the new man, sing a new song to the Lord.

γ Ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁσίων. Εἶπε καὶ ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι ψαλμῷ, Ὕμνος πᾶσι τοῖς ὁσίοις αὐτοῦ.

1γ His praise is in the assembly of the devout. And in the previous psalm he said, A hymn is for all his devotees.

α Εὐφρανθήτω ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐπὶ τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν. ᾽Ισραὴλ ὁ καινὸς, ᾄδων εὐφρανθήτω ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ, ὅτι τε αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ἴδιον λαόν· ἐπήγαγε γάρ·

2α Let Israel be glad in the one who made him. New Israel, while singing, let him be glad in God, both because he made him man, and because he made him his own people, for he added:

β Καὶ υἱοὶ Σιὼν ἀγαλλιάσθωσαν ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτῶν. Υἱοὶ Σιὼν τῆς καινῆς· ὁ ᾽Ισραηλιτικὸς αὖθις λαὸς, ᾄδων εὐφρανθήτω, καὶ εὐφραινόμενος εὐχαριστείτω, ὑπέρ τε τῆς δημιουργίας, ὑπέρ τε τῆς οἰκειώσεως· ὡς οἰκείων γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐβασίλευσεν, ὅπερ ἕτερον εἶδος εὐεργεσίας.

2β And let the sons of Zion rejoice in their king. The sons of new Zion; let the Israelite people again while singing be glad, and being glad let them give thanks, both for their creation and for their being made his own, for he came to reign over them as his own, which is another kind of benefaction.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 149 — Psalm 149
PG 128:1293α Αἰνεσάτωσαν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν χορῷ. Ἐν συμφωνίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ κοινωνία τῆς ᾠδῆς, κοινωνίαν αὐτοῖς ἀγάπης ἐμβάλῃ, καὶ σύμπνοιαν καὶ ὁμόνοιαν.

3α Let them praise his name in chorus. In harmony, so that the communion of song may induce a communion of love among them and agreement and concord.

β Ἐν τυμπάνῳ καὶ ψαλτηρίῳ ψαλάτωσαν αὐτῷ. Tῷ μὲν παλαιῷ λαῷ διὰ τοιούτων ὀργάνων ᾄδειν ἐπετέτραπτο, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ ζωοθυτεῖν, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν αὐτῶν καὶ φιληδονίαν· τῷ δὲ νέῳ, τύμπανον μὲν, ἡ νέκρωσις τῶν σωματικῶν ἡδονῶν (νεκρὸν γὰρ σῶμα, τὸ τύμπανον), ψαλτήριον δὲ, τὸ ἄνωθεν ἐνηχεῖσθαι (τὸ ψαλτήριον γὰρ ἄνωθεν ἐλάμβανε τῶν φθόγγων τὰς ἀφορμάς)· ἢ τύμπανον μὲν, ἡ πρᾶξις, ψαλτήριον δὲ, ἡ θεωρία, ἵνα ψάλλωμεν § 70 αὐτῷ, νεκροῦντες τὰ πάθη καὶ ἄνωθεν ἐνηχούμενοι παρὰ Θεοῦ, ἢ διὰ πράξεως καὶ θεωρίας. Εἴρηται περὶ ἀναγωγῆς τοῦ ψαλτηρίου καὶ ἐν τῷ λβ΄ ψαλμῷ, ἔνθα τὸ, Ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ δεκαχόρδῳ ψάλατε αὐτῷ.

3β With drum and psaltery let them sing to him. It was permitted to the ancient people to sing with such instruments, as it was to sacrifice animals, on account of their weakness and fondness for pleasure. For the new people, the drum is the mortification of bodily pleasures (for the drum is a dead body), and the psaltery is their being made resonant from above (for the psaltery used to have the striking point for its notes above). Or else, ‘drum’ is action and ‘psaltery’ contemplation, so that we may sing § 70 to him, mortifying our passions and being given voice from above by God, or through action and contemplation. The anagogical sense of the psaltery is also spoken of in the thirty-second psalm, at the verse, Sing to him on the ten-stringed psaltery.

α Ὅτι εὐδοκεῖ Κύριος ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ. Εὐαρεστεῖται· ἢ ἀγαθὰ θέλει, κατὰ τὸ, ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία.

4α For the Lord is well-pleased with his people. He is well-pleased; or else he wishes good things, according to, Good will among men.

β Καὶ ὑψώσει πραεῖς ἐν σωτηρίᾳ. Δοξάσει αὐτοὺς μετὰ καὶ | τοῦ σῶσαι. Εἴρηται δὲ ἐν τῷ ρμϛ΄ ψαλμῷ, Ἀναλαμβάνων πραεῖς ὁ Κύριος.

4β And he will exalt the meek in salvation. He will glorify them along with saving them. In the one hundred and forty-sixth psalm it was said, The Lord is taking up the meek.

α Καυχήσονται ὅσιοι ἐν δόξῃ. Καθ’ ἱστορίαν πρότερον τὰ ἐντεῦθεν ἑρμηνευτέον ἄχρι πέρατος τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, εἶτα καὶ ἀναγωγικῶς περὶ τούτων διαληπτέον. Προλέγει τοίνυν, κατὰ τὸ προχείρως νοούμενον, περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑβραίων νίκης, ἣν ἐνίκησαν τὰ πέριξ αὐτῶν ἔθνη, κωλύοντα τὴν ἀνοικοδομὴν τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τῆς πόλεως. Καυχήσονται, φησὶν, οἱ ἀφωσιωμένοι τῷ Θεῷ ᾽Ισραηλῖται, ἐν δόξῃ τῇ ἀπὸ τῆς θεοδωρήτου νίκης ἢ τῇ ἀπὸ τῆς παρὰ Θεοῦ συμμαχίας.

5α The devout will boast in glory. The words from here to the end of the psalm are first to be interpreted in a historical sense, and then to be treated in an anagogical sense. He is foretelling accordingly, according to the obvious meaning, about the victory of the Hebrews that they won over the surrounding nations which were impeding the rebuilding of the temple and of the city. Those Israelites devoted to God will, he says, boast in the glory of the God-given victory or in the alliance from God.

β Καὶ ἀγαλλιάσονται ἐπὶ τῶν κοιτῶν αὐτῶν. Οὐ μόνον ἀφόβως κοιμηθήσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡδέως, ἅτε τῶν πολεμίων ἀπαλλαγέντες. α ἐμβάλῃ PBV : ἐμβάλλῃ MACFH. β ψάλλωμεν PFHV : ψάλωμεν MACB.

5β And will rejoice upon their beds. Not only will they sleep without fear, but sweetly, seeing that they have been freed of their enemies.

6 Aἱ ὑψώσεις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ λάρυγγι αὐτῶν, καὶ ῥομφαῖαι δίστομοι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν. Τοῦτο βούλεται λέγειν, ὅτι ὑμνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν, πολεμήσουσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, αἱ ὑμνολογίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν καὶ σπάθαι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν, συγκόπτουσαι τοὺς πολεμίους.

6 The exaltations of God in their throat and two-edged swords in their hands. This means to say that while praising God they will fight their enemies, the hymns of God being in their mouth and broad-swords in their hands, cutting down the attackers.

7 Τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐκδίκησιν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἐλεγμοὺς ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς. Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποιῆσαι τὸν Θεὸν ἐκδίκησιν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἀνθ’ ὧν ἠδίκουν τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλεγμὸν ἐν τῷ λαῷ, πληθυντικὸν ἀντὶ ἑνικοῦ, ἐλεγχομένῳ, ὅτι διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ μέχρι τότε κατεπονεῖτο, καὶ οὐ δι’ ἀσθένειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὅτε γὰρ ἔνευσε μόνον, εἰς θαυμαστὴν ἦλθε τὰ πράγματα μεταβολήν.

7 To bring vengeance among the nations, reproofs among the peoples. So that God may bring vengeance among the nations in return for the ways in which they had been wronging his people, and reproof among the people (the plural in place of the singular), being reproved because they were being oppressed on account of their sins up to then, and not on account of God’s weakness, for when he but nodded, the events underwent a miraculous change.

8 Τοῦ δῆσαι τοὺς βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν ἐν πέδαις, καὶ τοὺς ἐνδόξους αὐτῶν ἐν χειροπέδαις σιδηραῖς. Ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ μόνον ἀπώσασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλως ἐνδόξους ἐν αὐτοῖς δεσμώτας λαβεῖν.

8 To bind their kings in fetters and their illustrious ones in manacles of iron. Not only so as to repel the attackers, but also to take their kings and those otherwise illus- trious among them as prisoners.

α Τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐν αὐτοῖς κρίμα ἔγγραπτον. Τοῦ ποιῆσαι τὸν Θεὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι καὶ ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, κρίσιν ἀνάγραπτον βίβλοις καὶ μέχρι παντὸς αἰῶνος μνημονευομένην, ἢ ἀνάγραπτον τῷ βίῳ καὶ ἀνεξάλειπτον καὶ οἷον ἐστηλογραφημένην. Κρίσιν δὲ νόει μοι, τὴν ἔνδικον ἀπώλειαν τῶν ἐχθρῶν.

9α To make among them written judgement. So that God may make among the nations and among his people a judgement written in books and remembered to every age, or written on their life and indelible and as it were inscribed on a column. Understand ‘judgement’ as the justly decided destruction of the enemies.

β Δόξα αὕτη ἐστὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ὁσίοις αὐτοῦ. Αὕτη· ποία; Tὸ νικῆσαι, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ οὕτω νικῆσαι παραδόξως διὰ τῆς συμμαχίας τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καθ’ ἱστορίαν. [] Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν, Καυχήσονται ὅσιοι ἐν δόξῃ, τῇ μελλούσῃ· Οὐκ ἄξια γὰρ, φησὶ, τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι εἰς ἡμᾶς. Δόξα δὲ, καὶ ὁ σταυρὸς, κατὰ τὸ, Ἐμοὶ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Κυρίου ᾽Ιησοῦ. Ἐπαινεῖ δὲ τοὺς πραεῖς καὶ τοὺς ὁσίους, προτρέπων ἡμᾶς εἰς ὁσιότητα καὶ πραότητα. Καὶ ἀγαλλιάσονται, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τῶν κοιτῶν αὐτῶν, ἤτοι τῶν ηὐτρεπισμένων αὐτοῖς αἰωνίων μονῶν, τῶν ἀκαταλύτων σκηνῶν. [] Ὑψώσεις μὲν οὖν νοοῦμεν, τὰς δι’ ὕμνων καὶ θεολογίας θεοπρεπεῖς φωνὰς ὑπερυψούσας αὐτόν· ῥομφαίαν δὲ δίστομον, ἤτοι τμητικωτάτην, τὸν σταυρὸν, τέμνοντα καὶ λύοντα τὰς παρατάξεις τῶν δαιμόνων. Ἢ ῥομφαίαν | δίστομον, τὴν πολιτείαν

9β This glory is for all his devout. This; which? The glory of triumphing, or rather of triumphing thus against expectation through the alliance of God. Such then is the historical sense. [5] In an anagogical sense, The devout will boast in glory, namely, that which is to come, for it is written, The sufferings of this present time are not worth comparing with the glory that is to be revealed to us. Glory is also the Cross, in accordance with, Far be it from me to boast except in the Cross of our Lord Jesus. And he praises the meek and the devout, urging us to devotedness and meekness. And they will rejoice upon their beds, he says, namely, in the eternal dwellings prepared for them, in the indestructible tents. [6] We understand the ‘exaltations’ as the godly voices exalting him exceedingly through hymns and divine praise. We understand the two-edged, that is, the very sharpest, sword, as the Cross, cutting down and dissolving the armies of the demons.

αὐτῶν, ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἐστομωμένην ἢ πράξει καὶ θεωρίᾳ· περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁ λόγος καὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτῶν. [] Τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐκδίκησιν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἐν τῷ ῥύσασθαι αὐτοὺς τῆς δουλείας καὶ τυραννίδος τοῦ διαβόλου, καὶ ἐλεγμοὺς ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων, ἐν τῷ ἐλέγχειν αὐτοὺς παρανόμους καὶ θεομάχους καὶ τυφλοὺς πρὸς τὸ φῶς τῆς ἀληθείας. [] Τοῦ δῆσαι τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τοὺς ἐνδόξους αὐτῶν ἐν δεσμοῖς ἰσχυροῖς πίστεως καὶ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης Θεοῦ· εἰ δὲ τούτους, πολλῷ μᾶλλον τοὺς μετ’ αὐτούς· ἢ βασιλεῖς καὶ ἐνδόξους, τοὺς βασιλεύοντας αὐτῶν δαίμονας καὶ δόξης τῆς παρ’ αὐτῶν ἀπολαύοντας, ὧν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπέδησαν ταῖς πέδαις τῆς ἀνενεργησίας. [] Τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι κρίμα ἔγγραπτον, ἤγουν ἀποφάσεις καὶ νόμους ἐγγράφους πολιτείας θεοφιλοῦς. Δόξα αὕτη ἐστὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν· αὕτη, ποία; τὸ τοιαῦτα κατορθῶσαι.

Or else we understand the two-edged sword as the way of life of the devout, sharpened in work and word, or in action and contemplation; this is about the Apostles and their successors. [7] To bring vengeance among the nations, by delivering them from the slavery and tyranny of the devil, and reproofs among the peoples of the Jews, by proving them to be transgressors of the law and enemies of God and blind to the light of the truth. [8] To bind the kings of the nations and their illustrious ones in the bonds of strong faith and fear and love of God, and if those, much more those beneath them. Or else he calls kings and illustrious ones the demons ruling them and enjoying glory from them, whose hands they had bound with the bonds of inactivity. [9] To make among the nations a written judgement, namely, the decisions and written laws of a god-loving state. This glory is for all those doing these things. This; which? The glory of attaining such things.

PG 128:1411150 ρν΄

150 Psalm 150

PG 128:1293α Ἀλληλούϊα. Εἰς αἶνον καὶ εὐχαριστίαν ὁ Δαυὶδ συνέκλεισε τὸ βιβλίον, παιδεύων ὑπὲρ πάντων ἄχρι βίου πέρατος εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ Θεῷ.

1α Alleluia. David concluded the book with praise and thanksgiving, instructing to give thanks to God for all things until the end of life.

β Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Θεὸν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ. Διὰ τοὺς ἁγίους αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τοιαύτην πολιτείαν εἰς τὸν βίον εἰσήγαγεν, ἥτις αὐτοὺς ἀγγέλους ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν.

1β Praise God in his saints. On account of his saints, because they introduced such a polity into life, which made them angels from men.

γ Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν στερεώματι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ. Διὰ τὸ στερέωμα, τὸ παρὰ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ γεγονὸς τοιοῦτον. Λέγει δὲ τὸν δεύτερον οὐρανὸν, ὡς φαινόμενον, καὶ θαῦμα κινοῦντα τοῖς ὁρῶσι τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ καὶ κάλλος καὶ τ’ ἄλλα τὰ περὶ αὐτόν. Ὅρα δὲ καὶ τὴν τάξιν· τῶν γὰρ ἐγκοσμίων, ἀξιοθαυμαστότεροι μὲν οἱ ἅγιοι, μετὰ δὲ τούτους, ὁ φαινόμενος οὗτος οὐρανός.

1γ Praise him in the firmament of his power. On account of the firmament, which by his power became such. He is speaking now of the second heaven, as appearing to the eye and moving those who behold its magnitude and beauty and the other things relating to it to wonder. Observe the order: among worldly things most worthy of wonder are the saints, and after them, this heaven that appears to the eye.

α Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς δυναστείαις αὐτοῦ. Διὰ τὰς δυνάμεις ἃς ἐργάζεται, κοινῇ καὶ ἰδίᾳ τερατουργῶν· ἢ καὶ διὰ τὰς δυνάμεις ἃς ἐμφαίνουσι τὰ κτίσματα αὐτοῦ, μεγαλοδύναμον καὶ παντοδύναμον αὐτὸν ἀνακηρύττοντα ἐκ μόνης τῆς ὄψεως.

2α Praise him for his mighty acts. On account of the acts of power that he works, working marvels publicly and privately; or else on account of the acts of power that his creations exhibit, proclaiming him as magnipo- tent and omnipotent by their aspect alone.

β Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ. Διὰ τὸ ἄπειρον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ. Εἴρηκε γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ ρμδ΄ ψαλμῷ, ὅτι Καὶ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστι πέρας.

2β Praise him according to the magnitude of his majesty. On account of the infinity of his majesty. It was said indeed in the one hundred and for- ty-fourth psalm also that, And to his majesty there is no limit.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 150 — Psalm 150
PG 128:12933-5 Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ἤχῳ σάλπιγγος, αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ καὶ κιθάρᾳ· αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν τυμπάνῳ καὶ χορῷ· αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν χορδαῖς καὶ ὀργάνῳ· αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν κυμβάλοις εὐήχοις· αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν κυμβάλοις ἀλαλαγμοῦ. Παρακελεύεται τοῖς μὲν ᾽Ιουδαίοις, ἐν πᾶσιν ὀργάνοις μελῶν μουσικῶν αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, τοῖς δὲ Χριστιανοῖς, ἐν πᾶσιν ὀργάνοις μελῶν σωματικῶν, ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἐν ἀκοῇ, ἐν στόματι, ἐν χερσὶν, ἐν ποσίν. Ὅταν γὰρ οἱ μὲν ὀφθαλμοὶ μὴ βλέπωσιν ἀκόλαστα, προσηκόντως δὲ καὶ χρειωδῶς· ἡ δ’ ἀκοὴ μὴ δέχηται πονηροὺς λόγους, ἀλλὰ χρειώδεις καὶ ψυχω | φελεῖς· τὸ στόμα δὲ μὴ φθέγγηται βλαβερὰ, χρήσιμα δὲ καὶ πνευματικά· αἱ χεῖρες δὲ μὴ πλεονεκτῶσιν ἢ ἁρπάζωσιν ἢ πλήττωσιν, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἀγαθὰς ἐκτείνωνται πράξεις· οἱ πόδες δὲ μὴ τρέχωσιν εἰς κακίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν· τότε διὰ παντὸς αἰνοῦντες ὀργάνου, παναρμόνιον τῷ Θεῷ προσάγομεν μελῳδίαν. Διὰ πάντων δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων μουσικῶν ὀργάνων, ᾠδὰς ᾖδον ᾽Ιουδαῖοι τῷ Θεῷ, περὶ ὧν ἐν προοιμίοις τῆς παρούσης βίβλου παραδεδώκαμεν. Χορὸν δὲ ἐνταῦθα § 69 λέγει, τὴν μετὰ χορείας ᾠδήν· ἕτερον γὰρ εἶδος τοῦτο μελῳδίας, χωρὶς ὀργάνων γινόμενον· αἱ δὲ χορδαὶ πάλιν ἕτερον ἦσαν εἶδος, παρὰ τὰ ῥηθέντα. Ὄργανον δὲ εἰδικῶς εἶπε, τὸ καὶ παρ’ ἡμῖν εἰδικῶς οὕτω καλούμενον. Διττὰ δὲ τὰ εἴδη τῶν κυμβάλων· τὰ μὲν εὔηχα, καὶ μάλιστα ταῖς ᾠδαῖς προσήκοντα, τὰ δὲ τραχύφθογγαβαρύφθογγα, καὶ τοῖς ἐν πολέμοις ἀλαλαγμοῖς ἐπιτήδεια. Οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δὲ τὰ παρά τινων ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀλληγορηθέντα· παρέλιπον δὲ ταῦτα, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ψαλμοῖς πολλὰ τοιαῦτα, διὰ τὸ εὐανάτρεπτον αὐτῶν καὶ δυσπαράδεκτον.

3-5 Praise him with the sound of trumpet, praise him with psaltery and cithara; praise him with drum and chorus; praise him with strings and flute; praise him with well-tuned cym- bals; praise him with cymbals of ululation. He exhorts the Jews to praise God with all instruments of the various musical members and the Christians to praise God with all instruments of the various bodily members, with eyes, with hearing, with mouth, with hands, with feet. For when the eyes do not look licen- tiously, but as is seemly and needful, and the hearing does not accept evil words, but ones that are needful and beneficial, and the mouth does not utter harmful things, but those that are useful and spiritual, and the hands do not grasp more than their due or plunder or strike, but are stretched out in good deeds, and the feet do not run to evil, but on a straight way, then praising through every organ we offer a harmonious melody to God. Through all the musical instruments mentioned the Jews used to sing songs to God, about all of which we taught in the preamble to the present book. ‘Chorus’ here is what he calls § 69 a song with choral dancing, for this is a different kind of choral song performed without instruments. The ‘strings’ again was another type, in addition to the others mentioned. He called ‘instrument’ in the specific sense, that which among ourselves is also called thus specif- ically, namely, the flute. The kinds of cymbals are two, the well-tuned ones, fitting especially for songs, and the harsh-sounding or loud-clanging ones, suited for ululations in battles. I am not ignorant of the allegorical interpretations given to these by some, but I have omitted them, as indeed with many such things in the other psalms, on account of their being easily refuted and hard to accept.

6 Πᾶσα πνοὴ αἰνεσάτω τὸν Κύριον. Συλληπτικῷ λόγῳ, πᾶν γένος καὶ πᾶσαν ἡλικίαν εἰς αἶνον καὶ εὐχαριστίαν ἐκίνησε, πνοὴν λέγων, τὴν ψυχὴν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς, τὸ σύμπαν δηλῶν, ὡς ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον. Ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ τοὺς πιστοὺς συγκαλεῖ, ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀναστάσει, καὶ τοὺς ἀπίστους· τότε γὰρ ὁμοῦ πάντες αὐτῷ γόνυ κάμψουσι καὶ αἰνέσουσιν. Αἰνῶμεν τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ εὐχαριστῶμεν ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων διὰ παντὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ. Τοῦτο γὰρ, ἔργον ἀναγκαῖον καὶ χρέος διηνεκῶς ἀπαιτούμενον, θυσία εὐπόριστος, λειτουργία ἀγγελική· τοῦτο ποιοῦντες, καὶ τὸν παρόντα βίον ἀπροσκόπτως ἀνύσομεν καὶ τῶν μελλόντων ἀπολαύσομεν ἀγαθῶν· χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾽Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ οὗ τῷ Πατρὶ ἅμα τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι, δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ προσκύνησις εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

6 Let every breath praise the Lord. With an all-embracing expression, he moved every race and every age to praise and thanksgiving, calling the soul ‘breath’ and by the soul indicating the entirety, the part stand- ing for the whole. In the present life then he summons believers, but in the resurrection unbelievers also, for then all together will bend their knee to him and praise him. Let us also therefore praise and give thanks continually for everything in deed and in word. For this is a necessary work and an obligation constantly demanded, an easily offered sacrifice, an angelic ministration. Doing this, we shall complete the journey of the present life without stumbling and will enjoy the blessings to come, by the grace and love for mankind of our Lord Jesus Christ along with whom to the Father and the holy Spirit is glory, honour and worship to the ages of ages. Amen.

PG 128:1411Ψαλμός 775 — Psalm 775
[] [ρνα΄]

[151] Psalm 151

PG 128:1293α Οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς ἰδιόγραφος τοῦ Δαυὶδ καὶ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ρν΄· ὅτε ἐμονομάχησε πρὸς τὸν Γολιάθ.

1α This psalm is David’s autograph and outwith the number of the one hundred and fifty; when he engaged in single combat with Goliath.

β Μικρὸς ἤμην ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου καὶ νεώτερος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός μου· ἐποίμαινον τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός μου.

1β Least I was among my brothers and youngest in the house of my father; I would tend my father’s sheep.

2 Αἱ χεῖρές μου ἐποίησαν ὄργανον καὶ οἱ δάκτυλοί μου ἥρμοσαν ψαλτήριον.

2 My hands made a flute and my fingers tuned a psaltery.

3 Καὶ τίς ἀναγγελεῖ τῷ Κυρίῳ μου; αὐτὸς Κύριος αὐτὸς εἰσακούει.

3 And who will report to my Lord? The Lord himself, he will hear.

4 Αὐτὸς ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἦρέ με ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τοῦ πατρός μου καὶ ἔχρισέ με ἐν τῷ ἐλαίῳ τῆς χρίσεως αὐτοῦ.

4 He sent forth his messenger and took me from my father’s sheep and anointed me with the oil of his anointing.

5 Οἱ ἀδελφοί μου καλοὶ καὶ μεγάλοι, καὶ οὐκ εὐδόκησεν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁ Κύριος.

5 My brothers were fair and tall, and the Lord did not show good pleasure in them.

6 Ἐξῆλθον εἰς συνάντησιν τῷ ἀλλοφύλῳ, καὶ ἐπικατηράσατό με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτοῦ.

6 I went out to meet the Philistine, and he cursed me by his idols.

7 Ἐγὼ δὲ σπασάμενος τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ μάχαιραν, ἀπεκεφάλισα αὐτὸν καὶ ἦρα ὄνειδος ἐξ υἱῶν ᾽Ισραήλ. Ps 151: [T]. Add. P2: Οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς ἰδιόγραφος τῷ Δαυὶδ καὶ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, ὅτε ἐμονομάχησε πρὸς τὸν Γολιάθ. Μικρὸς ἤμην ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου καὶ νεώτερος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός μου. Ὁ Δαυὶδ, εἰκόνα φέρει τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τύπον, ὁ δὲ Γολιὰθ, τοῦ διαβόλου· ὥσπερ οὖν ἐκεῖνος ἐμονομάχησε πρὸς τὸν αἰσθητὸν Γολιὰθ, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς πρὸς τὸν νοητὸν, καθὼς καὶ Ἡσαΐας, ὡς ἐκ προσώπου Χριστοῦ, φησὶ, Ληνὸν ἐπάτησα μονώτατος [Is 63.]. Μικρὸς ἦν ὁ Δαυὶδ ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ νεώτερος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ. Μικρὸς ἦν καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων καθώς φησι, Ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστι [Mt 11.]· μείζων δὲ, καθὸ ἦν νεώτερος· τὸ γὰρ νεώτερος εἰς τὸ ἀκμαῖον καὶ ἰσχυρὸν τῆς θεότητος ἐκλαμβάνεται· καθὸ γὰρ ἦν ἄνθρωπος, ἐλογίζετο τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ Ἰουδαίοις μικρὸς, ἤγουν ἐξουδενωμένος, καθὸ δὲ ἦν Θεὸς, νεώτερος, ἤγουν ἰσχυρὸς καὶ ἀθάνατος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ· οἶκος δὲ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, ἡ κτίσις πᾶσα. Ἐποίμαινον τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ Πατρός μου. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ποιμὴν τῶν λογικῶν προβάτων τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἐστιν, ἄκ[ουε] αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς [Jn 10.], καὶ τοῦ Δαυὶδ περὶ αὐτοῦ βοῶντος, Ὁ ποιμαίνων τὸν Ἰσραὴλ πρόσχες [Ps 79.]. Αἱ χεῖρές μου ἐποίησαν ὄργανον καὶ οἱ δάκτυλοί μου ἥρμοσαν ψαλτήριον. Χεῖρες ἐπὶ Χριστοῦ νοητὰς, τὴν παντοκρατορικὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτοῦ νοητέον· ἐποίησαν ὄργανον, τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· οἱ δὲ δάκτυλοι αὐτοῦ, ἤγουν αἱ κατασκευαστικαὶ δυνάμεις τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, ἥρμοσαν ψαλτήριον, τουτέστι τὴν ψυχὴν· ἢ ὄργανον τὸν παλαιὸν νόμον, ψαλτήριον δὲ τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην νοητέον· δάκτυλοι τοὺς εὐαγγελιστάς· χεῖρας δὲ, τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ προφήτας. Καὶ τίς ἀναγγελεῖ τῷ Κυρίῳ μου; αὐτὸς Κύριος αὐτὸς εἰσακούει. Αὐτὸς ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἦρέ με ἐκ τῶν ποιμνίων τῶν προβάτων τοῦ πατρός μου καὶ ἔχρισέ με ἐν τῷ ἐλαίῳ τῆς χρίσεως αὐτοῦ. Οἱ ἀδελφοί μου καλοὶ καὶ μεγάλοι, καὶ οὐκ εὐδόκησεν ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁ Κύριος. Ἐξῆλθον εἰς συνάντησιν τῷ ἀλλοφύλῳ, καὶ ἐπικατηράσατό με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτοῦ. Ἐγὼ δὲ σπασάμενος τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ μάχαιραν, ἀπεκεφάλισα αὐτόν. Ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς, λαβὼν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου μάχαιραν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁ Σταυρὸς, δι᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν, ἤγουν τὴν ὑπερηφάνειαν καὶ δύναμιν τοῦ διαβόλου διέκοψεν. Καὶ ἦρα ὄνειδος ἐξ υἱῶν ᾽Ισραήλ. Ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐπὶ Σταυροῦ σφάζων τὸν ἐχθρὸν, ὠνειδίζετο παρὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων λεγόντων, Οὐὰ, ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ [Mk 15.], καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

7 But I, having drawn the sword at his side, cut off his head and removed reproach from the sons of Israel. This psalm is David’s autograph and outwith the number of the one hundred and fifty; when he engaged in single combat with Goliath. Least I was among my brothers and youngest in the house of my father. David bears the image and type of Christ, while Goliath that of the Devil. Accordingly, just as David fought in single combat against the sensible Goliath, so did Christ against the intelligible Goliath, as Isaiah says in the person of Christ, I trampled a wine-vat all alone [Isaiah 63.3]. David was least among his brothers and youngest in the house of his father, and Christ was least according to his human nature among the brothers of the Jews since he says, But the least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he [Mt 11.11]; and he is greater in that he was youngest, for the ‘youngest’ is understood as the full bloom and strength of divinity, for in that he was a man, he was reckoned least among his brother Jews, but in that he was God, he was youngest, namely, strong and immortal in the house of his Father, and the ‘house of his Father’ is the whole of creation. I would tend my father’s sheep. And that Christ is the shepherd of the rational sheep of God the Father, listen to him saying, I am the good Shepherd [ Jn 10.11], and to David crying out about him, O you, the one who shepherds Israel, give heed [Ps 79.2]. My hands made a flute and my fingers tuned a psaltery. Intelligible hands in relation to Christ are to be understood as his almighty authority; they made an instrument, the body of man, and his fingers, the constructive powers of the whole world, tuned a psaltery, that is, the soul; or else instrument is to be understood as the old law, and psaltery as the new testament, while the fingers are to be understood as the evangelists, and the hands as the Apostles and prophets. And who will report to my Lord? The Lord himself, he will hear. He sent forth his messenger and took me from my father’s sheep and anointed me with the oil of his anointing. My brothers were fair and tall, and the Lord did not show good pleasure in them. I went out to meet the Philistine, and he cursed me by his idols. But I, having drawn the sword at his side, cut off his head. In like manner, Christ, taking the sword at the Devil’s side, which is the Cross, cut off therewith the head, that is, the pride and power of the Devil. And I removed reproach from the sons of Israel. Likewise Christ, when slaying the enemy on the Cross was reproached by the Jews, saying, Aha! You who would destroy the temple [Mk 15.29], and so on.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή ONE — Ode ONE
PG 128:1293Ι ᾨδὴ α΄ ᾨδὴ Μωυσέως ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ. Ταύτην πρώτην ᾖσαν τὴν ᾠδὴν οἱ υἱοὶ ᾽Ισραὴλ, ἀβρόχῳ ποδὶ τὴν ἐρυθρὰν διαπεράσαντες θάλασσαν, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις τοὺς διώκοντας Αἰγυπτίους καταποντισθέντας καὶ ὑποβρυχίους γεγονότας ἰδόντες.

Ι Ode One An ode of Moses in the book of Exodus. The sons of Israel sang this first ode on having crossed the Red Sea with unwetted feet and on having seen the pursuing Egyptians with their chariots and horses having been drowned and submerged.

α ᾌσωμεν τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται. Τοιαῦτα παραδόξως τερατουργήσας.

1α Let us sing to the Lord, for gloriously is he glorified. Having worked such marvels in an incredible way.

β Ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔῤῥιψεν εἰς θάλασσαν. Ἵππον πάντα καὶ ἀναβάτην ἕκαστον Αἰγύπτιον κατεπόντισεν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ.

1β Horse and rider he has cast into the sea. He has drowned every horse and each Egyptian rider in the sea.

2 Βοηθὸς καὶ σκεπαστὴς ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν· οὗτός μου Θεὸς καὶ δοξάσω αὐτὸν, Θεὸς τοῦ πατρός μου καὶ ὑψώσω αὐτόν. Πῶς ὑψοῖ τις τὸν Θεὸν, εἴρηται ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ρμδ΄ ψαλμοῦ.

2 He has become a helper and protector to me for salvation; he is my God and I shall glorify him, the God of my father and I shall exalt him. How one exalts God was said at the beginning of the one hundred and forty-fourth psalm.

α Κύριος συντρίβων πολέμους. Ἀφανίζων.

3α The Lord crushing wars. Obliterating them.

β Κύριος ὄνομα αὐτῷ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ Ὄντα, οὕτω καὶ Κύριον ἑαυτὸν ὠνόμασε, τῷ Μωυσῇ προσδιαλεγόμενος.

3β The Lord is his name. For just as he called himself ‘The one who is’, so also he called himself ‘Lord’ when speak- ing to Moses.

α Ἅρματα Φαραὼ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἔῤῥιψεν εἰς θάλασσαν. Ἐβύθισεν ἐν θαλάσσῃ· τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ διαφόρως ἀπαγγέλλει, περὶ ταῦτα στρεφόμενος καὶ μεγαλύνων τὸ θαῦμα. β-5 Ἐπιλέκτους ἀναβάτας τριστάτας κατεπόντισεν ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ· πόντῳ ἐκάλυψεν αὐτοὺς, κατέδυσαν εἰς βυθὸν ὡσεὶ λίθος. Τρεῖς γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος ἵσταντο, καὶ ὁ μὲν εἷς ἡνιόχει, οἱ δύο δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐμάχοντο. β ἑαυτόν MP : αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν ACOBFH.

4α The chariots of Pharaoh and his power he cast into the sea. He sank them in the sea. He reports the same things in various ways, dealing with them this way and that and magnifying the miracle. 4β-5 Elect tri-standing riders he plunged into the Red Sea; in the deep he covered them; they sank to the bottom like a stone. For three men would stand on the chariot, and the one would hold the reins while the other two would fight with the enemies.

6-α Ἡ δεξιά σου, Κύριε, δεδόξασται ἐν ἰσχύϊ· ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ, Κύριε, ἔθραυσεν ἐχθρούς· καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῆς δόξης σου συνέτριψας τοὺς ὑπεναντίους. Δεξιὰ Θεοῦ ἀπολύτως, καὶ δεξιὰ χεὶρ Θεοῦ, ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ πλῆθος δόξης ἐνταῦθα, τὴν πολλὴν δύναμιν ὠνόμασε, δι᾽ ἧς ἐνδόξως ἐδοξάσθη καὶ μεγάλως ἐμεγαλύνθη. β Ἀπέστειλας τὴν ὀργήν σου· κατέφαγεν αὐτοὺς ὡσεὶ καλάμην. ᾽Ηνάλωσεν, ἠφάνισεν αὐτοὺς, ὡς πῦρ καλάμην· ἀποστελλομένη δὲ ὀργὴ, ἡ θεόπεμπτος τιμωρία, ἢ ὁ τιμωρητικὸς ἄγγελος. α Καὶ διὰ πνεύματος τοῦ θυμοῦ σου διέστη τὸ ὕδωρ. Πνεῦμα θυμοῦ λέγει, ἢ τὸν ἄγγελον τὸν τῇ θεηλάτῳ ταύτῃ τιμωρίᾳ διακονούμενον, ἢ τὸν ἄνεμον τὸν ὁμοίως ταύτῃ ὑπηρετούμενον· Ὑπήγαγε γὰρ, φησὶ, Κύριος τὴν θάλασσαν ἐν ἀνέμῳ νότῳ βιαίῳ ὅλην τὴν νύκτα, καὶ ἐποίησε τὴν θάλασσαν ξηρὰν, καὶ ἐσχίσθη τὸ ὕδωρ. β Ἐπάγη ὡσεὶ τεῖχος τὰ ὕδατα· ἐπάγη καὶ τὰ κύματα ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης. Καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, φησὶν, αὐτοῖς τεῖχος ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ τεῖχος ἐξ εὐωνύμων. 9 Εἶπεν ὁ ἐχθρὸς, Διώξας καταλήψομαι, μεριῶ σκῦλα, ἐμπλήσω ψυχήν μου, ἀνελῶ τῇ μαχαίρᾳ μου, κυριεύσει ἡ χείρ μου. Ἐχθρὸς, ὁ Αἰγύπτιος στρατὸς, ἢ ὁ Φαραώ· μεταμεληθέντες γὰρ, κατεδίωξαν ὀπίσω τοῦ λαοῦ. 10 Ἀπέστειλας τὸ πνεῦμά σου, ἐκάλυψεν αὐτοὺς θάλασσα, ἔδυσαν ὡσεὶ μόλυβδος ἐν ὕδατι σφοδρῶς. Πνεῦμα κατὰ τὴν ἀνωτέρω ῥηθεῖσαν ἑρμηνείαν. α Τίς ὅμοιός σοι ἐν θεοῖς, Κύριε; Οὐδεὶς ὄντως. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ οϛ΄ ψαλμῷ, Τίς Θεὸς μέγας ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν; β Τίς ὅμοιός σοι; δεδοξασμένος ἐν ἁγίοις. | 63 χεὶρ Θεοῦ MACOFH : χεὶρ Κυρίου PB. 64 δι’ ἧς MPAOBH : δι’ ἣν CF. 102 σφοδρῶς MPACBFH[T] : σφοδρῷ O[Ra].

6-7α Your right, O Lord, is glorified in strength; your right hand, O Lord, has shattered enemies; and in the multitude of your glory you have crushed your adversaries. ‘God’s right’ without determination and ‘God’s right hand’ are God’s power; similarly, the ‘multitude of his glory’ is what he called the great power through which he was gloriously glorified and mightily magnified. 7β You sent forth your anger; it devoured them like a reed stalk. It consumed them, it destroyed them as fire does a reed stalk; anger sent forth is god-sent punishment or the punishing angel. 8α And through the breath of your rage the water was parted. The ‘breath of rage’ is what he calls either the angel ministering to this god-driven pun- ishment, or the wind that was similarly serving it. For it is written, The Lord drew off the sea with a violent south wind all through the night and made the sea into dry land and the water was split apart. 8β The waters were set solid like a wall; the waves were set solid in the midst of the sea. And the water, it is written, became as a wall for them on the right and a wall on the left. 9 The enemy said, ‘Having made pursuit, I shall overtake, I shall divide spoils, I shall gorge my soul, I shall slay with my sword, my hand will have mastery’. The enemy is the Egyptian army or Pharaoh, for having regretted their decision, they pursued after the people. 10 You sent forth your breath, sea covered them over, they sank outright like lead in water. ‘Breath’ according to the interpretation given above. 11α Who is like you among gods, O Lord? Truly none. And in the seventy-sixth psalm it was said, Which god is great as is our God? 11β Who is like you? Glorified among the holy.

Ὁ δὲ Σύμμαχος, δεδοξασμένος ἐν ἁγιασμοῖς ἐξέδωκε· νοεῖται δὲ καὶ ὅτι δοξάζεται μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀγγέλοις ἢ καὶ ἀνθρώποις, τοῖς μᾶλλον εἰδόσι τὸ πανσθενὲς αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑπερβαλλόντως ἀσύγκριτον.

Symmachus wrote, ‘glorified among sanctifications’; and it is understood that more than among men, he is glorified among the holy angels, who know his omnipotence and surpass- ingly incomparable nature.

γ Θαυμαστός· ἐνδόξως ποιῶν τέρατα. Ἐνδόξως, ἤτοι μεγαλοπρεπῶς.

11γ Wonderful; gloriously working marvels. Gloriously, namely, magnificently.

12 Ἐξέτεινας τὴν δεξιάν σου· κατέπιεν αὐτοὺς γῆ. Oἱ καταποντισθέντες γὰρ ἐξεβράσθησαν μὲν εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὅπως ἴδωσιν οἱ ᾽Ισραηλῖται, καὶ πληροφορηθῶσι, καὶ σκυλεύσωσιν αὐτούς· εἶτα χάσματος γενομένου, κατεπόθησαν, εἰς ἔνδειξιν πλείονα τῆς θείας ὀργῆς.

12 You stretched out your right hand; the earth swallowed them down. For those who had been drowned were washed up onto the land so that the Israelites might see and be fully assured and despoil them; then, a chasm having opened up, they were swallowed down as further proof of divine anger.

α Ὡδήγησας τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου τὸν λαόν σου τοῦτον, ὃν ἐλυτρώσω. Ὡδήγησας αὐτὸν διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης, διὰ τῆς ξένης ταύτης ὁδοῦ, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου· δικαιοσύνης γὰρ ἐλευθεροῦν τὸν καταδουλωθέντα καὶ ῥύεσθαι τὸν τυραννούμενον καὶ βοηθεῖν τῷ κακῶς πάσχοντι.

13α By your justice you have guided this people of yours that you have redeemed. You guided them through the sea, along this unprecedented path, by your justice, for it is a mark of justice to free the one who has been enslaved and to deliver the one being tyran- nized and to help the one who is suffering grievously.

β Παρεκάλεσας τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου εἰς κατάλυμα ἅγιόν σου. Tὰ ἐντεῦθεν, ἄχρι τοῦ Ἐπιπέσοι ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς φόβος καὶ τρόμος, προφητεῖαι μᾶλλόν εἰσιν, ὕστερον γὰρ ἐγένοντο· λοιπὸν οὖν, ἢ ἀντιχρονικῶς ταῦτα νοήσεις, ἀντὶ τοῦ, παρακαλέσεις, καὶ ἀκούσονται ἔθνη καὶ ὀργισθήσονται, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ὁμοίως, ἢ ὡς γεγενημένα λέγει τὰ γενησόμενα, νόμῳ προφητείας· παρεκάλεσας, φησὶν, ἤγουν ἐκάλεσας, ἤγαγες εἰς κατοικίαν ἁγίαν, ἐξῃρημένην, ἀφωρισμένην σοι· περὶ δὲ τῆς ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ ὁ λόγος.

13β By your strength you have summoned them into your holy resting-place. The words from here to the verse, May fear and trembling fall upon them, are rather proph- ecies for they came to pass later. Accordingly, you will therefore understand this either as one tense standing for another, namely, ‘you will summon’, and ‘nations will hear and will be enraged’, and so on, or else he speaking of things to come as having happened, according to the wont of prophecy. You have summoned, namely, you have called, you have led them to a dwelling that is holy, dedicated, set apart, for you. This is about Jerusalem.

α Ἤκουσαν ἔθνη καὶ ὠργίσθησαν. Ἀκούσονται τὰ θαυμάσιά σου καὶ τὰ τεράστια, ὅσα κατὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ σου πεποίηκας· καὶ ὀργισθήσονται, ἤγουν ταραχθήσονται, κλονηθήσονται, δειλιάσουσιν.

14α Nations heard and were enraged. They will hear your wonders and the marvels that you performed for your people against the Egyptians and they will be enraged, namely, they will be troubled, they will be thrown into a tumult, they will be filled with fear.

β ᾽Ωδῖνες ἔλαβον κατοικοῦντας Φυλιστιείμ. ᾽Ωδῖνες, ἤτοι πόνοι ἐκ φόβου γινόμενοι λήψονται τούτους.

14β Pangs of anguish seized the inhabitants of Philistia. ‘Pangs of anguish’, pains caused by fear will seize them.

α Τότε ἔσπευσαν ἡγεμόνες Ἐδὼμ καὶ ἄρχοντες Μωαβιτῶν. [β] ὑπερβαλλόντως PAOH : ὑπερβαλόντως MC.

15α Then the rulers of Edom and the princes of the Moabites fretted anxiously.

Ἔσπευσαν, ἐθορυβήθησαν· ἐταράχθησαν, ὡς ἕτερος ἑρμηνεὺς ἐξέδωκεν.

They fretted anxiously, they were thrown into uproar; ‘they were troubled’, as another translator wrote.

β Ἔλαβεν αὐτοὺς τρόμος, ἐτάκησαν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Χαναάν. Τῶν γνωριμωτέρων ἐθνῶν ἐπιμνησθεὶς ἐξ ὀνόματος, νῦν καθολικώτερον πάντες εἶπεν οἱ κατοικοῦντες Χαναάν· διάφορα δὲ ταύτην ᾤκουν ἔθνη τὴν γῆν.

15β Trembling seized them, all the inhabitants of Canaan melted in fear. Having mentioned the better known nations by name, he now said more generally ‘all the inhabitants of Canaan’, for various nations used to dwell in this land.

16 Ἐπιπέσοι ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς φόβος καὶ τρόμος, μεγέθει βραχίονός σου ἀπολιθωθήτωσαν· ἕως ἂν παρέλθοι ὁ λαός σου, Κύριε, ἕως ἂν παρέλθοι ὁ λαός σου οὗτος, ὃν ἐκτήσω. Μεγέθει δυνάμεώς σου ἀποπαγέτωσαν· ἀκίνητοι τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τρόμῳ σου μεινάτωσαν· ἕως παρέλθοι αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός σου, βαδίζων δι᾽ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας.

16 May fear and trembling come upon them, let them be turned to stone at the might of your strong arm, until your people pass by, O Lord, until they pass by, this people you have taken as your possession. Let them be frozen at the magnitude of your power; let them remain motionless by your fear and trembling until your people pass them by, marching through them into the promised land.

α Εἰσαγαγὼν καταφύτευσον αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος κληρονομίας σου. Εἰς ὄρος ἀφορισθέν σοι εἰς κλῆρον, εἰς μερίδα· λέγει δὲ τὸ ὄρος Σιών.

17α Having led them in, plant them on the mountain of your inheritance. On the mountain set apart for you as an inheritance, as a portion; he is speaking of Mount Zion.

β Εἰς ἕτοιμον κατοικητήριόν σου. Εἰς ἑτοιμασθέν σοι κατοικητήριον.

17β In your ready dwelling-place. In the dwelling-place made ready for you.

γ Ὃ κατειργάσω, Κύριε, ἁγίασμα. Ὃ προώρισας, ὃ προκατεσκεύασας ἁγίασμα, ἀφόρισμα· ἁγιάζειν γὰρ, καὶ τὸ ἀφορίζειν· ἢ οἶκον ἁγιάζοντα.

17γ Which you have effected, O Lord, as a sanctification. Which you have foreordained, which you have pre-established, as a sanctification, as something set apart, for ‘to sanctify’ is also ‘to set apart’; or else as a sanctifying house.

δ Κύριε, ὃ ἡτοίμασαν αἱ χεῖρές σου. Aἱ χεῖρές σου, τουτέστι, σὺ, | περιφραστικῶς· ὃ ἡτοίμασας σύ.

17δ Which, O Lord, your hands have prepared. ‘Your hands’, that is, ‘you’, by way of circumlocution: which you have prepared.

α Κύριος βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα. Ἐστὶ δηλονότι.

18α The Lord is king to the age. Is reigning, that is.

β Καὶ ἐπ᾽ αἰῶνα καὶ ἔτι. Εἰπὼν ὅτι βασιλεύων αἰωνίως, ἐπέτεινε τὸ αἰώνιον, προσθεὶς ὅτι καὶ ἐπέκεινα τοῦ αἰῶνος· ἔπειτα προσεπέτεινε πλεῖον τὴν ἐπίτασιν, ἐπαγαγὼν, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον· τοῦτο γὰρ δηλοῖ τὸ, καὶ ἔτι.

18β And beyond the age and yet more. Having said that he is king perpetually, he intensified the perpetuity, adding that even beyond the age; he then still further intensified the intensification, adding and even further, for this is what the ‘yet more’ signifies.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή TWO — Ode TWO
PG 128:1293α Ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν ἵππος Φαραὼ σὺν ἅρμασι καὶ ἀναβάταις εἰς θάλασσαν. Κύριος, φησὶ, βασιλεὺς αἰώνιος, καὶ ὑπεραιώνιος καὶ ἐπὶ πλέον· καὶ γὰρ τῇ αὐτοῦ πανσθενεῖ δυνάμει, ἐνέπεσεν εἰς θάλασσαν, ἐβυθίσθη ἡ πληθὺς τῶν ἵππων, αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἀναβάταις.

19α For Pharaoh’s horse with chariots and riders together has gone into the sea. The Lord, he says, is an eternal king, and super-eternal and more, and by his surpassingly strong power the throng of horses along with their chariots and riders has fallen into the sea, has been submerged.

β Καὶ ἐπήγαγεν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς Κύριος τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς θαλάσσης. Καταποντίζον αὐτούς.

19β And the Lord has brought upon them the water of the sea. Drowning them.

γ Oἱ δὲ υἱοὶ ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ ξηρᾶς ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης. Διὰ ξηρᾶς ὁδοῦ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς διαιρεθείσης θαλάσσης. Ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω μὲν καθ᾽ ἱστορίαν. Ἀναγωγικῶς δὲ νοήσεις, ἀναβάτας μὲν καὶ τριστάτας, τοὺς δαίμονας, ἀναβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ κατὰ τῶν τριῶν μερῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἱσταμένους καὶ πολεμοῦντας· ἵππους δὲ, τὰ πάθη, δι᾽ ὧν ἕλκουσι § 98 τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἅρματα νοουμένους, ὡς αἰρομένους καὶ μεταφερομένους ἔνθα τούτοις δοκεῖ· ὀχήματα γὰρ αὐτῶν, νῦν μὲν τὰ πάθη, νῦν δὲ οἱ ἄνθρωποι. Φαραὼ δὲ, ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πρῶτος αὐτῶν· θάλασσα δὲ Ἐρυθρὰ, ἡ πικρία καὶ πνιγμονὴ, εἰς ἣν ἐμπίπτουσιν οἱ δαίμονες αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις, ὅταν ὁ Θεὸς ἐξαιρῆται τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐπιβουλευομένους δούλους αὐτοῦ· ἐχθρὸς δὲ, τούτων ἕκαστος, καὶ κοινῶς οὗτοι, ἔθνη, καὶ ἡγεμόνες Ἐδὼμ, ὡς κατάρχοντες τῶν πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· λαὸς δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ, οἱ ἀνακείμενοι αὐτῷ καὶ πειθόμενοι ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ· ὄρος δὲ κληρονομίας Θεοῦ, ὁ οὐρανὸς, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· υἱοὶ δὲ ᾽Ισραὴλ, ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ λαὸς, οἳ διέρχονται διὰ ξηρᾶς, μὴ βρεχόμενοι τῷ ὕδατι τῶν παθῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης τοῦ βίου. II ᾨδὴ β΄ ᾨδὴ Μωυσέως ἐν τῷ Δευτερονομίῳ.

19γ But the sons of Israel have made their path on dry land in the midst of the sea. On a dry path in the midst of the divided sea. But such is the historical sense. In an anagogical sense, you will understand riders and tri-standing riders as the demons, mounting upon people and standing and fighting against the three parts of the soul, and the horses as the passions through which they draw people § 98 along (the people are to be understood as chariots as being carried and transported wherever seems pleasing to them, for their vehicles are now the passions and now the people). Pharaoh is Satan, the foremost of the demons, and the Red Sea the bitterness and asphyxia into which the demons fall along with their chariots and horses, when God sets free those servants of his who are being attacked by them. The enemy is each of these demons, and in common they are ‘nations’ and ‘leaders of Edom’, as ruling over wicked men, and suchlike. The people of God are those dedicated to him and obeying his commandments. The mountain of God’s inheritance is heaven, and so on. The sons of Israel are the people of God who pass over on dry land unwetted by the water of the passions in the midst of the sea of life. II Ode Two An Ode of Moses in the book of Deuteronomy.

1 Πρόσεχε, οὐρανὲ, καὶ λαλήσω, καὶ ἀκουέτω γῆ ῥήματα ἐκ στόματός μου. Μέλλων ἤδη τελευτᾶν Μωυσῆς, διαμαρτύρεται τῷ λαῷ καὶ συγκαλεῖ πρὸς ἀκρόασιν ὧν εἰπεῖν μέλλει τὰ ἀκρότατα καὶ συνεκτικώτατα μέρη τοῦ κόσμου, οὐρανὸν, τὸν τὰς θείας δυνάμεις φέροντα, καὶ γῆν, τὸ τῶν θνητῶν οἰκητήριον, ἐπεὶ καὶ μονιμώτατα ταῦτα καὶ διαρκεῖν εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς δυνάμενα· σύνηθες δὲ τοῖς προφήταις ἐπὶ τῶν μεγάλων ὑποσχέσεων ἢ καὶ φοβερῶν ἀπειλῶν, μάρτυρας παραλαμβάνειν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν εἰς βεβαίωσιν. α ἐνέπεσεν MCAOBFH : ἐνέπεσαν P. 14 τὸν τὰς PCOABFH : τὰς M.

1 Attend, O heaven, and I shall speak, and let earth hear the words from my mouth. Moses, being on the point of death, makes a sworn affirmation to the people and summons to hear the things he is about to say the outermost and most constitutive parts of the world, heaven, bearing the divine powers, and earth, the dwelling-place of mortals, since these are the most permanent elements and able to endure to all generations. And it is customary for the prophets when pronouncing great promises or dread threats to call as witnesses the heav- en and earth for confirmation.

α Προσδοκάσθω ὡς ὑετὸς τὸ ἀπόφθεγμά μου, καὶ καταβήτω ὡς δρόσος τὰ ῥήματά μου. Προσδοκάσθω ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν οὕτως ἡδέως, ὡς ὑετὸς ἄρδων, καὶ καταβήτω εἰς τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν, ὡς δρόσος πιαίνουσα.

2α Let my utterance be anticipated like rain, and let my words descend like dew. Let it be anticipated by your souls as gladly as is irrigating rain, and let it descend into your hearts like nourishing dew.

β Ὡς ὄμβρος ἐπ᾽ ἄγρωστιν, καὶ ὡσεὶ νιφετὸς ἐπὶ χόρτον. Χαίρουσι γὰρ τούτοις αὗται μᾶλλον αἱ βοτάναι καὶ ταχέως ἐπιδιδόασιν, | ἃ μιμεῖσθαι πάντως βούλεται καὶ αὐτούς.

2β Like a shower on clover and like snow on grass. For the plants themselves rejoice in these things particularly and swiftly increase, which he wishes they too will imitate.

3 Ὅτι ὄνομα Κυρίου ἐκάλεσα, δότε μεγαλωσύνην τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν. Ἐπειδὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἐκάλεσα ἤδη καὶ μέλλω περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰπεῖν, μεγαλύνατε πρὸ τοῦ λόγου τὸν Θεόν· ὑμνήσατε αὐτὸν πρὸ τῆς ἀκροάσεως. Εἶτα λέγειν ἀπάρχεται.

3 For I have called upon the name of the Lord, give majesty to our God. Since I have already called upon the name of the Lord and am about to speak about him, magnify God before my speech, praise him before listening. Then he begins to speak.

α Θεὸς, ἀληθινὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. Ὁ Θεὸς, ἀληθινὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, ἤγουν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀληθινὰ τὰ ἔργα, ἄψευστα, βέβαια, ἢ ἄμεμπτα, εὐθέα. ᾽Ιδίωμα δὲ τοῦτο τῆς Ἑβραΐδος γραφῆς.

4α God, his works are true. God, his works are true, namely, the works of God are true, without deceit, certain, or else, without reproach, straightforward. This is an idiom of the Hebrew scripture.

β Καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ κρίσις. Ὁδοὺς πάλιν, τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ λέγει· πάντα, φησὶ, τὰ αὐτοῦ, τά τε ἐν λόγῳ καὶ τὰ ἐν ἔργῳ, οὐ μόνον ἀληθινὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτόχρημα κρίσις, ἤτοι δικαιοσύνη. Εἰ βούλῃ δὲ, ἔργα μὲν νόησον, ὅσα ἐν πράξει, ὁδοὺς δὲ, ὅσα ἐν λόγῳ.

4β And all his ways are judgement. ‘Ways’ again is what he calls his works; all things of his, he says, both those in word and those in deed, are not only true, but also very truly judgement, that is, justice. If you wish, understand ‘works’ as whatever is in action, and ‘ways’ as whatever is in word.

γ Θεὸς πιστός. Ὁ Θεὸς, ἀξιόπιστος, ἀψευδής.

4γ God is faithful. God is trustworthy, without deceit.

δ Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ. Πῶς γὰρ, ἐπεὶ καὶ Θεός· οἱ δὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ψεύδονται καὶ ἀδικοῦσι καὶ πᾶν τοὐναντίον.

4δ And there is no injustice in him. How indeed, since he is God? But those of the nations both deceive and do injustice and everything that is contrary.

ε Δίκαιος καὶ ὅσιος ὁ Κύριος. Δίκαιος ἐν τῷ κρίνειν· ὅσιος ἐν πάσῃ πράξει, ἤτοι ἅγιος, ἀθῷος. β κρίσις C[Acorr.]O[Ra] : κρίσεις MPBFH[T]. β κρίσις PACOF : κρίσεις MBH. ε ὁ Κύριος MPAOBH[T] : Κύριος CF[Ra].

4ε The Lord is just and devout. Just in judging; devout in every action, that is, holy, guiltless.

α Ἡμάρτοσαν οὐκ αὐτῷ τέκνα μωμητά; Κατ᾽ ἐρώτησιν ὁ λόγος, ἐλεγκτικήν· οὐχ ἥμαρτον αὐτῷ τέκνα μωμητά; Λέγει δὲ αὐτοὺς, τέκνα Θεοῦ προσαγορευθέντας· Υἱὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, πρωτότοκός μου ᾽Ισραήλ. Ἥμαρτον δὲ διαφόρως, ὡς ὁ οζ΄ ψαλμὸς διαλαμβάνει. β-α Γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ διεστραμμένη, ταῦτα Κυρίῳ ἀνταποδίδοτε; Καὶ τοῦτο κατ᾽ ἐρώτησιν. Ὦ γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ διεστραμμένη, ταῦτα, τὰ τῆς ἀχαριστίας καὶ ἀθετήσεως τῶν ἐντολῶν, Κυρίῳ ἀντὶ τῶν μυρίων εὐεργεσιῶν ἀποδίδοτε; Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ δηλωθέντι ψαλμῷ, Γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ παραπικραίνουσα.

5α Have not blameworthy children sinned against him? The verse is framed as a reproving question: Have not blameworthy children sinned against him? He is speaking of them, having addressed them as children of God, for it is writ- ten, Israel is my firstborn son. They sinned in various ways as the seventy-seventh psalm tells. 5β-6α O crooked and perverse generation, do you give back these things to the Lord in return? This also is by way of a question. O crooked and perverse generation, do you repay the Lord with these manifestations of ingratitude and rejection of his commandments in return for his countless benefactions? In the psalm mentioned it was also said, O crooked and embittering generation.

β Οὗτος λαὸς μωρὸς καὶ οὐχὶ σοφός. Μήτε ταῖς διαφόροις πληγαῖς παιδευθεὶς, μήτε τῷ νόμῳ συνετισθείς. Νοοῖτο δ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ὃν ἥμαρτον, ἀνελόντες αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὐηργετήθησαν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, διδάξαντος καὶ τὰς νόσους αὐτῶν θεραπεύσαντος καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβαλόντος, ἀποδόντες αὐτῷ μυρίας κακώσεις, καὶ τελευταῖον σταυρώσαντες.

6β This is a people foolish and not wise. Neither instructed by the various strokes of calamity nor brought to understanding by the law. These things may also be interpreted as about Christ, against whom they sinned by hav- ing slain him, and whom, in return for all the good they had been done by him - teaching and healing their diseases and casting out demons - they repaid with countless outrages and finally crucified him.

γ Οὐκ αὐτὸς οὗτός σου Πατήρ; Ἢ κατὰ τὸ, Υἱὸς πρωτότοκός μου ᾽Ισραὴλ, ἢ ὡς δημιουργός. Κατ᾽ ἐρώτησιν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο.

6γ Is not this very one your Father? Either according to, Israel is my firstborn son, or as creator. This also is posed as a question.

δ Ἐκτήσατό σε καὶ ἐποίησέ σε καὶ ἔπλασέ σε; Καὶ ταῦτα κατ᾽ ἐρώτησιν. Οὐκ ἐκτήσατό σε, ῥυσάμενός σε ἐξ Αἰγυπτίων καὶ καταστήσας ἑαυτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον; καὶ τὸ μεῖζον, οὐκ ἐποίησέ σε καὶ ἔπλασέ σε, κατὰ τὸ, Aἱ χεῖρές σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ἔπλασάν με;

6δ Did he not acquire you and make you and fashion you? And these are questions. Did he not acquire you, having delivered you from the Egyptians and having established you as a people of possession for himself, and what is most weighty, did he not make you and form you, according to, Your hands have made me and fashioned me?

α Μνήσθητε ἡμέρας αἰῶνος. Τὰς παλαιάς.

7α Remember days of age. The old days.

β Σύνετε δὴ ἔτη γενεᾶς γενεῶν. Ἐνθυμήθητε τὰ ἔτη τῆς γενεᾶς τῶν γενεῶν, ἤτοι τῆς ἀρχαίας γενεᾶς, ἐφ᾽ ὧν δηλαδὴ ἐκλελεγμένον καὶ εὐδόκιμον ἦν τὸ Ἀβραμιαῖον γένος. β νοοῖτο [M]ACOBF : νοοῖντο P : νοείτω H.

7β Understand years of generation of generations. Lay to heart the years of the generation of the generations, namely, of the ancient genera- tions, at which time, that is, the Abrahamic race was chosen and well famed.

γ Ἐπερώτησον τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι, τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους σου καὶ ἐροῦσί σοι. Καὶ μὴν καὶ οἱ πατέρες καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι αὐτῶν προτετελευτήκασιν ἤδη κατὰ τὴν θείαν ἀπόφασιν, ὡς γογγυσταὶ καὶ παραπικραίνοντες. Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν υἱοὶ ἐκείνων | ἦσαν οὗτοι καὶ ἀρτιμαθεῖς, προτρέπεται αὐτοὺς ἐπερωτᾶν καὶ μανθάνειν ἀκριβέστερον παρὰ τῶν ἔτι περιόντων· ἦν δὲ αὐτός τε καὶ ᾽Ιησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυῆ καὶ Χάλεβ ὁ τοῦ ᾽Ιεφοννῆ. Εἰκὸς δὲ πατέρα μὲν, ἑαυτὸν λέγειν, ὡς δημαγωγὸν καὶ νομοθέτην· Dt 1.36, 38 πρεσβυτέρους δὲ, τοὺς εἰρημένους δύο, ὡς ἀρχαιοτέρους. 8-α Ὅτε διεμέριζεν ὁ Ὕψιστος ἔθνη, ὡς διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδὰμ, ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων Θεοῦ, καὶ ἐγενήθη μερὶς Κυρίου λαὸς αὐτοῦ ᾽Ιακώβ. Καὶ ἐροῦσί σοι, φησὶν, ὅτι διέσπειρεν υἱοὺς Ἀδὰμ, ὅτε διεμέριζεν ἔθνη ὁ Ὕψιστος· ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων Θεοῦ, τῶν ἐπιστατεῖν τοῖς ἔθνεσι δηλαδὴ ταχθέντων, τουτέστι, τοσαῦτα τὰ ὅρια τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐποίησεν, ὅσος ἀριθμὸς ἦν τῶν τοιούτων ἀγγέλων. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἔχουσιν ὅτι κατὰ ἀριθμὸν, ἄγγελον Θεοῦ, ἤγουν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν τῶν ὁρίων, ἔστησεν αὖθις ἄγγελον Θεοῦ. Ὅτι, φησὶν, ὅτε διεμέριζεν ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, διέσπειρε τοὺς ἐξ Ἀδὰμ ἐπὶ προσώπου πάσης τῆς γῆς. Ἔστησεν ὅρια ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, καὶ ἐγενήθη μερὶς Κυρίου ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ, ὁ ἐξ ᾽Ιακὼβ, ἐκλεγεὶς ἐπὶ Ἀβραὰμ, ὡς θεοσεβοῦς πατρὸς, θεοσεβὲς σπέρμα. Τοῦτο γὰρ, τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦ λόγου, ὃ ἐβούλετο μάλιστα μαθεῖν αὐτούς.

7γ Consult your father and he will report to you, your elders and they will tell you. And indeed their fathers and elders had already died previously in accordance with the divine judgement as murmurers and embitterers. Since therefore these were the sons of those men and were just learning, he urges them to inquire and learn more precisely from those who were still alive. These were himself and Joshua the son of Nun and Caleb the son of Jephunneh. It is likely that he called himself ‘father’, as leader of the people and law-giver, and Dt 1.36, 38 the other two mentioned ‘elders’, as being older. 8-9α When the Most High was dividing nations, as he scattered the sons of Adam, he estab- lished the boundaries of the nations according to the number of God’s angels, and Jacob his people became the portion of the Lord. And they will tell you, he says, that the Most High scattered the sons of Adam when he was dividing the nations; he established the boundaries of the nations according to the num- ber of God’s angels, namely, of those appointed to oversee the nations, that is, he made the boundaries of the nations as many as were number of such angels. A number of copies have ‘according to the number, an angel of God’, namely, according to the number of the boundaries he established in turn an angel of God. For, he says, when God was dividing the nations, he scattered the offspring of Adam upon the face of the whole earth. He established the boundaries of the nations, and so on, and the Lord’s portion came to be his people from out of Jacob, having been chosen at the time of Abraham, as the god-fearing seed of a god-fearing father. For this is the chief point of his speech that he wished most especially for them to learn.

β Σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ ᾽Ισραήλ. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει πάλιν, ὅτι ἐγενήθη μέρος κληρονομίας· σχοίνῳ γὰρ μετροῦντες, μερίζομεν τὴν γῆν τῆς κληρονομίας.

9β Israel the measured lot of his inheritance. He says the same again, that it became the portion of his inheritance, for measuring out with a rope, we divide the land of inheritance.

α Αὐτάρκησεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Αὐτάρκειαν αὐτῷ παρέσχεν, ἀνενδεῆ κατέστησεν.

10α He gave him sufficiency in the wilderness. He provided him with sufficiency, he rendered him in want of nothing.

β Ἐν δίψῃ καύματος ἐν ἀνύδρῳ. Ἐν δίψῃ τῇ ἀπὸ καύματος ἐν ἀνύδρῳ γῇ.

10β In the thirst of burning heat in a waterless land. In the thirst from burning heat in a waterless land.

γ Ἐκύκλωσεν αὐτόν. Περιεκύκλωσεν, ἐτείχισε τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φυλακῇ.

10γ He encircled him. He surrounded him, he enclosed him in a wall of his own custody.

δ Καὶ ἐπαίδευσεν αὐτόν. Tῷ δοθέντι νόμῳ.

10δ And instructed him. With the law that was given.

ε Καὶ διεφύλαξεν αὐτὸν ὡς κόρην ὀφθαλμοῦ. Διερχόμενον μεταξὺ πολλῶν καὶ μαχιμωτάτων ἐθνῶν· περὶ δὲ φυλακῆς κόρης ὀφθαλμοῦ εἴρηται ἐν τῷ ιϛ΄ ψαλμῷ.

10ε And protected him like the pupil of his eye. As he passed through many very warlike nations; the protection of the pupil of the eye was spoken about in the sixteenth psalm.

α Ὡς ἀετὸς σκεπάσαι νοσσιὰν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐπεπόθησεν. Οὕτω, φησὶ, διεφύλαξεν αὐτοὺς, ὡς σκεπάσαι ἂν ἀετὸς νοσσιὰν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ὡς ἐπεπόθησεν ἂν ἐπὶ τοὺς νεοσσοὺς αὐτοῦ· τουτέστιν, ὡς σκεπάσει καὶ ὡς ἐπιποθήσει· ἐπίτασις δὲ τοῦ πόθου, ἡ πρόθεσις.

11α As an eagle would shelter its nest and ardently yearned for its nestlings. Thus, he says, he protected them as an eagle would shelter its nest and as it ardently yearned for its nestlings, that is, as it will shelter and will ardently yearn; the preposition [ἐπί] is an intensification of the yearning.

β Διεὶς τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἐδέξατο αὐτούς. Διασχὼν τὰς πτέρυγας τῆς σκέπης αὐτοῦ, δίκην ἀετοῦ, ἐδέξατο αὐτούς· ἐπέμεινε γὰρ τῷ παραδείγματι τοῦ ἀετοῦ, δεικνύων τὴν πολλὴν κηδεμονίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ.

11β Having opened apart his wings he received them. Having spread the wings of his shelter like an eagle, he received them; he continued with the example of the eagle, showing God’s great care.

γ Καὶ ἀνέλαβεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων αὐτοῦ. Καθάπερ ἐκεῖνος τοὺς νεοσσούς. Μετάφρενα δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ νῦν λέγει, τὴν ἀνέχουσαν αὐτοὺς μακροθυμίαν, ἢ τὴν φρουρητικὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, διαβαστάζουσαν καὶ ὁδηγοῦσαν αὐτούς.

11γ And took them up on his back. Just as the eagle does its chicks. ‘God’s back’ is what he now calls his long-suffering that upholds them, or his protective power, carrying them across and guiding them.

12 Κύριος μόνος ἦγεν αὐτοὺς, καὶ οὐκ ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν θεὸς ἀλλότριος. Θεὸς ἄλλος, ὡς οἱ τῶν ἐθνῶν, οἱ ψευδώνυμοι.

12 The Lord alone would lead them, and there was no alien god with them. Other god such as those of the nations, the falsely so-called.

α Ἀνεβίβασεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς γῆς. Tὰ ἐντεῦθεν, προφητεία περὶ τῶν μελλόντων, ἅπερ ὡς ἤδη γεγενημένα ἐκτίθεται· ἰσχὺν γὰρ τῆς γῆς, φησὶ, τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὡς ἰσχυρὰν εἰς καρπογονίαν. |

13α He brought them up onto the strength of the earth. The words from here are a prophecy about things of the future, which he sets out as hav- ing already happened, for the ‘strength of the earth’ is what he calls the promised land, as strong in productiveness.

β Ἐψώμισεν αὐτοὺς γενήματα ἀγρῶν. Ἔθρεψεν αὐτοὺς καρποῖς ἀγρῶν.

13β He fed them the produce of the fields. He nourished them with fruits of the fields.

γ Ἐθήλασαν μέλι ἐκ πέτρας. γ νῦν ΜΡΑΗ : om. COFΒ. β καρποῖς MΑOFΗ : καρπούς PB.

13γ They suckled honey from a rock.

Πέτρας, τοὺς πετρώδεις καὶ σκληροὺς τόπους οἰητέον, οἳ καὶ αὐτοὶ μέλι τε καὶ καρποὺς ἤνεγκαν ἡδίστους· μέλι γὰρ, καὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν ὑποληπτέον· νοεῖται δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ πετρῶν ὕδατα, μέλι διὰ τὴν γλυκύτητα. δ Καὶ ἔλαιον ἐκ στερεᾶς πέτρας. Aἱ πέτραι γὰρ ἐλαίας ἔφυσαν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν δαψιλὲς ἐχορηγεῖτο τὸ ἔλαιον. α Βούτυρον βοῶν καὶ γάλα προβάτων μετὰ στέατος ἀρνῶν καὶ κριῶν, υἱῶν ταύρων καὶ τράγων μετὰ στέατος νεφρῶν πυροῦ. Ἔφαγον δηλονότι. Διὰ τοῦ στέατος δὲ, τὴν πιότητα ἐνέφηνε· μετὰ στέατος, φησὶν, ἀρνῶν καὶ κριῶν· κριοὺς ἐνταῦθα, τὰ ἄῤῥενα ἀρνία εἴρηκε· τὰ θήλεα γὰρ περιποιοῦνται διὰ τὸ καρποφόρον· υἱοὺς δὲ ταύρων καὶ τράγων εἶπε, τὰ μοσχάρια καὶ τοὺς ἐρίφους· νεφροὺς δὲ πυροῦ, τὴν πιότητα τοῦ σίτου. β Καὶ αἷμα σταφυλῆς ἔπινον οἶνον. Αἷμα γὰρ σταφυλῆς, ὁ οἶνος, διὰ τὸ ἐρυθρόν· ἐκ τούτου δὲ καὶ πᾶς οἶνος, αἷμα σταφυλῆς. α Καὶ ἔφαγεν ᾽Ιακὼβ καὶ ἐνεπλήσθη, καὶ ἀπελάκτισεν ὁ ἠγαπημένος. Ἐνευπαθήσας τοῖς τοσούτοις ἀγαθοῖς, ἀπεσκίρτησεν, ἀπεπήδησε τῆς εἰς Θεὸν πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης. β Ἐλιπάνθη, ἐπαχύνθη, ἐπλατύνθη, καὶ ἐγκατέλιπε Θεὸν τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπέστη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ. Tὰ αὐτὰ σαφέστερον λέγει, προδιαμαρτυρόμενος καὶ ὅσον εἰκὸς ἀσφαλιζόμενος. 16 Παρώξυνάν με ἐπ᾽ ἀλλοτρίοις, ἐν βδελύγμασιν αὐτῶν ἐξεπίκρανάν με. Ἀλλότρια καλεῖ τὰ δαιμόνια, διὰ πονηρίαν ἀλλοτριωθέντα Θεοῦ· τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ, καὶ βδελύγματα. Ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ δὲ ὁ λόγος· ὅτι παρώργισάν με ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰδώλοις, θεοποιοῦντες αὐτὰ καὶ θύοντες αὐτοῖς. α Ἔθυσαν δαιμονίοις καὶ οὐ Θεῷ, θεοῖς, οἷς οὐκ ᾔδεισαν. Ἀγνώστοις, καὶ οὐ τῷ ἐγνωσμένῳ αὐτοῖς. α Add. [M in marg.]PAH: Τοῦ νόμου διαγορεύοντος ἐν τῷ Λευϊτικῷ μὴ δεῖν ἐσθίειν στέαρ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας τοῦτο ἀναφέρεσθαι τῷ Κυρίῳ [Lev 3.16-], πῶς ἐνταῦθα φησὶν, ἐμπεπλῆσθαι στεάτων αὐτούς; Πρόδηλον οὖν ὅτι στέαρ λέγει, τὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων εὐεξίαν, ὧν τῆς διδασκαλίας ἀπήλαυσαν. Οἱ γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν καὶ ἄρνες, διὰ τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ νηπιότητα, καὶ κριοὶ καὶ τράγοι, διὰ τὸ προηγεῖσθαι τῶν ποιμνίων, καὶ υἱοὶ ταύρων, ἅτε δαμάλεις ὄντες, καὶ Θεῷ ὑπέχοντες τὸν αὐχένα. Βοῦς δὲ ἦν καὶ Μωυσῆς, ἀλοῶν καὶ ἀροτριῶν τὰς

‘A rock’ is to be conceived as rocky and rough places, which even they brought forth both honey and sweetest fruits, for ‘honey’ is also to be understood as pleasure; it can also be inter- preted as the waters from rocks, which is ‘honey’ on account of its sweetness. 13δ And olive-oil from a solid rock. For the rocks brought forth olive trees, from which oil was provided abundantly. 14α Butter from oxen and milk from sheep along with the fat of lambs and rams, the sons of bulls and goats along with the fat of kidneys of wheat. They ate, that is to say. By the ‘fat’ he indicated the richness; along with the fat, he says, of lambs and rams; ‘rams’ here is what he called the male lambs, for the female ones are pre- served on account of their fertility; the ‘sons of bulls and goats’ is what he called the calves and kids, and ‘kidneys of wheat’ the rich kernel of the grain. 14β And they drank wine, the blood of the grape. For wine is blood of the grape on account of its red colour, and from this all wine is ‘blood of the grape’. 15α And Jacob ate and was filled, and the beloved kicked away. Having gorged himself merrily in so many good things, he bounded away, he leapt away from faith and love towards God. 15β He was oiled, he grew fat, he became bloated, and he abandoned God who made him and departed from God his saviour. He says the same more clearly, invoking witness for himself in advance and securing his position as far as was reasonable. 16 They provoked me with alien others, they embittered me with their abominations. He calls the demons ‘alien others’, having been alienated from God on account of wickedness. The verse is as from God; because they provoked me to anger with their idols, making them into gods and sacrificing to them. 17α They sacrificed to demons and not to God, to gods they had not known. To unknown gods and not to the one known to them. 14α: With the law explicitly declaring in the book of Leviticus that one must not eat fat, but that this must rather be offered to the Lord as a savour of sweet fragrance [Lev 3.16-17], how is it that he says here that they were filled with fats? It is evident therefore that he is calling ‘fat’ the vigour of the Apostles whose teaching they enjoyed. For those same Apostles were ‘lambs’ on account of their infancy in Christ and ‘rams’ and ‘he-goats’ on account of their going before the flocks, and sons of bulls, inasmuch as being calves and placing their neck beneath

β Καινοὶ καὶ πρόσφατοι ἥκασιν. Νεοφανεῖς ἥκασιν αὐτοῖς οἱ τοιοῦτοι θεοί.

17β New and recent they had come. Such gods came to them as newly appearing.

γ Οὓς οὐκ ᾔδεισαν οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καινοὶ καὶ πρόσφατοι ἥκασιν.

17γ Whom their fathers had not known. On this account indeed they arrived new and recent.

18 Θεὸν τὸν γεννήσαντά σε ἐγκατέλιπες, καὶ ἐπελάθου Θεοῦ τοῦ ποιήσαντός σε. Τὸν γεννήσαντά σε Θεὸν, ἤτοι τὸν κτίσαντα· πατὴρ γὰρ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεὸς, τῷ λόγῳ τῆς δημιουργίας.

18 You abandoned God who begot you, and forgot God who made you. ‘God who begot you’, that is, who created you, for God is our father by the word of creation.

α Καὶ εἶδε Κύριος καὶ ἐζήλωσε. Δικαίως ὠργίσθη· ζῆλος γὰρ κυρίως, ἡ δικαία ὀργὴ ἐπὶ πράγματι ἀνοσίως τολμωμένῳ.

19α And the Lord saw and grew zealous. He was justly provoked to anger, for zealousness is eminently just anger about something undertaken with impious effrontery.

β Καὶ παρωξύνθη δι᾽ ὀργὴν υἱῶν αὐτῶν καὶ θυγατέρων. Καὶ τὸν ζῆλον καὶ τὸν παροξυσμὸν, ἀπαθῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ νοητέον, ἤγουν τὸ πρέπον καὶ ὀφειλόμενον. Καὶ παρωξύνθη, φησὶ, δι᾽ ὀργὴν, ἣν ὠργίσθη ἐπὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν, ἃ ἔθυσαν τοῖς γλυπτοῖς Χαναὰν, ὡς ἐν τῷ ρε΄ ψαλμῷ δεδήλωται.

19β And he was provoked by anger at his sons and daughters. Both zealousness and exasperation in relation to God are to be understood in a sense devoid of passion, namely, as what is fitting and due. And he was provoked, he says, by the anger with which he grew angry at his children who sacrificed to the carved idols of Canaan, as was stated in the one hundred and fifth psalm.

α Καὶ εἶπεν, Ἀποστρέψω τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Τὴν ἐπισκοπήν μου, ἥτις φυλάττει αὐτούς.

20α And he said, ‘I shall turn away my face from them’. My oversight which guards them.

β Καὶ δείξω τί ἔσται αὐτοῖς ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτων. Καὶ γνωρίσω τούτοις, ἃ ἔσται αὐτοῖς ὕστερον, ἵνα καὶ πρὸ τῆς πείρας | ἀλγύνωνται.

20β And I shall show what will be for them at the last. And I shall make known to them what will happen to them later, so that even before experiencing it they may be pained.

γ Ὅτι γενεὰ ἐξεστραμμένη ἐστὶν, υἱοὶ, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι πίστις ἐν αὐτοῖς. Τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις εἶπεν ᾽Ιουδαίοις· Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη.

20γ For it is a perverse generation, sons, in whom there is no faith. The Saviour also said this to the Jews in the Gospels, O faithless and perverse generation.

α Αὐτοὶ παρεζήλωσάν με ἐπ᾽ οὐ Θεῷ. Παραζηλῶσαι πεποιήκασί με, διὰ οὐ θεὸν, ὃν ἐθεοποίησαν. τῶν Ἰσραηλιτῶν ψυχὰς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόβατον, διὰ τὴν πραότητα. Βόες δὲ ἦσαν καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καθώς φησι Παῦλος λέγων, Μὴ τῶν βοῶν μέλει τῷ Θεῷ, ἢ δι᾽ ἡμᾶς πάντως ἐγράφη [Cor 9.]· ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόβατα, Ἰδοὺ γὰρ, φησὶ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων [Mt 10.]. Τούτων οὖν πάντων, ἐθήλαζον οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται τὸ γάλα. Βούτυρον γὰρ, φησὶ, βοῶν καὶ γάλα προβάτων, ἤσθιον δηλονότι καὶ ἐποτίζοντο. : om. OBF. 181 ποιήσαντος MCAH : τρέφοντος O[TRa].

21α They have incited me to jealousy with a non god. They have made me incited to jealousy on account of a non god that they have deified. God. And Moses also was an ox, threshing and ploughing the souls of the Israelites, and also a sheep on account of his meekness. The Apostles too were oxen, as Paul states when saying, Is it for oxen that God is concerned? Does he not speak entirely for our sake? [1Cor 9.9-10], and also sheep, for it is written, Behold, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. The Israelites accordingly suckled the milk of all of those. For he says, Butter from oxen and milk from sheep, they ate and drank, that is to say.

β Παρώργισάν με ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν. Διὰ τὰ εἴδωλα αὐτῶν, ἃ ἐτίμων· τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ λέγει σαφέστερον.

21β They have provoked me to anger by their idols. On account of their idols that they would honour. He says the same more clearly.

γ Κἀγὼ παραζηλώσω αὐτοὺς ἐπ᾽ οὐκ ἔθνει. Παραζηλῶσαι ποιήσω αὐτοὺς, ἤτοι φθονῆσαι διὰ οὐκ ἔθνος· ἑτέρως γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὴν παραζήλωσιν ληπτέον. Οὐκ ἔθνος δὲ λέγει, τὸ σύστημα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ὡς μὴ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸ ἔθνος ὂν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ διαφόρων ἐθνῶν συλλεγέν.

21γ And I shall incite them to jealousy with a non nation. I shall make them incited to jealousy, namely, to be envious on account of a non nation, for here jealousy is to be taken in a different sense. ‘A non nation’ is what he calls the com- pound of the Christians, as not being a nation in itself, but gathered from various nations.

δ Ἐπὶ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ αὐτούς. Δι᾽ ἔθνος ἀσύνετον· τοὺς αὐτοὺς δὲ καλεῖ, καὶ ἔθνος ἀσύνετον, διὰ τὴν πρὸ τοῦ πιστεῦσαι πλάνην καὶ ἄνοιαν αὐτῶν· οὐχ οὕτω γὰρ λυπεῖ τοὺς ᾽Ιουδαίους ἡ ἔκπτωσις τῆς ἐπηγγελμένης γῆς καὶ ἡ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσι διασπορὰ, ὅσον ἡ Χριστιανῶν εὐημερία καὶ περιφάνεια.

21δ I shall provoke them to anger with a nation void of understanding. On account of a nation without understanding. He also calls the Christians a nation void of understanding on account of their error and folly prior to their believing; for their banish- ment from the promised land and their scattering among the nations does not grieve the Jews so much as does the prosperity and renown of the Christians.

α Ὅτι πῦρ ἐκκέκαυται ἐκ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου. Καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, πρὸς φόβον καὶ ἔμφασιν τοῦ ἀνυποίστου τῆς θείας ἀγανακτήσεως.

22α For fire has been kindled from my rage. Both this and what follows is to strike terror and give emphasis to the unendurable nature of divine wrath.

β Καυθήσεται ἕως ᾅδου κατωτάτου. Πάντα καταφλέγον, ὅτε θυμωθῶ.

22β It will burn to deepest Hades. Burning up everything when I shall be provoked to rage.

γ Καταφάγεται γῆν καὶ τὰ γενήματα αὐτῆς, φλέξει θεμέλια ὀρέων. Τοσαύτη γὰρ ἡ δύναμις καὶ τὸ δραστήριον αὐτοῦ. Ἁπλῶς δὲ διδάξας περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θυμοῦ, λοιπὸν τρέπει τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τοὺς παροργίσαντας αὐτὸν ᾽Ιουδαίους.

22γ It will devour the earth and its produce, it will set aflame the foundations of the mountains. For so great is its power and its energy. And having taught simply about the power of his rage, he then turns his discourse to the Jews who have incited him to anger.

α Συνάξω εἰς αὐτοὺς κακά. Πειρασμοὺς, τιμωρίας.

23α I shall gather evils upon them. Trials, punishments.

β Καὶ τὰ βέλη μου συντελέσω εἰς αὐτούς. Tὰ αὐτὰ καλεῖ καὶ βέλη, ὡς βάλλοντα καὶ ἀναιροῦντα· συμπληρώσω, φησὶ, τὰ βέλη μου, μηδὲν ὑπολιπὼν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐπαγαγὼν αὐτοῖς.

23β And I shall consume my arrows upon them. He calls the same things ‘arrows’ as striking and destroying; I shall use up my arrows, he says, having left none remaining, but having brought all upon them.

α Τηκόμενοι λιμῷ καὶ βρώσει ὀρνέων. Ἔσονται δηλονότι τηκόμενοι λιμῷ καὶ βρώσει ὀρνέων. Προηγήσατο γὰρ τοῦ πολέμου, πολιορκία καὶ λιμὸς καὶ βρῶσις ὀρνέων, ἃ θηρεύοντες καὶ ἐσθίοντες, ἐτήκοντο μᾶλλον, διὰ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν προσπίπτουσαν βλάβην· ἢ ὅτι τηκομένους λιμῷ, ὄρνεα ἐπικαταπτάντα κατὰ θεομηνίαν, ἐβίβρωσκον· καὶ τοῦτο μὲν, ἐτήκοντο λιμῷ, τοῦτο δὲ, ἐβιβρώσκοντο τοῖς ὄρνισι.

24α Wasting away in famine and in devouring of birds. That is to say, they will be wasting away in famine and in devouring of birds. For prior to armed conflict came siege and famine and devouring of birds, on hunting and eating which they would waste away even more on account of the harm engendered by them. Or else because birds, having flown down upon them by divine wrath, would devour them as they were wasting away in famine, and one the one hand they were wasting away in famine, and on the other hand they were being devoured by birds.

β Καὶ ὀπισθότονος ἀνίατος. Ἐν αὐτοῖς δηλαδή· ὀπισθότονος δὲ, νόσος, ὀπίσω τείνουσα τὸ σῶμα καὶ πικρῶς ἀναιροῦσα.

24β And incurable recurvation. Among them, that is. Recurvation is a disease which draws the body backwards and causes painful death.

γ Ὀδόντας θηρίων ἐπαποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς, μετὰ θυμοῦ συρόντων ἐπὶ γῆς. Συρόντων, ἤτοι συρομένων, φερομένων· εἰκὸς γὰρ καὶ δράκοντας ἐπελθεῖν αὐτοῖς· ἢ καὶ ὀδόντας θηρίων λέγει, τὸ αἱμοβόρον καὶ ἄγριον καὶ θηριῶδες τῶν ἀναλωσάντων αὐτοὺς πολεμίων.

24γ I shall send upon them the fangs of wild beasts, dragging with venom upon the earth. ‘Dragging’, that is, dragging themselves, crawling, moving, for it is likely that serpents would come upon them; or else ‘the fangs of wild beasts’ is what he is calling the blood- thirsty and savage and brutal nature of the enemies who were destroying them.

α Ἔξωθεν ἀτεκνώσει αὐτοὺς μάχαιρα, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ταμιείων φόβος. Καὶ ἔσωθεν γὰρ ἐπεβουλεύοντο, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς οἰκείους οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν πολεμίων. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα συνέβησαν ᾽Ιουδαίοις, καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις μὲν πολιορκίαις ― νῦν μὲν ταῦτα, νῦν δὲ ἐκεῖνα ― μάλιστα δὲ, μετὰ τὴν ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

25α From without the sword will make them childless, and from within their closets fear. For even from within they would be subject to treachery and feared their own no less than the assailants. All these things happened to the Jews in various sieges – now the ones, now the others – and most especially after the putting to death of Christ.

β Νεανίσκος σὺν παρθένῳ. Λείπει τὸ, ἀναιρεθήσεται· ἐλλειπτικὰ γὰρ πολλάκις τὰ ἀπειλητικά.

25β Young man and virgin together. ‘Will be slain’ is missing, for threats are often expressed elliptically.

γ Θηλάζων μετὰ καθεστηκότος πρεσβύτου. | Καθεστηκότος, ἤτοι τελείου· διὰ τῶν ἄκρων δὲ ἡλικιῶν, καὶ τὰς ἐν μέσῳ ὑπεδήλωσεν.

25γ Sucking babe along with mature elder. ‘Mature’, namely, of full age; through the extremes of the ages he also implied those in between.

α Εἶπα, Διασπερῶ αὐτούς. Εἰς τὰ ἔθνη δούλους. β- Παύσω δὴ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν, εἰ μὴ δι᾽ ὀργὴν ἐχθρῶν, ἵνα μὴ

26α I said, ‘I shall scatter them’. As slaves among the nations. 26β- I shall truly put an end to their remembrance from among men, were it not for my anger at

α μακροχρονίσωσιν. α τηκομένους COΗ : τηκόμενοι MΑ.

27α their enemies, so that their days may not be long.

Εἶπα, φησὶ, Σβέσω τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ μακροχρονήσωσιν ἐν εὐκλείᾳ, ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλέον ἔχωσιν ὄνομα περιβόητον· εἰ μὴ διὰ τὸ ὀργίζεσθαί με τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αὐτῶν ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἀσεβοῦσιν, ἐπέσχον ἄρτι.

I said, ‘I shall blot out their remembrance so that their days may not be long in good repute, so that they may no longer have a name of high renown, if it was not for my being enraged at their enemies for all their impieties, I would have shut them off even now.

β Καὶ ἵνα μὴ συνεπίθωνται οἱ ὑπεναντίοι. Καὶ ἵνα μὴ οὗτοι οἱ ὑπεναντίοι αὐτοῖς, ἐμοῦ ἐκτρίβοντος αὐτοὺς, ὁρῶντες ἀσθενοῦντας, συνεπίθωνται κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ δόξωσιν αὐτοὶ τούτους ἐκτρῖψαι.

27β And so that their adversaries may not join in attack. And so that these their adversaries, when I am destroying them, on seeing them weakened, may not join in attacking them and imagine that it is they who have destroyed them.

γ Mὴ εἴπωσιν, Ἡ χεὶρ ἡμῶν ἡ ὑψηλὴ, καὶ οὐχὶ Κύριος ἐποίησε ταῦτα. Tὰ τῆς ἐκτριβῆς αὐτῶν.

27γ Lest they say, ‘Our high hand and not the Lord has done these things’. Has effected their destruction.

28 Ὅτι ἔθνος ἀπολωλεκὸς βουλήν ἐστι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπιστήμη. Ἔθνος ἄβουλον καὶ ἀσύνετον, μήτε βουλευόμενον τὰ σωτήρια, μήτε συνιὸν τίνα μὲν ἀρέσκει Θεῷ, τίνα δὲ παραπικραίνει αὐτόν.

28 For it is a nation that has lost purpose, and there is no knowledge among them. It is a nation void of purpose and understanding, neither willing the things bringing salva- tion nor understanding what things are pleasing to God and what embitter him.

29 Οὐκ ἐφρόνησαν συνιέναι· ταῦτα πάντα καταδεξάσθωσαν εἰς τὸν ἐπιόντα χρόνον. Οὐκ ἐφρόνησαν ὥστε συνιέναι, διατί οὐ διεσπάρησαν, καὶ διατί οὐκ ἐπαύθη τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν, καὶ σπουδάσαι τὰ πρὸς θεραπείαν Θεοῦ. Λοιπὸν οὖν, τὰς προειρημένας τιμωρίας καταδεξάσθωσαν εἰς τὸν ἐπιόντα χρόνον· τοῦτον δὲ λέγει, τὸν ὕστερον ἐπιόντα καιρὸν, ὅτε τὸν Χριστὸν ἀνελόντες καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων λυττήσαντες, τοῖς ῾Ρωμαίοις παρεδόθησαν εἰς ἐξολόθρευσιν.

29 They have not cared to understand; let them receive all these things in the time to come. They have not cared to understand, because they have not been scattered and because their remembrance has not been brought to an end, and so to devote themselves to the wor- ship of God. Hence therefore let them receive the aforementioned punishments in the time to come. This is what he calls the time to come later, when, having put Christ to death and having raged against the Apostles, they were surrendered to the Romans for destruction.

30 Πῶς διώξεται εἷς χιλίους καὶ δύο μετακινήσουσι μυριάδας, εἰ μὴ ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέδοτο αὐτοὺς, καὶ ὁ Κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτούς; Θαυμάζων ὁ προφήτης, φησὶ, πῶς εἷς ῾Ρωμαῖος διώξεται τότε χιλίους ᾽Ιουδαίους, καὶ δύο ῾Ρωμαῖοι πάλιν μετακινήσουσι μυριάδας ᾽Ιουδαίων· πῶς τοῦτο γενήσεται τὸ παράδοξον, εἰ μὴ προφανῶς ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέδοτο αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, εἴτουν ὁ Κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἐξολόθρευσιν; Ἢ ἀπέδοτο μὲν εἰς δουλείαν, παρέδωκε δὲ εἰς διαφθοράν· πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν εἰς δουλείαν ἐλήφθησαν, οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ κατεκόπησαν.

30 How will one man drive away a thousand and two displace tens of thousand, unless God has delivered them up and the Lord has surrendered them? In astonishment the prophet says, ‘How will one Roman at that time drive away a thou- sand Jews, and two Romans in turn displace tens of thousand Jews? How will this strange thing occur unless very evidently God has delivered them to destruction, that is to say, the Lord has surrendered them to annihilation?’ Or else, he delivered them into slavery and surrendered them to destruction, for many of them were taken into slavery and the rest were cut down.

α Οὐ γάρ εἰσιν οἱ θεοὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν. Oἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ἤτοι τῶν πέριξ ἐθνῶν, ἵνα καὶ δύναιντο παρασκευάζειν αὐτοὺς δύνασθαι τηλικαῦτα. β συνεπίθωνται MPACBFH [cf. Cramer, Anecdota Graeca II, 1835, p. ] : συνεπιθῶνται O[TRa]. γ ταῦτα MCPOFH : ταῦτα πάντα B[TRa]. 282 μήτε ... μήτε PΑCOBFH : μήποτε... μήτε M.

31α For their gods are not as our God. The gods of the enemies, namely, those of the surrounding nations, so that they might be able to contrive for them to capable of such great things.

β Oἱ δὲ ἐχθροὶ ἡμῶν ἀνόητοι. Mὴ νοοῦντες, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ἥττους ἑαυτῶν καταγωνίζονται τούτους, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς παραδεδομένους ἤδη καὶ τῆς φρουρούσης αὐτοὺς δυνάμεως ἐρημωθέντας.

31β Rather our enemies are foolish. Not understanding that they are defeating these people not as being inferior to them- selves, but as having already been surrendered and stripped of the power guarding them.

α Ἐκ γὰρ ἀμπέλου Σοδόμων ἡ ἄμπελος αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ κληματὶς αὐτῶν ἐκ Γομόῤῥας. Ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἔργα ζηλοῦντες καὶ μεταδιώκοντες, υἱοὶ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὀνομάζονται, οὕτως ἄρα καὶ οἱ τὰς τῶν Σοδομιτῶν καὶ Γομόῤῥας παρανομίας διαπραττόμενοι, ἐκεῖθεν ἕλκειν τὸ γένος λέγονται, διὰ τὴν τῆς κακίας ὁμοίωσιν. Ἄμπελον μὲν οὖν, τὴν ῥίζαν αὐτῶν ἐκάλεσεν, οὐ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα, ἥτις ἦν ὁ Ἀβραὰμ, ἀλλὰ τὴν κατὰ πονηρίαν· κληματίδα δὲ, | τοὺς κατὰ μοχθηρίαν ἐκγόνους ἐκείνης.

32α For their grape-vine is from the grape-vine of Sodom and their vine-branch from Gomorrah. Just as those who zealously emulate and pursue the works of Abraham are called ‘sons of Abraham’, so then those who commit the transgressions of the Sodomites and of Gomorrah are said to derive their descent from there on account of their likeness in evil. Accordingly, ‘grape-vine’ is what he called their root, not according to the flesh, which was Abraham, but according to their wickedness, and ‘vine-branch’ the offspring of that root in depravity.

β Ἡ σταφυλὴ αὐτῶν σταφυλὴ χολῆς, βότρυς πικρίας αὐτῶν. Εἰπὼν ἄμπελόν τε καὶ κληματίδα, ἀκολούθως προσέθηκε λοιπὸν καὶ σταφυλὴν, ἐπιμείνας τῇ τροπῇ· σταφυλὴν δὲ λέγει, τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῶν, ἤτοι τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν, δίκην χολῆς πικραινούσας τὸν γεωργὸν τῶν ψυχῶν διὰ τὴν κακίαν αὐτῶν· καὶ βότρυς αὐτῶν, πικρίας βότρυς, ἢ καὶ βότρυς πικρίας, ὁ βότρυς αὐτῶν· τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ καὶ σταφυλὴ καὶ βότρυς.

32β Their grape is a grape of gall, a cluster of bitterness theirs. Having mentioned both grape-vine and vine-branch, he then appropriately added the grape, continuing with the figure. The grape is what he calls their fruit, that is to say, their actions, like gall embittering the husbandman of the souls on account of their evil; and their cluster is a cluster of bitterness, or a cluster of bitterness is their cluster; grape and grape-clus- ter are the same, namely their fruit.

33 Θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οἶνος αὐτῶν, καὶ θυμὸς ἀσπίδων ἀνίατος. Ὥσπερ τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν σταφυλὴν ὠνόμασεν, οὕτω καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων πράξεων διδασκαλίαν, οἶνον, πλὴν, οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ᾽ οἶνον, θυμὸν δρακόντων ἄντικρυς καὶ θυμὸν ἀσπίδων, διὰ τὸ δραστήριον εἰς κακίαν καὶ εἰς διαφθοράν· διὸ καὶ ἀνίατον αὐτὸν προσηγόρευσεν, ὡς ἀμετάβλητον.

33 Their wine is the venom of serpents, and the incurable venom of asps. Just as he called their actions ‘grape’, so also he called the teaching coming from such action ‘wine’, yet not simply such, but wine that is the very venom of serpents and the venom of asps on account of its efficacy in causing evil and destruction; and hence he named it ‘in- curable’ as incapable of change.

34 Οὐκ ἰδοὺ ταῦτα πάντα συνῆκται παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ καὶ ἐσφράγισται ἐν τοῖς θησαυροῖς μου; Ταῦτα, ποῖα; τὰ τῶν τιμωριῶν. Ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ δὲ ὁ λόγος· οὐκ ἰδοὺ ταῦτα πάντα ἡτοίμασται παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ καὶ πεφύλακται ἐν τοῖς θησαυροῖς μου, κατὰ τὸν προσήκοντα καιρὸν ἐπαφεθησόμενα τοῖς ᾽Ιουδαίοις; θησαυροὶ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὸ βέβαιον ἢ ἡ μακροθυμία.

34 See, are not all these things gathered together with me and sealed in my treasuries? These things; what things? The punishments. The words are as from God. See, are not all these things ready prepared with me and guarded in my treasuries, to be released on the Jews at the fitting time? God’s treasuries are what is certain, or his long-suffering.

α Ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐκδικήσεως ἀνταποδώσω. Καὶ τίς ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς ἐκδικήσεως, ἄκουσον. β ἄμπελόν τε καὶ M : ἄμπελον καὶ PACOBFH.

35α On the day of retribution I shall repay back. And what the day of retribution is, listen.

β Ἐν καιρῷ ὅταν σφαλῇ ὁ ποὺς αὐτῶν. Ὅταν ὀλισθήσωσιν εἰς τὸ χαλεπώτατον ἁμάρτημα, τὴν Χριστοκτονίαν· τότε γὰρ ἤρξαντο ἐπαφεθῆναι αὐτοῖς αἱ τιμωρίαι, ὅταν σφαλῇ ἡ πορεία αὐτῶν ἡ κατὰ Θεὸν, σφάλμα πάντων μεῖζον.

35β At the time when their foot will trip. When they will slip into the most grievous sin, the murder of Christ; for then the pun- ishments began to be released on them, when their path in God’s ways will stumble, a false step greatest of all.

γ Ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἡ ἡμέρα ἀπωλείας αὐτῶν. Ἔκτοτε, ἐξ ὅτου σφαλῇ ὁ ποὺς αὐτῶν, ἐγγὺς ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς ἀπωλείας αὐτῶν· λέγει δὲ ἐκείνην, ἐν ᾗ κατὰ κράτος ἑάλωσαν τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα.

35γ For the day of their destruction is near. From that time, from when their foot will trip, the day of their destruction will be near; he is speaking of that day on which Jerusalem was taken by storm.

δ Καὶ πάρεστιν ἕτοιμα ὑμῖν. Ἕτοιμα τὰ καταληψόμενα ὑμᾶς τότε κακά.

35δ And they are present ready for you. The evils that will overtake you then are ready.

α Ὅτι κρινεῖ Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ παρακληθήσεται. Κατακρινεῖ μὲν τὸν ᾽Ιουδαϊκὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ὡς παράνομον καὶ θεομάχον· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πιστεύσασιν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν, παρακληθήσεται καὶ εὐμενισθήσεται· ἢ παρακαλούμενος, ἐπικαμφθήσεται καὶ εἰσακούσεται αὐτῶν.

36α For the Lord will judge his people and will relent towards his servants. He will condemn his Jewish people as transgressing the law and fighting against God, but he will relent towards his servants who have believed in Christ and will be propitiated; or else, on being entreated he will be moved to pity and will yield to their prayer.

β Εἶδε γὰρ αὐτοὺς παραλελυμένους καὶ ἐκλελοιπότας ἐν ἐπαγωγῇ καὶ παρειμένους. Αὐτοὺς, τίνας; τοὺς ᾽Ιουδαίους δηλονότι. Ἐπαγωγὴν δὲ ὀνομάζουσιν οἱ προφῆται, τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐκδικήσεως· καὶ ἄλλος γάρ φησι, Tί ποιήσεις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπαγωγῆς; Εἶδεν οὖν αὐτοὺς κακῶς καὶ ταλαιπώρως καὶ ἀθλίως ἔχοντας· περὶ ἑτέρου δὲ καιροῦ προφητεύει νῦν, ὅτε εἰδωλολατρήσαντες παρεδόθησαν εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν.

36β For he saw them paralysed and abandoned in distress and weakened. Them; whom? The Jews, that is. The prophets call the time of vengeance ‘distress’; and another prophet indeed says, What will you do on the day of distress? He therefore saw them in a state of desolation, suffering and wretchedness. He is proph- esying now about a different time when after falling into idolatry they were surrendered into captivity.

37 Καὶ εἶπε Κύριος, Ποῦ εἰσιν οἱ θεοὶ αὐτῶν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐπεποίθεισαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς; Tὸ, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, ἰδίωμα Ἑβραϊκὸν, ὡς πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν.

37 And the Lord said, ‘Where are their gods in whom they trusted in them?’ ‘In whom in them’ is a Hebrew idiom, as we have often said.

α Ὧν τὸ στέαρ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν ἠσθίετε, καὶ ἐπίνετε τὸν οἶνον τῶν σπονδῶν αὐτῶν. | Ὧν τῶν θυσιῶν τὸ στέαρ ἠσθίετε, θύοντες αὐτοῖς.

38α Of which you would eat the fat of their sacrifices and drink the wine of their libations. The fat of the sacrifices to which gods you used to eat in making sacrifice to them.

β Ἀναστήτωσαν καὶ βοηθησάτωσαν ὑμῖν, καὶ γενηθήτωσαν ὑμῶν σκεπασταί. Κατ᾽ εἰρωνείαν ὁ λόγος· ἀναστήτωσαν εἰ δύνανται.

38β Let them arise and help you and let them become protectors for you. The verse is ironical: let them arise if they are able.

PG 128:1411α Ἴδετε, ἴδετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι.

39α See, see, that I am.

PG 128:1293Γνῶτε, πληροφορήθητε ἀφ᾽ ὧν πάσχετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι· αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ εἰσίν· ἐγὼ ὢν, αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ὄντες.

Know, be assured from what you are suffering, that I am, but they are not; I am the one who is, while they are not.

β Καὶ οὐκ ἔστι Θεὸς πλὴν ἐμοῦ. Ἐμοῦ, τοῦ ἐν Τριάδι θεωρουμένου.

39β And God there is none save me. Save me who am conceived in Tri-unity.

γ Ἐγὼ ἀποκτενῶ καὶ ζῆν ποιήσω. Καὶ τοῦτο κἀκεῖνο ῥᾳδίως δυνάμενος.

39γ I will slay and I will make to live. Being able easily to do both the one and the other.

δ Πατάξω, κἀγὼ ἰάσομαι. Κακώσω διὰ τιμωρίας, καὶ πάλιν θεραπεύσω διὰ φιλανθρωπίας τοὺς ἐπιστρέφοντας.

39δ I will strike down and I will heal. I will cause distress through punishment, and again in benevolence I will heal those who turn back.

ε Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὃς ἐξελεῖται ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν μου. Τοὺς ἀνιάτους δηλονότι, καὶ ὧν καταψηφίσομαι.

39ε And there is none who shall be delivered from my hands. Those who are incurable, namely, and those whom I shall condemn.

α Ὅτι ἀρῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν τὴν χεῖρά μου, καὶ ὀμοῦμαι τῇ δεξιᾷ μου. Κατὰ τὸ σχῆμα τῶν τότε ὀμνυόντων ἀνθρώπων· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ ὀμνύοντες, ἀνέτεινον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν τὴν δεξιὰν χεῖρα, κατὰ τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς δηλαδὴ Θεοῦ ὀμνύοντες· καὶ ὀμόσω, φησὶ, διὰ τῆς δεξιᾶς μου.

40α For I will raise my hand to heaven and will swear with my right hand. According to the figure of how people would swear at that time, for when they were swearing they would stretch up their right hand to heaven, as swearing by God who is in the heavens, that is. I will swear, he says, by my right hand.

β Καὶ ἐρῶ, Zῶ ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ ὀμνύοντες εἰώθεισαν λέγειν, Zῇ Κύριος, καὶ τοῦτο ἦν ὅρκος αὐτοῖς, αὐτὸς λοιπὸν, μὴ ἔχων ἑαυτοῦ μείζονα καθ᾽ οὗ ἂν ὀμόσῃ, καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ λοιπὸν ὀμνύει καὶ λέγει, Zῶ ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ περὶ ὧν ὀμνύει.

40β And I shall say, ‘I live to the age’. For since those taking an oath were accustomed to say, ‘The Lord lives’, and this was an oath for them, he, not having anything greater than himself by which he might swear, swears by himself and says, ‘I live to the age’. He then says what he is swearing about.

α Ὅτι παροξυνῶ ὡς ἀστραπὴν τὴν μάχαιράν μου. Ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν περὶ τῶν τελευταίων κακῶν, ἃ πεπόνθασιν ὑπὸ ῾Ρωμαίων διαλέγεται. Θήξω, φησὶ, τὴν μάχαιράν μου ὡς ἀστράπτειν καὶ φόβον ἐμποιεῖν ἐκ μόνης τῆς θέας· μάχαιραν δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ βέλη, τὰ τῶν ῾Ρωμαίων καλεῖ ξίφη, ὡς κατὰ γνώμην Θεοῦ τοῖς ᾽Ιουδαίοις ἐπενεχθέντα.

41α For I shall sharpen my sword like a lightning shaft. From here again he speaks about the final evils that they suffered at the hands of the Romans. I shall whet my sword, he says, so as to flash like lightning and to instil fear by its very as- pect. His sword and arrows is what he calls the swords of the Romans, as having been brought upon the Jews by God’s verdict.

β Καὶ ἀνθέξεται κρίματος ἡ χείρ μου.

41β And my hand will cleave to judgement.

Κρίματος, ἤγουν ἐκδικήσεως· χεῖρα δὲ Θεοῦ νόησον, τὴν τιμωρητικὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ.

To judgement, that is, to vengeance. Understand God’s hand as his punishing power.

γ Καὶ ἀνταποδώσω δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. Δίκην, ἤτοι τιμωρίαν· ἐχθροὶ δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οἱ ἀνελόντες αὐτὸν ᾽Ιουδαῖοι· ἢ καὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Θεοῦ, ὡς ἀνελόντες τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ· δύναται γὰρ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πατρὸς νοεῖσθαι τὸ ῥητόν.

41γ And I shall give back satisfaction to my enemies. ‘Satisfaction’, that is, punishment. The enemies of Christ are the Jews who put him to death; or else the enemies of God the Father, as having put his Son to death, for the words can be understood as spoken by the Son and by the Father.

δ Καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσί με ἀνταποδώσω. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει, φοβῶν πλέον αὐτούς.

41δ And I shall repay those who hate me. He says the same, instilling even greater fear in them.

α Μεθύσω τὰ βέλη μου ἀφ᾽ αἵματος, καὶ ἡ μάχαιρά μου φάγεται κρέα. Οἰκειοῦται τὰ τῶν ῾Ρωμαίων βέλη καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν, ὡς εἰρήκαμεν· τὸ δὲ, μεθύσω, καὶ τὸ, φάγεται, τροπικὰ καὶ μεταφορικὰ, ἀπὸ ἐμψύχων εἰς ἄψυχα.

42α I shall make my arrows drunk with blood and my sword will devour flesh. He makes his own the arrows of the Romans and the sword, as we said. ‘I shall make drunk’ and ‘it will devour’ are figurative and metaphorical, transferred from animate beings to inanimate ones.

β Ἀφ᾽ αἵματος τραυματιῶν καὶ αἰχμαλωσίας. Εἰπὼν ὅτι μεθύσω τὰ βέλη μου ἀφ᾽ αἵματος, λέγει καὶ ποίου αἵματος· ὅτι τῶν τετρωμένων καὶ τῶν ᾐχμαλωτισμένων.

42β With the blood of the wounded and of captivity. Having said that I shall make my arrows drunk with blood, he says with what blood, namely, that of the wounded and of those taken captive.

γ Ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἀρχόντων ἐθνῶν. Ὁμοίως εἰπὼν ὅτι καὶ ἡ μάχαιρά μου φάγεται κρέα, λέγει καὶ ἀπὸ ποίου κρέατος· ὅτι ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν ἐθνῶν, φοβερὰν μὲν τὴν ἀπειλὴν ἐργασάμενος διὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς, ἀπὸ μέρους δὲ τὸ ὅλον δηλώσας. Ἄρχοντας μὲν | οὖν νοήσεις, τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς καὶ πρεσβυτέρους τοῦ λαοῦ· ἔθνη δὲ, τὰ πλήθη τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων, τὰ ἐν διαφόροις ἡγεμονίαις τῆς Παλαιστίνης, διὰ τὸ παρανόμως αὐτὰ ζῆν, δίκην ἐθνῶν.

42γ From the head of the rulers of nations. Having similarly said that my sword will devour flesh, he goes on to say from what flesh, namely, from the head of the rulers of the nations, on the one hand making the threat terrify- ing by mention of the head, and on the other signifying the whole by the part. You will understand the ‘rulers’ accordingly as the chief priests and scribes and elders of the people and the ‘nations’ as the multitudes of the Jews in the various principalities of Pal- estine, on account of their living lawlessly like the nations.

α Εὐφράνθητε, οὐρανοὶ, ἅμα αὐτῷ. Ὁ προφήτης τοῦτό φησιν, οὐρανοὺς, οἶμαι, καλῶν, τὰς οὐρανίας δυνάμεις, ἢ αὐτοὺς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διὰ τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς εὐφροσύνης, ἣν καὶ τοῖς ἄνω καὶ τοῖς κάτω ὁ Χριστὸς ἐνανθρωπήσας ἐχαρίσατο. Ἅμα δὲ αὐτῷ· ποίῳ; τῷ Χριστῷ δηλονότι, τῷ τὰ προειρημένα ἀπειλήσαντι.

43α Be glad, O heavens, together with him. The prophet says this calling ‘heavens’, as I believe, the heavenly powers, or else the heav- ens themselves on account of the superabundance of gladness which Christ bestowed on those above and those below by his incarnation. ‘Together with him’; Whom? With Christ, most evidently, who threatened the things previously mentioned.

β Καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ. [β] Θεοῦ νόησον COAFΗ : Θεοῦ νόει μοι M.

43β And let all angels of God fall down in worship before him.

Εὐχαριστησάτωσαν, δοξασάτωσαν. Εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος φωνὴν, μεγάλη χαρὰ γίνεται ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ καὶ τηλικαύτῃ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐεργεσίᾳ, τῆς πλάνης μὲν ἀπελαθείσης, τῆς ἀληθείας δὲ χορευούσης, καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνερχομένων καὶ συμπολιτευομένων τοῖς ἀγγέλοις.

Let them give thanks, let them glorify. For if, as the Saviour says, there is great joy in the heavens over one sinner who repents, how much more will there be over such and so great a benefaction towards mankind, with error having been banished and truth set dancing, and with men coming up to heaven and living together with the angels.

γ Εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ. Λαὸν μὲν λέγει, τὸν ἐξ ᾽Ιουδαίων πεπιστευκότα· ἔθνη δὲ, τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν τῇ πίστει προσερχομένους. Εὐφράνθητε, φησὶν, ἑνωθέντες, καὶ εἰς μίαν αὐλὴν τοῦ Καλοῦ Ποιμένος συναχθέντες, καὶ ἀποκαταλλαγέντες ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα.

43γ Be glad, O nations, together with his people. ‘His people’ is what he calls those from among the Jews who believed, and ‘nations’ those who come to the faith from among the nations. Be glad, he says, having been united and gathered together into one fold of the Good Shepherd, and having been reconciled in one Spirit with the Father.

δ Καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτῷ, πάντες υἱοὶ Θεοῦ. Καὶ κραταιωθήτωσαν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων ἀντιπαράταξιν, πάντες οἱ υἱοθετηθέντες τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων, καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτόν γράφουσιν, ἤγουν τὸν λαὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ· υἱῶν Θεοῦ λοιπὸν νοουμένων, τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτῶν, ὡς γνησιωτέρων καὶ οἰκειοτέρων ἀπό τε τῆς πολιτείας, ἀπό τε τοῦ ἀξιώματος. Καὶ ἐνισχυσάτωσαν αὐτὸν, ἤγουν συγκροτείτωσαν, ἰσχυροποιείτωσαν, ὡς μάλιστα βοηθείας δεδεημένον.

43δ And let all the sons of God be strong in him. And let all those adopted by God through the regeneration of holy baptism be made to prevail by him in their resistance against the demons. A number of copies write ‘and let them strengthen it’, namely, the people of God, with the ‘sons of God’ being understood then as the Apostles and their successors, as truest sons and closest kin, both on account of their way of life and on account of their dignity. And let them strengthen the people, that is, let them weld them together, let them make them strong, as in need most especially of help.

ε Ὅτι τὸ αἷμα τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκδικεῖται. Πάλιν περὶ τῆς τιμωρίας τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων προφητεύει· ὅτι τὸ αἷμα τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ, τῶν προφητῶν καὶ ἀποστόλων, ὅπερ ἐξέχεαν, ἐκδικεῖται διὰ τῶν ῾Ρωμαίων. ς Καὶ ἐκδικήσει. Καὶ ὄντως ἐκδικήσει τὸν φόνον αὐτῶν.

43ε For the blood of his sons is being avenged. Once again he is prophesying about the punishment of the Jews, namely, that the blood of his sons, of the prophets and Apostles, that they poured out, is being avenged through the Romans. 43ς And he will take vengeance. And truly he will avenge their murder.

ζ Καὶ ἀνταποδώσει δίκην τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ἀνταποδώσει. Τοῦτο καὶ ἀνωτέρω προεῖπεν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἐνδιατρίβει δὲ ταῖς προῤγ-δ ῥήσεσι τῶν ἀπειλῶν, ἐπιστρέψαι τούτους διὰ φόβου πλείονος βουλόμενος. η Καὶ ἐκκαθαριεῖ Κύριος τὴν γῆν τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ. Ἐξολοθρεύσας πάντας τοὺς κακοὺς, καὶ πᾶσαν πονηρίαν ἐκεῖθεν ἐξελὼν διὰ τῶν ῾Ρωμαίων, ὡς εἴρηται, καὶ ἐδαφίσας τὴν γῆν τοῦ πάλαι λαοῦ αὐτοῦ· ἢ καὶ ἄλλως, καθαρὰν τῆς ἀκαθαρσίας τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων ποιήσει τὴν Παλαιστίνην, τὴν γῆν τοῦ νέου λαοῦ αὐτοῦ.

43ζ And he will give back satisfaction to his enemies, and will repay those who hate him. He predicted this above in the person of God, and he lingers on the predictions of the 41γ-δ threats, wishing to turn these back by instilling greater fear. 43η And the Lord will purify the land of his people. Having destroyed all the evil people and having removed thence all wickedness through the Romans, as was said, and having brought to dust the land of his people of old; or else, he will make Palestine, the land of his new people, clean of the impurities of the Jews.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή THREE — Ode THREE
PG 128:1293III ᾨδὴ γ΄ Ἄννης τῆς μητρὸς Σαμουὴλ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν βίβλῳ. | Οὐ μόνον ὑμνεῖ τὸν Θεὸν ἐφ᾽ οἷς εὐηργέτηται, λαβοῦσα μὲν καρπὸν κοιλίας, ἀπαλλαγεῖσα δὲ τῶν ὀνειδῶν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπαιδίᾳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ προφητεύει διάφορα πράγματα· κυήσασα γὰρ προφήτην, μετέσχε τῆς προφητικῆς χάριτος, καὶ προεφήτευσε μετὰ τὸν τόκον·

III Ode Three Of Hannah, Samuel’s mother; in the first book of Kingdoms. Not only does she hymn God for the blessings she had been given, on the one hand hav- ing received fruit of the womb, and on the other hand having been freed of the reproach of childlessness, but she also prophesies various things, for having borne a prophet in her womb, she partook of the grace of prophecy and prophesied after the birth.

α Ἐστερεώθη ἡ καρδία μου ἐν Κυρίῳ. Χαυνωθεῖσα ταῖς λύπαις τῆς ἀτεκνίας, ἐστερεώθη νῦν, ἐδυναμώθη ὑπὸ Κυρίου.

1α My heart has been made firm in the Lord. Having been made flaccid by the sorrows of childlessness, it has now been made firm, it has been strengthened by the Lord.

β Ὑψώθη κέρας μου ἐν Θεῷ μου. Ὑψώθη ἡ δόξα μου, διὰ Θεοῦ μου· ἐδοξάσθην γεννήσασα τέκνον.

1β My horn has been exalted in my God. My glory has been exalted through my God; I have been glorified having given birth to a child.

γ Ἐπλατύνθη τὸ στόμα μου ἐπ᾽ ἐχθρούς μου. ᾽Ηνοίγη παῤῥησιαστικώτερον, ἐλάλησεν ἀνυποστόλως. Ἐχθροὶ δὲ αὐτῆς, οἱ περὶ τὴν ἄλλην γαμετὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς, Φενάνναν, ἄχρι τότε καυχώμενοι ἐπὶ πολυτεκνίᾳ καὶ πολλοῖς αὐτὴν ὀνείδεσιν ὡς ἄτεκνον βάλλοντες.

1γ My mouth has been expanded over my enemies. It has been opened more boldly, it has spoken fearlessly. Her enemies are those around her husband’s other wife, Peninnah, who until then were boasting of abundance of children and casting many reproaches at her as childless.

δ Ηὐφράνθην ἐν σωτηρίῳ σου. Tῷ εἰς ἐμὲ γεγενημένῳ· ἔσωσας γάρ με δοὺς τέκνον, κινδυνεύουσαν ὑπὸ λύπης ἀμέτρου διαφθαρῆναι.

1δ I have rejoiced in my salvation. In the salvation that has come upon me, for you saved me, having given me a child when I was in danger of being destroyed by immeasurable sorrow.

α Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἅγιος ὡς ὁ Κύριος. Καθαρὸς, μηδεμίαν λαβὴν μηδενὶ διδοὺς, ἀλλὰ πάντα σὺν λόγῳ ποιῶν.

2α For none is holy as is the Lord. Pure, giving no occasion of any kind to anyone, but doing everything with reason.

β Καὶ οὐκ ἔστι δίκαιος ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ πλέον ἠνέσχετο ταλαιπωρεῖσθαί με καὶ κακῶς ἀκούειν.

2β And none is just as is our God. For nor did he suffer for me to be distressed any longer and to be ill spoken of.

γ Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἅγιος πλήν σου. Ἅγιος κυρίως· σὺ γὰρ φύσει ἅγιος καὶ πηγὴ ἁγιότητος.

2γ And none is holy save you. Holy in the eminent sense, for you are holy by nature and the source of holiness.

α Mὴ καυχᾶσθε καὶ μὴ λαλεῖτε ὑψηλὰ εἰς ὑπεροχήν.

3α Do not boast and do not speak haughtily in ascendency.

Πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὴν Φενάνναν ὁ λόγος· δι᾽ αὐτῆς δὲ, καὶ πρὸς πάντας τοὺς ἐν εὐημερίᾳ τινὶ καυχωμένους· μὴ λαλεῖτε, φησὶν, ἐπηρμένα διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχειν. β Μηδὲ ἐξελθέτω μεγαλοῤῥημοσύνη ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν. Τοῦτο σαφές. γ Ὅτι Θεὸς γνώσεων Κύριος. Θεὸς γνώσεων ὁ Κύριος, γινώσκων οὐ τὰ φαινόμενα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κρυπτόμενα· διὸ γινώσκων καὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν μὲν ἀλαζονείαν, ἐμὴν δὲ ταπείνωσιν, ἔκρινε δικαίως. δ Καὶ Θεὸς ἑτοιμάζων ἐπιτηδεύματα αὐτῷ. Εὐτρεπίζων ἑαυτῷ οἰκονομίας ἢ ἀπαρτίζων βουλεύματα ἑαυτοῦ. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα, ἄκουσον. 4 Τόξον δυνατῶν ἠσθένησε, καὶ οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες περιεζώσαντο δύναμιν. Τόξον λέγει, τὴν ἰσχὺν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα. Καθολικὰ δὲ ἐκφέρει τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀντίθετα, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν γινόμενα· εἶτα ἐπιφέρει καὶ εἰδικόν. α Πλήρεις ἄρτων ἠλαττώθησαν. Ἐπτώχευσαν. β Καὶ οἱ πεινῶντες παρῆκαν γῆν. Ἀφῆκαν τὴν γῆν, ᾗ προσεταλαιπωροῦντο μισθοῦ δουλεύοντες, ἢ τὴν γεωργίαν, ὡς ἤδη γεγενημένοι κύριοι καὶ γῆς καὶ γεωργῶν, καὶ ἁπλῶς πλουτήσαντες. γ Ὅτι στεῖρα ἔτεκεν ἑπτὰ, καὶ ἡ πολλὴ ἐν τέκνοις ἠσθένησε. Τοῦτο, εἰδικόν· στεῖρα μὲν αὐτὴ, ἥτις, Θεοῦ ἐπινεύσαντος, ἔτεκεν ἑπτὰ, ἤτοι πολλά· ἑπτὰ γὰρ Ἑβραῖοι πολλάκις, τὰ πολλὰ καλοῦσιν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς προπαραδεδώκαμεν. Καὶ μὴν, ἕνα φησὶν ἡ ἱστορία τεκεῖν αὐτὴν ἄχρι τότε, τὸν Σαμουήλ· ἀλλὰ πολλὰ τοῦτον εἶπεν, ὡς πολλῶν ἀντάξιον. Πολλὴ δὲ ἐν τέκνοις, ἡ Φενάννα, ὡς πολλοὺς τεκοῦσα· ἥτις ἠσθένησε, πεσούσης αὐτῇ λοιπὸν τῆς ὀφρύος, καὶ ἀγαπηθείσης | μᾶλλον τῆς Ἄννης τῷ ἀνδρί. δ αὐτῷ MPACBH : αὐτοῦ O[Ra] : αὐτόν F : αὐτῶν [TRaA].

The words are addressed to those around Peninnah, and through her to all those who boast in any state of prosperity. Do not speak haughty things, he says, on account of being superior. 3β Nor let arrogant speech proceed from your mouth. This is clear. 3γ For the Lord is a God of knowledge. The Lord is a God of knowledge, knowing not only the things that appear openly, but also the hidden things; hence knowing your arrogance and my humiliation, he judged justly. 3δ And a God readying practices for himself. Preparing for himself dispensations or perfecting purposes for himself. What these are, listen: 4 The bow of the powerful he has weakened, and the weak he has girded with strength. The ‘bow’ is what she calls their strength or their weapons. She pronounces such oppositions in a general sense, as happening in many cases; then she adds the particular. 5α Those full of bread have fallen short. They have become poor. 5β And the hungry have given up the land. They have left the land on which they used to persevere in hardship working for a wage, or else they have left the tillage of the land, having now become lords over both land and land-workers, and simply having become rich. 5γ For a barren woman has borne seven, and she who has many children has grown weak. This is the particular. She is the barren woman who, at God’s assent, bore seven, that is, many, for the Hebrews often call many ‘seven’ and we explained previously in the psalms. And indeed up to that point the story says she had borne one, Samuel, but she called him many as worth many. The one who has many children is Peninnah, as giving birth to many; she grew weak, with her haughty brow henceforth having fallen, and Hannah having been loved more by her husband.

Εἴη δ᾽ ἂν καὶ κατὰ λόγον ἀναγωγῆς, στεῖρα μὲν, ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησία, ἥτις πρότερον ἄκαρπος οὖσα, ἔτεκεν ὕστερον τέκνα πολλὰ, δεξαμένη τὸν σπόρον τῆς εὐσεβείας· πολλὴ δὲ ἐν τέκνοις, ἡ τῶν Ἑβραίων συναγωγὴ, ἥτις πολλοὺς τεκοῦσα πρότερον προφήτας καὶ δικαίους, ὕστερον ἠσθένησε, παρευδοκιμησάσης αὐτὴν τῆς ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίας. α Κύριος θανατοῖ καὶ ζωογονεῖ. Πάντα δυνάμενος. β Κατάγει εἰς ᾅδου καὶ ἀνάγει. Ἀνήγαγε γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν, οὐ μόνον τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ Λαζάρου, καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς χήρας, καὶ τῆς θυγατρὸς τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου, ἀλλ᾽ ὕστερον, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας, αὐτὸς ἐκεῖ κατελθών. 7 Κύριος πτωχίζει καὶ πλουτίζει, ταπεινοῖ καὶ ἀνυψοῖ. Ταῦτα συνεχῶς ὁρῶμεν γινόμενα. α Ἀνιστᾷ ἀπὸ γῆς πένητα, καὶ ἀπὸ κοπρίας ἐγείρει πτωχόν. Tὸ, ἀπὸ γῆς, ἐσαφήνισε διὰ τοῦ, ἀπὸ κοπρίας. β Τοῦ καθίσαι αὐτὸν μετὰ δυναστῶν λαοῦ. Ὥστε καθίσαι αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀρχόντων λαοῦ. γ Καὶ θρόνου δόξης κατακληρονομεῖν αὐτόν. Καὶ κατακληρονομεῖν αὐτὸν θρόνου ἐνδόξου, θρόνου ἀρχικοῦ. α Διδοὺς εὐχὴν τῷ εὐχομένῳ. Εἰς πέρας ἄγων τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν τῷ ὑπισχνουμένῳ· δι᾽ αὐτοῦ γὰρ τελεσιουργεῖται πᾶν ἀγαθόν. Ἢ διδοὺς αἴτησιν τῷ αἰτουμένῳ, καθάπερ καὶ ταύτῃ δέδωκεν ὃ ᾐτήσατο. β Καὶ εὐλόγησεν ἔτη δικαίου. Τὴν ζωὴν τοῦ δικαίου. α Add. [M in marg.]PΑB: Ἀνιστᾷ ἀπὸ τοῦ γεώδους καὶ σαρκικοῦ φρονήματος τὸν πενόμενον κακίας, καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτῆς ἀποβεβληκότα, καὶ ἐγείρει ἀπὸ τῆς δυσωδίας τῶν παθῶν τὸν πτωχὸν τῷ πνεύματι, ἢ τὸν πτωχεύσαντα κακῆς ἕξεως. : om. COFΗ.

In an anagogical sense, the barren woman may be the church from among the nations, which previously being unfruitful, later bore many children on receiving the seed of piety. The one with many children is the synagogue of the Hebrews which having formerly given birth to many prophets and righteous people, later grew weak, with the church from among the nations having surpassed her in fame. 6α The Lord brings death and engenders life. Being capable of all things. 6β He leads down to Hades and leads up. He led up from thence not only the soul of Lazarus, and of the widow’s son, and of the daughter of ruler of the synagogue, but later the other souls also, having himself descended there. 7 The Lord impoverishes and enriches, he humbles and exalts. We constantly observe these things occurring. 8α He raises up the pauper from the earth, and rouses the poor man from the dung-hill. He clarified ‘from the earth’ by the words ‘from the dung-hill’. 8β To seat him with the lords of the people. So as to seat him with the rulers of the people. 8γ And to give him a throne of glory as his assured inheritance. And to give him a glorious throne, a sovereign throne as his assured inheritance. 9α Granting the vow to the maker of the vow. Bringing to fulfilment the promise for the one making the promise, for through him is every good brought to completion. Or else granting the request to the suppliant, just as he gave to her what she requested. 9β And the years of the just he has blessed. The life of the just person. 8α: He raises up from an earthly and fleshly disposition the one who is a pauper in wickedness and who has been ejected from its wealth, and he rouses from the foul smell of the passions the one who is poor in spirit, or the one who has become poor in wicked habit.

γ Ὅτι οὐκ ἐνισχύει δυνατὸς ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ ἰσχύϊ αὐτοῦ. Ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ Θεῷ δηλονότι· διὸ καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὕστερον ἔλεγε, Χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν.

9γ For a powerful man is not strong in his strength. But in God, that is to say. And hence Christ later would say, Apart from me you can do nothing.

α Κύριος ἀσθενῆ ποιήσει τὸν ἀντίδικον αὐτοῦ. Τὸν ἐχθρὸν αὐτοῦ.

10α The Lord will make weak his adversary. His enemy.

β Κύριος ἅγιος. Διὰ πάντων ὑμνεῖ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμιν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ χρηστότητα.

10β The Lord is holy. Throughout she hymns God’s power and justice and goodness.

γ Mὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ δυνατὸς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν τῷ συνιεῖν καὶ γινώσκειν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐν μέσῳ τῆς γῆς. Ἐν τούτῳ, φησὶ, χαιρέτω, ἐν τῷ συνιεῖν, ἤτοι γινώσκειν, τὸν Κύριον· ὅτι ἔστιν αὐτὸ τοῦτο Κύριος, ὅτι δημιουργὸς, ὅτι σοφὸς, ὅτι παντοδύναμος, ὅτι δίκαιος, ὅτι ἀγαθὸς, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα· καὶ ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν κρίσιν, ἤγουν δικαιοσύνην, ἐν τῇ γῇ.

10γ Let not the wise man boast in his wisdom, and let not the powerful man boast in his power, and let not the rich man boast in his riches, but let the one who boasts boast in this, in understanding and knowing the Lord and in executing judgement and justice in the midst of the earth. Let him rejoice, he says, in this, in understanding, that is, in knowing, the Lord, that he is precisely this, namely, Lord, that he is creator, that he is wise, that he is omnipotent, that he is just, that he is good, as all such things, and in executing judgement, that is, justice, upon the earth.

δ Κύριος ἀνέβη εἰς οὐρανούς. Τοῦτο, προφητεία περὶ τῆς ἀναλήψεως.

10δ The Lord has gone up to the heavens. This is a prophecy about the assumption [ascension].

ε Καὶ ἐβρόντησεν. Ὁμοίως καὶ τοῦτο, περὶ τῆς καθόδου τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος· Ἐγένετο γὰρ, φησὶν, ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος· ὡς γεγονότα δὲ λέγει τὰ γενησόμενα, νόμῳ προφητείας. ς Αὐτὸς κρινεῖ ἄκρα γῆς δίκαιος ὤν. Καὶ τοῦτο, περὶ τῆς παγκοσμίου κρίσεως· διὰ τῶν ἄκρων δὲ, πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐνέφηνεν, ἤτοι τοὺς ἐκ γῆς ἀνθρώπους.

10ε And has thundered. This similarly is about the descent of the holy Spirit, for it is written, And suddenly a sound came from heaven. She speaks of the things to come as having already happened, according to the custom of prophecy. 10ς He, being just, will judge the farthest ends of the earth. And this is about the universal judgement; through the farthest ends she indicated the whole of the earth, that is, the people from the earth.

ζ Καὶ δώσει ἰσχὺν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἡμῶν. Tῷ τε Δαυὶδ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ αὐτοῦ καταγομένοις· προφητεύει γὰρ καὶ περὶ τούτων, ἐπεὶ οὔπω βασιλέα ἔσχον οἱ ᾽Ιουδαῖοι.

10ζ And will give strength to our kings. To David and to those descended from him, for she is prophesying about those also since the Jews did not yet have have a king.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή FOUR — Ode FOUR
PG 128:1293η Καὶ ὑψώσει κέρας χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ. Τοῦτο, περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οὗ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν δόξαν | ὕψωσεν ὑπὲρ τὸν οὐρανόν· Ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, γὰρ, φησὶν, ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ. IV ᾨδὴ δ΄ Ἀββακοὺμ τοῦ Προφήτου. Τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν τοῦ Κυρίου προμηνύει· κεῖται δὲ ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς προφητείας αὐτοῦ.

10η And he will exalt the horn of his anointed one. This is about the Christ, whose power and glory he exalted above heaven, for it is written, His glory is upon the heavens. IV Ode Four Of Habakkuk the Prophet. It foretells the incarnation of the Lord and is found in the book of his prophecy.

α Κύριε, εἰσακήκοα τὴν ἀκοήν σου καὶ ἐφοβήθην. Εἰσακήκοα νοερῶς τὴν ἀκοὴν τὴν περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι μέλλεις ἐνανθρωπῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθην ὑπὸ τῆς ἄγαν ἐκπλήξεως. Πῶς ὃν οὐρανὸς οὐ χωρεῖ, χωρήσει παρθένος; πῶς τὸ ἄστεκτον πῦρ ὁμιλήσει χόρτῳ;

2α O Lord, I heard your tidings and was struck with fear. I heard intelligibly the tidings about you that you are destined to become man, and I was struck with fear by my extreme consternation. How will a virgin contain the one whom heaven does not contain? How will irresistible fire converse with straw?

β Κύριε, κατενόησα τὰ ἔργα σου καὶ ἐξέστην. Tὰ ἐξαίσια ἔργα τῆς ἐν σαρκὶ πολιτείας σου, καὶ τὰ τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους σου.

2β O Lord, I perceived your works and was confounded. The extraordinary works of your life in the flesh and of your saving passion.

γ Ἐν μέσῳ δύο ζῴων γνωσθήσῃ. Ζῷα λέγει, τὰ παρ᾽ ἑκάτερα τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου πεποιημένα δύο Χερουβὶμ, ὧν μεταξὺ πάλαι τοῖς ἀξίοις ὁ Θεὸς ἐγινώσκετο, προσομιλῶν αὐτοῖς. Φησὶν οὖν, ὅτι ὁ ἐνανθρωπῆσαι μέλλων Θεὸς, γνωσθήσῃ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν δύο Χερουβὶμ, καὶ χρηματίσεις ἐκεῖθεν τῷ λαῷ τὰ προσήκοντα, ὡς ἴσος τῷ Πατρί. Ἢ γνωσθήσῃ, ἀντὶ τοῦ, γινώσκῃ τοῖς ἀξίοις τοιαύτης γνώσεως, κατ᾽ ἀντιχρονίαν. Τινὲς δὲ ζωῶν περισπωμένως ἀναγινώσκουσι, δύο ζωὰς νοοῦντες, τὰς δύο πολιτείας, τήν τε παλαιὰν καὶ τὴν καινὴν, ὧν μέσον ὁ Χριστὸς ἐγνώσθη, τῆς μὲν τελειουμένης, τῆς δὲ ἀρχομένης· τότε γὰρ ἐνανθρωπήσας, ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς μαθηταῖς.

2γ Between two living beings you will be known. ‘Living beings’ is what he calls the two Cherubim made on each side of the propitiatory, between which God used to be known known of old to those who were worthy, conversing with them. He is saying therefore that the God who will take on human form will be known between the two Cherubim and from there will give fitting oracular response to the people, as equal to the Father. Or else ‘you will be known’, in the sense of, you are known to those worthy of such knowl- edge, with one tense standing for another. Some read the word as ζωῶν with a circumflex, meaning two lives, namely, the two ways of life, the old and the new, between which Christ was known, the one coming to an end and the other beginning; for at that time having become man he was made known to the disciples.

δ Ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν τὰ ἔτη ἐπιγνωσθήσῃ. Tὰ ἔτη τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως· ὅτε ἐπιστῇ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἐνσάρκου πολιτείας σου ἐπιγνωσθήσῃ.

2δ As the years approach you will be recognized. The years of the incarnation; when the time for your life in the flesh is at hand you will be recognized.

ε Ἐν τῷ παρεῖναι τὸν καιρὸν ἀναδειχθήσῃ. Tὸ αὐτὸ λέγει σαφέστερον.

2ε When the time is at hand you will revealed. He says the same more clearly.

ς Ἐν τῷ ταραχθῆναι τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐλέους μνησθήσῃ. Φοβηθείσης τῆς ψυχῆς μου ὅτε ὀργίζῃ, ἐλεήσεις με· ὁ γὰρ φοβηθεὶς ὀργιζόμενον τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτοῦ, μετανοεῖ πάντως· μετανοοῦντα δὲ τοῦτον, ὁ Θεὸς ἐλεήσει. Διδάσκει δὲ ὁ λόγος τὸ εὐδιάλλακτον τοῦ Θεοῦ.

2ς When my soul is bestirred in anger, you will remember mercy. When my soul has been struck with fear when you grow angry, you will have mercy on me, for the one who is struck with fear when God is provoked to anger at his sins will cer- tainly repent, and as he repents God will have mercy on him. The verse teaches how God is easily reconciled.

α Ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ Θαιμὰν ἥξει. Θαιμὰν, ἑρμηνεύεται νότος. Ὁ Θεὸς, φησὶν, ἀπὸ νότου ἥξει, τουτέστιν, ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ ἐξελεύσεται, ἐκεῖ γεννηθεὶς κατὰ σάρκα· νότιον γὰρ μέρος πρὸς τὴν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, ἡ Βηθλεέμ.

3α God will come from Teman. Teman translates as the south. God, he says, will come from the south, that is, he will come forth from Bethlehem, having been born there in the flesh, for Bethlehem is south in relation to Jerusalem.

β Καὶ ὁ ἅγιος ἐξ ὄρους κατασκίου δασέος. Τὸν αὐτὸν λέγει, καὶ ἅγιον· οὕτω γὰρ τὸν Θεὸν οἱ παλαιοὶ τὰ πολλὰ προσαγορεύουσιν, ὡς φύσει ἅγιον καὶ ἁγιάζοντα κατὰ μετάδοσιν. Ὄρος δὲ κατάσκιον δασὺ, ἡ Παρθένος· ὄρος μὲν, ὡς ὑψηλοτέρα πάσης κτίσεως· κατάσκιον δὲ, ὡς ἐπισκιαζούσης αὐτῇ τῆς θείας δυνάμεως· Καὶ δύναμις, γάρ φησιν, ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι· δασὺ δὲ, διὰ τὸ τῆς παρθενίας ἄβατον.

3β And the holy one from a shaded thickly wooded mountain. He now calls God ‘the holy one’, for thus the ancients very often address God, as holy by nature and communicating sanctification. The shaded thickly wooded mountain is the Virgin – a ‘mountain’ as higher than all cre- ation, and ‘shaded’, as with divine power overshadowing her, for it is written, And the power of the Most High will overshadow you, and ‘thickly wooded’ on account of the untrodden adytum of virginity.

γ Ἐκάλυψεν οὐρανοὺς ἡ ἀρετὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς συνέσεως αὐτοῦ πλήρης ἡ γῆ. Ἐμφαντικὰ ταῦτα τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης ἀρετῆς καὶ συνέσεως αὐτοῦ, τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον. Ἀρετὴν μὲν οὖν νόει μοι, τὴν ἐν ἔργοις, σύνεσιν δὲ, τὴν ἐν λόγοις· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐνίκησε καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων δυνάμεων, τῷ μεγέθει ταύτην ἀποκρύψασα, ἡ δὲ, πᾶσαν ἐνέπλησε τὴν οἰκουμένην. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων, τῆς αἰνέσεως γράφουσι· | τῇ ἀρετῇ γὰρ ἕπεται αἴνεσις.

3γ His virtue covered the heavens and the earth is full of his wisdom. These words are indicative of his surpassing virtue and wisdom, according to his human- ity. Understand virtue therefore as that in works and wisdom as that in words, for the one prevailed over even the virtue of the heavenly powers, having concealed it by its magnitude, and the other filled the whole of the inhabited world. A number of copies write ‘of his praise’, for praise follows on virtue.

α Καὶ φέγγος αὐτοῦ ὡς φῶς ἔσται. Φέγγος λέγει, τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, φαῖνον τοῖς ἐν νυκτὶ πλάνης καὶ σκότει τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ ὁδηγοῦν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ σωτηρίαν· ὅπερ ὡς φῶς ἔσται φησὶ, καθαρὸν καὶ ἄμεμπτον.

4α And his radiance will be like light. ‘Radiance’ is what he calls the Gospel, radiating to those in the night of error and in the darkness of sins and leading to truth and salvation, which, he says, will be like light, pure and without reproach.

β Κέρατα ἐν χερσὶν αὐτοῦ. Κέρατα μὲν, αἱ βασιλεῖαι, διά τε τὸ ὕψος τῆς τιμῆς καὶ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἀμυντικόν. Χεῖρες δὲ, ἡ ἐξουσία καὶ δύναμις αὐτοῦ· πάντων γὰρ κατεξουσιάζει ὡς Θεός.

4β Horns in his hands. ‘Horns’ are the kingdoms, both on account of their height and honour and also of their strength and power to defend, and ‘hands’ are his authority and power, for he exercises au- thority over all as God.

γ Καὶ ἔθετο ἀγάπησιν κραταιὰν ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ.

4γ And he established a firmly holding love of his strength.

Διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ἐποίησε τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἀγάπησιν ἄῤῥηκτον τῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως, τουτέστιν, ἑαυτοῦ, κατὰ περίφρασιν· Τίς, γάρ φησιν, ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ;

Through the Gospel he created for the believers a love inseparably bound to his power, that is, to himself, by way of circumlocution, for it is written, Who shall separate us from the love of Christ?

α Πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ πορεύσεται λόγος. Ὅ τε τῶν ἄλλων προφητῶν καὶ ὁ τοῦ προδρόμου ᾽Ιωάννου· ᾽Ιδοὺ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου.

5α A word will go before his face. The word both of the other prophets and of the Forerunner John, for it is written, See, I send my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way before you.

β Καὶ ἐξελεύσεται εἰς παιδείαν κατὰ πόδας αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ὁ Χριστὸς εἰς παίδευσιν καὶ διδασκαλίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὀπίσω τοῦ τοιούτου λόγου, ἑπόμενος αὐτῷ προπορευομένῳ.

5β And he will come forth for instruction at its heels. And Christ will come forth for the instruction and teaching of the people behind this word, following it as it goes before.

α Ἔστη, καὶ ἐσαλεύθη ἡ γῆ. Ἔστη εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἀνθρωποπρεπῶς, ἤγουν ἐγεννήθη κατὰ σάρκα· καὶ ἐσαλεύθη ἡ γῆ, οἱ γήϊνοι ἄνθρωποι, μεταβαίνοντες ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότου τῆς πλάνης ἐπὶ τὸ φῶς τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἢ ἔστη ἐπὶ σταυροῦ, καὶ ἐσείσθη ἡ γῆ, μὴ φέρουσα τὴν ὕβριν τοῦ Δεσπότου· Καὶ ἡ γῆ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐσείσθη καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν.

6α He stood and the earth was shaken. He stood upon the earth in human manner, namely, he was born according to the flesh; and the earth was shaken, that is, the people of the earth were shaken, moving from the dark- ness of error to the light of truth. Or else he stood upon the Cross and the earth was shaken, unable to bear the outrage towards the Master, for it is written, And the earth shook, and the rocks were split.

β Ἐπέβλεψε, καὶ ἐτάκη ἔθνη. Ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀνθρωποπρεπῶς, ἀκόλουθον γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ἐταπεινώθη τὰ ἔθνη τῶν δαιμόνων· ἠσθένησε τὰ τάγματα τοῦ ἀντικειμένου.

6β He looked, and nations melted away. He looked upon the earth in human manner, for this follows on consistently, and the nations of the demons were humbled, the legions of the adversary grew weak.

γ Διεθρύβη τὰ ὄρη βίᾳ. Συνετρίβησαν οἱ ἔξαρχοι τούτων, ὄρη διὰ τὸ ἐπηρμένον καὶ ἀλαζονικὸν προσαγορευόμενοι· βίαν δὲ νόει, τὴν ἄμαχον ἰσχὺν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

6γ The mountains were shattered in pieces with violence. The leaders of the demons were crushed, being called ‘mountains’ on account of their elation and boastful arrogance. Understand ‘violence’ as Christ’s irresistible strength.

δ Ἐτάκησαν βουνοὶ αἰώνιοι. Βουνοὺς ὑποληπτέον, τοὺς τῶν εἰρημένων μὲν ὀρέων ὑποδεεστέρους, τῶν ἄλλων δὲ μείζονας εἰς κακίαν· αἰώνιοι δὲ, ὡς ἐν πολλοῖς ἔτεσι τυραννοῦντες, ἀπὸ γὰρ Ἀδὰμ ἕως Χριστοῦ.

6δ Eternal hills melted away. ‘Hills’ are to be understood as those inferior to the mountains mentioned, but yet greater than others in evil; they are ‘eternal’, as exerting tyranny for many years, from Adam until Christ.

α Πορείας αἰωνίους αὐτῶν ἀντὶ κόπων εἶδον.

7α Their eternal pathways I saw just like toilsome troubles.

Τὰς μακροχρονίους πορείας αὐτῶν, τὰς ἐπὶ λύμῃ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς κόπον εἶδον, ἤτοι κόπον μόνον καὶ οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἅτε τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν τυραννίδα τούτων εὐθὺς καταλύσαντος καὶ τὰς μηχανὰς αὐτῶν ἀνατρέψαντος. Τινὲς δὲ πορείας αἰωνίους αὐτοῦ φασὶν, ἑρμηνεύοντες ὅτι οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων τὰς λογικὰς καὶ διδασκαλικὰς πορείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὰς αἰωνίους, τὰς ἀκαταλύτους, ἴσα κόποις εἶδον, τουτέστιν, ὡς κόπους ἄντικρυς, ὡς βάρη διὰ τὸν φθόνον.

I saw their long-lasting pathways for the sake of corrupting mankind as toilsome troubles, that is, as trouble alone and nothing else, in that Christ at once abolished their tyranny and overturned their machinations. Some say, ‘They saw his eternal pathways’, giving the interpretation that the chief priests and scribes and elders of the Jews saw Christ’s pathways of speaking and teaching, which are eternal and indissoluble, as equivalent to toilsome troubles, that is, as outright troubles, as burdens, on account of their envy.

β Σκηνώματα Αἰθιόπων πτοηθήσονται. Αἰθίοπες μὲν, οἱ δαίμονες, σκότος διὰ τὴν ἔπαρσιν καὶ γενόμενοι | καὶ λεγόμενοι· σκηνώματα δὲ αὐτῶν, τὰ εἴδωλα οἷς ἐνῴκουν, ἃ πτοηθήσονται τὴν ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ποτὲ μὲν οὖν οἱ προφῆται ὡς γεγενημένα λέγουσι τὰ μέλλοντα, ποτὲ δὲ ὡς γινόμενα, ποτὲ δὲ ὡς γενησόμενα.

7β The tent-dwellings of the Ethiopians will tremble in fear. ‘Ethiopians’ are the demons, having become dark on account of their pride and spoken of as such; their tent-dwellings are the idols in which they would dwell, which will tremble in fear at the advent of Christ. The prophets then as we see at times speak of things to come as having occurred, at time as occurring and at times as going to occur.

γ Καὶ σκηναὶ γῆς Μαδιάμ. Καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ γῇ Μαδιὰμ ναοὶ τῶν εἰδώλων· κατείδωλος γὰρ ἡ χώρα, πλέον τῶν ἄλλων τῶν πλησιαζουσῶν ᾽Ιουδαίοις.

7γ And the tents of the land of Madian. And the temples of the idols in the land of Madian, for the land was given to idolatry more than the other lands near to the Jews.

α Mὴ ἐν ποταμοῖς ὀργισθῇς, Κύριε, μὴ ἐν ποταμοῖς ὁ θυμός σου ἢ ἐν θαλάσσῃ τὸ ὅρμημά σου. Ἐπειδὴ λυτρούμενος ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παλαιὸν ᾽Ισραὴλ, μετέστρεψεν εἰς αἷμα τοὺς ποταμοὺς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τὰ ὀμβρήματα αὐτῶν ὅπως μὴ πίωσιν, ἀνεῖλε δὲ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, δεικνύων καὶ ἐν τοῖς ποταμοῖς καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὴν ὀργὴν καὶ τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν αὐτοῦ, λέγει νῦν ὁ προφήτης, ὅτι λυτρούμενος τὸν νέον ᾽Ισραὴλ, οὐχ οὕτως ποιήσεις, ἀλλ᾽ ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ χρήσῃ περὶ τὴν τούτου σωτηρίαν. Οὐκ ἐν ποταμοῖς ὀργισθῇς, Κύριε, οὐκ ἐν ποταμοῖς ὁ θυμός σου ἔσται ἢ ἐν θαλάσσῃ τὸ τιμωρητικὸν ὅρμημά σου, ἡ κίνησις, ἡ ἐπεξέλευσις, οὐδὲ διὰ τούτων τιμωρήσεις τοὺς ἐχθρούς. Διὰ τῆς πρώτης δὲ πληγῆς καὶ τῆς τελευταίας πανωλεθρίας, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας πληγὰς ἐνέφηνε· συγγενῆ δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἀλλήλοις, οἱ ποταμοὶ καὶ ἡ θάλασσα.

8α Do not grow wrathful in rivers, O Lord; let not your rage be in rivers or your onslaught in sea. Since, when God was redeeming ancient Israel, he turned the rivers of the Egyptians into blood and their rain-waters, so that they could not drink, and he destroyed them in the Red Sea, displaying both in the rivers and in the sea his anger and rage and indignation, the prophet now says that when redeeming new Israel you will not do thus, but you will employ a different method in respect of its salvation. You will not grow wrathful in rivers, O Lord, your rage will not be in rivers nor will your punishing onslaught, your movement, your visi- tation of vengeance, be in the sea, nor will you punish your enemies through these things. By the first plague and the final destruction he indicated also the other plagues; and, moreover, the rivers and the sea have a kinship with one another.

β Ὅτι ἐπιβήσῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους σου. Οὗτος ὁ τρόπος τῆς λυτρώσεως· ἵππους μὲν οὖν αὐτοῦ λέγει, τοὺς ἀποστόλους, ὡς εὐδρόμους εἰς ἀρετὴν καὶ πειθηνίους καὶ τὸν ἐπιβάτην ἀναπαύοντας· ἐπέβη δὲ αὐτῶν διὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος, ὃ βαστάζοντες, ἔτρεχον. α ἐν τοῖς ποταμοῖς MPBH : ἐν ποταμοῖς CAOF.

8β For you will mount upon your horses. This is the mode of redemption; his horses is what he calls the Apostles, as swift of foot towards virtue and obedient to the rein and putting the rider at ease; he mounted on them through the preaching, carrying which, they would run.

γ Καὶ ἡ ἱππασία σου σωτηρία. Καὶ ἡ διὰ τούτων ἱππασία σου, σωτηρία τοῦ κόσμου γίνεται.

8γ And your riding is salvation. And your riding through them becomes salvation for the world.

α Ἐντείνων ἐντενεῖς τὸ τόξον σου ἐπὶ σκῆπτρα, λέγει Κύριος. Λέγει τοῦτο ὁ Πατὴρ πρὸς τὸν Υἱὸν, οὗ τόξον, οἱ ἀπόστολοι πάλιν, δι᾽ ὧν κατετόξευσε τὴν πλάνην καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ διαβόλου· σκῆπτρα γὰρ ταύτην ὀνομάζει. Καὶ διὰ Ζαχαρίου δέ φησι πρὸς τὸν ᾽Ιουδαϊκὸν λαὸν, Ἐνέτεινά σε, ᾽Ιούδα, ἐμαυτῷ εἰς τόξον.

9α Drawing, you will stretch your bow against sceptres, says the Lord. The Father says this to the Son, whose bow once again is the Apostles, through whom he shot down error and sin and the kingdom of the devil, for he calls this kingdom ‘sceptres’. And through Zachariah he says to the Jewish people, I stretched you tight, O Judah, as a bow for myself.

β Ποταμῶν ῥαγήσεται γῆ. Ποταμῶν γῆ, ἡ ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ, ὡς προφητῶν πατρὶς, δίκην ποταμῶν ἀρδόντων αὐτὴν τοῖς λογικοῖς νάμασιν ἑαυτῶν, ἥτις, φησὶ, μὴ παραδεξαμένη τὰ ζωήῤῥυτα τοῦ Χριστοῦ νάματα, ῥαγήσεται ὑπὸ ξηρασίας καὶ δίψους, μὴ ὄντος ἔτι προφήτου.

9β The land of rivers will be rent open. Jerusalem is the ‘land of rivers’ as the fatherland of prophets, watering it like rivers with the streams of their words. This land, he says, not having accepted the life-flowing streams of Christ will be rent open by desiccation and drought, with there being no longer any prophet.

α Ὄψονταί σε καὶ ὠδινήσουσι λαοί. Ἢ οἱ λαοὶ τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων, οἵτινες ἰδόντες τὸν Χριστὸν, ὠδίνησαν φθόνον καὶ ἔτεκον φόνον, ἢ οἱ λαοὶ τῶν ἐξ ἐθνῶν πεπιστευκότων, οἵτινες ὠδίνησαν εὐσέβειαν καὶ ἐγέννησαν ἀρετάς.

10α They will see you and peoples will enter pangs of travail. Either the peoples of the Jews, who having seen Christ, were in travail with envy and bore murder, or the peoples of those who believed from among the nations, who were in travail with piety and bore virtues.

β Σκορπίζων ὕδατα πορείας. Ἔσται δηλονότι. Ὕδατα δὲ πορείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὰ διδασκαλικὰ καὶ πότιμα νάματα, ἃ πορευόμενος πανταχοῦ διένεμε τῷ λαῷ· Περιῆγε, γάρ φησιν, ὁ ᾽Ιησοῦς τὰς πόλεις καὶ κώμας, διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν.

10β Scattering waters of passage. He will be, that is to say. The waters of Christ’s passage are the instructive and fresh waters that he would distribute to the people as he passed through, for it is written, And he would go about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues.

γ Ἔδωκεν ἡ ἄβυσσος φωνὴν αὐτῆς. | Ἄβυσσος, οἱ πιστεύσαντες, διὰ τὴν πολυπλήθειαν· ἄβυσσος γὰρ, ἡ πολυπλήθεια τῶν ὑδάτων. Τίς δὲ ἡ φωνή; ἡ ὁμολογία τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως.

10γ The abyss gave forth its voice. The ‘abyss’, that is, those who believed, on account of their great number, for the abyss is the great abundance of waters. What was the voice? The confession of faith in Christ.

δ Ὕψος φαντασίας αὐτῆς. Καὶ οἱ ὑψηλοὶ, οἱ προὔχοντες τῆς φαντασιώδους δόξης αὐτῆς, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔδωκαν φωνὴν, τουτέστιν, οἱ βασιλεῖς· πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τοιοῦτοι πεπιστεύκασιν.

10δ The height of its phantasy. And the high and mighty, the eminent people of the imaginary glory of this abyss, that is, the kings, they also gave forth voice, for many such people believed.

α Ἐπήρθη ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ἔστη ἐν τῇ τάξει αὐτῆς.

11α The sun was raised up and the moon stood in its order.

Ἐπήρθη ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ὁ Χριστός, ὁ δίκην ἡλίου λάμπων τῇ καθαρότητι καὶ καταφωτίζων τὰς τῶν πιστευόντων ψυχάς· καὶ λοιπὸν ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἡ δίκην σελήνης φαίνουσα ἐν τῷ σκότει τοῦ παρόντος βίου καὶ τῇ νυκτὶ τῆς πλάνης, ἔστη ἐν τῇ τάξει αὐτῆς· μετὰ γὰρ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τὴν ἀνάληψιν ἡδράσθη ἐν τῇ τάξει τοῦ φαίνειν καὶ φωτίζειν τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτήν.

Christ, who shines like the sun in his purity and illumines the souls of the believers, was raised up on the Cross or into heaven, and thereafter the Church, like the moon giving light in the darkness of the present life and in the night of error, stood in its order, for after the Cross and the ascension it was established in the order of shining on and giving light to those beneath her.

β Εἰς φῶς βολίδες σου πορεύσονται. Βολίδες αὖθις, οἱ ἀπόστολοι, βάλλοντες τὴν πλάνην καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας· οὗτοι οὖν πορεύσονται εἰς τὸ φωτίζειν διὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος, ἢ εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἤγουν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα, φῶς ὂν καὶ φωτίζον τοὺς ἐσκοτισμένους τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας.

11β Into light your flashing missiles will make their path. The flashing missiles once again are the Apostles, striking against error and the demons; these then will make their path into giving light through their preaching, or into the light, that is, into the work of preaching, which is itself light and gives light to those darkened by the gloom of sin.

γ Εἰς φέγγος ἀστραπῆς ὅπλων σου. Ὅπλα μὲν τοῦ Χριστοῦ δεδομένα τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, ὁ θώραξ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ἡ περικεφαλαία τοῦ σωτηρίου, ὁ θυρεὸς τῆς πίστεως, ἡ μάχαιρα τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ, ἅπερ ὁ ἀπόστολος Παῦλος ἀμφιεννύει τοὺς πιστούς· ἐπορεύθησαν οὖν οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἰς τὸ φαίνειν τὴν ἀστραπὴν τῶν τοιούτων ὅπλων καὶ φυγαδεύειν τοὺς πολεμίους.

11γ Into the lustre of the lightning flash of your weapons. Christ’s weapons given to the Apostles are the breastplate of justice, the helmet of sal- vation, the shield of faith, the sword of the spirit, and the rest, with which Paul clothes the believers; the Apostles therefore made their path into shining the lightning flash of such weapons and putting their enemies to flight.

α Ἐν ἀπειλῇ ὀλιγώσεις γῆν. Ὀλιγώσεις εἰς ὄνομα τὴν ἄχρι τότε πολλὴν εἰς φήμην καὶ περιβόητον γῆν τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων. ᾽Ηπείλησε γὰρ πρῶτον καὶ διὰ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ· Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσητε, φησὶν, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε, καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα· εἶτα μὴ διορθωθεῖσαν, ἀπώλεσε.

12α With threat you will diminish the land. You will diminish the fame of the hitherto much renowned and celebrated land of Jerusa- lem. For he threatened first both through the prophets and by himself, for it is written, Unless you believe that I am he, you will die in your sins, and many such statements; then, the land not having been corrected, he destroyed it.

β Καὶ ἐν θυμῷ κατάξεις ἔθνη. Καταβαλεῖς τοὺς ᾽Ιουδαίους· ἔθνη δὲ αὐτοὺς προσηγόρευσεν, ὡς παρανόμους καὶ φονεῖς, τοιαῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη. Νοηθεῖεν δ᾽ ἂν ἔθνη, καὶ οἱ δαίμονες, ὡς πολέμιοι τοῦ νέου ᾽Ισραήλ.

12β And in rage you will bring down nations. You will overthrow the Jews; he called them ‘nations’ as lawless and murderers, for such are the nations. ‘Nations’ may also be understood as the demons, as enemies of the new Israel.

α Ἐξῆλθες εἰς σωτηρίαν λαοῦ σου. Ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω.

13α You came forth for the salvation of your people. For it is written, I proceeded and came forth from God.

β Τοῦ σῶσαι τοὺς χριστούς σου ἐλήλυθας. Χριστοὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οἱ χρισθέντες τῷ τιμίῳ αὐτοῦ αἵματι καὶ τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι

13β To save your anointed ones you have come. Christ’s anointed ones are those who have been anointed with his precious blood and by the holy Spirit through baptism, and who have been enjoined to rule over the passions and

διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος, καὶ βασιλεύειν τῶν παθῶν καὶ τῶν δαιμόνων κελευσθέντες καὶ συμβασιλεύειν αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός.

the demons and to reign along with him in the kingdom of the Father.

γ Ἔβαλες εἰς κεφαλὰς ἀνόμων θάνατον. Ἄνομοι μὲν, οἱ δαίμονες· κεφαλαὶ δὲ αὐτῶν, ἢ αὐτοὶ, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον, ἢ οἱ ἐξάρχοντες ἐν αὐτοῖς. Θάνατος δὲ τούτων, ἡ νέκρωσις τῆς τυραννικῆς δυνάμεως καὶ ἀνενεργησία καὶ κατάλυσις.

13γ You have cast death on the heads of the lawless. The lawless are the demons; their heads are either they themselves, the part standing for the whole, or else the leaders among them; their death is the mortification of their tyrannical power and their inactivity and dissolution.

δ Ἐξήγειρας δεσμοὺς ἕως τραχήλου εἰς τέλος. Εἴλησας δεσμοὺς τοῦ εὐαγγελικοῦ ζυγοῦ εἰς τὸν τράχηλον τῶν | ἀποστόλων, ἢ διὰ τοῦ τραχήλου αὐτῶν. Tὸ δὲ, εἰς τέλος, ἀντὶ τοῦ, εἰς τὸ τελειῶσαι τὴν προειρημένην ἱππασίαν σου, ἢ ἕως τέλους.

13δ You have raised up bonds till the neck towards fulfilment. You have wound the bonds of the Gospel yoke on the neck of the Apostles, or by their neck. ‘Towards fulfilment’ is in the sense of, so as to fulfil your riding that was mentioned, or else until completion.

α Διέκοψας ἐν ἐκστάσει κεφαλὰς δυναστῶν. Διέκοψας τὰς ἀρχὰς τῶν δυναστευόντων δαιμόνων, ἤγουν ἐθανάτωσας αὐτὰς, ὡς προδεδήλωται, τὰς ἐν ἀποστασίᾳ τῆς σῆς κυριότητος· ἢ διέκοψας τῷ ῾Ρωμαϊκῷ ξίφει τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν δυναστευόντων ἐν ᾽Ιουδαίοις ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἐκστάσεως, ὅτε ἀπέστησαν ἀπὸ ῾Ρωμαίων, ἢ ὅτε ἐξέστησαν τῶν ἰδίων φρενῶν, ἀναιροῦντες ἔτι καὶ τοὺς σοὺς μαθητάς. Διὰ δὲ τῶν δυνατῶν, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας συμπεριέλαβε.

14α You have cut off in defection the heads of powerful rulers. You have cut off the leaders of the power-wielding demons who are in rebellion against your lordship, that is, you have put them to death, as was stated previously. Or else you have cut off with the Roman sword the heads of those wielding power among the Jews at the time of their defection, when they broke away from the Romans, or when they defected from their own senses, slaying even your disciples. By the powerful rulers he also included all the others.

β Σεισθήσονται ἐν αὐτοῖς. Ταραχθήσονται πρότερον ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς δυνάσταις οἱ ἀπόστολοι, ἀγόμενοι καὶ διωκόμενοι καὶ μυρία πάσχοντες.

14β They will be shaken among them. The apostles will first be troubled among these powerful rulers, being brought before them and being persecuted and suffering countless ills.

γ Διανοίξουσι χαλινοὺς αὐτῶν, ὡς ὁ ἐσθίων πτωχὸς λάθρᾳ. Διανοίξουσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι τοὺς χαλινοὺς τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν· λύσουσι τοὺς χαλινοῦντας τὰ στόματα αὐτῶν φόβους τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων καὶ μὴ συγχωροῦντας παῤῥησίᾳ κηρύττειν. Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησαν, ἐπιφοιτήσαντος τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, ὅτε λαβόντες δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους, ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα. Διανοίξουσι δὲ οὕτω λάβρως, ὡς διανοίγει τὸν χαλινὸν τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, λαβὼν παῤῥησίαν, ὁ ἐσθίων λάθρᾳ πτωχός.

14γ They will unlatch their bridles like a poor man eating in stealth. The Apostles will unlatch the bridles on their mouths; they will slacken the fear of the Jews bridling their mouths and not permitting them to preach openly. And they did this, when the holy Spirit had come upon them, when, having received power from on high, they went out to preach. And they will unlatch their mouths as impetuously as does a poor man who, having overcome his fear, unlatches the bridle on his mouth when eating in stealth.

15 Καὶ ἐπεβίβασας εἰς θάλασσαν τοὺς ἵππους σου, ταράσσοντας ὕδατα πολλά. Θάλασσα μὲν, τὰ πολλὰ πλήθη τῶν ἀνθρώπων ― καὶ ἀνωτέρω γὰρ ἄβυσσον ταῦτα κέκληκεν ― ἢ καὶ ὁ βίος τῶν ἀνθρώπων, διὰ τὸ ῥοῶδες καὶ ἄστατον τῶν ἐν α αὐτάς MPΑSΗ : αὐτούς COBF. α τὰς ἐν ἀποστασίᾳ : PCOS2BFΗ : τοὺς ἐν ἀποστασίᾳ M. α ἐν τῷ καιρῷ MACOBFΗ : τῷ καιρῷ P.

15 And you have set your horses upon the sea, stirring up many waters. The ‘sea’ is the many multitudes of people – and indeed he called these multitudes ‘abyss’ earlier – or else it is the life of men on account of the ever fluctuating and restless nature of

αὐτῷ πραγμάτων, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἁλμυρὸν καὶ ἄποτον τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν δογμάτων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κακοδοξίας, καὶ διὰ τὸ πικρὸν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· πικρὰ γὰρ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀνάδοσις. Ἵπποι δὲ αὖθις, οἱ ἀπόστολοι, κατὰ τὴν ἀνωτέρω ἀποδοθεῖσαν ἐξήγησιν, οἵτινες, β ἔποχον μὲν ἔχοντες τὸν Χριστὸν, ἐπιβιβασθέντες δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν εἰρημένην θάλασσαν, ἐτάραξαν καὶ συνέχεαν καὶ ἐθόλωσαν καὶ ἀνέτρεψαν ὕδατα πολλὰ τὰ τῆς κακοδοξίας, ἤτοι τὰς ἀσεβεῖς καὶ ἀθέους διδασκαλίας· ἢ ταράσσοντας, ἤτοι κινοῦντας ἐν τῷ βαπτίζειν· ὕδατα πολλά, τὰ πανταχοῦ πρὸς τὸ βαπτίζειν παρασκευαζόμενα.

things in life, and on account of the briny and undrinkable nature of pagan dogmas and of other heretical teachings, and on account of the bitterness of sins, for their digestion is bitter. The ‘horses’ once again are the Apostles, in accordance with the explanation given above, 8β who, having Christ as their rider, having been set upon this sea, stirred up and confused and made turbid and overturned the many waters of heresy, that is, their impious and godless teachings. Or else stirring up or moving them in the act of baptism; ‘many waters’ are those prepared everywhere for baptism.

α Ἐφυλαξάμην, καὶ ἐπτοήθη ἡ καρδία μου ἀπὸ φωνῆς προσευχῆς χειλέων μου. Ἐφυλαξάμην, ἔνηψα, προσέσχον ἑαυτῷ· καὶ ἀπὸ φωνῆς προσευχῆς χειλέων μου, ἤγουν μετὰ τὸ προσεύξασθαι, ἐπτοήθη ἡ καρδία μου.

16α I kept on my guard, and my heart quaked in fear at the voice of prayer from my lips. I kept on my guard, I was vigilant, I paid heed to myself, and at the voice of prayer from my lips, namely, after praying, my heart quaked in fear.

PG 128:1295β Καὶ εἰσῆλθε τρόμος εἰς τὰ ὀστᾶ μου, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐταράχθη ἡ ἰσχύς μου. Ταῦτα πέπονθεν, ἐλλαμφθεὶς τὴν Χριστοκτονίαν τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων· ἐπτοήθη γὰρ καὶ ἔντρομος ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐταράχθη, μήποτε φθάσῃ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας ἐν αἷς αὕτη τολμηθήσεται· εἶτα πάλιν γνοὺς ὅτι οὐ φθάσει, παραμυθεῖται ἑαυτὸν, λέγων·

16β And trembling entered my bones and my strength within me was troubled. He suffered these things on having received illumination about the slaying of Christ by the Jews; for he was overcome by quaking and trembling and was troubled, lest he might live to reach those days in which this thing would be ventured; then again having perceived that he will not reach that time, he consoles himself, saying:

γ Ἀναπαύσομαι ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεώς μου, | τοῦ ἀναβῆναί με εἰς λαὸν παροικίας μου. Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς θλίψεώς μου ταύτης, ἀναπαύσομαι, ἀνεθεὶς τοῦ φόβου. Τίνος δὲ χάριν ἀναψύξω; διὰ τὸ ἀναβῆναί με ὅσον οὔπω εἰς τὸν λαὸν τῆς παροικίας μου, ἤγουν μεταβῆναι διὰ θανάτου· λαὸν δὲ τῆς παροικίας αὐτοῦ λέγει, τοὺς τῆς αὐτῆς αὐτῷ παροικίας ἁγίους, τοὺς συμπατριώτας, τοὺς τετελευτηκότας.

16γ I shall go to rest in the day of my sorrow, so as to ascend to the people of my residency. In this day of my sorrow I shall go to rest, having been released from my fear. For what reason will I take relief ? So as to ascend very soon to the people of my residency, that is, to pass over through death. ‘People of his residency’ is what he calls the saints sharing the same place of abode with him, his co-patriots, those who have died.

α Διότι συκῆ οὐ καρποφορήσει, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται γενήματα ἐν ταῖς ἀμπέλοις. Ἀναπαύσομαι, φησὶν, ἀποθνῄσκων, διότι εἰς τὸ κατόπιν χωρήσουσιν ᾽Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ ἐξολοθρευθήσονται τοῦτο τετολμηκότες· καὶ χαίρω μὴ ἀφικόμενος εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν. Τοὺς αὐτοὺς δὲ προσαγορεύει καὶ συκῆν καὶ ἀμπέλους· συκῆν μὲν, ὡς ἡδυκάρπους ποτὲ, ἀμπέλους δὲ, ὡς οἶνον πάλαι διδασκαλίας φέροντας, εὐφραίνοντα καρδίαν.

17α For the fig-tree will not bear fruit, and there will be no produce on the grape-vines. I shall go to rest, he says, in death, because hereafter the Jews will recede and will be de- stroyed after daring to undertake this thing, and I am glad not having arrived at that time. He calls them both a ‘fig-tree’ and ‘grape-vines’, a ‘fig-tree’ as having once had sweet fruits, and ‘grape-vines’ as of old bearing the wine of teaching that gladdens the heart.

β Ψεύσεται ἔργον ἐλαίας, καὶ τὰ πεδία οὐ ποιήσει βρῶσιν. Τοὺς αὐτοὺς αὖθις λέγει, καὶ ἐλαίαν καὶ πεδία· ἐλαίαν μὲν, διὰ τό ποτε κατάκαρπον αὐτῶν ἐν ἀρεταῖς· πεδία δὲ, ὡς πάλαι σῖτον ἀγαθοεργίας βλαστάνοντας εἰς τὰς ἄνω συγκομιζόμενον ἀποθήκας. Προειπὼν δὲ τὴν ἀκαρπίαν αὐτῶν, προλέγει καὶ τὴν ἀπώλειαν καὶ τὴν καταστροφὴν αὐτῶν. [] πανταχοῦ MPASH : πολλαχοῦ COF.

17β The work of the olive-tree will disappoint and the fields will fail to bring forth food. He calls them again an ‘olive-tree’ and ‘fields’, an ‘olive-tree’ on account of their once hav- ing been laden with virtues, and ‘fields’ as of old budding the grain of good works which were gathered into the store-houses on high. Having foretold their barrenness, he also foretells their destruction and ruin.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή FIVE — Ode FIVE
PG 128:1295γ Ἐξέλιπεν ἀπὸ βρώσεως πρόβατα. Βρῶσιν ὀνομάζει νῦν, τὰς νομικὰς καὶ προφητικὰς βίβλους, ἃς ἀναγινώσκοντες, ἐτρέφοντο τὰς ψυχάς. Ἐξέλιπε, φησὶ, τά ποτε πρόβατα τοῦ Θεοῦ, μὴ παρόντα τῇ βρώσει συνήθως, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολωλότα.

17γ The sheep have died for want of fodder. ‘Fodder’ is what he now calls the books of the law and of the prophets, reading which they used to nourish their souls. The one-time sheep of God have died, he says, not coming as usual to their food, but being lost.

δ Καὶ οὐχ ὑπάρξουσι βόες ἐπὶ φάτναις. Βόες δὲ πάλιν, οἱ αὐτοὶ, ὡς ἐργάται πάλαι τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὧν φάτναι, παραπλησίως τὰ βιβλία.

17δ And there will be no oxen at the mangers. ‘Oxen’ once again are the Jews, as workers of virtue in the past, whose mangers similarly are the books.

18 Ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν τῷ Κυρίῳ ἀγαλλιάσομαι, χαρήσομαι ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ τῷ σωτῆρί μου. Tῷ πρὸ τοῦ τοιούτου καιροῦ μετακαλουμένῳ με καὶ σῴζοντί με ἀπὸ τῆς εἰρημένης συμφορᾶς.

18 But I shall rejoice in the Lord, I shall be joyful in God my Saviour. Who is recalling me before such a time and saving me from the calamity mentioned.

PG 128:1297α Κύριος ὁ Θεός μου, δύναμίς μου. Δυναμῶν με εἰς ἀρετήν.

19α The Lord my God is my strength. Strengthening me to virtue.

β Καὶ τάξει τοὺς πόδας μου εἰς συντέλειαν. Καὶ στήσει τοὺς πόδας μου εἰς τέλος τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης.

19β And he will set my feet for consummation. And he will establish my feet for the end of this life.

γ Καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ ἐπιβιβᾷ με. Καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀνάγει με, ἢ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ θεωρήματα.

19γ And he raises me up on high. And brings me up to the height of virtue, or to exalted visions.

δ Τοῦ νικῆσαί με ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ αὐτοῦ. Ὥστε νικῆσαί με καὶ καταβαλεῖν τὴν κακίαν ἐν τῷ ᾄδειν αὐτῷ, ἤγουν ᾄδοντα καὶ ὑμνοῦντα αὐτόν. V ᾨδὴ ε΄ Προσευχὴ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ Προφήτου ληφθεῖσα ἐκ τῆς βίβλου τῆς προφητείας αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διαγορεύουσα.

19δ So that I may triumph in his song. So that I may be victorious and cast down evil in singing to him, that is, singing and praising him. V Ode Five A Prayer of Isaiah the Prophet having been taken from the book of his prophecy and declaring openly about Christ.

α Ἐκ νυκτὸς ὀρθρίζει τὸ πνεῦμά μου πρὸς σὲ, ὁ Θεός. Νύκτα μὲν ὀνομάζει, τὴν νομικὴν πολιτείαν, διὰ τὸ αἰνιγματῶδες τοῦ νόμου καὶ

9α From out of night my spirit strains towards dawn to you, O God. ‘Night’ is what he calls life under the law on account of the enigmatic nature of the law and its obscurity and darkness. He is saying, O God, O Lord, from out of this dark and

ἀσαφὲς καὶ σκοτεινόν. Λέγει δὲ, ὅτι, ὦ ὁ Θεὸς, ὦ Κύριε, ἐκ τῆς σκοτεινῆς ταύτης πολιτείας καὶ σκιώδους, ὀρθρίζει τὸ πνεῦμά μου, τουτέστιν, ἐγὼ, πρὸς σὲ τὸ νοητὸν φῶς, τὸν ἥλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης· προλαμβάνω τὴν ἀνατολήν σου ― τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ὀρθρίζειν ― πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεώς σου ταῦτα φθεγγόμενος | καὶ παρακαλῶν σε. Ἢ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ νόει, τὸ διορατικὸν χάρισμα.

shadowy way of life, my spirit is straining, that is, I am straining, towards you, the intelligible light, the sun of justice. I am anticipating your rising – for this is what to strain towards dawn means – uttering these words prior to your incarnation and entreating you. Or else under- stand his ‘spirit’ as his gift of clear-sightedness.

PG 128:1299β Διότι φῶς τὰ προστάγματά σου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Διότι αἱ εὐαγγελικαὶ ἐντολαί σου, φῶς εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ λάμπουσαι διὰ τὸ καθαρὸν καὶ ἀνεπίληπτον καὶ σαφὲς, καὶ λαμπρύνουσαι καὶ ὁδηγοῦσαι τοὺς ἐν νυκτὶ τῆς ἀγνοίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν αὐτῶν.

9β For your decrees are light upon the earth. Because your Gospel commandments are light upon the earth, both shining on account of their purity and blamelessness and clarity, and brightening and guiding those in the night of ignorance and sin towards deliverance therefrom.

γ Δικαιοσύνην μάθετε, οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Διακαιοσύνην, τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν, περὶ ἧς εἶπε καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς, Ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ὑμῶν πλέον τῶν Γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Μάθετε, φησὶν, αὐτὸν ἔχοντες διδάσκαλον, τὸν ταύτην προστάττοντα.

9γ Learn justice, O you who dwell upon the earth. ‘Justice’, namely, that of the Gospel, about which Christ said, Unless your justice exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven. Learn, he says, having as your teacher him who enjoins this.

α Πέπαυται γὰρ ὁ ἀσεβής. Ὁ ἄπιστος ᾽Ιουδαῖος, ὁ μὴ σεβασθεὶς αὐτὸν λαὸς, πέπαυται, ἀφαιρεθεὶς τὴν ἄχρι τότε ἐξουσίαν καὶ δόξαν, καὶ ῾Ρωμαίοις παραδοθείς. Καὶ οὗτος δὲ, ὡς ἤδη γεγενημένα λέγει τὰ μέλλοντα, νόμῳ προφητείας.

10α For the impious man has ceased. The unbelieving Jew, the people that did not show reverence to him, has ceased, having been deprived of his heretofore authority and glory and having been surrendered to the Ro- mans. And this prophet too speaks of future things as having already occurred, in accord with the custom of prophecy.

β Οὐ μὴ μάθῃ δικαιοσύνην. Τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν, ὡς δεδήλωται, ἐθελοκωφῶν καὶ ἐθελοτυφλώττων, καὶ ἀποπεμπόμενος τὸν διδάσκαλον αὐτῆς.

10β In no way will he learn justice. The justice of the Gospel, as was stated, voluntarily closing his ears and his eyes and repu- diating its teacher.

γ Ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀλήθειαν οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ. Ἀληθῆ ἀρετὴν οὐκ ἐργάσεται· ὁποῖαί εἰσιν αἱ εὐαγγελικαί· αἱ νομικαὶ γὰρ, τυπικαὶ τῶν ἀληθινῶν καὶ σκιώδεις.

10γ Upon the earth in no way will he perform truth. He will not carry out true virtue, which virtues are those of Gospel, for those of the law are types and shadows of the true virtues.

δ Ἀρθήτω ὁ ἀσεβὴς, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου. Ἀρθήτω εἰς ἀναίρεσιν καὶ δουλείαν· ἐξολοθρευθήτω ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ τὴν δόξαν Χριστοῦ, τὴν παρὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐκεῖ προσαχθησομένην αὐτῷ. Δόξα δὲ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ πολιτεία τῶν ἐκεῖ λαμψάντων ἁγίων πατέρων, ὡς μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ μιμητῶν.

10δ Let the impious man be lifted away that he may not see the glory of the Lord. Let him be lifted away in slaughter and slavery. Let him be utterly destroyed from his land that he may not see the glory of Christ, that will be offered to him there by the Christians. And his glory is also the Gospel way of life of the holy fathers who shone forth there, as his disciples and imitators.

α Κύριε, ὑψηλός σου ὁ βραχίων. Βραχίων τοῦ Πατρὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς, ὡς δύναμις καὶ ὡς δημιουργός· Πάντα γὰρ, φησὶ, δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. Ὑμνῶν δὲ αὐτὸν, ὑψηλὸν λέγει, ἢ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς θεότητος, ἢ διὰ τὸ ὕψος τῶν ἀρετῶν τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος αὐτοῦ· Ὡραῖος γὰρ, φησὶ, κάλλει παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· κάλλει δὲ, τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς δηλονότι.

11α O Lord, your arm is exalted. The arm of the Father is the Son, as power and as creator, for it is written, All things were made through him. In singing his praise he calls him ‘exalted’, either on account of the magnitude of his divin- ity, or else on account of the sublimity of the virtues of his humanity, for it is written, Comely in beauty beyond the sons of men, in beauty of soul, that is.

β Καὶ οὐκ ᾔδεισαν. Oἱ ᾽Ιουδαῖοι· ἅτε μὴ θέλοντες εἰδέναι τοῦτο διὰ πονηρίας ὑπερβολὴν καὶ μύοντες πρὸς τὸ φῶς.

11β And they did not know. The Jews, as not wishing to know this on account of an excess of wickedness and as blind to the light.

PG 128:1301γ Γνόντες δὲ, αἰσχυνθήτωσαν. Προστακτικὸν ἀντὶ μέλλοντος· γνόντες δὲ, φησὶν, αἰσχυνθήσονται. Τοῦτο δὲ, ἢ γέγονεν ὅτε οἱ φυλάσσοντες τὸν τάφον στρατιῶται ἀνήγγειλαν τὰ τοῦ ἀποκυλίσαντος τὸν λίθον ἀγγέλου, διὸ καὶ ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ τούτοις δεδώκασιν, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο κηρύττωσιν· ἢ γενήσεται κατὰ τὴν παγκόσμιον ἀνάστασιν, ὅτε ἐρχομένου ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς, προπορεύσεται αὐτοῦ τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ σταυροῦ, λάμπον ὑπὲρ τὸν ἥλιον.

11γ And having come to know, let them be put to shame. The imperative in the sense of the future. And having come to know, he says, they will be put to shame. And this either occurred when the soldiers guarding the tomb reported about the angel who rolled away the stone, whereon they gave them a good sum of silver so that they would not make it known, or else it will occur at the time of the universal resurrection when, coming in the glory of the Father, the sign of the Cross will go before him, shining more than the sun.

δ Ζῆλος λήψεται λαὸν ἀπαίδευτον. Ζῆλος, ὑπὲρ ἐκδικήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς αὐτοῖς ἐδόκει· ὠργίζοντο γὰρ, ὅτι ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ἐποίει τῷ Θεῷ. Λαὸς δέ εἰσιν ἀπαίδευτος, μὴ παιδευόμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ, μὴ δὲ μανθάνοντες τὰ προφητευθέντα εἰς αὐτόν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀνεγίνωσκον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον, ὑπὸ κακίας καὶ φθόνου.

11δ Zeal will overtake an uninstructed people. Zeal for avenging God as it seemed to them, for they would become enraged that he would make himself equal to God. They are an uninstructed people, not being instructed from Scripture of the things concerning him, and not having learned the things prophesied in relation to him, for even though they would read, they would not recognize out of evil and envy.

ε Καὶ νῦν | πῦρ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους ἔδεται. Tὸ, νῦν, ἐνταῦθα τὸ, ἀεὶ, δηλοῖ, ὅτι καὶ ἀεὶ πῦρ αὐτοὺς ἔδεται· ἢ πῦρ θυμοῦ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ἕως ἂν ζῶσιν οἱ θεομισεῖς· ἢ πῦρ Γεέννης ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως. Ἢ τὸ, νῦν, ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τοῦτο· καὶ γὰρ διὰ τὸ γνῶναι αὐτὸν, πῦρ αὐτοὺς καταφάγεται μεταμελείας ἀνονήτου καὶ θλίψεως αἰωνίου, μετὰ θάνατον δηλονότι.

11ε And now fire will devour the adversaries. The ‘now’ here signifies ‘ever’, namely, that fire will ever devour them. Or the fire of rage against Christ and the Christians will devour those hateful to God as long as they live; or the fire of Gehenna at the time of retribution. Or else the ‘now’ is in the sense of, ‘on this account’; and indeed on account of knowing him, the fire of vain repentance and of eternal affliction will devour them, after death, that is to say.

12 Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, εἰρήνην δὸς ἡμῖν· πάντα γὰρ ἀπέδωκας ἡμῖν. Προσώπῳ τῶν πιστεῦσαι μελλόντων, προσεύχεται δοθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστὸν, εἰρηνεύσοντα καὶ καταλλάξοντα αὐτοὺς τῷ Πατρί· οὗτος γάρ ἐστι μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ

12 O Lord our God, give us peace, for you all things you have given back to us. In the person of those destined to believe, he prays for Christ to be given to them, bring- ing them peace and reconciling them to the Father, for he is mediator between God and men.

ἀνθρώπων. Τοῦτον, φησὶ, δὸς ἡμῖν, πάντα γὰρ ἀπέδωκας, ἤτοι δέδωκας ἡμῖν, νόμον, προφήτας καὶ τἄλλα, ὅσα φιλανθρώπως παρακαλοῦσι τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας εἰς ἐπιστροφήν· Τούτου δὲ μόνου χρεία. Ἢ καὶ ἄλλως, πάντα γὰρ δέδωκας ἡμῖν, εἰ Τοῦτον δώσεις, τὰ πάντα δυνάμενον. α Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, κτίσαι ἡμᾶς. Εἰς καινὴν κτίσιν, διὰ τῆς ἀναπλάσεως καὶ ἀναγεννήσεως τοῦ βαπτίσματος, εἰς καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀποξύσας τὴν παλαιότητα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, εἰς νέον λαόν. Ἢ κτῆσαι ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, κτῆμα ἐξαίρετον, κληρονομίαν οἰκειοτάτην· Καὶ δώσω σοι γὰρ, φησὶν, ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου, καὶ τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς. β Κύριε, ἐκτός σου ἄλλον οὐκ οἴδαμεν. Ἄλλον θεὸν οὐκ οἴδαμεν· τοῦτο δὲ διὰ τοὺς ψευδωνύμους εἴρηται θεούς. Προσώπῳ δὲ τῶν ἤδη πιστευσάντων ὁ λόγος. γ Tὸ ὄνομά σου ὀνομάζομεν. Ἐπικαλούμεθα, κηρύττομεν· οὐ μόνον τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον. α Oἱ δὲ νεκροὶ ζωὴν οὐ μὴ ἴδωσιν. Oἱ τὰς ψυχὰς νεκρωθέντες εἰς πίστιν ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου τῆς ἀπιστίας, ζωὴν τὴν μακαρίαν καὶ αἰώνιον οὐ μὴ ἴδωσιν. β Οὐδὲ ἰατροὶ οὐ μὴ ἀναστήσουσιν. Οὐδὲ οἱ παρ᾽ Ἕλλησι μὲν φιλόσοφοι καὶ θεολόγοι, παρ᾽ Ἑβραίοις δὲ γραμματεῖς καὶ διδάσκαλοι, οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι ἰατροὶ ψυχῶν, ἀναστήσουσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν εἰρημένην ζωήν. γ Διὰ τοῦτο ἐπήγαγες καὶ ἀπώλεσας καὶ ἦρας πᾶν ἄρσεν αὐτῶν. Διὰ τὸ νεκρωθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἔτι ζῶντας, ὡς εἴρηται, ἐπήγαγες κινδύνους καὶ ἀπώλεσας αὐτοὺς διὰ ῾Ρωμαίων, καὶ ἦρας ἐκ μέσου πάντα δυνατὸν αὐτῶν. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐπικρατέστερον τὸ ἄρσεν τοῦ θήλεος, διὰ τοῦ ἄρσενος, τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας ἐν δυνάμει λόγου καὶ ῥώμῃ σώματος καὶ ἰσχύϊ πλούτου καὶ δόξης ὑπεδήλωσεν· εἰ δὲ τούτους ἐξολοθρεύσει, πολλῷ μᾶλλον, τοὺς ἄλλους. β ἀναστήσουσιν MACOSFH : ἀναστήσωσιν B[TRa]. β Add. [M in marg.]COFH: Ἢ καὶ οὕτως· τὸν Χριστὸν οὐ μὴ ἴδωσιν ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει· Ἐγὼ γὰρ, φησὶν, εἰμὶ ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή [Jn 14.]. Οὐδὲ τὰ εἴδωλα, οἷς ἐχρῶντο ἰατροῖς πολλάκις [ἃ ζῶντες εἶχον ἰατροὺς CF], οὐ μὴ ἀναστήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βόθρου τῆς κολάσεως. : om. SAB. γ νεκρωθῆναι AOBFH : νεκρωθέντας M. γ ἐξολοθρεύσει CAFH : ἐξολοθρεύσῃς MS.

Give him to us, he says, for you have given back, that is, you have given, us all things, the law, and the prophets and all the other things that benevolently encourage sinners to turn back. And he alone is needful. Or in a different way, for you have given us everything if you will give us Him who is able to do all things. 13α O Lord our God, create us. Into a new creation, through the refashioning and rebirth of baptism into a new man, having scraped off the oldness of sin, into a new people. Or else ‘take possession of us’ through the Gospel, a chosen possession, an inheritance of his very own, for it is written, And I shall give you nations as your inheritance, and the ends of the earth as your possession. 13β O Lord, we know no other apart from you. We know no other god; this is said about the gods falsely so-called. The verse is in the person of those who have already believed. 13γ We name your name. We call on it, we proclaim it; not only the divine name, but also the human name. 14α But the dead will surely not see life. Those whose souls have been deadened to faith by the death of unbelief will surely not see the blessed and eternal life. 14β Nor will physicians raise them up. Nor will the philosophers and theologians among the Greeks and the scribes and teach- ers among the Hebrews, who are reputed to be physicians of the soul, raise them up to the eternal life mentioned. 14γ On this account you brought on and destroyed and took away their every male. On account of their having been deadened while still alive, as was said, you brought on dangers and destroyed them through the Romans and took away everyone who was strong among them. Since the male imposes himself more than the female, by the male, he implies those who impose themselves by power of speech and strength of body and force of wealth and glory; and if he will utterly destroy those, then much more so will he destroy the others. 14β: Or else in this way: They will surely not see Christ at the resurrection, for it is written, I am the way and the truth and the life [ Jn 14.6]. Nor will the idols that they would often employ as physicians [that they had as physicians when alive] raise them up from the pit of torment.

Ἢ καὶ ἄλλως, πάντας τοὺς ἄῤῥενας ἁπλῶς νοητέον, ὡς τῶν θηλειῶν εἰς δουλείαν ἀνδραποδισθεισῶν.

Or else in a different way, simply all the males are to be understood, with the females having been sold into slavery.

α Πρόσθες αὐτοῖς κακὰ, Κύριε. Τοῖς Χριστοκτόνοις· κακὰ δὲ λέγει, τὰς κακωτικὰς τιμωρίας· ἐμίσησε γὰρ αὐτοὺς διὰ τὴν τηλικαύτην λύσσαν αὐτῶν.

15α Add evils to them, O Lord. To the slayers of Christ. ‘Evils’ is what he calls hurtful punishments; for he hated them on account of their so great fury.

PG 128:1303β Πρόσθες κακὰ τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τῆς γῆς. | Τοῖς ἁπανταχῆ δυνάσταις· ἵνα οὕτω συστελλόμενοι, μετριώτεροι τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις καὶ σωφρονέστεροι γένωνται.

15β Add evils to the glorious of the earth. To the powerful rulers everywhere, so that being thus reined in they may become more moderate towards those beneath them and more temperate.

α Κύριε, ἐν θλίψει ἐμνήσθημέν σου. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὅτε θλιβόμεθα κακούμενοι, τότε συστελλόμενοι, μιμνῃσκόμεθά σου.

16α O Lord, in affliction we have remembered you. For we too, when we are being afflicted with evils, on being reined in, we then remember you.

β Κύριε, ἐν θλίψει μικρᾷ ἡ παιδεία σου ἡμῖν. Καὶ οὐ μόνον ἐν θλίψει μεγάλῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν μικρᾷ, ἡ παιδεία ἡ σὴ ἡμῖν γίνεται. Καὶ οὐ μόνον διὰ τῶν μεγάλων, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν μικρῶν παιδεύεις ἡμᾶς, ὡς διψῶν τὴν διόρθωσιν ἡμῶν.

16β O Lord, in small affliction your instruction is brought to us. And not only with great affliction, but also with small affliction is your instruction brought to us. And not only through great things, but also through small things you instruct us, as thirsting for our correction.

17 Καὶ ὡς ἡ ὠδίνουσα ἐγγίζει τοῦ τεκεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ὠδῖνι αὐτῆς ἐκέκραγεν, οὕτως ἐγενήθημεν τῷ ἀγαπητῷ σου. Τοῦτο λέγει νῦν Ἡσαΐας περί τε ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων προφητῶν, ὅτι καθάπερ ἡ ὠδίνουσα γυνὴ ἐγγίζει εἰς τὸ τεκεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ὠδῖνι αὐτῆς ἐκέκραγεν, ὀδύναις καὶ πόνοις κατατεινομένη, οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐγενόμεθα τῷ ἀγαπητῷ σου Υἱῷ· ἐγγίζοντες γὰρ τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ τεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς Παρθένου, καὶ ὀδυνώμενοι ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ τῶν πεπλανημένων, κράζομεν πρὸς αὐτὸν, ἐπικαλούμενοι τοῦτον βοηθόν.

17 And as a woman in travail comes to give birth and cried out in her birth pangs, so we have been towards your beloved. Isaiah now says this about both himself and the other prophets, that just as a woman in childbirth is about to give birth and cried out in her pain, being racked with pangs and pains, so we have become towards your beloved Son, for as the time approaches for him to be born of the Virgin, and being pained at the destruction of those in error, we cry out to him, calling on him as helper.

α Διὰ τὸν φόβον σου, Κύριε, ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν. Διὰ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι καὶ εὐαρεστεῖν σοι, ἐν γαστρὶ τῆς ψυχῆς συνελάβομεν σπέρματα προφητείας, ἤγουν ἐν νοῒ, ἐν ᾧ θησαυρίζονται αἱ θεωρίαι.

18α On account of your fear, O Lord, we have conceived in the womb. On account of our fearing and being well-pleasing to you, we have conceived seeds of prophecy in the womb of our soul, that is, in our mind, in which visions are stored.

β Καὶ ὠδινήσαμεν καὶ ἐτέκομεν. Καὶ ἐκυοφορήσαμεν, εἶτα ἐγεννήσαμεν αὐτὰ διὰ γλώσσης.

18β And we have entered birth pangs and have given birth. And we have been pregnant with these things and then have given birth to them through the tongue.

γ Πνεῦμα σωτηρίας σου ἐποιήσαμεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Tὸ χάρισμα τῆς προφητείας σου ― ταύτην γὰρ καλεῖ σωτηρίαν, ὡς σῴζουσαν ― ἐποιήσαμεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἤγουν κατεστήσαμεν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις διὰ τῶν συγγραμμάτων ἡμῶν· χάρισμα δὲ προφητείας νόει μοι, τὸ δοθὲν αὐτοῖς.

18γ We have produced the spirit of your salvation upon the earth. We have produced the gift of your prophecy – for this is what he calls ‘salvation’ as saving – upon the earth, that is, we have set it down among men through our writings; and under- stand the gift of prophecy as that given to them.

PG 128:1305δ Οὐ πεσούμεθα, ἀλλὰ πεσοῦνται οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Οὗτος ὁ λόγος, προσώπῳ τῶν μαρτύρων εἴρηται, ὅτι οὐχ ἡττησόμεθα, ἀλλ’ ἡττηθήσονται οἱ τύραννοι, οἱ ἡμᾶς μὲν θανατοῦντες, αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑπολιμπανόμενοι ἐν τῇ γῇ.

18δ We shall not fall, but those who dwell on the earth shall fall. This verse is spoken in the person of the martyrs, namely, that we shall not be defeated, but the tyrants putting us to death will be defeated, they being left on the earth.

α Ἀναστήσονται οἱ νεκροὶ καὶ ἐγερθήσονται οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις. Τοῦτο προηγουμένως μὲν τὴν παγκόσμιον ἀνάστασιν προμηνύει· αἰνίττεται δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν πιστῶν ἀνακαίνισιν, οἵτινες, νεκροὶ ὄντες ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναισθησίᾳ καὶ ἀνενεργησίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς, τάτε πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀνέστησαν διὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος, καὶ ἀνεγεννήθησαν διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος, καὶ ἐν τοῖς σκοτεινοῖς καὶ βδελυροῖς δόγμασι τῆς πλάνης ὡς ἐν μνημείοις τισὶ κείμενοι, ἠγέρθησαν εἰς φωτεινὰ καὶ τίμια τῆς εὐσεβείας διδάγματα.

19α The dead will arise and those in the graves will be awakened. This foretells primarily about the universal resurrection, and it also alludes to the renewal of the believers who, who being dead as concerns their insensitivity and inactivity of the soul, rose up towards virtue through the preaching and were reborn through baptism and, lying in the dark and loathsome doctrines of error as if in graves of some kind, they were awakened to the luminous and precious teachings of piety.

β Καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται οἱ ἐν τῇ γῇ. Εὐφρανθήσονται οἱ ἐν τῇ γῇ πιστοὶ, ὅτι ἀπηλλάγησαν τῆς τυραννίδος τοῦ διαβόλου· ἢ εὐφρανθήσονται οἱ ἐν τῇ γῇ ὄντες, ὅτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἤδη γεγόνασιν.

19β And those on the earth will rejoice. The believers on the earth will rejoice because they have been delivered from the tyranny of the devil; or those on the earth will rejoice because they have already come into heaven.

γ Ἡ γὰρ δρόσος ἡ παρὰ σοῦ ἴαμα αὐτοῖς ἐστι. Δρόσον λέγει, τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, ἰώμενον τοὺς φλεγομένους ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἢ καὶ τρόπον ἕτερον, ἠρέμα ταῖς ψυχικαῖς | ἀρούραις εἰσχεόμενον, καὶ ἄρδον τὰ ἔμφυτα σπέρματα τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ καρποφορεῖν ταύτας παρασκευάζον.

19γ For the fresh dew that is from you is a healing remedy for them. ‘Fresh dew’ is what he calls the Gospel, as healing those inflamed by sin, or else in a differ- ent way, as being gently infused into the arable land of the soul and watering the innate seeds of virtue and bringing them to bear fruit.

δ Ἡ δὲ γῆ τῶν ἀσεβῶν πεσεῖται. Ἡ δὲ ψυχικὴ γῆ τῶν ἀπίστων πεσεῖται εἰς ἀχρηστίαν, εἰς ἀπώλειαν, εἰς τιμωρίαν, ὡς ἀνίατος, ὡς ἄνυδρος, ὡς ἄκαρπος.

19δ But the land of the impious will fall. But the land of the soul of unbelievers will fall into uselessness, into destruction, into punishment, as beyond cure, as without water, as without fruit.

α Βάδιζε, ὁ λαός μου. Ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν νέον λαὸν, προσώπῳ τοῦ Σωτῆρος, κελεύοντος βαδίζειν τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου.

20α Walk, O my people. These words are addressed to the new people in the person of the Saviour, enjoining them to walk in the way of the Gospel.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή SIX — Ode SIX
PG 128:1305β Εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖόν σου. [Ἀπόκλεισον τὴν θύραν σου.] Ταμιεῖον λέγει, τὸν ἑκάστου τάφον, ἤτοι τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ἀδὰμ ἀπελθεῖν ἐκελεύσθη παγγενῆ.

20β Enter into your chamber. [Close your door]. ‘Chamber’ is what he calls the grave of each, namely, the earth into which from the begin- ning all the race of Adam was ordered to depart.

PG 128:1307γ Ἀποκρύβηθι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον. Μικρὸν, ὀλίγον.

20γ Hide yourself for just a little. A short time, a little time.

δ Ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ἡ ὀργὴ Κυρίου. Ὀργὴν δηλοῖ, τὴν ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ κόσμου κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀπόφασιν, παραλήψεται τοὺς δικαίους ὁ Κύριος εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ, καθὼς ἀπὸ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου μεμαθήκαμεν. VI ᾨδὴ ϛ΄ Προσευχὴ ᾽Ιωνᾶ τοῦ Προφήτου ἐκ τῆς βίβλου αὐτοῦ. Προσηύξατο δὲ ταύτην ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους ὢν ἔτι.

20δ Until the Lord’s anger may pass by. He is indicating the anger at the consummation of the world directed against the impious and sinners, for after passing his sentence on them, the Lord will receive the just into his kingdom, as we learnt from the Gospel. VI Ode Six A prayer of Jonah the Prophet from his book. He prayed this prayer while still in the belly of the sea monster.

α Ἐβόησα ἐν θλίψει μου πρὸς Κύριον τὸν Θεόν μου. Θλῖψιν λέγει, τὴν ἐκ τοῦ καταποθῆναι, τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις τοῦ κήτους περισχοῦσαν αὐτόν.

3α I cried in my affliction to the Lord my God. ‘Affliction’ is what he calls the affliction of having been swallowed down, the affliction encompassing him in the belly of the whale.

β Καὶ εἰσήκουσέ μου. Ἔγνω γὰρ εὐθὺς ὅτι εἰσηκούσθη.

3β And he heard me. For I knew at once that I had been heard.

γ Ἐκ κοιλίας ᾅδου κραυγῆς μου ἤκουσας φωνῆς μου. Ἤκουσας κραυγῆς μου, τῆς ἐκ κοιλίας τοῦ κήτους· τοῦτο γὰρ ᾅδην ὀνομάζει, διὰ τὸ καταπιεῖν καὶ κατέχειν ζῶντα. Tῇ μὲν γὰρ φύσει τῶν γεγενημένων, νεκρὸς ἦν· ἔζη δὲ μόνῃ τῇ θείᾳ χάριτι. Ἤκουσας, φησὶ, ταχέως κραυγῆς μου, ἤγουν φωνῆς μου κράζοντος πρὸς σὲ, φωνοῦντος ἐκ πόθου.

3γ From the belly of Hades you heard the cry of my voice. You heard my cry from the belly of the sea monster; for he calls the sea monster ‘Hades’ on account of its swallowing him and holding him alive, for by the nature of the events he was dead, but he lived only by divine grace. You swiftly heard my cry, he says, that is, my voice crying out to you, giving utterance out of longing.

α Ἀπέῤῥιψάς με εἰς βάθη καρδίας θαλάσσης. Ἀποῤῥιφθῆναι παρεσκεύασας, ἐπεγείρας ζάλην τοῖς ἐμοὶ συμπλέουσι, καὶ κίνδυνον περιστήσας, ἕως ἄν με κληρωθέντα ἐνέβαλον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς ἡ ἱστορία διδάσκει. Jon 1.7, 15

4α You cast me into the depths of the heart of the sea. You contrived for me to be cast forth, having raised up a storm for those sailing with me and set danger around them, until they cast me, having been drawn by lot, into the sea, as the story tells. Jon 1.7, 15

β Καὶ ποταμοὶ ἐκύκλωσάν με. Oἱ εἰσβάλλοντες εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ τὰ ῥεύματα τῆς θαλάσσης.

4β And rivers encircled me. Those that flow into the sea, or the currents of the sea.

PG 128:1309γ Πάντες οἱ μετεωρισμοί σου καὶ τὰ κύματά σου ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ διῆλθον. Μετεωρισμοὺς δὲ προσαγορεύει, τὰς ἐπαναστάσεις καὶ τὰ οἰδήματα τῶν ὑδάτων.

4γ All your surgings and your waves passed over me. ‘Surgings’ is what he calls the uprisings and swellings of the waters.

α Κἀγὼ εἶπον, Ἀπῶσμαι ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν σου. Ὅτε κατεπόθην, εἶπον ὅτι ἐξεβλήθην τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου· ἐγυμνώθην τῆς προνοίας σου.

5α And I said, ‘I have been driven from your eyes’. When I was swallowed down, I said that I had been cast out from your oversight, I had been stripped of your providence.

β Ἆρα προσθήσω τοῦ ἐπιβλέψαι με πρὸς ναὸν ἅγιόν σου; Ἐλογισάμην καὶ τοῦτο· ἆρα προσθήκην ποιήσω τοῦ ἰδεῖν τὸν ἅγιόν σου ναόν; ἆρα ἔτι ὄψομαι τὸν θεῖον ναὸν, ἤτοι τὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις;

5β ‘Shall I add to look towards your holy temple?’ And I thought this also: Shall I make the addition of seeing your holy temple? Shall I set eyes again on the divine temple, namely, the temple in Jerusalem?

α Περιεχύθη μοι ὕδωρ ἕως ψυχῆς μου. Tὸ μὲν γὰρ κῆτος, ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, αὐτὸς δὲ, ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις τοῦ κήτους· ἔνυδρα δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ταῦτα. Tὸ δὲ, ἕως ψυχῆς μου, μονονουχὶ λέγοντος, ὅτι οὐ τὸ σῶμα μόνον, ἀλλὰ | καὶ ἡ ψυχή μου ἐν ὕδασιν, ἕως αὐτῆς φθάνουσι καὶ ἁπτομένοις αὐτῆς.

6α Water poured over me even to my soul. For the sea monster was in the sea, and he was in the entrails of the monster; and moreo- ver these beasts live in water. ‘Even to my soul’, saying as it were that not only my body but even my soul is in waters, reaching and touching even the soul.

β Ἄβυσσος ἐκύκλωσέ με ἐσχάτη. Βαθυτάτη· ἐν τοῖς βαθυτάτοις γὰρ πελάγεσι διαιτῶνται τὰ κήτη.

6β An uttermost abyss encircled me. A deepest abyss, for whales live in the deepest oceans.

γ Ἔδυ ἡ κεφαλή μου εἰς σχισμὰς ὀρέων. Ὄρη λέγει, τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἀπλώτοις πελάγεσι νήσους· ἢ καὶ τὰ ἐν ταύταις ὄρη· ἢ καὶ τὰ παρακείμενα τοῖς τοιούτοις πελάγεσιν ὄρη, μέχρι τῆς ἀβύσσου κατὰ βάθος φθάνοντα καὶ σχισμὰς ὑπὸ θάλασσαν ἔχοντα, αἷς εἰώθασι τὰ κήτη παρανηχόμενα πολλάκις εἰσδύεσθαι. Εἰσδυομένου τοίνυν τοῦ κήτους, εἰσεδύετο καὶ αὐτός· ἔδυ, φησὶν, ἡ κεφαλή μου, τουτέστιν, ἐγὼ, ἀπὸ μέρους τὸ ὅλον.

6γ My head plunged into the clefts of mountains. ‘Mountains’ is what he calls the islands in the unnavigated seas, or the mountains on these islands, or the mountains lying next to such seas, reaching down to the abyss in depth and having clefts beneath the sea which sea monsters are accustomed to enter very often as they swim by. When therefore the sea monster would enter them, he would enter also. My head, he says, plunged in, that is, I, the part standing for the whole.

α Κατέβην εἰς γῆν, ἧς οἱ μοχλοὶ αὐτῆς κάτοχοι αἰώνιοι. Ἐνίοτε γὰρ τὸ κῆτος, εἰς τὸν πυθμένα τῆς ἀβύσσου καταβαῖνον, ἀνεπαύετο·

7α I descended to earth whose bars are eternal fastnesses. For at times the sea monster, descending to the bottom of the abyss, would take rest; I

PG 128:1311κατέβην, φησὶ, διὰ τοῦ κήτους εἰς γῆν, ἧς αἱ πύλαι κατέχουσιν αἰωνίως, ἃς οὐκ ἐκφεύγει τις, ὁ μέχρις ἐκείνων ἀφικόμενος· μοχλοὺς γὰρ, τὰς πύλας καὶ τὰ κλεῖθρα καλεῖ, ἤτοι τὴν κατάσχεσιν. β Καὶ ἀναβήτω ἐκ φθορᾶς ἡ ζωή μου πρὸς σὲ, Κύριε ὁ Θεός μου. Ἐκ φθορᾶς μὲν, τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ κήτους, ᾗ περιεστοίχισται· πρὸς σὲ δὲ, ἤτοι πρὸς τὸν σὸν ναὸν, ἐν ᾧ κατοικεῖς. α Ἐν τῷ ἐκλείπειν ἐξ ἐμοῦ τὴν ψυχήν μου, τοῦ Κυρίου ἐμνήσθην. Οὐδὲ προσεγγίσας τῷ θανάτῳ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ μνήμης ἀπέστην· ἢ καὶ ἑτέρως, ἐμνήσθην τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς ἀντίληψιν καὶ βοήθειαν. β Καὶ ἔλθοι πρὸς σὲ ἡ προσευχή μου πρὸς ναὸν ἅγιόν σου. Ἡ προσευχή μου, ἡ περὶ τοῦ ἀναβῆναι τὴν ζωήν μου πρὸς σέ. Ἔλθοι, φησὶν, αὕτη πρὸς σέ· φθασάτω πρὸς σὲ, ἤγουν πρὸς τὸν ναόν σου τὸν ἅγιον, ἐν ᾧ κατοικεῖς, ὡς εἴρηται· ἔλθοι πρὸς σὲ ἡ προσευχή μου, κατὰ τὸν ναὸν τὸν ἅγιόν σου· ἀναπεμφθείη πάλιν ἡ προσευχή μου καθὼς τὸ πρότερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ σου πρὸς σέ· εἰώθει γὰρ ἐν τῷ ναῷ προσεύχεσθαι. 9 Φυλασσόμενοι μάταια καὶ ψευδῆ, ἔλεον αὐτῶν ἐγκατέλιπον. Oἱ φυλάσσοντες καὶ τιμῶντες τὰ μάταια καὶ ψευδῆ εἴδωλα, κλήρῳ πεισθέντες, τὸν ἔλεον αὐτῶν, ὃν ἠλέουν με ἄχρι τινὸς, ὕστερον κατέλιπον, καὶ ἀφειδῶς ἔῤῥιψάν με εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Εἴη δὲ ἂν τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦτο καὶ προφητεία περὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, οἳ φύλακες τοῦ δεσποτικοῦ τάφου κατέστησαν. Τύπος γὰρ γενόμενος ὁ ᾽Ιωνᾶς τῆς τριημέρου ταφῆς τοῦ Σωτῆρος, εἰκότως περὶ αὐτῆς προεφήτευσε λέγων, οἱ φυλάσσοντες μάτην καὶ ψευδῶς τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ― λαθὼν γὰρ αὐτοὺς, ἀνέστη ― ἐγκατέλιπον τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτῶν, ἤτοι τὴν ἀλήθειαν δι᾽ ἣν ἔμελλον ἐλεηθῆναι καὶ σωθῆναι. Καὶ δωροδοκηθέντες, εἵλοντο τὸ ψεῦδος, εἰπόντες ὅτι Οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. α Ἐγὼ δὲ μετὰ φωνῆς αἰνέσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως θύσω σοι. Ἐν φωνῇ αἰνέσεως καὶ εὐχαριστίας· προφητεύει γὰρ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ κήτους ἀπαλλαγήν. β Ὅσα | ηὐξάμην ἀποδώσω σοι, ἡ σωτηρία μου, τῷ Κυρίῳ. 93 κατέλιπον MSB : ἐγκατέλιπον COF.

went down through the sea monster to the earth, he says, whose gates hold fast eternally, gates from which no one escapes who reaches as far as them, for ‘bars’ are what he calls the gates and door bars, that is, the imprisonment. 7β And let my life ascend from destruction to you, O Lord my God. From the destruction coming from the sea monster, a destruction in which he was en- trapped; and ‘to you’, namely, towards your temple in which you dwell. 8α Even as my soul was departing from me, I remembered the Lord. Not even having approached death did I abandon the remembrance of God; or in a dif- ferent way, I remembered the Lord for protection and help. 8β And may my prayer come to your holy temple. My prayer about my life ascending to you. May this prayer, he says, come to you, let it reach to you, that is, to your holy temple in which, as was said, you dwell. May my prayer come to you at your holy temple; may my prayer be sent up once again as before from your temple to you, for it was the custom to pray in the temple. 9 Those guarding vanities and falsehoods abandoned their mercy. Those guarding and honouring the vain and false idols, having been persuaded by the cast- ing of a lot, abandoned the mercy which they had shown towards me till then, and without mercy cast me into the sea. This verse may also be interpreted as a prophecy about the soldiers who were set as guards over the Master’s tomb. For Jonah, having become a type of the Saviour’s three-day burial, suitably prophesied about this, saying, those guarding the body of Christ vainly and falsely – for escaping their notice he arose – abandoned their salvation, namely, the truth whereby they would have received mercy and been saved, and having been bribed, they chose false- hood, saying that, His disciples came by night and stole him away while we were asleep. 10α But with voice of praise and confession I shall make sacrifice to you. With voice of praise and thanksgiving, for he is prophesying his deliverance from the sea monster. 10β All that I vowed I shall repay to you the Lord, my salvation.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή SEVEN — Ode SEVEN
PG 128:1311Ὦ ἡ σωτηρία μου, ὅσα ὑπεσχόμην, ἀποδώσω σοι τῷ Κυρίῳ, οἷον, τὴν μετὰ φωνῆς αἰνέσεως καὶ εὐχαριστίας θυσίαν, καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον ηὔξατο χαριστήριον ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ. Τινὰ δὲ τῶν ἀντιγράφων, εἰς σωτηρίαν μου γράφουσι, τουτέστιν, ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας μου. VII ᾨδὴ ζ΄ Προσευχὴ Ἀζαρίου ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Δανιὴλ τοῦ Προφήτου.

O my salvation, all that I promised I shall repay to you the Lord, namely, the sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving and whatsoever else he vowed as a thank-offering for his salvation. Certain of the copes write, ‘to my salvation’, that is, ‘for my salvation’. VII Ode Seven A Prayer of Azariah from the book of Daniel the Prophet.

26 Εὐλογητὸς εἶ, Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ αἰνετὸν καὶ δεδοξασμένον τὸ ὄνομά σου εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Εὐλογητὸς εἶ, τουτέστιν, εὐφημητὸς, ὑμνητός· οὐ μόνον ὅτε θαυματουργεῖς ὡς καὶ νῦν, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ, ἐφ᾽ οἷς τε κολάζεις ἁμαρτάνοντας, καὶ ἐφ᾽ οἷς εὐεργετεῖς ἐπιστρέφοντας· πάντα γὰρ σὺν λόγῳ καὶ πρὸς σωτηρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ποιεῖς.

26 You are to be blessed, O Lord the God of our fathers, and your name is to be praised and glorified to the ages. You are to be blessed, that is, you are to be honoured, to be hymned; not only when you are working marvels as now, but always, for the ways in which you both punish when sinning and act benevolently when returning, for you do everything with a reason and for the salva- tion of mankind.

α Ὅτι δίκαιος εἶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, οἷς ἐποίησας ἡμῖν. Δίκαιος, ὡς δικαίως ταῦτα ἡμῖν ἐπαγαγὼν διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν.

27α For you are just in everything that you have done to us. Just as having justly brought these things on us on account of our sins.

β Καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα σου ἀληθινά. Δίκαια· ἀλήθειαν γὰρ πολλάκις οἱ Ἑβραῖοι καὶ τὸ δίκαιον ὀνομάζουσι.

27β And all your works are true. Just, for the Hebrews very often call what is just ‘truth’.

γ Καὶ εὐθεῖαι αἱ ὁδοί σου. Καὶ ὀρθαὶ αἱ πράξεις σου.

27γ And your ways are straight. And your actions are upright.

δ Καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ κρίσεις σου ἀληθεῖς. Aἱ ἀποφάσεις σου· ἢ καθάπερ ὁδοὺς, οὕτω καὶ κρίσεις, τὰς πράξεις πάλιν ἐκάλεσεν, ὡς ἐν κρίσει καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ γεγενημένας.

27δ And all your judgements are true. Your verdicts; or else like ‘ways’ so also he again called the actions ‘judgements’ as carried out with judgement and justice.

α Καὶ κρίματα ἀληθείας ἐποίησας κατὰ πάντα ἃ ἐπήγαγες ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν τὴν τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ. Ἀπὸ τῶν καθολικωτέρων, ἐπὶ τὸ μερικώτερον κατήντησε· κρίματα, φησὶν, ἀληθείας, κρίσεις ἀληθινὰς, ἀποφάσεις δικαίας ἐποίησας ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς ἐπήγαγες ἡμῖν τε τοῖς αἰχμαλωτισθεῖσιν ὑπὸ Βαβυλωνίων καὶ τῇ πόλει ᾽Ιερουσαλήμ· ἁγίαν τε ταύτην εἶπε καὶ τῶν πατέρων, κάμπτων οὕτως εἰς ἔλεον αὐτῆς τὸν εὔσπλαγχνον Κύριον.

28α And you have executed verdicts of truth in all that you have brought on us and on Jerusa- lem the holy city of our fathers. Starting from the more general, he arrived at the more particular. You have, he says, exe- cuted verdicts of truth, true judgements, just sentences in all that you have brought both on us who were taken captive by the Babylonians and on the city of Jerusalem. He called it both holy and of our fathers, thus moving the compassionate Lord to take pity on it.

PG 128:1313β Ὅτι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ κρίσει ἐπήγαγες ταῦτα πάντα ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν. Ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἐν λόγῳ, τουτέστι, δικαίως καὶ εὐλόγως· τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ στρέφει πολλάκις, ἅμα μὲν εὐγνωμονῶν ἐν τῷ ἀληθεύειν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν εἰς οἰκτιρμοὺς ἐπισπώμενος ἐν τῷ καταδικάζειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ συγγνώμης πάσης ἀποστερεῖν.

28β For in truth and judgement you brought all these things upon us on account of our sins. With justice and with reason, that is, justly and for good reason; he often turns the same things this way and that, partly taking pleasure in speaking the truth, and partly in moving God to compassion by condemning himself and depriving himself every excuse.

α Ὅτι ἡμάρτομεν καὶ ἠνομήσαμεν ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ σοῦ. Ἀποστάντες ἀπὸ σοῦ· ἢ τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ σοῦ, διὰ τοῦ παρανομεῖν τε καὶ ἀσεβεῖν.

29α For we sinned and acted lawlessly to have departed from you. Having departed from you, or in having departed from you through transgressing the law and acting impiously.

β Καὶ ἐξημάρτομεν ἐν πᾶσι, καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου οὐκ ἠκούσαμεν. Ἐν πᾶσι πράγμασι.

29β And we did wrong in all, and did not listen to your commandments. In all things.

30 Οὐδὲ συνετηρήσαμεν, οὐδὲ ἐποιήσαμεν, καθὼς ἐνετείλω ἡμῖν, ἵνα εὖ ἡμῖν γένηται. Οὐδὲ συνετηρήσαμεν τὰς ἐντολάς σου. 31- Καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησας ἡμῖν, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐπήγαγες ἡμῖν, ἐν ἀληθινῇ κρίσει

30 Nor did we observe, nor do as you commanded us so that things might go well for us. Nor did we observe your commandments. 31- And all that you did to us, and all that you brought upon us, you did with true judgement,

α ἐποίησας· καὶ παρέδωκας ἡμᾶς εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν ἀνόμων, ἐχθίστων ἀποστατῶν. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐχθρῶν, | ἀλλ᾽ ἐχθίστων, ἐχθροτάτων· ἐπίτασις δὲ τοῦτο τῆς ἔχθρας· ἐχθρῶν δὲ καὶ ἐχθίστων, καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ σοί.

32α and you surrendered us into the hands of lawless enemies, of most hostile apostates. Not simply of enemies, but of those most hostile, most bitterly inimical, for this is an in- tensification of enmity; of those both enemies and most hostile towards us and towards you.

β Καὶ βασιλεῖ ἀδίκῳ καὶ πονηροτάτῳ παρὰ πᾶσαν τῆν γῆν. Παρὰ πάντας τοὺς γηγενεῖς· λέγει δὲ τὸν Ναβουχοδονόσορ.

32β And to a king unjust and most wicked above all the earth. In comparison with all those born of the earth; he is speaking of Nebuchadnezzar.

α Καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀνοῖξαι τὸ στόμα. Οὐκ ἔχομεν λόγον πρὸς τοὺς ὀνειδίζοντας.

33α And now it is not possible for us to open our mouth. We have no reply to those reproaching us.

PG 128:1315β Αἰσχύνη καὶ ὄνειδος ἐγενήθημεν τοῖς δούλοις σου καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις σε. Τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν.

33β We have become a disgrace and reproach to your servants and to those who reverence you. To our fathers.

α Mὴ δὴ παραδῷς ἡμᾶς εἰς τέλος διὰ τὸ ὄνομά σου.

34α Do not surrender us to the end for the sake of your name.

Εἰς συντέλειαν, εἰς ἀφανισμόν. Διὰ τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὃ μόνοι τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν γνωρίζοντες ὀνομάζομεν· ἢ ἵνα μὴ ὀνειδίζηται παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὡς μὴ δυναμένου σου ῥύσασθαι τὸν λαόν σου.

To make an end of us, to destruction. For the sake of your name which we name, as alone among the other nations knowing it. Or else so that it may not be reproached by our enemies, in the belief that you are unable to deliver your people.

β Καὶ μὴ διασκεδάσῃς τὴν διαθήκην σου. Mὴ ἀναστρέψῃς, μὴ ἀθετήσῃς, ἃ διέθου τοῖς πατριάρχαις ἡμῶν. 35-36 Καὶ μὴ ἀποστήσῃς τὸ ἔλεός σου ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν, διὰ Ἀβραὰμ τὸν ἠγαπημένον ὑπὸ σοῦ, καὶ διὰ ᾽Ισαὰκ τὸν δοῦλόν σου, καὶ ᾽Ισραὴλ τὸν ἅγιόν σου, οἷς ἐλάλησας πρὸς αὐτοὺς, λέγων πληθῦναι τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν ὡς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ὡς τὴν ἄμμον τὴν παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης. Προσώπῳ τῶν τριῶν, ὁ Ἀζαρίας ταῦτα φησίν· ὁμολογοῦντες δὲ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναξίους ἐλέους, ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν προγόνων εὐσέβειαν καὶ πρὸς Θεὸν οἰκείωσιν καταφεύγουσι καὶ ταύτην εἰς ἱκεσίαν προβάλλονται.

34β And do not scatter away your covenant. Do not reverse, do not annul, what you covenanted to our patriarchs. 35-36 And do not retract your mercy from us, for the sake of Abraham your beloved and of Isaac your servant and Israel your holy one, to whom you spoke saying you would multiply their seed like the stars of heaven and like the sand by the edge of the sea. Azariah says these things in the person of all three. By confessing themselves to be unwor- thy of mercy they resort to the piety of their forebears and their closeness to God and evoke this by way of supplication.

37 Ὅτι, Δέσποτα, ἐσμικρύνθημεν παρὰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καί ἐσμεν ταπεινοὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ σήμερον διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν. Κινδυνεύει διαπεσεῖν ἡ ῥηθεῖσα ἐπαγγελία σου· ταπεινοὺς δὲ λέγει, τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς. Ὅρα δὲ πῶς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἑαυτοὺς καλοῦσι καὶ παρανόμους, καίτοι θεοσεβεῖς ὄντες καὶ πάσαις ἀρεταῖς λάμποντες· διὰ γὰρ πολλὴν μετριοφροσύνην καὶ φιλαδελφίαν οἰκειοῦνται τὰ τῶν ὁμοεθνῶν.

37 For, O Master, we have been belittled above all the nations, and are humble in all the earth today on account of our sins. Your promise that was mentioned is in danger of proving void; ‘humble’ is what he calls the weak. Observe how they call themselves sinners and transgressors, even though being god-fear- ing and shining with all virtues, for on account of their great modesty and brotherly love they make their own the things of their fellow people.

α Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ἄρχων καὶ προφήτης καὶ ἡγούμενος. Ἡγούμενον ἐνταῦθα ὀνομάζει, τὸν μετὰ τὸν βασιλέα, τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμελούμενον· καὶ μὴν ἦσαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ τότε προφῆται, ᾽Ιεζεκιὴλ καὶ Δανιὴλ, ἀλλὰ συναιχμάλωτοι καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι τὰ συνήθη δρᾶν.

38α And there is in this time no ruler and prophet and leader. ‘Leader’ here is what he calls the one after the king who is in charge of communal affairs. And indeed there were prophets among them at that time, Ezekiel and Daniel, but they were co-captives and unable to perform the usual things.

β Οὐδὲ ὁλοκαύτωσις, οὐδὲ θυσία, οὐδὲ προσφορὰ, οὐδὲ θυμίαμα, οὐ τόπος τοῦ καρπῶσαι ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ εὑρεῖν ἔλεος. Ἐκώλυεν αὐτοὺς ὁ νόμος ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ καὶ ναῷ παρὰ τὸν ἐν ᾽Ιερουσαλὴμ τὰ εἰρημένα ἐπιτελεῖν.

38β Neither whole burnt offering, nor sacrifice, nor offering, nor incense, nor place to make offering before you and find mercy. The law prevented them from performing these things in any place and temple apart from the one in Jerusalem.

PG 128:1317α Ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ψυχῇ συντετριμμένῃ καὶ πνεύματι ταπεινώσεως προσδεχθείημεν, ὡς ἐν ὁλοκαυτώμασι κριῶν καὶ ταύρων.

39α But with a soul that is crushed and a spirit of abasement may we be accepted as with whole burnt offerings of rams and bulls.

Ἀλλὰ τὰ ἀπηριθμημένα μὴ ἔχοντες προσφέρειν εἰς λατρείαν καὶ εὕρεσιν ἐλέους, ἐν οἷς ἔχομεν προσδεχθείημεν αὐτοί σοι θυσία, ἤγουν ἐν ψυχῇ συντετριμμένῃ· τὸ αὐτὸ δέ ἐστι καὶ πνεύματι ταπεινώσεως, | ἤτοι τεταπεινωμένῳ. Καὶ οὕτως ἐν τούτοις προσδεχθείημεν, ὡς ἡ θυσία ἡ ἐν ὁλοκαυτώμασιν κριῶν καὶ ταύρων· Θυσία, γάρ φησι, τῷ Θεῷ, πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον, καρδίαν συντετριμμένην καὶ τεταπεινωμένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσει. β- Καὶ ὡς ἐν μυριάσιν ἀρνῶν πιόνων, οὕτω γενέσθω ἡ θυσία ἡμῶν ἐνώπιόν σου α σήμερον. Ἡ διὰ τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως ἑαυτῶν. β Καὶ ἐκτελέσθω ὄπισθέν σου. Τουτέστι, μετὰ τὸ παρελθεῖν σε ἡμᾶς, μετὰ τὸ ἀποστραφῆναι· καὶ τελεσθήτω μετὰ τὴν ὀργήν σου. γ Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αἰσχύνη τοῖς πεποιθόσιν ἐπὶ σοί. Οὐκ ἔστιν αἰσχύνη τὸ θυσιασθῆναί σοι. α Καὶ νῦν ἐξακολουθοῦμεν ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ, καὶ φοβούμεθά σε, καὶ ζητοῦμεν τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. Ἐξακολουθοῦμέν σοι, μὴ προσκυνοῦντες θεὸν ἕτερον· καὶ φοβούμεθά σε ἢ τὸν βασιλέα Βαβυλωνίων καὶ τὴν κάμινον· καὶ ζητοῦμέν σε, διὰ τοῦ σπεύδειν ἀναλῦσαι πρὸς σέ. β Mὴ καταισχύνῃς ἡμᾶς. Παρακούσας ἡμῶν. α Ἀλλὰ ποίησον μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιείκειάν σου. Κατὰ τὴν ἀνεξικακίαν καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν σου. β Καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους σου. Καὶ ὡς πολυέλεος. α Καὶ ἐξελοῦ ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὰ θαυμάσιά σου. β ἐκτελέσθω MASCBFH : ἐκτελείσθω [T] : ἐκτελέσαι [Ra].

But not have the things enumerated to offer in worship and for finding mercy, with what we have may we ourselves be accepted by you as a sacrifice, namely, with a soul that is crushed; a spirit of abasement is the same thing, namely, a spirit that has been abased. And thus with these things may we be accepted as a sacrifice with whole burnt offerings of rams and bulls, for it is written, A sacrifice to God is a spirit that is crushed, a heart that is crushed and abased God will not disdain. 39β- And as with myriads of fat lambs, so let our sacrifice be before you today. The sacrifice through the whole burnt offering of themselves. 40β And let it be accomplished behind you. That is, after you have passed us by, after you have turned away; and let it be performed after your anger. 40γ And it is no shame for those who trust in you. It is no shame to be sacrificed to you. 41α And now we follow with our whole heart, and we fear you, and we seek your face. We follow you, not worshipping any other god; and we fear you more than the king of the Babylonians and the furnace; and we seek you through our eagerness to depart to you. 41β Do not put us to shame. Having disregarded us. 42α But do with us according to your clemency. According to your forbearance and benevolence. 42β And according to the abundance of your mercy. And as full of mercy. 43α And rescue us according to your wonders. As you are accustomed to work wonders, according to the marvels at the time of our forebears.

Καθὼς εἴωθας θαυματουργεῖν, κατὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων ἡμῶν τεράστια. β Καὶ δὸς δόξαν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, Κύριε. Δόξασον τὸ ὄνομά σου καὶ παρὰ Βαβυλωνίοις ἐν τῷ ἐξελέσθαι ἡμᾶς τῆς καμίνου ταύτης. α Καὶ ἐντραπείησαν πάντες οἱ ἐνδεικνύμενοι τοῖς δούλοις σου κακὰ καὶ καταισχυνθείησαν ἀπὸ πάσης δυναστείας. Καὶ διὰ πάσης δυναστείας αὐτῶν, ὑφ᾽ ἧς ἐπήρθησαν εἰς θεομαχίαν, ἵνα σωφρονέστεροι γένωνται. β Καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν συντριβείη. Ὑφ᾽ ἧς διαφθείρουσι τόν τε σὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους. α Καὶ γνώτωσαν ὅτι σὺ εἶ Κύριος ὁ Θεός. Ὁ Θεὸς ὄντως. β Μόνος καὶ ἔνδοξος ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην. Μόνος Θεὸς δηλονότι· γνώτωσαν δὲ τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὡς εἴρηται θαύματος. 46-48 Καὶ οὐ διέλιπον οἱ ἐμβάλλοντες αὐτοὺς ὑπηρέται τοῦ βασιλέως, καίοντες τὴν κάμινον νάφθαν καὶ πίσσαν καὶ στυπεῖον καὶ κληματίδα· καὶ διεχεῖτο ἡ φλὸξ ἐπάνω τῆς καμίνου ἐπὶ πήχεις τεσσαράκοντα ἐννέα· καὶ διώδευσε, καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν οὓς εὗρε περὶ τὴν κάμινον τῶν Χαλδαίων. Χυθείσης τῆς φλογὸς κατὰ γῆς ἐν τῷ καταφλέξαι τοὺς εὑρεθέντας τῶν Χαλδαίων, τὰ σημεῖα ταύτης ἐντυπωθέντα τῇ γῇ καθ᾽ ἧς ἐχύθη, εἰς τοσούτους πήχεις συνεμετρήθησαν. 49- Ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος Κυρίου συγκατέβη ἅμα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀζαρίαν εἰς τὴν κάμινον, καὶ α ἐξετίναξε τὴν φλόγα τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκ τῆς καμίνου, καὶ ἐποίησε τὸ μέσον τῆς καμίνου ὡς πνεῦμα δρόσου διασυρίζον. Ποῖος ἄγγελος; ἢ ὁ φύλαξ τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων, Μιχαὴλ, ἢ ἕτερος θεόθεν ἀποσταλείς.| 462 νάφθαν... πίσσαν... στυπεῖον... κληματίδα M[Acorr.][Ra] : νάφθῃ... πίσσῃ... στυππείῳ... κληματίδι CABFH[T].

43β And give glory to your name, O Lord. Glorify your name among the Babylonians also by rescuing us from this furnace. 44α And may all those who show evils to your servants be disgraced and put to shame from all powerful rule. And through all powerful rule of theirs by which they were raised up to fight against God, so that they may become more temperate in mind. 44β And may their strength be crushed. By which they are destroying both your people and others. 45α And let them know that you are Lord God. God truly. 45β Alone and glorious over the whole inhabited world. Sole God, that is to say. Let them come to know this through the miracle in regard to us, as was said. 46-48 And the servants of the king who were casting them in did not let up, kindling the furnace with naphtha and pitch and tow and vine-branch. And the flame poured out above the furnace to a height of forty-nine cubits, and it swept along and set on fire those of the Chaldeans it found around the furnace. With the flame having poured out across the ground as it burned up those of Chaldeans found there, its marks, having been imprinted on the ground across which it poured, were measured out as so many cubits. 49- But an angel of the Lord descended into the furnace along with those about Azariah and 50α waved the flame of fire from the furnace and made the midst of the furnace like a whistling breeze of fresh dew. Which angel? Either Michael, the guardian of the Jews, or some other sent from God.

β- Καὶ οὐχ ἥψατο αὐτῶν τὸ καθόλου τὸ πῦρ, οὐδὲ ἐλύπησεν, οὐδὲ παρηνώχλησεν

50β- And the fire did not touch them entirely, neither did it distress or trouble them. Then the

51 αὐτούς. Τότε οἱ τρεῖς, ὡς ἐξ ἑνὸς στόματος, ὕμνουν καὶ εὐλόγουν καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν Θεὸν ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ, λέγοντες· Tὸ, καθόλου, ἀντὶ τοῦ, ὅλως.

51 three as from one mouth hymned and blessed and glorified God in the furnace, saying: ‘Entirely’ in the sense of, ‘at all’.

52 Εὐλογητὸς εἶ, Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ ὑπερύμνητος καὶ ὑπερυψούμενος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας καὶ εὐλογημένον τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δόξης σου τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπεραίνετον. Εὐφημητὸς εἶ καὶ ὑπὲρ εὐφημίαν· τίς γὰρ ἀξίως εὐφημῆσαι σε δύναται; Ὄνομα δὲ δόξης Κυρίου, τὸ, Θεός, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ, βασιλεύς, ὄνομα δόξης ἐστίν. Oὗ δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δόξης ὑπεραίνετον, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περὶ τῆς τούτου φύσεως;

52 You are to be blessed, O Lord, the God of our fathers, and highly to be hymned and highly exalted to the ages and blessed is the holy name of your glory and highly to be praised. You are to be praised and are above praise, for who is able to praise you worthily? The Lord’s name of glory is ‘God’, just as ‘king’ is a name of glory. And for the one whose name of glory is highly to be praised, what would one say about his nature?

53 Εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῆς ἁγίας δόξης σου. Ναὸς δόξης Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις· εὐλογεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ ἄξιος εἶ.

53 Blessed are you in the temple of your holy glory. The temple of God’s glory is the one in Jerusalem. You are worthy to be blessed in it.

PG 128:1319α Εὐλογημένος εἶ ὁ βλέπων ἀβύσσους. Ὁ βλέπων τὰ ἀθέατα.

55α Blessed are you who behold the depths. Who behold what is unseen.

β Καθήμενος ἐπὶ Χερουβίμ. Τοῦτο, δαυϊτικὸν, περὶ οὗ ζήτησον ἐν τῷ οθ΄ ψαλμῷ, ἔνθα τὸ, Ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβὶμ, ἐμφάνηθι.

55β Who are seated on the Cherubim. This is from David, about which seek in the seventy-ninth psalm at the verse, You, the one who is seated on the Cherubim, appear.

54 Εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου. Θρόνος δόξης βασιλείας Θεοῦ, ὁ οὐρανὸς, κατὰ τὸ, Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος.

54 Blessed are you on the throne of glory of your kingdom. The throne of glory of God’s kingdom is heaven, according to, Heaven is my throne.

56 Εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Τοῦτο, περὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου οὐρανοῦ, τοῦ δευτέρου. Εἰπόντες τοίνυν ὅτι εὐλογημένος εἶ ἐν τῷδε καὶ τῷδε, διὰ τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων ὡς μειζόνων, καὶ τ᾽ ἄλλα πάντα συμπεριέλαβον, λέγοντες ἐπιτομώτερον ὅτι εὐλογητὸς εἶ πανταχοῦ.

56 Blessed are you in the firmament of heaven. This is about the other heaven, the second one. Having said then that you are blessed in this and that, through the things enumerated as greater he included all the other things, saying more concisely that you are to be blessed everywhere.

PG 128:1411ᾨδή EIGHT — Ode EIGHT
PG 128:1319VIII ᾨδὴ η΄ ᾨδὴ τῶν ἁγίων Τριῶν Παίδων. Ζήτησον τὴν ὅλην ἐξήγησιν τοῦ ρμη΄ ψαλμοῦ· κατὰ μίμησιν γὰρ ἐκείνου τοῦ ψαλμοῦ καὶ οὗτος ὁ ὕμνος ἐξετέθη.

VIII Ode Eight An ode of the holy Three Youths. Seek the entire exposition of the one hundred and forty-eighth psalm, for this hymn was composed in imitation of that psalm.

57 Εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου, τὸν Κύριον, ὑμνεῖτε καὶ ὑπερυψοῦτε αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Πάντα τὰ κτίσματα καλοῦσιν εἰς εὐφημίαν τοῦ κτίσαντος· εἶτα διαιροῦσιν αὐτὰ, καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος εὐλογεῖν κελεύουσιν. 58-61 Εὐλογεῖτε, ἄγγελοι Κυρίου, οὐρανοὶ Κυρίου, τὸν Κύριον· εὐλογεῖτε, ὕδατα πάντα τὰ ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν, πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις Κυρίου, τὸν Κύριον. Ἐν τῷ δηλωθέντι ψαλμῷ περὶ τούτων εὑρήσεις. Ps 148.2, 4 62-63 Εὐλογεῖτε, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὸν Κύριον. Καὶ περὶ τούτων. 64-65 Εὐλογεῖτε, πᾶς ὄμβρος καὶ δρόσος, πάντα τὰ πνεύματα, τὸν Κύριον. Ἐκεῖ δὲ γέγραπται, Χάλαζα, χιὼν, κρύσταλλος, πνεῦμα καταιγίδος. 66-67 Εὐλογεῖτε, πῦρ καὶ καῦμα, ψῦχος καὶ καύσων, τὸν Κύριον. Καύσων, ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς τοῦ ψύχους ἐπιγινόμενος· ἢ καύσων, τὸ ἐπιτεταμένον καῦμα. Οὐ κέχρηνται γὰρ τάξει περὶ τὰ κτίσματα. Πῶς δὲ τὰ ἄλογα καὶ τὰ ἄψυχα δοξολογοῦσιν εἴρηται ἐν τῷ δηλωθέντι ψαλμῷ, ναὶ μὴν, καὶ διατί οὐ τὰ τερπνότερα καὶ χρησιμώτερα καὶ ὠφελιμώτερα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λυπηρότερα καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα | ἀχρηστότερα καὶ βλαβερώτερα, εἰς δοξολογίαν παραλαμβάνονται, καὶ περὶ πάντων ἁπλῶς. 68-69 Εὐλογεῖτε, δρόσοι καὶ νιφετοὶ, πάγοι καὶ ψῦχος. Tὰ ῥηθέντα πάλιν ἐπανέλαβον. 70-71 Εὐλογεῖτε, πάχναι καὶ χιόνες, νύκτες καὶ ἡμέραι, τὸν Κύριον· Εὐλογεῖτε, φῶς καὶ 72-73 σκότος, ἀστραπαὶ καὶ νεφέλαι, τὸν Κύριον.

57 Bless the Lord, all you works of the Lord, bless and highly exalt him to the age. They invite all creations to the praise of the creator; then they divide them and enjoin them to bless in turn. 58-61 Bless the Lord, you angels of the Lord, you heavens of the Lord. Bless the Lord, all you waters above the heavens, all you powers of the Lord. You will find about these things in the psalm mentioned. Ps 148.2, 4 62-63 Bless the Lord, O sun and moon, you stars of the heaven. And about these. 64-65 Bless the Lord, you every rain-storm and dew, all you the winds. There it is written, Hail, snow, ice, blast of hurricane. 66-67 Bless the Lord, you fire and scorching heat, cold and burning. Burning is that caused by the excess of cold, or else burning is continuing scorching heat. They did not employ any order in regard to the creations. In the psalm mentioned it was said how irrational and inanimate things give glory, and indeed why not only the more pleasing and useful and beneficial things, but also the more grievous and seemingly useless and harmful things are invited to give praise, and in short about everything. 68-69 Bless, O dew drops and falling snow, ice and cold. He repeated again the things he mentioned. 70-71 Bless the Lord, O frosts and snows, nights and days. Bless the Lord, O light and darkness, 72-73 lightning shafts and clouds.

Oἱ μὲν Τρεῖς Παῖδες ἰδίᾳ περὶ ἑκάστου διέλαβον, ἐκεῖνα συζεύξαντες, τὰ λόγον ἔχοντα πρὸς ἄλληλα· οἱ δὲ τὴν ἀντιφωνίαν τῶν ψαλμῶν ὕστερον ἐργασάμενοι, ἀνὰ δύο στίχους τὸν ὕμνον ὅλον ἐξέθεντο· διὸ καὶ τῷ ῥηθέντι στίχῳ, τὸν ἑξῆς ἐπισυνῆψαν ἀνοικείως· τὸ γὰρ, νύκτες καὶ ἡμέραι, πρὸς τὸ ἐφεξῆς ᾠκείωται μάλιστα· καὶ γὰρ νύκτες καὶ ἡμέραι, αὐτὸ τοῦτο, φῶς καὶ σκότος εἰσίν· εἶτα τὸ, ἀστραπαὶ καὶ νεφέλαι. 74-76 Εὐλογεῖτε, γῆ, ὄρη καὶ βουνοὶ, πάντα τὰ φυόμενα ἐν τῇ γῇ, τὸν Κύριον. Καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ψαλμῷ σποράδην διείληπται. Ps 148.7, 9 77-79 Εὐλογεῖτε, αἱ πηγαὶ, θάλασσαι καὶ ποταμοὶ, κήτη καὶ πάντα τὰ κινούμενα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι, τὸν Κύριον. Ἐκ τῶν ῥηθέντων ἐκεῖ, καὶ ταῦτα νοήσεις. 80-81 Εὐλογεῖτε, πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, τὰ θηρία καὶ πάντα τὰ κτήνη, τὸν Κύριον. Ὁμοίως καὶ ταῦτα.

The Three Youths treated each on its own, joining in pairs the things having a relationship to one another, but those later producing the antiphony of the psalms set out the whole hymn in groups of two verses, and hence to the one verse they joined the next one inappro- priately, for ‘nights and days’ is fitting for the following pair. And indeed nights and days are the same thing as light and darkness. Then comes the pair lightning shafts and clouds. 74-76 Bless the Lord, O earth, mountains and hills, all that grows upon the earth. And these things were treated here and there in that psalm. Ps 148.7, 9 77-79 Bless the Lord, you springs, seas and rivers, you sea-monsters and all things that move in the waters. From what was said there you will also understand these things. 80-81 Bless the Lord, O all you birds of heaven, you wild beasts and all herds. And these things similarly.

PG 128:132182 Εὐλογεῖτε, υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Πάντες ἁπλῶς ἄνθρωποι, ὡς δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ζῶντες καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ προνοίας τυγχάνοντες.

82 Bless, O sons of men. All people quite simply, as having life through him and enjoying providence from him.

83 Εὐλογείτω ᾽Ισραὴλ, τὸν Κύριον. Οὗτος ὁ λαὸς ἰδιαίτατα ὡς οἰκεῖος λαὸς αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς δὲ, σαφῆ καὶ πρόδηλα· τὸ δὲ, Ἀνανία, Ἀζαρία, Μισαὴλ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὕστερον προσετέθησαν. 84-85 [Εὐλογεῖτε, ἱερεῖς Κυρίου, δοῦλοι Κυρίου, τὸν Κύριον. 86-87 Εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, ὅσιοι καὶ ταπεινοὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, τὸν

83 Let Israel bless the Lord. This people most especially as his own people. And the rest are clear and obvious. Hanania, Azariah, Mishael, and what follows were added later. 84-85 [Bless the Lord, you priests of the Lord, you servants of the Lord. 86-87 Bless the Lord, you spirits and souls of the just, the devout and humble in heart.

88 Κύριον. Εὐλογεῖτε, Ἀνανία, Ἀζαρία καὶ Μισαήλ, τὸν Κύριον. Εὐλογεῖτε, Ἀπόστολοι, Προφῆται, καὶ Μάρτυρες Κυρίου, τὸν Κύριον. Εὐλογοῦμεν Πατέρα, Υἱόν, καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, τὸν Κύριον. Αἰνοῦμεν, εὐλογοῦμεν, προσκυνοῦμεν, τὸν Κύριον.]

88 Bless the Lord, O Hanania, Azariah and Mishael. Bless the Lord, O Apostles, Porphets and Martyrs of the Lord. We bless the Lord, Father, Son and holy Spirit. We praise, we bless, we worship the Lord.]

PG 128:1411ᾨδή NINE — Ode NINE
PG 128:1321IX ᾨδὴ θ΄ ᾨδὴ τῆς Θεοτόκου ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν Εὐαγγελίῳ.

IX Ode Nine A Ode of the Theotokos in the Gospel according to Luke.

46 Μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου τὸν Κύριον. Τουτέστιν, εὐφημεῖ, δοξάζει. Πιστευούσης δὲ ὁ λόγος οὗτος, εὐχαριστήριος ὤν.

46 My soul magnifies the Lord. That is, it praises, it glorifies. This ode she sings in belief, being a hymn of thanksgiving.

47 Καὶ ἠγαλλίασε τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ τῷ σωτῆρί μου. Πνεῦμα, τὴν ψυχὴν πάλιν νόησον· ἐχάρη, φησὶν, ἡ ψυχή μου ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ τῷ σώσαντί με· σέσωσμαι γὰρ ἤδη, ἀξιωθεῖσα γενέσθαι Μήτηρ Θεοῦ. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς εὐχαριστίας.

47 And my spirit has rejoiced in God my saviour. Understand ‘spirit’ once again as ‘soul’. My soul, she says, has been filled with joy in God who has saved me, for I am now already saved, having been made worthy to become Mother of God. Then she tells the reason for the thanksgiving.

α Ὅτι ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ. Ἐπὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν. Ταπεινοῖ γὰρ ἑαυτὴν, ὡς ἀναξίαν τηλικούτου πράγματος· ἢ καὶ διὰ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ὡς πρὸς τὸ ὕψος τῆς θείας.

48α For he has looked upon the lowliness of his handmaiden. Upon the meanness, for she humbles herself as unworthy of such a thing, or else also on account of the lowliness of human nature in relation to the height of divine nature.

PG 128:1323β ᾽Ιδοὺ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν μακαριοῦσί με πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί. Aἱ τῶν πιστευσάντων δηλονότι.

48β For see, from henceforth all generations will call me blessed. The generations of those who have believed, that is to say.

α Ὅτι ἐποίησέ μοι μεγαλεῖα ὁ δυνατός. Ὅτι ἐποίησεν εἰς ἐμὲ μεγάλα καὶ ὑπερφυῆ θαυμάσια ὁ δυνατὸς ποιεῖν τοιαῦτα.

49α For he who is able has done mighty things for me. For he who is able to do such things has done great and extraordinary wonders in respect of me.

β Καὶ ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. Ἐξαίρετον, μέγα.

49β And his name is holy. Set apart, great.

50 Καὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. Tὸ, εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν, καὶ τὸ, εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, τὸ, ἀεὶ, σημαίνουσι παρ᾽ Ἑβραίοις. Λέγει τοίνυν, ὅτι καὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἀεί ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτὸν, ὅμοια λέγουσα τῷ Δαυὶδ εἰρηκότι, Tὸ δὲ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐπὶ τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. Εἶτα καταλέγει καὶ ἄλλας δυνάμεις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς ἔθος τοῖς εὐχαριστοῦσιν.

50 And his mercy is to generation and generation for those who fear him. ‘To generation and generation’ and ‘to generation of generations’ and suchlike mean ‘for- ever’ among the Hebrews. She is saying accordingly that his mercy is forever among those who fear him, saying the same as David when he said, The Lord’s mercy is from the age and to the age upon those who fear him. Then she lists the God’s other powers as is customary with those giving thanks.

α Ἐποίησε κράτος | ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ.

51α He has brought sovereignty with his arm.

Ἐποίησε μεγαλεῖον· ἐποίησε νίκην ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ. Ὁ βραχίων γὰρ ἐνταῦθα, τὴν δύναμιν σημαίνει· διότι οἱ ἀγωνιζόμενοι ἐν τῷ βραχίονι τὴν δύναμιν ἔχουσι. β Διεσκόρπισεν ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν. Τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 52-53 Καθεῖλε δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων, καὶ ὕψωσε ταπεινούς· πεινῶντας ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ πλουτοῦντας ἐξαπέστειλε κενούς. Ὅμοια ταῦτα τῶν τῆς Ἄννης, μητρὸς τοῦ Σαμουὴλ, εἰπούσης, Κύριος πτωχίζει καὶ πλουτίζει, ταπεινοῖ καὶ ἀνυψοῖ. Λοιπὸν οὖν προφητεύει καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἐλέους τοῦ εἰς τοὺς Χριστιανούς· λέγει γάρ· α Ἀντελάβετο ᾽Ισραὴλ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ. Ἐπεσκέψατο τὸν ᾽Ισραηλιτικὸν λαὸν τὸν δοῦλον αὐτοῦ. Παῖδα γὰρ νῦν, τὸν δοῦλον λέγει. β- Μνησθῆναι ἐλέους καθὼς ἐλάλησε πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῷ 55 σπέρματι αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ἀντελάβετο δὲ καὶ ἐπεσκέψατο ἐν τῷ μνησθῆναι ἐλέους εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἤγουν ἐλέους αἰωνίου, ἐλέους διηνεκοῦς· καθὼς ἐλάλησε, καθὼς ἐπηγγείλατο πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν. Εἶτα λέγει καὶ τίσιν ἐλάλησε περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου ἐλέους, ὅτι τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ, ἤγουν τῷ ᾽Ισαὰκ καὶ τῷ ᾽Ιακὼβ, ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῷ Δαυίδ· τούτοις γὰρ ὡς ἐπισημοτάτοις αἰνιγματωδῶς ἐπηγγείλατο περὶ τούτου. Ἔλεος δὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἡ θεία ἐνανθρώπησις, ὡς δι᾽ ἔλεον τῶν ἀνθρώπων γεγενημένη ἐκ σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων υἱῶν καὶ ἐκγόνων αὐτοῦ, κατὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπαγγελίαν. Ἀπορήσει δέ τις, πῶς ἀντελάβετο τοῦ ᾽Ισραηλιτικοῦ λαοῦ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῷ μνησθῆναι τοῦ ῥηθέντος ἐλέους, τῶν Χριστιανῶν γὰρ μᾶλλον ἀντελάβετο, οὐ τῶν ᾽Ιουδαίων. Πρὸς ὃν ἀποκρινόμεθα ὅτι παλαιὸς μὲν ᾽Ισραὴλ, ὁ παλαιὸς λαὸς, νέος δὲ ᾽Ισραὴλ, ὁ νέος λαὸς, ὁ ἀντεισαχθεὶς ἐκείνου, τουτέστιν, ὁ Χριστιανικὸς, ὁ ἐκ παντὸς ἔθνους συγκείμενος. Τοῦτον οὖν τὸν ᾽Ισραὴλ ἐνταῦθα νόησον. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν παλαιὸν νοήσεις, σῴζεται καὶ οὕτως ὁ λόγος· δι᾽ αὐτὸν γὰρ μᾶλλον ἐνηνθρώπησεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐξελέξατο μητέρα, καὶ συγγενὴς αὐτῶν ἐχρημάτισε, καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐδίδασκε καὶ ἐθαυματούργει· διὸ καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι Οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου ᾽Ισραήλ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθε, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον, λοιπὸν τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ ἐλέους ἠξιώθησαν. 5510 υἱῶν καὶ ἐκγόνων COF[E] : υἱῶν ἐκ γόνων M.

He has brought magnificence, he has brought victory by his power, for ‘arm’ here means ‘power’, because those contending for victory have their strength in their arm. 51β He has scattered the proud in the imagination of their heart. ‘The proud in the imagination of their heart’, those proud in themselves. 52-53 He has brought down mighty rulers from their thrones and raised up the humble. He has filled the hungry with good things and the rich he has sent empty away. These words are similar to those of Hannah the mother of Samuel, who said, The Lord impoverishes and enriches, he humbles and exalts. She then also prophesies about his mercy towards the Christians, for she says: 54α He has helped Israel his child. He has visited the Israelite people his servant, for ‘child’ here is what she calls his servant. 54β- Having remembered mercy just as he spoke to our fathers, to Abraham and his seed to the 55 age. He helped and visited in his having remembered mercy to the age, that is, eternal mercy, continuous mercy, just as he spoke, just as he promised to our fathers. She then says to whom he spoke about such mercy, namely, to Abraham and to his seed, that is, to Isaac and to Jacob, and indeed to David, for to those as the the most notable he had announced in an enigmatic way about it. ‘Mercy to the age’ is the divine incarnation, as brought about on account of mercy to- wards mankind from the seed of Abraham and his aforementioned sons and descendants, in accordance with his promise to them. One might be puzzled how God helped the Israelite people by having remembered this mercy, for he helped the Christians rather, not the Jews. To this we respond that old Israel is the old people, new Israel is the new people, brought in in place of the former, that is, the Christian people, composed from every nation. Understand therefore this Israel here. And even if you will understand the old Israel here, the meaning is saved even thus, for it was for old Israel especially that he became man, since he chose a mother from them and was kindred with them and taught and performed wonders among them. And hence he would say, I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. And since, He came to his own, and his own did not receive him, the nations were then granted the mercy.

Προφητεία Ζαχαρίου τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ Προδρόμου ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν Εὐαγγελίῳ. 68 Εὐλογητὸς Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ, ὅτι ἐπεσκέψατο καὶ ἐποίησε λύτρωσιν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ. Περὶ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ ταῦτα προεφήτευσε. Διὰ ταύτης γὰρ ἐπεσκέψατο καὶ | ἐλυτρώσατο τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς τυραννίδος, οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὁρατῶν, ὡς μὴ δυναμένων περιγενέσθαι τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ. Λαὸν δὲ αὐτοῦ, προηγουμένως μὲν, τὸν παλαιὸν, ἐκείνου δὲ ἀπειθήσαντος, τὸν νέον λοιπόν. Ὡς γεγενημένα δὲ λέγει τὰ γενησόμενα, νόμῳ προφητείας. Ἀλλὰ πῶς λέγεται Θεὸς τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ μόνου; καὶ γὰρ οὐ τῶν ᾽Ισραηλιτῶν μόνον ἐστι Θεὸς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὡς πάντων ποιητής· διότι τῶν μὲν ἄλλων πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ἀκόντων ἐστὶ Θεὸς, τῶν ᾽Ισραηλιτῶν δὲ μόνων, ἑκόντων κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν. Mὴ θορυβηθῇς δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ δυσχερείᾳ τῶν τοῦ Ζαχαρίου ῥητῶν· τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ προφητικά. Πειρασόμεθα δὲ σαφηνίσαι ταῦτα, κατὰ τὴν ἐπιχορηγουμένην ἡμῖν γνῶσιν. 69-70 Καὶ ἤγειρε κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ Δαυὶδ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ, καθὼς ἐλάλησε διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος προφητῶν αὐτοῦ. Tὸ κέρας ἐνταῦθα, ἢ βασιλείαν δηλοῖ, διότι ἐν κέρατι οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐχρίοντο καὶ προεχειρίζοντο, ἢ δύναμιν σημαίνει, διότι ἐν κέρατι τὴν δύναμιν ἔχουσι πάντα τὰ κερασφόρα ζῷα. Κέρας δὲ, οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίας, ἤγουν σωτήριον· βασιλείαν δὲ καὶ δύναμιν σωτήριον, λέγει τὸν Χριστὸν, ὡς βασιλέα τῶν βασιλευόντων, καὶ δύναμιν τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ Σωτῆρα τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς αὐτόν. Οἶκον δὲ νόει, τὸ γένος τοῦ Δαυίδ. Φησὶν οὖν ὅτι ἀνέστησεν ἡμῖν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ βασιλείαν ἢ δύναμιν σωτήριον, ἐκ γένους Δαυὶδ, τοῦ δούλου αὐτοῦ. Ἐκ σπέρματος γὰρ Δαυὶδ ἦν ἡ Παρθένος, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ὁ Χριστὸς γεγέννηται. Τοῦτο δὲ πεποίηκεν, ὡς ἐπηγγείλατο διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων, δηλαδὴ τῶν ἔκπαλαι προφητῶν· δι᾽ αὐτῶν γὰρ ἐπηγγείλατο ἀναστήσειν βασιλέα δυνατὸν ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυὶδ, σωτῆρα τοῦ ᾽Ισραὴλ, καὶ τοῦτο διδάσκουσι ψαλμοὶ πολλοὶ τοῦ Δαυίδ. 71 Σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς. Ἤγειρε δὲ τὸ κέρας τοῦτο, σωτηρίαν καὶ λύτρωσιν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, ἀοράτων καὶ ὁρατῶν . 72 Ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ. 691 κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν C[T] : κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῶν MFB.

A Prophecy of Zachariah the father of the Forerunner in the Gospel according to Luke. 68 Blessed be the Lord, the God of Israel, for he has visited and worked redemption for his people. He prophesied these words about Christ’s incarnation, for through this he visited and redeemed his people from the tyranny not only of its invisible enemies, but also of its visible ones, as being unable to prevail over his faith. His people, in the first instance, is the old peo- ple, but with they having refused, it is then the new. He speaks of things to come as having happened, according to the custom of prophecy. But how is he called the God of Israel alone? And indeed he is not only the God of the Is- raelites, but of all people, as the maker of all. It is because he is God of all other people against their will, but of the Israelites alone by their will and consciously. Do not be set aback at the difficulty of the words of Zachariah, for such are the words of prophecy. We shall attempt to clarify them according to the knowledge given to us. 69-70 And he has raised up a horn of salvation for us in the house of David his child, as he spoke through the mouth of his saints, his holy prophets from the age. The horn here either signifies kingship because kings used to be anointed and appointed by means of a horn, or else it means power, because all the horned animals have their power in their horns. And not simply a horn, but a horn of salvation, that is a saving horn. Kingship and saving power is what he calls Christ, as king of kings and power of the Father and Saviour of those believing in him. Understand ‘house’ as the line of David. He is saying accordingly that he has raised up for us his people a kingdom or saving power from the line of David his servant, for the Virgin from whom Christ was born was from the seed of David. And he did this as he promised through the mouth of his saints, namely, of the prophets of old, for through them he prom- ised to raise up a mighty king in the house of David, a saviour of Israel, and many psalms of David teach this. 71 Salvation from our enemies and from the hand of all who hate us. And he raised this horn as salvation and redemption from our enemies, invisible and vis- ible. 72 Having worked mercy with our fathers and having remembered his holy covenant.

PG 128:1325Ἐν τῷ ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἤγουν ἐν τῷ ἐλεῆσαι τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, πρὸς οὓς ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν, καὶ δι᾽ ἐκείνους μνησθῆναι ταύτης. Διαθήκην γὰρ λέγει, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν· μνήμην δὲ αὐτῆς, τὴν περάτωσιν. 73 Ὅρκον ὃν ὤμοσε πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν. Καὶ ἐν τῷ μνησθῆναι τὸν ὅρκον, ὃν ὤμοσε, τουτέστι, τὴν βεβαίωσιν, ἣν ἐβεβαίωσε πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν· ὅρκος γὰρ ἐπὶ Θεοῦ καὶ ὄμοσμα, ἡ βεβαίωσις. Ἀδιαφόρως δὲ τὸ μνησθῆναι, ἀπὸ γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικήν· σύνηθες γὰρ τοῦτο τοῖς προφητικοῖς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἡ γριφότης. Εἶτα λέγει τίνος χάριν ἡ τοιαύτη διαθήκη | καὶ βεβαίωσις. 74-75 Τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν ἀφόβως, ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν ῥυσθέντας, λατρεύειν αὐτῷ ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν. Καθ᾽ ὑπερβατὸν ἡ σύνταξις τῶν ῥητῶν τούτων, οἷον, ὑπὲρ τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν ἀφόβως λατρεύειν αὐτῷ ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν· εἶτα τὸ ἐν μέσῳ, ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν ῥυσθέντας. Ὁσιότητα μὲν οὖν λέγει, τὴν εὐσέβειαν· δικαιοσύνην δὲ, τὴν τελειότητα τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετῶν. Ἔπειτα μεταβαίνει τῇ προφητείᾳ καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ παῖδα, τὸν ᾽Ιωάννην, καί φησι· α Καὶ σὺ, παιδίον, προφήτης Ὑψίστου κληθήσῃ. Καὶ ὄντως πάντες προφήτην αὐτὸν ὠνόμαζον. β Προπορεύσῃ γὰρ πρὸ προσώπου Κυρίου ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ. Κύριον ἐνταῦθα, τὸν Χριστὸν ὀνομάζει, οὗ προτρέχων ὁ ᾽Ιωάννης ὡς αὐτοῦ πρόδρομος καὶ κῆρυξ ὅτε παρεγένετο ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς ᾽Ιουδαίας, ἡτοίμαζε τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ. Τίνες δὲ αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ, εἰρήκαμεν ἐν τῷ γ΄ κεφαλαίῳ τοῦ κατὰ Ματθαῖον, ἔνθα PG129.160A κεῖται τὸ, Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου. α Τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ. Προπορεύσῃ, φησὶ, πρὸ προσώπου Κυρίου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, ὑπὲρ τοῦ δοῦναι τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν σωτηρίας, τουτέστιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ γνωρίσαι καὶ ὑποδεῖξαι τοῖς ᾽Ιουδαίοις τὸν Χριστόν· οὗτος γάρ ἐστι σωτηρία αὐτῶν. 734 γενικῆς εἰς αἰτιατικήν CBF[E] : γενικοῦ εἰς αἰτιατικόν M.

In having worked mercy with our fathers, namely, in having shown mercy on our fathers, to whom he gave the promise of our salvation and on their account having remembered this. ‘Covenant’ is what he calls the promise, and remembrance thereof what he calls its fulfilment. 73 The oath that he swore to Abraham our father. And in having remembered the oath that he swore, that is, the affirmation that he af- firmed to Abraham our father, for in relation to God an oath and swearing is affirmation. The verb ‘to remember’ moves indifferently from the genitive case [covenant] to the ac- cusative [oath]. He then says for what reason this covenant and affirmation was made. 74-75 To grant us without fear, having been redeemed from the hand of our enemies, to serve him with devotion and justice before him all the days of our life. The syntax of these words is according to the figure of hyperbaton, namely, so as to grant us to serve him fearlessly with devotion and justice before him all the days of our life, and then what is placed in the middle, ‘having been redeemed from the hand of our enemies’. ‘Devotion’ accordingly is what he calls piety and ‘justice’ the perfection of the other vir- tues. Then he passes in his prophecy to his own child, John, and says: 76α And you, O child, will be called a prophet of the Most High. And indeed all would call him a prophet. 76β For you will go before the face of the Lord to prepare his ways. The Lord here is what he calls Christ, going before whom John, as his forerunner and herald, when he came in the wilderness of Judea, would prepare his ways. What his ways are we explained in the third chapter of the Gospel according to Matthew PG129.160A at the verse, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, ‘Prepare the way of the Lord’. 77α To grant knowledge of salvation to his people. You will go before the face of the Lord, and so on, he says, so as to grant his people knowl- edge of salvation, that is, so as to make known and show forth Christ to the Jews, for he is their salvation.

β Ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. Σωτηρίας δὲ, τῆς ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν, ἤγουν τῆς γινομένης ἐν τῷ ἀφεθῆναι καὶ λυθῆναι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπε πρὸς τὸν ᾽Ιωσὴφ, ἑρμηνεύων τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ· Αὐτὸς γὰρ, φησὶ, σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν.

77β In remission of their sins. And of salvation in remission of their sins, namely, salvation that comes about with their sins having been remitted and forgiven. For thus the angel also said to Joseph interpreting the name of Christ, For he, he says, will save his people from their sins.

α Διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Θεοῦ ἡμῶν. Ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν, τῇ διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ἤτοι τῇ διδομένῃ διὰ τὴν συμπάθειαν τοῦ ἐλέους αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν.

78α On account of the affection of mercy of our God. In the remission of sins that is on account of the affection of mercy of our God, namely, that given on account of the sympathy of his mercy, and not on account of their works.

β Ἐν οἷς ἐπεσκέψατο ἡμᾶς ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους. Ἐν οἷς σπλάγχνοις ἐλέους, δι᾽ ἃ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους, ἐπεσκέψατο ἡμᾶς, εἴτουν ἐπεφοίτησεν ἀνατολὴ τοῦ νοητοῦ ἡλίου ἐξ ὕψους τῆς θεότητος· λέγει δὲ τὴν ὅσον οὔπω ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

78β By which a dayspring from on high has visited us. By which affection of mercy, on account of which affection of mercy, the dayspring of the intelligible sun from the height of divinity has visited us, that is, has come to us. He is speaking of the very imminent appearance of Christ.

α Ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις. Ἐπεσκέψατο, φησὶν, ἡμᾶς διὰ τὸ ἐπιφᾶναι, τουτέστιν, ἐπιλάμψαι φῶς ἀληθείας τοῖς ἐν σκότει τῆς πλάνης καθημένοις. Σκιὰ δὲ θανάτου, ἡ ἁμαρτία· εἰκονίζει γὰρ καὶ αὕτη τὸν θάνατον· ὥσπερ γὰρ οὗτος ψυχῆς ἐστι χωρισμὸς, οὕτω καὶ αὕτη, Πνεύματος ἁγίου ἐστι χωρισμός.

79α To shine forth on those seated in darkness and in the shadow of death. He has visited us, he says, on account of shining forth, that is, to shine the light of truth on those seated in the darkness of error. The ‘shadow of death’ is sin, for it also gives a representation of death, for just as death is separation from the soul, so sin is separation from the holy Spirit.

β Τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης. Ὑπὲρ τοῦ κατευθῦναι τὴν πορείαν τῆς πολιτείας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης, τῆς κατὰ Θεόν. ΤΕΛΟΣ

79β To direct our feet on the way of peace. So as to direct the path of our life to the way of peace that is in accordance with God. THE END

Continue reading PG 128: Ordo Rerum →≣ entire volume
Page scan enlarged

Notebook

Full View